WO2008039218A2 - Inhibitors of bruton's tyrosine kinase - Google Patents

Inhibitors of bruton's tyrosine kinase Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2008039218A2
WO2008039218A2 PCT/US2006/049626 US2006049626W WO2008039218A2 WO 2008039218 A2 WO2008039218 A2 WO 2008039218A2 US 2006049626 W US2006049626 W US 2006049626W WO 2008039218 A2 WO2008039218 A2 WO 2008039218A2
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
substituted
unsubstituted
alkyl
compound
formula
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2006/049626
Other languages
French (fr)
Other versions
WO2008039218A3 (en
Inventor
Lee Honigberg
Erik Verner
Zhengying Pan
Original Assignee
Pharmacyclics, Inc.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Family has litigation
First worldwide family litigation filed litigation Critical https://patents.darts-ip.com/?family=39225888&utm_source=google_patent&utm_medium=platform_link&utm_campaign=public_patent_search&patent=WO2008039218(A2) "Global patent litigation dataset” by Darts-ip is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License.
Priority to BRPI0622054A priority Critical patent/BRPI0622054B8/en
Priority to JP2009529166A priority patent/JP4934197B2/en
Priority to KR1020097008224A priority patent/KR101315610B1/en
Priority to CA2663116A priority patent/CA2663116C/en
Priority to NZ575650A priority patent/NZ575650A/en
Priority to EP06850039.6A priority patent/EP2081435B1/en
Priority to MX2009003122A priority patent/MX2009003122A/en
Priority to MX2012014021A priority patent/MX347525B/en
Priority to SI200632084A priority patent/SI2081435T1/en
Priority to KR1020127034005A priority patent/KR101464424B1/en
Priority to DK06850039.6T priority patent/DK2081435T3/en
Application filed by Pharmacyclics, Inc. filed Critical Pharmacyclics, Inc.
Priority to KR1020147002658A priority patent/KR101479913B1/en
Priority to CN2006800564385A priority patent/CN101610676B/en
Priority to ES06850039.6T priority patent/ES2585902T3/en
Priority to AU2006348662A priority patent/AU2006348662B8/en
Priority to EA200900351A priority patent/EA018573B1/en
Priority to NZ595230A priority patent/NZ595230A/en
Publication of WO2008039218A2 publication Critical patent/WO2008039218A2/en
Publication of WO2008039218A3 publication Critical patent/WO2008039218A3/en
Priority to IL197550A priority patent/IL197550A0/en
Priority to ZA2009/01784A priority patent/ZA200901784B/en
Priority to HK09108393.7A priority patent/HK1129274A1/en
Priority to AU2010201052A priority patent/AU2010201052B2/en
Priority to CY20161100765T priority patent/CY1117897T1/en
Priority to LU93321C priority patent/LU93321I2/en

Links

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/495Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with two or more nitrogen atoms as the only ring heteroatoms, e.g. piperazine or tetrazines
    • A61K31/505Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim
    • A61K31/519Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim ortho- or peri-condensed with heterocyclic rings
    • A61K31/52Purines, e.g. adenine
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/495Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with two or more nitrogen atoms as the only ring heteroatoms, e.g. piperazine or tetrazines
    • A61K31/505Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim
    • A61K31/519Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim ortho- or peri-condensed with heterocyclic rings
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K39/395Antibodies; Immunoglobulins; Immune serum, e.g. antilymphocytic serum
    • A61K39/39533Antibodies; Immunoglobulins; Immune serum, e.g. antilymphocytic serum against materials from animals
    • A61K39/3955Antibodies; Immunoglobulins; Immune serum, e.g. antilymphocytic serum against materials from animals against proteinaceous materials, e.g. enzymes, hormones, lymphokines
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K45/00Medicinal preparations containing active ingredients not provided for in groups A61K31/00 - A61K41/00
    • A61K45/06Mixtures of active ingredients without chemical characterisation, e.g. antiphlogistics and cardiaca
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/48Preparations in capsules, e.g. of gelatin, of chocolate
    • A61K9/4816Wall or shell material
    • A61K9/4825Proteins, e.g. gelatin
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/04Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for ulcers, gastritis or reflux esophagitis, e.g. antacids, inhibitors of acid secretion, mucosal protectants
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/16Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for liver or gallbladder disorders, e.g. hepatoprotective agents, cholagogues, litholytics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/18Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for pancreatic disorders, e.g. pancreatic enzymes
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A61P11/06Antiasthmatics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P13/00Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P13/00Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
    • A61P13/02Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of urine or of the urinary tract, e.g. urine acidifiers
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P13/00Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
    • A61P13/08Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of the prostate
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P13/00Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
    • A61P13/10Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of the bladder
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P13/00Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
    • A61P13/12Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of the kidneys
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P15/00Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P15/00Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
    • A61P15/02Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives for disorders of the vagina
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/06Antipsoriatics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/14Drugs for dermatological disorders for baldness or alopecia
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/02Drugs for skeletal disorders for joint disorders, e.g. arthritis, arthrosis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/08Drugs for skeletal disorders for bone diseases, e.g. rachitism, Paget's disease
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P21/00Drugs for disorders of the muscular or neuromuscular system
    • A61P21/04Drugs for disorders of the muscular or neuromuscular system for myasthenia gravis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/02Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for peripheral neuropathies
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/28Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating neurodegenerative disorders of the central nervous system, e.g. nootropic agents, cognition enhancers, drugs for treating Alzheimer's disease or other forms of dementia
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P27/00Drugs for disorders of the senses
    • A61P27/02Ophthalmic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/02Nutrients, e.g. vitamins, minerals
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/08Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis
    • A61P3/10Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis for hyperglycaemia, e.g. antidiabetics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/04Antibacterial agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • A61P35/02Antineoplastic agents specific for leukemia
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02Immunomodulators
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02Immunomodulators
    • A61P37/06Immunosuppressants, e.g. drugs for graft rejection
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/08Antiallergic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P5/00Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P5/00Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system
    • A61P5/14Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system of the thyroid hormones, e.g. T3, T4
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P7/00Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
    • A61P7/02Antithrombotic agents; Anticoagulants; Platelet aggregation inhibitors
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P7/00Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
    • A61P7/06Antianaemics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D401/04Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D487/00Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00
    • C07D487/02Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D487/04Ortho-condensed systems
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K16/00Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
    • C07K16/18Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans
    • C07K16/28Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants
    • C07K16/2887Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants against CD20
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K2300/00Mixtures or combinations of active ingredients, wherein at least one active ingredient is fully defined in groups A61K31/00 - A61K41/00
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/20Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by taxonomic origin
    • C07K2317/24Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by taxonomic origin containing regions, domains or residues from different species, e.g. chimeric, humanized or veneered

Definitions

  • Described herein are compounds, methods of making such compounds, pharmaceutical compositions and medicaments containing such compounds, and methods of using such compounds and compositions to inhibit the activity of tyrosine kinases.
  • Btk Bruton's tyrosine kinase
  • BCR cell surface B-cell receptor
  • Btk is a key regulator of B-cell development, activation, signaling, and survival (Kurosaki, Curr Op Imm, 2000, 276-281 ; Schaeffer and Schwartzberg, Curr Op Imm 2000, 282-288).
  • Btk plays a role in a number of other hematopoetic cell signaling pathways, e.g., Toll like receptor (TLR) and cytokine receptor— mediated TNF- ⁇ production in macrophages, IgE receptor (FcepsilonRI) signaling in Mast cells, inhibition of Fas/APO-1 apoptotic signaling in B-lineage lymphoid cells, and collagen-stimulated platelet aggregation.
  • TLR Toll like receptor
  • FcepsilonRI IgE receptor
  • Btk Bruton's tyrosine kinase
  • irreversible inhibitors of other tyrosine kinases wherein the other tyrosine kinases share homology with Btk by having a cysteine residue (including a Cys 481 residue) that can form a covalent bond with the irreversible inhibitor (such tyrosine kinases, are referred herein as "Btk tyrosine kinase cysteine homologs").
  • Btk tyrosine kinase cysteine homologs are also described herein.
  • methods for synthesizing such irreversible inhibitors methods for using such irreversible inhibitors in the treatment of diseases (including diseases wherein irreversible inhibition of Btk provides therapeutic benefit to a patient having the disease).
  • pharmaceutical formulations that include an irreversible inhibitor of Btk.
  • isomers and chemically protected forms of compounds having a structure represented by any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D), are also provided.
  • a compound of Formula (D) is as follows: WKUK. uocKot MO. /_>y-;.--/-> ⁇ .(>u ⁇
  • L a is CH 2 , O 3 NH or S
  • Ax is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or a susbstituted or vinsubstituted heteroaryl
  • Y is an optionally substituted group selected from among alkyl, heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl;
  • R 7 and R 8 are independently selected from among H, unsubstituted Ci-C 4 alkyl, substituted C 1 -C 4 HIlCyI, unsubstituted CrGiheteroalkyl, substituted Ci-G t heteroalkyl, unsubstituted C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, substituted C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted C 2 -C 6 heterocycloalkyl, and substituted C 2 -
  • R 6 is H, substituted or unsubstituted C r C 4 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted CrGjheteroalkyl, C 1 -
  • substituents can be selected from among from a subset of the listed alternatives.
  • L a is CH 2 , O, or NH.
  • L 3 is O or NH.
  • L a is O.
  • R 7 and R 8 are independently selected from among H, unsubstituted C 1 -C 4 alkyl, substituted C 1 -C 4 alkyl, unsubstituted C r C 4 heteroalkyl, and substituted Ci-C 4 heteroalkyl; or R 7 and R 8 taken together form a bond. In yet other embodiments, each OfR 7 and R 8 is H; or R 7 and R 8 taken together form a bond. [0012] In some embodiments, R 6 is H, substituted or unsubstituted CrQalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -
  • R 6 is H, substituted or unsubstituted C r C 4 alkyl, substituted or WStrK.
  • C r C 4 heteroalkyl 25y2Z-750.601 unsubstituted C r C 4 heteroalkyl, d-Qalkoxyalkyl, Ci-C 2 alkyl-N(C,-C 3 alkyl) 2 , C r C 4 alkyl(aryl), C 1 - C 4 alkyl(heteroaryl), C ⁇ -C 4 alkyl(C 3 -C 3 cycloalkyl), or Ci-C 4 alkyl(C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl).
  • R 6 is H, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-C 4 alkyl, -CH 2 -O-(C
  • Rg is H, substituted or unsubstituted Q- Calkyl, -CH 2 -O-(C r C 3 alkyl), -CH 2 -(C r C 6 alkylamino), C r C 4 alkyl(phenyl), or C r C 4 alkyl(5- or 6-membered heteroaryl).
  • Re is H, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-C 4 alkyl, -CH 2 -O-(Ci-C 3 alkyl), -CH 2 - N(Ci-C 3 alkyl) 2 , C r C 4 alkyl(phenyl), or Ci-C 4 alkyl(5- or 6-membered heteroaryl containing 1 or 2 N atoms), or Cp C 4 alkyl(5- or 6-membered heterocycloalkyl containing 1 or 2 N atoms).
  • Y is an optionally substituted group selected from among alkyl, heteroatkyl, cycloalkyl, and heterocycloalkyl.
  • Y is an optionally substituted group selected from among Cj-C ⁇ alkyl, Ci-C ⁇ heteroalkyl, 4-, 5-, 6-, or 7-membered cycloalkyl, and 4-, 5-, 6-, or 7-membered heterocycloalkyl.
  • Y is an optionally substituted group selected from among CrQalkyl, C ⁇ -C 6 heteroalkyl, 5- or 6-membered cycloalkyl, and 5- or 6-membered heterocycloalkyl containing 1 or 2 N atoms.
  • Y is a 5- or 6-membered cycloalkyl, or a 5- or 6-membered heterocycloalkyl containing 1 or 2 N atoms. In some embodiments, Y is a 4-, 5-, 6-, or 7-memebered cycloalkyl ring; or Y is a 4-, 5-, 6-, or 7-membered heterocycloalkyl ring.
  • compositions which include a therapeutically effective amount of at least one of any of the compounds herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically active metabolite, pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug, or pharmaceutically acceptable solvate.
  • compositions provided herein further include a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, excipient and/or binder.
  • a pharmaceutical composition containing: i) a physiologically acceptable carrier, diluent, and/or excipient; and ii) one or more compounds provided herein.
  • a method of inhibiting the activity of tyrsoine kinase(s), such as BtIc, or of treating a disease, disorder, or condition, which would benefit from inhibition of tyrosine kinase(s), such as Btk, in a patient which includes administering to the patient a therapeutically effective amount of at least one of any of the compounds herein, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically active metabolite, pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug, or pharmaceutically acceptable solvate.
  • compounds provided herein are administered to a human.
  • compounds provided herein are orally administered.
  • compounds provided herein are used for the formulation of a medicament for the inhibition of tyrosine kinase activity. In some other embodiments, compounds provided herein are used for the formulation of a medicament for the inhibition of Bruton's tyrosine kinase (Btk) activity.
  • Btk Bruton's tyrosine kinase
  • Articles of manufacture including packaging material, a compound or composition or pharmaceutically acceptable derivative thereof provided herein, which is effective for inhibiting the activity of tyrosine kinase(s), such as Btk, within the packaging material, and a label that indicates that the compound or composition, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically active metabolite, pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug, or pharmaceutically acceptable solvate thereof, is used for inhibiting the activity of tyrosine kinase(s), such as Btk, are provided.
  • tyrosine kinases comprising a Bruton's tyrosine kinase, a Bruton's tyrosine kinase homolog, or a Btk tyrosine kinase cysteine homolog thereof covalently bound to an inhibitor having the structure:
  • the inibitor is covalently bound to a cysteine residue on the tyrosine kinase.
  • a method for inhibiting Bruton's tyrosine kinase in a subject in need thereof by administering to the subject thereof a composition containing a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound having the structure of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D).
  • the subject in need is suffering from an autoimmune disease, e.g., inflammatory bowel disease, arthritis, lupus, rheumatoid arthritis, psoriatic arthritis, osteoarthritis, Still's disease, juvenile arthritis, diabetes, myasthenia gravis, Hashimoto's thyroiditis, Ord's thyroiditis, Graves' disease Sjogren's syndrome, multiple sclerosis, Guillain-Barre syndrome, acute disseminated encephalomyelitis, Addison's disease, opsoclonus-myoclonus syndrome, ankylosing spondylosis, antiphospholipid antibody syndrome, aplastic anemia, autoimmune hepatitis, coeliac disease, Goodpasture's syndrome, idiopathic thrombocytopenic purpura, optic neuritis, scleroderma, primary biliary cirrhosis, Reiter's syndrome, Takayasu's
  • an autoimmune disease e.g
  • the subject in need is suffering from a heteroimmune condition or disease, e.g., graft versus host disease, transplantation, transfusion, anaphylaxis, allergy, type I hypersensitivity, allergic conjunctivitis, allergic rhinitis, or atopic dermatitis.
  • a heteroimmune condition or disease e.g., graft versus host disease, transplantation, transfusion, anaphylaxis, allergy, type I hypersensitivity, allergic conjunctivitis, allergic rhinitis, or atopic dermatitis.
  • the subject in need is suffering from an inflammatory disease, e.g., asthma, appendicitis, blepharitis, bronchiolitis, bronchitis, bursitis, cervicitis, cholangitis, cholecystitis, colitis, conjunctivitis, cystitis, dacryoadenitis, dermatitis, dermatomyositis, encephalitis, endocarditis, endometritis, enteritis, enterocolitis, epicondylitis, epididymitis, fasciitis, fibrositis, gastritis, gastroenteritis, hepatitis, hidradenitis suppurativa, laryngitis, mastitis, meningitis, myelitis myocarditis, myositis, nephritis, oophoritis, orchitis, osteitis, otitis,
  • an inflammatory disease e
  • the subject in need is suffering from a cancer.
  • the cancer is a B-cell proliferative disorder, e.g., diffuse large B cell lymphoma, follicular lymphoma, chronic lymphocytic lymphoma, chronic lymphocytic leukemia, B-cell prolymphocytic leukemia, lymphoplasmacytic lymphoma/Waldenstrom macroglobulinemia, splenic marginal zone lymphoma, plasma cell myeloma, plasmacytoma, extranodal marginal zone B cell lymphoma, nodal marginal zone B cell lymphoma, mantle cell lymphoma, mediastinal (thymic) large B cell lymphoma, intravascular large B cell lymphoma, primary effusion lymphoma, burkitt lymphoma/leukemia, or lymphomatoid granulomatosis.
  • a B-cell proliferative disorder e.g., diffuse large B cell lymphoma, folli
  • an anti-cancer agent is administered to the subject in addition to one of the above- mentioned compounds.
  • the anti-cancer agent is an inhibitor of mitogen-activated protein kinase signaling, e.g., U0126, PD98059, PD184352, PD0325901, ARRY-142886, SB239063, SP600125, BAY 43-9006, wortmannin, or LY294002.
  • the subject in need is suffering from a thromboembolic disorder, e.g., myocardial infarct, angina pectoris, reocclusion after angioplasty, restenosis after angioplasty, reocclusion after aortocoronary bypass, restenosis after aortocoronary bypass, stroke, transitory ischemia, a peripheral arterial occlusive disorder, pulmonary embolism, or deep venous thrombosis.
  • a thromboembolic disorder e.g., myocardial infarct, angina pectoris, reocclusion after angioplasty, restenosis after angioplasty, reocclusion after aortocoronary bypass, restenosis after aortocoronary bypass, stroke, transitory ischemia, a peripheral arterial occlusive disorder, pulmonary embolism, or deep venous thrombosis.
  • a method for treating an autoimmune disease by administering to a subject in need thereof a composition containing a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound having the structure of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D).
  • the autoimmune disease is arthritis.
  • the autoimmune disease is lupus.
  • the autoimmune disease is inflammatory bowel disease (including Crohn's disease and ulcerative colitis), rheumatoid arthritis, psoriatic arthritis, osteoarthritis, Still's disease, juvenile arthritis, lupus, diabetes, myasthenia gravis, Hashimoto's thyroiditis, Ord's thyroiditis, Graves' disease Sjogren's syndrome, multiple sclerosis, Guillain-Barre WSt(K. UOCKet NO.
  • a method for treating a heteroimmune condition or disease by administering to a subject in need thereof a composition containing a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound having the structure of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D).
  • the heteroimmune conditioin or disease is graft versus host disease, transplantation, transfusion, anaphylaxis, allergy, type I hypersensitivity, allergic conjunctivitis, allergic rhinitis, or atopic dermatitis.
  • a mediod for treating an inflammatory disease by administering to a subject in need thereof a composition containing a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound having the structure of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D).
  • the inflammatory disease is asthma, inflammatory bowel disease (including Crohn's disease and ulcerative colitis), appendicitis, blepharitis, bronchiolitis, bronchitis, bursitis, cervicitis, cholangitis, cholecystitis, colitis, conjunctivitis, cystitis, dacryoadenitis, dermatitis, dermatomyositis, encephalitis, endocarditis, endometritis, enteritis, enterocolitis, epicondylitis, epididymitis, fasciitis, fibrositis, gastritis, gastroenteritis, hepatitis, hidradenitis suppurativa, laryngitis, mastitis, meningitis, myelitis myocarditis, myositis, nephritis, oophoritis, orchitis, osteitis, otitis
  • a method for treating a cancer by administering to a subject in need thereof a composition containing a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound having the structure of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D).
  • the cancer is a B- cell proliferative disorder, e.g., diffuse large B cell lymphoma, follicular lymphoma, chronic lymphocytic lymphoma, chronic lymphocytic leukemia, B-cell prolymphocytic leukemia, lymphoplasmacytic lymphoma/Waldenstrom macroglobulinemia, splenic marginal zone lymphoma, plasma cell myeloma, plasmacytoma, extranodal marginal zone B cell lymphoma, nodal marginal zone B cell lymphoma, mantle cell lymphoma, mediastinal (thymic) large B cell lymphoma, intravascular large B cell lymphoma, primary effusion lymphoma, burkitt lymphoma/leukemia, or lymphomatoid granulomatosis.
  • B- cell proliferative disorder e.g., diffuse large B cell lymphoma, follicular lymphoma, chronic lymphocytic lymphom
  • an anti-cancer agent is administered to the subject in addition to one of the above- mentioned compounds.
  • the anti-cancer agent is an inhibitor of mitogen-activated protein kinase signaling, e.g., U0126, PD98059, PD184352, PD0325901, ARRY-142886, SB239063, SP600125, BAY 43-9006, wortmannin, or LY294002.
  • a method for treating a thromboembolic disorder by administering to a subject in need thereof a composition containing a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound having the structure of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D).
  • the thromboembolic disorder is myocardial infarct, angina pectoris, reocclusion after angioplasty, restenosis after angioplasty, reocclusion after aortocoronary bypass, restenosis after aortocoronary bypass, stroke, transitory ischemia, a peripheral arterial occlusive disorder, pulmonary embolism, or deep venous thrombosis.
  • a method for treating an autoimmune disease by administering to a subject in need thereof a composition containing a therapeutically effective amount of a compound that forms a covalent bond with Bruton's tyrosine kinase.
  • the compound forms a covalent bound with the activated form of Bruton's tyrosine kinase.
  • the compound irreversibly inhibits the Bruton's tyrosine kinase to which it is covalently bound.
  • the compound forms a covalent bond with a cysteine residue on Bruton's tyrosine kinase.
  • a method for treating a heteroimmune condition or disease by administering to a subject in need thereof a composition containing a therapeutically effective amount of a compound that forms a covalent bond with Bruton's tyrosine kinase.
  • the compound forms a covalent bound with the activated form of Bruton's tyrosine kinase.
  • the compound irreversibly inhibits the Bruton's tyrosine kinase to which it is covalently bound.
  • the compound forms a covalent bond with a cysteine residue on Bruton's tyrosine kinase.
  • a method for treating an inflammatory disease by administering to a subject in need thereof a composition containing a therapeutically effective amount of a compound that forms a covalent bond with Bruton's tyrosine kinase.
  • the compound forms a covalent bound with the activated form of Bruton's tyrosine kinase.
  • the compound irreversibly inhibits the Bruton's tyrosine kinase to which it is covalently bound.
  • the compound forms a covalent bond with a cysteine residue on Bruton's tyrosine kinase.
  • a method for treating a cancer by administering to a subject in need thereof a composition containing a therapeutically effective amount of a compound that forms a covalent bond with Bruton's tyrosine kinase.
  • the compound forms a covalent bound with the activated form of Bruton's tyrosine kinase.
  • the compound irreversibly inhibits the Bruton's tyrosine kinase to which it is covalently bound.
  • the compound forms a covalent bond with a cysteine residue on- Bruton's tyrosine kinase.
  • a method for treating a thromboembolic disorder by administering to a subject in need thereof a composition containing a therapeutically effective amount of a compound that forms a covalent bond with Bruton's tyrosine kinase.
  • the compound forms a covalent bound with the activated form of Bruton's tyrosine kinase.
  • the compound irreversibly inhibits the Bruton's tyrosine kinase to which it is covalently bound.
  • the compound forms a covalent bond with a cysteine residue on Bruton's tyrosine kinase.
  • methods for modulating including irreversibly inhibiting the activity of Btk or other tyrosine kinases, wherein the other tyrosine kinases share homology with Btk by having a cysteine residue (including a Cys 481 residue) that can form a covalent bond with at least one irreversible inhibitor described herein, in a mammal comprising administering to the mammal at least once an effective amount of at least one compound having the structure of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D).
  • methods for modulating, including including irreversibly inhibiting, the activity of Btk in a mammal comprising administering to the mammal at least once an effective amount of at least one compound having the structure of any of Formula (A) 5 Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D).
  • methods for treating Btk- dependent or Btk mediated conditions or diseases comprising administering to the mammal at least once an effective amount of at least one compound having the structure of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D).
  • methods for treating inflammation comprising administering to the mammal at least once an effective amount of at least one compound having the structure of Formula (A) 5 (B), (C) 5 or (D).
  • a further aspect are methods for the treatment of cancer comprising administering to the mammal at least once an effective amount of at least one compound having the structure of Formula (A), (B), (C) 5 or (D).
  • the type of cancer may include, but is not limited to, pancreatic cancer and other solid or hematological tumors.
  • methods for treating respiratory diseases comprising administering to the mammal at least once an effective amount of at least one compound having the structure of Formula (A), (B), (C), or (D).
  • the respiratory disease is asthma.
  • the respiratory disease includes, but is not limited to, adult respiratory distress syndrome and allergic (extrinsic) asthma, non-allergic (intrinsic) asthma, acute severe asthma, chronic asthma, cluneal asthma, nocturnal asthma, allergen-induced asthma, aspirin-sensitive asthma, exercise-induced asthma, isocapnic hyperventilation, child-onset asthma, adult-onset asthma, cough-variant asthma, occupational asthma, steroid-resistant asthma, seasonal asthma, [0043]
  • methods for preventing rheumatoid arthritis and osteoarthritis comprising administering to the mammal at least once an effective amount of at least one compound having the structure of Formula (A), (B), (C), or (D).
  • inflammatory responses of the skin comprising administering to the mammal at least once an effective amount of at least one compound having the structure of Formula (A), (B), (C), or (D).
  • inflammatory responses of the skin include, by way of example, dermatitis, contact dermatitis, eczema, urticaria, rosacea, and scarring.
  • methods for reducing psoriatic lesions in the skin, joints, or other tissues or organs comprising administering to the mammal an effective amount of a first compound having the structure of Formula (A), (B), (C), or (D).
  • a compound of Formula (A), (B), (C), or (D) in the manufacture of a medicament for treating an inflammatory disease or condition in an animal in which the activity of Btk or other tyrosine kinases, wherein the other tyrosine kinases share homology with Btk by having a cysteine residue (including a Cys 481 residue) that can form a covalent bond with at least one irreversible inhibitor described herein, contributes to the pathology and/or symptoms of the disease or condition.
  • the tyrosine kinase protein is Btk.
  • the inflammatory disease or conditions are respiratory, cardiovascular, or proliferative diseases.
  • any of the aforementioned aspects are further embodiments in which administration is enteral, parenteral, or both, and wherein (a) the effective amount of the compound is systemically administered to the mammal; (b) the effective amount of the compound is administered orally to the mammal; (c) the effective amount of the compound is intravenously administered to the mammal; (d) the effective amount of the compound administered by inhalation; (e) the effective amount of the compound is administered by nasal administration; or (f) the effective amount of the compound is administered by injection to the mammal; (g) the effective amount of the compound is administered topically (dermal) to the mammal; (h) the effective amount of the compound is administered by ophthalmic administration; or (i) the effective amount of the compound is administered rectally to the mammal.
  • any of the aforementioned aspects are further embodiments comprising single administrations of the effective amount of the compound, including further embodiments in which (i) the compound is administered once; (ii) the compound is administered to the mammal multiple times over the span of one day; (iii) continually; or (iv) continuously.
  • any of the aforementioned aspects are further embodiments comprising multiple administrations of the effective amount of the compound, including further embodiments in which (i) the compound is administered in a single dose; (ii) the time between multiple administrations is every 6 hours; (iii) the compound is administered ' WSGR Docket No. 25922-750.601 to the mammal every 8 hours.
  • the method comprises a drug holiday, wherein the administration of the compound is temporarily suspended or the dose of the compound being administered is temporarily reduced; at the end of the drug holiday, dosing of the compound is resumed.
  • the length of the drug holiday can vary from 2 days to 1 year.
  • any of the aforementioned aspects involving the treatment of proliferative disorders, including cancer are further embodiments comprising administering at least one additional agent selected from the group consisting of alemtuzumab, arsenic trioxide, asparaginase (pegylated or non-), bevacizumab, cetuximab, platinum- based compounds such as cisplatm, cladribine, daunorubicin/doxorubicin/idarubicin, irinotecan, fludarabine, 5- fluorouracil, gemtuzumab, methotrexate, PaclitaxelTM, taxol, ternozolomide, thioguanine, or classes of drugs including hormones (an antiestrogen, an antiandrogen, or gonadotropin releasing hormone analogues, interferons such as alpha interferon, nitrogen mustards such as busulfan or melphalan or mechlorethamine, retinoids such
  • any of the aforementioned aspects involving the prevention or treatment of Btk-dependent or tyrosine kinase mediated diseases or conditions are further embodiments comprising identifying patients by screening for a tyrosine kinase gene haplotype.
  • the tyrosine kinase gene haplotype is a tyrosine kinase pathway gene, while in still further or alternative embodiments, the tyrosine kinase gene haplotype is a Btk haplotype.
  • the compound of formula (A), (B), (C) or (D) are irreversible inhibitors of Bruton's tyrosine kinase (Btk), while in still further or alternative embodiments, such irreversible inhibitors are selective for Btk. In even further or alternative embodiments, such inhibitors have an IC 50 below 10 microM in enzyme assay. In one embodiment, a Btk irreversible inhibitor has an IC 50 of less than 1 microM, and in another embodiment, less than 0.25 microM. [0052] In further or alternative embodiment, the compound of formula ((A), (B), (C) or (D) are selective irreversible inhibitors for Btk over Itk.
  • Btk Bruton's tyrosine kinase
  • the compound of formula (A), (B), (C) or (D) are selective irreversible inhibitors for Btk over Lck. In further or alternative embodiment, the compound of formula (A), (B), (C) or (D) are selective irreversible inhibitors for Btk over ABL. In further or alternative embodiment, the compound of formula (A), (B), (C) or (D) are selective irreversible inhibitors for Btk over CMET. In further or alternative embodiment, the compound of formula (A), (B), (C) or (D) are selective irreversible inhibitors for Btk over EGFR. In further or alternative embodiment, the compound of formula (A), (B), (C) or (D) are selective irreversible inhibitors for Btk over Lyn.
  • the irreversible Btk inhibitors are also inhibitors of EGFR.
  • Standard techniques can be used for recombinant DNA, oligonucleotide synthesis, and tissue culture and transformation (e.g., electroporation, lipofection).
  • Reactions and purification techniques can be performed e.g., using kits of manufacturer's specifications or as commonly accomplished in the art or as described herein.
  • the foregoing techniques and procedures can be generally performed of conventional methods well known in the art and as described in various general and more specific references that are cited and discussed throughout the present specification.
  • alkyl refers to an aliphatic hydrocarbon group.
  • the alkyl moiety may be a "saturated alkyl” group, which means that it does not contain any alkene or allcyne moieties.
  • the alkyl moiety may also be an "unsaturated alkyl” moiety, which means that it contains at least one alkene or alkyne moiety.
  • An “alkene” moiety refers to a group that has at least one carbon-carbon double bond
  • an “alkyne” moiety refers to a group that has at least one carbon-carbon triple bond.
  • the alkyl moiety, whether saturated or unsaturated may be branched, straight chain, or cyclic.
  • an alkyl group can be a monoradical or a diradical (i.e., an alkylene group).
  • the alkyl group could also be a "lower alkyl" having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • C r C x includes Ci-C 2 , Cj-C 3 . . . C]-C x .
  • the "alkyl” moiety may have 1 to 10 carbon atoms (whenever it appears herein, a numerical range such as “1 to 10" refers to each integer in the given range; e.g., "1 to 10 carbon atoms” means that the alkyl group may have 1 carbon atom, 2 carbon atoms, 3 carbon atoms, etc., up to and including 10 carbon atoms, although the present definition also covers the occurrence of the term "alkyl” where no numerical range is designated).
  • the alkyl group of the compounds described herein may be designated as "C 1 -C 4 alkyl" or similar designations.
  • Ci-C 4 alkyl indicates that there are one to four carbon atoms in the alkyl chain, i.e., the alkyl chain is selected from among methyl, ethyl, propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, sec-butyl, and t-butyl.
  • Ci-C 4 alkyl includes C 1 -Ca alkyl and C 1 -C 3 alkyl.
  • Alkyl groups can be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • Typical alkyl groups include, but are in no way limited to, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, tertiary butyl, pentyl, hexyl, ethenyl, propenyl, butenyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, and the like.
  • non-cyclic alkyl refers to an alkyl that is not cyclic (i.e., a straight or branched chain containing at least one carbon atom).
  • Non-cyclic alkyls can be fully saturated or can contain non- cyclic alkenes and/or alkynes.
  • Non-cyclic alkyls can be optionally substituted.
  • the alkenyl moiety may be branched, straight chain, or cyclic (in which case, it would also be known as a "cycloalkenyl” group).
  • an alkenyl group can be a monoradical or a diradical (i.e., an alkenylene group).
  • Alkenyl groups can be optionally substituted.
  • Alkenyl groups could have 2 to 10 carbons.
  • the alkenyl group could also be a "lower alkenyl" having 2 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • alkynyl refers to a type of alkyl group in which the first two atoms of the alkyl group form a triple bond. That is, an alkynyl group begins with the atoms -C ⁇ €-R, wherein R refers to the remaining portions of the alkynyl group, which may be the same or different.
  • R refers to the remaining portions of the alkynyl group, which may be the same or different.
  • the "R" portion of the alkynyl moiety may be branched, straight chain, or cyclic.
  • an alkynyl group can be a monoradical or a diradical (i.e., an alkynylene group).
  • Alkynyl groups can be optionally substituted.
  • Non-limiting examples of an alkynyl group include, but are not limited to, -C ⁇ €H, -C ⁇ CCH 3 , -C ⁇ €CH 2 CH 3 , -C ⁇ C-, and -C ⁇ CCH 2 -.
  • Alkynyl groups can have 2 to 10 carbons.
  • the alkynyl group could also be a "lower alkynyl” having 2 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • An "alkoxy” group refers to a (alkyl)O- group, where alkyl is as defined herein.
  • Hydroxyalkyl refers to an alkyl radical, as defined herein, substituted with at least one hydroxy group.
  • Non-limiting examples of a hydroxyalkyl include, but are not limited to, hydroxymethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, 2- hydroxypropyl, 3-hydroxypropyl, l-(hydroxymethyl)-2-methylpropyl, 2-hydroxybutyl, 3-hydroxybutyl, 4- " WSGR Docket No. 25922-750.601
  • Alkoxyalkyl refers to an alkyl radical, as defined herein, substituted with an alkoxy group, as defined herein.
  • An "alkenyloxy” group refers to a (alkenyl)O- group, where alkenyl is as defined herein.
  • x 2
  • the alkyl groups, taken together with the N atom to which they are attached, can optionally form a cyclic ring system.
  • Alkylaminoalkyl refers to an alkyl radical, as defined herein, substituted with an alkylamine, as defined herein.
  • An "amide” is a chemical moiety with the formula -C(O)NHR or -NHC(O)R, where R is selected from among alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl (bonded through a ring carbon) and heteroalicyclic (bonded through a ring carbon).
  • An amide moiety may form a linkage between an amino acid or a peptide molecule and a compound described herein, thereby forming a prodrug. Any amine, or carboxyl side chain on the compounds described herein can be amidified.
  • the procedures and specific groups to make such amides are known to those of skill in the art and can readily be found in reference sources such as Greene and Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 3 rd Ed.,
  • esters refers to a chemical moiety with formula -COOR, where R is selected from among alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl (bonded through a ring carbon) and heteroalicyclic (bonded through a ring carbon). Any hydroxy, or carboxyl side chain on the compounds described herein can be esterified.
  • the procedures and specific groups to make such esters are known to those of skill in the art and can readily be found in reference sources such as Greene and Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 3 rd Ed., John Wiley & Sons, New York,
  • Ring refers to any covalently closed structure. Rings include, for example, carbocycles (e.g., aryls and cycloalkyls), heterocycles (e.g., heteroaryls and non-aromatic heterocycles), aromatics
  • Rings can be optionally substituted. Rings can be monocyclic or polycyclic.
  • ring system refers to one, or more than one ring.
  • the term "me ⁇ ibered ring” can embrace any cyclic structure.
  • the term “membered” is meant to denote the number of skeletal atoms that constitute the ring.
  • cyclohexyl, pyridine, pyran and thiopyran are 6-membered rings and cyclopentyl, pyrrole, furan, and thiophene are 5-membered rings.
  • fused refers to structures in which two or more rings share one or more bonds.
  • Carbocyclic or “carbocycle” refers to a ring wherein each of the atoms forming the ring is a carbon atom.
  • Carbocycle includes aryl and cycloalkyl. The term thus distinguishes carbocycle from heterocycle ("heterocyclic") in which the ring backbone contains at least one atom which is different from carbon (i.e a heteroatom).
  • Heterocycle includes heteroaryl and heterocycloalkyl. Carbocycles and heterocycles can be optionally substituted.
  • aromatic refers to a planar ring having a delocalized ⁇ -electron system containing 4n+2 ⁇ electrons, where n is an integer. Aromatic rings can be formed from five, six, seven, eight, nine, or more than nine atoms. Aromatics can be optionally substituted.
  • aromatic includes both carbocyclic aryl (e.g., phenyl) and heterocyclic aryl (or “heteroaryl” or “heteroaromatic”) groups (e.g., pyridine).
  • the term includes monocyclic or fbsed-ring polycyclic (i.e., rings which share adjacent pairs of carbon atoms) groups. WSGR Docket No. 25922-750.601
  • aryl refers to an aromatic ring wherein each of the atoms forming the ring is a carbon atom.
  • Aryl rings can be formed by five, six, seven, eight, nine, or more than nine carbon atoms.
  • Aryl groups can be optionally substituted. Examples of aryl groups include, but are not limited to phenyl, naphthalenyl, phenanthrenyl, anthracenyl, fluorenyl, and indenyl.
  • an aryl group can be a monoradical or a diradical (i.e., an arylene group).
  • aryloxy refers to an (aryl)O- group, where aryl is as defined herein.
  • Aralkyl means an alkyl radical, as defined herein, substituted with an aryl group.
  • Non-limiting aralkyl groups include, benzyl, phenethyl, and the like.
  • alkenyl means an alkenyl radical, as defined herein, substituted with an aryl group, as defined herein.
  • cycloalkyl refers to a monocyclic or polycyclic radical that contains only carbon and hydrogen, and may be saturated, partially unsaturated, or fully unsaturated. Cycloalkyl groups include groups having from 3 to 10 ring atoms. Illustrative examples of cycloalkyl groups include the following moieties:
  • a cycloalkyl group can be a monoradical or a diradical (e.g., an cycloalkylene group).
  • the cycloalkyl group could also be a "lower cycloalkyl" having 3 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • Cycloalkylalkyl means an alkyl radical, as defined herein, substituted with a cycloalkyl group.
  • Non- limiting cycloalkylalkyl groups include cyclopropylmethyl, cyclobutylmethyl, cyclopentylmethyl, cyclohexylmethyl, and the like.
  • heterocycle refers to heteroaromatic and heteroalicyclic groups containing one to four heteroatoms each selected from O, S and N, wherein each heterocyclic group has from 4 to 10 atoms in its ring system, and with the proviso that the ring of said group does not contain two adjacent O or S atoms.
  • C r C $ heterocycle whenever the number of carbon atoms in a heterocycle is indicated (e.g., C r C $ heterocycle), at least one other atom (the heteroatom) must be present in the ring.
  • Designations such as “Cj-Cg heterocycle” refer only to the number of carbon atoms in the ring and do not refer to the total number of atoms in the ring.
  • heterocylic ring can have additional heteroatoms in the ring.
  • Designations such as "4-6 membered heterocycle” refer to the total number of atoms that are contained in Ihe ring (i.e., a four, five, or six membered ring, in which at least one atom is a carbon atom, at least one atom is a heteroatom and the remaining two to four atoms are either carbon atoms or heteroatoms).
  • those two or more heteroatoms can be the same or different from one another.
  • Heterocycles can be optionally substituted. Binding to a heterocycle can be at a heteroatom or via a carbon atom.
  • Non-aromatic heterocyclic groups include groups having only 4 atoms in their ring system, but aromatic heterocyclic groups must have at least 5 atoms in their ring system.
  • the heterocyclic WSGR Docket No. 25922-750.601 groups include benzo-fused ring systems.
  • An example of a 4-membered heterocyclic group is azetidinyl (derived from azetidine).
  • An example of a 5-membered heterocyclic group is thiazolyl.
  • An example of a 6-membered heterocyclic group is pyridyl, and an example of a 10-membered heterocyclic group is quinolinyl.
  • non- aromatic heterocyclic groups are pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, dihydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothienyl, tetrahydropyranyl, dihydropyranyl, tetrahydrothiopyranyl, piperidino, morpholino, thiomorpholino, thioxanyl, piperazinyl, azetidinyl, oxetanyl, thietanyl, homopiperidinyl, oxepanyl, thiepanyl, oxazepinyl, diazepinyl, thiazepinyl, 1,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridinyl, 2-pyrrolinyl, 3-pyrrolinyl, indolinyl, 2H- ⁇ yranyl, 4H-pyranyl, dioxanyl, 1,3-dioxolanyl, pyrazolinyl, dithio
  • aromatic heterocyclic groups are pyridinyl, imidazolyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, pyrazinyl, tetrazolyl, furyl, thienyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyrrolyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, indolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzofuranyl, cinnolinyl, indazolyl, indolizinyl, phthalazinyl, pyridazinyl, triazinyl, isoindolyl, • pteridinyl, purinyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, furazanyl, benzofurazanyl, benzothiophenyl, benzothiazolyl, benzoxazolyl, quinazolinyl, qui
  • a group derived from pyrrole may be pyrrol- 1-yl (W-attached) or pyrrol-3-yl (C-attached).
  • a group derived from imidazole may be imidazol-1-yl or imidazol-3-yl (both ⁇ -attached) or imidazol-2-yl, imidazol-4-yl or imidazol-5-yl (all C-attached).
  • a heterocycle group can be a monoradical or a diradical (i.e., a heterocyclene group).
  • heteroaryl or, alternatively, “heteroaromatic” refers to an aryl group that includes one or more ring heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur.
  • An JV-containing “heteroaromatic” or “heteroaryl” moiety refers to an aromatic group in which at least one of the skeletal atoms of the ring is a nitrogen atom.
  • heteroaryl groups include the following moieties:
  • a heteroaryl group can be a monoradical or a diradical (i.e., a heteroarylene group).
  • non-aromatic heterocycle refers to a non-aromatic ring wherein one or more atoms forming the ring is a heteroatom.
  • a “non-aromatic heterocycle” or “heterocycloalkyl” group refers to a cycloalkyl group that includes at least one heteroatom selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur. The radicals may be fused with an aryl or heteroaryl.
  • Heterocycloalkyl rings can be formed by three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, or more than nine atoms. Heterocycloalkyl rings can be optionally substituted.
  • non-aromatic heterocycles contain one or more carbonyl or thiocarbonyl groups such as, for example, oxo- and thio-containing groups.
  • heterocycloalkyls include, but are not limited to, lactams, lactones, cyclic imides, cyclic thioimides, cyclic carbamates, tetrahydrothiopyran, 4H-pyran, WSGR Docket No.
  • heteroalicyclic also includes all ring forms of th ce caorbohydr. and the like. ates, including but not limited to the monosaccharides, the disaccharides and the oligosaccharides.
  • a heterocycloalkyl group can be a monoradical or a diradical (i.e., a heterocycloalkylene group).
  • halo or, alternatively, "halogen” or “halide” means fluoro, chloro, bromo and iodo.
  • haloalkyl include alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl and alkoxy structures in which at least one hydrogen is replaced with a halogen atom. In certain embodiments in which two or more hydrogen atoms are replaced with halogen atoms, the halogen atoms are all the same as one another. In other embodiments in which two or more hydrogen atoms are replaced with halogen atoms, the halogen atoms are not all the same as one another.
  • fluoroalkyl refers to alkyl group in which at least one hydrogen is replaced with a fluorine atom.
  • fluoroalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, -CF 3 , -CH 2 CF 3 , -CF 2 CF 3 , - CH 2 CH 2 CF 3 and the like.
  • heteroalkyl “heteroalkenyl” and “heteroalkynyl” include optionally substituted alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl radicals in which one or more skeletal chain atoms is a heteroatom, e.g., oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, silicon, phosphorus or combinations thereof.
  • the heteroatom(s) may be placed at any interior position of the heteroalkyl group or at the position at which the heteroalkyl group is attached to the remainder of the molecule.
  • up to two heteroatoms may be consecutive, such as, by way of example, -CH
  • heteroatom refers to an atom other than carbon or hydrogen. Heteroatoms are typically independently selected from among oxygen, sulfur, nitrogen, silicon and phosphorus, but are not limited to these atoms. In embodiments in which two or more heteroatoms are present, the two or more heteroatoms can all be the same as one another, or some or all of the two or more heteroatoms can each be different from the others. " WSCR Docket No. 25922-750.6Q1
  • bond refers to a chemical bond between two atoms, or two moieties when the atoms joined by the bond are considered to be part of larger substructure.
  • An "isocyanato" group refers to a -NCO group.
  • An "isothiocyanato” group refers to a -NCS group.
  • the term “moiety” refers to a specific segment or functional group of a molecule. Chemical moieties are often recognized chemical entities embedded in or appended to a molecule.
  • a "thioalkoxy” or “alkyltbio” group refers to a -S-alkyl group.
  • a “alkylthioalkyl” group refers to an alkyl group substituted with a -S-alkyl group.
  • Carboxy means a -C(O)OH radical.
  • Acyl refers to the group -C(O)R.
  • trihalomethanesulfonyl refers to a group of formula X 3 CS( 1 O) 2 - where X is a halogen.
  • cyano refers to a group of formula -CN.
  • Cyanoalkyl means an alkyl radical, as defined herein, substituted with at least one cyano group.
  • Aminocarbonyl refers to a -CONH2 radical.
  • substituent "R" appearing by itself and without a number designation refers to a subs ⁇ ituent selected from among from alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl (bonded through a ring carbon) and non- aromatic heterocycle (bonded through a ring carbon).
  • the term "optionally substituted” or “substituted” means that the referenced group may be substituted with one or more additional group(s) individually and independently selected from alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heteroalicyclic, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, alkylthio, arylthio, alkylsulfoxide, arylsulfoxide, alkylsulfone, arylsulfone, cyano, halo, acyl, nitro, haloalkyl, fluoroalkyl, amino, including mono- and di-substituted amino groups, and the protected derivatives thereof.
  • each R 5 is independently selected from H, (substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -
  • Michael acceptor moiety refers to a functional group that can participate in a Michael reaction, wherein a new covalent bond is formed between a portion of the Michael acceptor moiety and the donor moiety.
  • the Michael acceptor moiety is an electrophile and the "donor moiety” is a nucleophile.
  • the "G” groups presented in any of Formula (A), Formula (B), or Formula (C) are non-limiting examples of Michael acceptor moieties.
  • nucleophile refers to an electron rich compound, or moiety thereof.
  • An example of a nucleophile includes, but in no way is limted to, a cysteine residue of a molecule, such as, for example Cys 481 of Btk.
  • electrophile refers to an electron poor or electron deficient molecule, or moiety thereof. Examples of electrophiles include, but in no way are limited to, Micheal acceptor moieties.
  • the term "acceptable” or “pharmaceutically acceptable”, with respect to a formulation, composition or ingredient, as used herein, means having no persistent detrimental effect on the general health of the subject being treated or does not abrogate the biological activity or properties of the compound, and is relatively nontoxic.
  • the term "agonist” refers to a compound, the presence of which results in a biological activity of a protein that is the same as the biological activity resulting from the presence of a naturally occurring ligand for the protein, such as, for example, Btk.
  • partial agonist refers to a compound the presence of which results in a biological activity of a protein that is of the same type as that resulting from the presence of a naturally occurring ligand for the protein, but of a lower magnitude.
  • antagonist refers to a compound, the presence of which results in a decrease in the magnitude of a biological activity of a protein.
  • the presence of an antagonist results in complete inhibition of a biological activity of a protein, such as, for example, Btk.
  • an antagonist is an inhibitor.
  • amelioration of the symptoms of a particular disease, disorder or condition by administration of a particular compound or pharmaceutical composition refers to any lessening of severity, delay in onset, slowing of progression, or shortening of duration, whether permanent or temporary, lasting or transient that can be attributed to or associated with administration of the compound or composition.
  • Bioavailability refers to the percentage of the weight of compounds disclosed herein, such as, compounds of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D), dosed that is delivered into the general circulation of the animal or human being studied.
  • the total exposure (AUC ( o- ⁇ $ ) of a drug when administered intravenously is usually defined as 100% bioavailable (F%).
  • Oral bioavailability refers to the extent to which compounds disclosed herein, such as, compounds of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D), are absorbed into the general circulation when the pharmaceutical composition is taken orally as compared to intravenous injection.
  • Bood plasma concentration refers to the concentration of compounds disclosed herein, such as, compounds of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D), in the plasma component of blood of a subject. It is understood that the plasma concentration of compounds of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D), may vary significantly between subjects, due to variability with respect to metabolism and/or possible interactions with other therapeutic agents.
  • the blood plasma concentration of the compounds of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D), may vary from subject to subject.
  • values such as maximum plasma concentration (C n13x ) or time to reach maximum plasma concentration (T m3x ), or total area under the plasma concentration time curve (AUC(o- ⁇ ) may vary " WSGR Docket No.25922-750.601 from subject to subject. Due to this variability, the amount necessary to constitute "a therapeutically effective amount" of a compound of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D), may vary from subject to subject.
  • Bruton's tyrosine kinase refers to Bruton's tyrosine kinase from Homo sapiens, as disclosed in, e.g., U.S. Patent No. 6,326,469 (GeiiBank Accession No. NP_000052).
  • Bruton's tyrosine kinase homolog refers to orthologs of Bruton's tyrosine kinase, e.g., the orthologs from mouse (GenBank Acession No. AAB47246), dog (GenBank Acession No. XP_549139.), rat (GenBank Acession No. NP_001007799), chicken (GenBank Acession No. NP_989564), or zebra fish (GenBank Acession No.
  • XP_698117 fusion proteins of any of the foregoing that exhibit kinase activity towards one or more substrates of Bruton's tyrosine kinase (e.g. a peptide substrate having the amino acid sequence "AVLESEEELYSSARQ").
  • the terms "co-administration” or the like, as used herein, are meant to encompass administration of the selected therapeutic agents to a single patient, and are intended to include treatment regimens in which the agents are administered by the same or different route of administration or at the same or different time.
  • the terms "effective amount” or “therapeutically effective amount,” as used herein, refer to a sufficient amount of an agent or a compound being administered which will relieve to some extent one or more of the symptoms of the disease or condition being treated. The result can be reduction and/or alleviation of the signs, symptoms, or causes of a disease, or any other desired alteration of a biological system.
  • an "effective amount” for therapeutic uses is the amount of the composition including a compound as disclosed herein required to provide a clinically significant decrease in disease symptoms without undue adverse side effects.
  • an effect amount in any individual case may be determined using techniques, such as a dose escalation study.
  • the term "therapeutically effective amount” includes, for example, a prophylactically effective amount.
  • An “effective amount” of a compound disclosed herein is an amount effective to achieve a desired pharmacologic effect or therapeutic improvement without undue adverse side effects. It is understood that “an effect amount” or “a therapeutically effective amount” can vary from subject to subject, due to variation in metabolism of the compound of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D), age, weight, general condition of the subject, the condition being treated, the severity of the condition being treated, and the judgment of the prescribing physician.
  • therapeutically effective amounts may be determined by routine experimentation, including but not limited to a dose escalation clinical trial.
  • the terms “enhance” or “enhancing” means to increase or prolong either in potency or duration a desired effect.
  • “enhancing” the effect of therapeutic agents refers to the ability to increase or prolong, either in potency or duration, the effect of therapeutic agents on during treatment of a disease, disorder or condition.
  • cysteine 482 is the homologous cysteine of the rat ortholog of Bruton's tyrosine kinase
  • cysteine 479 is the homologous cysteine of the chicken ortholog
  • cysteine 481 is the homologous cysteine in the zebra fish ortholog.
  • the homologous cysteine of TXK is Cys 350.
  • Other examples of kinases having homologous cysteines are shown in FIG. 1. See also the " WSGR Docket No. 25922-750.601 sequence alignments of tyrosine kinases (TK) published on the world wide web at kmase.com/human/kinome/phylogeny.htrnl.
  • sequences or subsequences refers to two or more sequences or subsequences which are the same.
  • substantially identical refers to two or more sequences which have a percentage of sequential units which are the same when compared and aligned for maximum correspondence over a comparison window, or designated region as measured using comparison algorithms or by manual alignment and visual inspection.
  • two or more sequences may be “substantially identical” if the sequential units are about 60% identical, about 65% identical, about 70% identical, about 75% identical, about 80% identical, about 85% identical, about 90% identical, or about 95% identical over a specified region. Such percentages to describe the "percent identity" of two or more sequences.
  • the identity of a sequence can exist over a region that is at least about 75-100 sequential units in length, over a region that is about 50 sequential units in length, or, where not specified, across the entire sequence.
  • This definition also refers to the complement of a test sequence.
  • two or more polypeptide sequences are identical when the amino acid residues are the same, while two or more polypeptide sequences are "substantially identical" if the amino acid residues are about 60% identical, about 65% identical, about 70% identical, about 75% identical, about 80% identical, about 85% identical, about 90% identical, or about 95% identical over a specified region.
  • the identity can exist over a region that is at least about 75-100 amino acids in length, over a region that is about 50 amino acids in length, or, where not specified, across the entire sequence of a polypeptide sequence.
  • two or more polynucleotide sequences are identical when the nucleic acid residues are the same, while two or more polynucleotide sequences are "substantially identical" if the nucleic acid residues are about 60% identical, about 65% identical, about 70% identical, about 75% identical, about 80% identical, about 85% identical, about 90% identical, or about 95% identical over a specified region.
  • the identity can exist over a region that is at least about 75-100 nucleic acids in length, over a region that is about 50 nucleic acids in length, or, where not specified, across the entire sequence of a polynucleotide sequence.
  • the terms "inhibits”, “inhibiting”, or “inhibitor” of a kinase, as used herein, refer to inhibition of enzymatic phosphotransferase activity.
  • the term "irreversible inhibitor,” as used herein, refers to a compound that, upon contact with a target protein (e.g., a kinase) causes the formation of a new covalent bond with or within the protein, whereby one or more of the target protein's biological activities (e.g., phosphotransferase activity) is diminished or abolished notwithstanding the subsequent presence or absence of the irreversible inhibitor.
  • a target protein e.g., a kinase
  • biological activities e.g., phosphotransferase activity
  • irreversible Btk inhibitor refers to an inhibitor of Btk that can form a covalent bond with an amino acid residue of Btk.
  • the irreversible inhibitor of Btk can form a covalent bond with a Cys residue of Btk; in particular embodiments, the irreversible inhibitor can form a covalent bond with a Cys 481 residue (or a homolog thereof) of Btk or a cysteine residue in the homologous corresponding position of another tyrosine kinase, as shown in Fig. 1.
  • isolated refers to separating and removing a component of interest from components not of interest. Isolated substances can be in either a dry or semi-dry state, or in solution, including but not limited to an aqueous solution.
  • the isolated component can be in a homogeneous state or the isolated component can be a part of a pharmaceutical composition that comprises additional pharmaceutically acceptable carriers and/or excipients.
  • nucleic acids or proteins are “isolated” when such nucleic acids or proteins are free of at least some of the cellular components with which it is associated in the natural state, or that the nucleic acid or protein has been concentrated to a level greater than the concentration of its in vivo or in vitro production.
  • a gene is isolated when separated from open reading frames which flank the gene and • encode a protein other than the gene of interest.
  • a "metabolite” of a compound disclosed herein is a derivative of that compound that is formed when the compound is metabolized.
  • active metabolite refers to a biologically active derivative of a compound that is formed when the compound is metabolized.
  • metabolism refers to the sum of the processes (including, but not limited to, hydrolysis reactions and reactions catalyzed by enzymes, such as, oxidation reactions) by which a particular substance is changed by an organism. Thus, enzymes may produce specific structural alterations to a compound.
  • cytochrome P450 catalyzes a variety of oxidative and reductive reactions while uridine diphosphate glucuronyl transferases catalyze the transfer of an activated glucuronic-acid molecule to aromatic alcohols, aliphatic alcohols, carboxylic acids, amines and free sulfhydryl groups. Further information on metabolism may be obtained from The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics, 9th Edition, McGraw-Hill (1996). Metabolites of the compounds disclosed herein can be identified either by administration of compounds to a host and analysis of tissue samples from the host, or by incubation of compounds with hepatic cells in vitro and analysis of the resulting compounds. Both methods are well known in the art.
  • metabolites of a compound are formed by oxidative processes and correspond to the corresponding hydroxy- containing compound.
  • a compound is metabolized to pharmacologically active metabolites.
  • modulate means to interact with a target either directly or indirectly so as to alter the activity of the target, including, by way of example only, to enhance the activity of the target, to inhibit the activity of the target, to limit the activity of the target, or to extend the activity of the target.
  • modulator refers to a compound that alters an activity of a molecule.
  • a modulator can cause an increase or decrease in the magnitude of a certain activity of a molecule compared to the magnitude of the activity in the absence of the modulator.
  • a modulator is. an inhibitor, which decreases the magnitude of one or more activities of a molecule.
  • an inhibitor completely prevents one or more activities of a molecule.
  • a modulator is an activator, which increases the magnitude of at least one activity of a molecule.
  • the presence of a modulator results in an activity that does not occur in the absence of the modulator.
  • prophylactically effective amount refers that amount of a composition applied to a patient which will relieve to some extent one or more of the symptoms of a disease, condition or disorder being treated. In such prophylactic applications, such amounts may depend on the patient's state of health, weight, and the like. It is considered well within the skill of the art for one to determine such prophylactically effective amounts by routine experimentation, including, but not limited to, a dose escalation clinical trial.
  • selective binding compound refers to a compound that selectively binds to any portion of one or more target proteins.
  • selective binds refers to the ability of a selective binding compound to bind to a target protein, such as, for example, Btk, with greater affinity than it binds to a non-target protein.
  • specific binding refers to binding to a target with an affinity that is at least 10, 50, 100, 250, 500, 1000 or more times greater than the affinity for a non-target.
  • selective modulator refers to a compound that selectively modulates a target activity relative to a non-target activity.
  • specific modulater refers to modulating a target activity at least 10, 50, 100, 250, 500, 1000 times more than a non-target activity.
  • substantially purified refers to a component of interest that may be substantially or essentially free of other components which normally accompany or interact with the component of WSGR Docket No. 25922-750.601 interest prior to purification.
  • a component of interest may be “substantially purified” when the preparation of the component of interest contains less than about 30%, less than about 25%, less than about 20%, less than about 15%, less than about 10%, less than about 5%, less than about 4%, less than about 3%, less than about 2%, or less than about 1% (by dry weight) of contaminating components.
  • a “substantially purified” component of interest may have a purity level of about 70%, about 75%, about 80%, about 85%, about 90%, about 95%, about 96%, about 97%, about 98%, about 99% or greater.
  • target activity refers to a biological activity capable of being modulated by a selective modulator. Certain exemplary target activities include, but are not limited to, binding affinity, signal transduction, enzymatic activity, tumor growth, inflammation or inflammation-related processes, and amelioration of one or more symptoms associated with, a disease or condition.
  • target protein refers to a molecule or a portion of a protein capable of being bound by a selective binding compound. In certain embodiments, a target protein is Btk.
  • treat include alleviating, abating or ameliorating a disease or condition symptoms, preventing additional symptoms, ameliorating or preventing the underlying metabolic causes of symptoms, inhibiting the disease or condition, e.g., arresting the development of the disease or condition, relieving the disease or condition, causing regression of the disease or condition, relieving a condition caused by the disease or condition, or stopping the symptoms of the disease or condition.
  • the terms “treat,” “treating” or “treatment”, include, but are not limited to, prophylactic and/or therapeutic treatments.
  • the IC 50 refers to an amount, concentration or dosage of a particular test compound that achieves a 50% inhibition of a maximal response, such as inhibition of Btk, in an assay that measures such response.
  • EC 50 refers to a dosage, concentration or amount of a particular test compound that elicits a dose-dependent response at 50% of maximal expression of a particular response that is induced, provoked or potentiated by the particular test compound.
  • Fig. 1 presents a sequence comparison of Btk with other tyrosine kinases.
  • Fig. 2 presents illustrative cell data regarding inhibition of B cell receptor induced Phospholipase-C ⁇ phosphorylation by compound 4.
  • the B cell receptor was stimulated with anti-IgM for 3 min; the 1OX lysis buffer containing DNAse was added directly to cells.
  • the sample buffer was added and loaded directly on gel.
  • the samples were analyzed with western blot - phosphorylated Btk and PLC ⁇ l and total Btk and PLC ⁇ l.
  • the blot was imaged with ChemiDoc CCD and quantitated with ImageQuant.
  • the phosphorylated band was normalized to total band and the IC50 was calculated.
  • Fig. 3 presents illustrative cell data showing that compound 4 and compound 15 inhibit growth of DHL-6 cells.
  • Fig. 4 presents illustrative mass spectra showing that compound 4 covalently modifies Btk. In this example, Incubate 3OuM compound 4 with 6-7uM recombinant BTK ( Y->D mutant, kinase domain only) overnight ' WSGR Docket No. 25922-750.601 at RT.
  • Fig. 5 presents illustrative inhibition of arthritis development in a mouse model by compound 4.
  • Fig. 6 presents illustrative data demonstrating that the efficacy of compound 4 is associated with reduction of Rheumatoid Factor and Anti-citrullinated cyclic peptide antibodies in the CAIA model. In these examples, *p ⁇ 0.01; ** ⁇ 0.001 vs vehicle or saline treatment.
  • Fig. 7 presents illustrative data regarding the inhibition of arthritis development in a mouse model by compound 13. This enantiomer of compound 4 completed inhibited the development of arthritis in the CAIA model at dose levels of 10 and 30 mg/kg. For comparison, data regarding inhibition of arthritis development in the same mouse model is presented for dexamethasone.
  • the methods described herein include administering to a subject in need a composition containing a therapeutically effective amount of one or more irreversible Btk inhibitor compounds described herein.
  • Btk signaling in various hematopoietic cell functions, e.g., B-cell receptor activation
  • small molecule Btk inhibitors are useful for reducing the risk of or treating a variety of diseases affected by or affecting many cell types of the hematopoetic lineage including, e.g., autoimmune diseases, heteroimmune conditions or diseases, inflammatory diseases, cancer (e.g., B-cell proliferative disorders), and thromboembolic disorders.
  • the irreversible Btk inhibitor compounds described herein can be used to inhibit a small subset of other tyrosine kinases that share homology with Btk by having a cysteine residue (including a Cys 481 residue) that can form a covalent bond with the irreversible inhibitor. See, e.g., protein kinases in FIG. 1.
  • a subset of tyrosine kinases other than Btk are also expected to be useful as therapeutic targets in a number of health conditions.
  • the methods described herein can be used to treat an autoimmune disease, which includes, but is not limited to, rheumatoid arthritis, psoriatic arthritis, osteoarthritis, Still's disease, juvenile arthritis, lupus, diabetes, myasthenia gravis, Hashimoto's thyroiditis, Ord's thyroiditis, Graves' disease Sjogren's syndrome, multiple sclerosis, Guillain-Barre syndrome, acute disseminated encephalomyelitis, Addison's disease, opsoclonus-myoclonus syndrome, ankylosing spondylitisis, antiphospholipid antibody syndrome, aplastic anemia, autoimmune hepatitis, coeliac disease, Goodpasture's syndrome, idiopathic thrombocytopenic purpura, optic neuritis, scleroderma, primary biliary cirrhosis, Reiter's syndrome, Takayasu's arteritis
  • an autoimmune disease includes,
  • the methods described herein can be used to treat heteroimmune conditions or diseases, which include, but are not limited to graft versus host disease, transplantation, transfusion, anaphylaxis, allergies (e.g., allergies to plant pollens, latex, drugs, foods, insect poisons, animal hair, animal dander, dust mites, or cockroach calyx), type I hypersensitivity, allergic conjunctivitis, allergic rhinitis, and atopic dermatitis.
  • heteroimmune conditions or diseases include, but are not limited to graft versus host disease, transplantation, transfusion, anaphylaxis, allergies (e.g., allergies to plant pollens, latex, drugs, foods, insect poisons, animal hair, animal dander, dust mites, or cockroach calyx), type I hypersensitivity, allergic conjunctivitis, allergic rhinitis, and atopic dermatitis.
  • the methods described herein can be used to treat an inflammatory disease, which includes, but is not limited to asthma, inflammatory bowel disease, appendicitis, blepharitis, bronchiolitis, WSCR Docket No.
  • an inflammatory disease which includes, but is not limited to asthma, inflammatory bowel disease, appendicitis, blepharitis, bronchiolitis, WSCR Docket No.
  • bronchitis bursitis, cervicitis, cholangitis, cholecystitis, colitis, conjunctivitis, cystitis, dacryoadenitis, dermatitis, dermatomyositis, encephalitis, endocarditis, endometritis, enteritis, enterocolitis, epicondylitis, epididymitis, fasciitis, fibrositis, gastritis, gastroenteritis, hepatitis, hidradenitis suppurativa, laryngitis, mastitis, meningitis, myelitis myocarditis, myositis, nephritis, oophoritis, orchitis, osteitis, otitis, pancreatitis, parotitis, pericarditis, peritonitis, pharyngitis, pleuritis, phlebit
  • the methods described herein can be used to treat a cancer, e.g., B-cell proliferative disorders, which include, but are not limited to diffuse large B cell lymphoma, follicular lymphoma, chronic lymphocytic lymphoma, chronic lymphocytic leukemia, B-cell prolymphocytic leukemia, lymphoplasmacytic lymphoma/Waldenstrom macroglobulinemia, splenic marginal zone lymphoma, plasma cell myeloma, plasmacytoma, extranodal marginal zone B cell lymphoma, nodal marginal zone B cell lymphoma, mantle cell lymphoma, mediastinal (thymic) large B cell lymphoma, intravascular large B cell lymphoma, primary effusion lymphoma, burkitt lymphoma/leukemia, and lymphomatoid granulomatosis.
  • B-cell proliferative disorders include, but are not limited to diffuse large B cell lymphoma,
  • the methods described herein can be used to treat thromboembolic disorders, which include, but are not limited to myocardial infarct, angina pectoris (including unstable angina), reocclusions or restenoses after angioplasty or aortocoronary bypass, stroke, transitory ischemia, peripheral arterial occlusive disorders, pulmonary embolisms, and deep venous thromboses.
  • thromboembolic disorders include, but are not limited to myocardial infarct, angina pectoris (including unstable angina), reocclusions or restenoses after angioplasty or aortocoronary bypass, stroke, transitory ischemia, peripheral arterial occlusive disorders, pulmonary embolisms, and deep venous thromboses.
  • a number of animal models of are useful for establishing a range of therapeutically effective doses of irreversible Btk inhibitor compounds for treating any of the foregoing diseases.
  • dosing of irreversible Btk inhibitor compounds for treating an autoimmune disease can be assessed in a mouse model of rheumatoid arthitis. In this model, arthritis is induced in Balb/c mice by administering anti-collagen antibodies and lipopolysaccharide. See Nandakumar et al. (2003), Am. J. Pathol
  • dosing of irreversible Btk inhibitors for the treatment of B-cell proliferative disorders can be examined in, e.g., a human-to-mouse xenograft model in which human B-cell lymphoma cells (e.g. Ramos cells) are implanted into immunodeff ⁇ cient mice (e.g., "nude” mice) as described in, e.g., Pagel et al. (2005), Clin Cancer Res 11(13):4857-4866.
  • human B-cell lymphoma cells e.g. Ramos cells
  • immunodef ⁇ cient mice e.g., "nude” mice
  • the therapeutic efficacy of the compound for one of the foregoing diseases can be optimized during a course of treatment.
  • a subject being treated can undergo a diagnostic evaluation to correlate the relief of disease symptoms or pathologies to inhibition of in vivo Btk activity achieved by administering a given dose of an irreversible Btk inhibitor.
  • Cellular assays known in the art can be used to determine in vivo activity of Btk in the presence or absence of an irreversible Btk inhibitor.
  • activated Btk is phosphorylated at tyrosine 223 (Y223) and tyrosine 551 (Y551)
  • phospho-specif ⁇ c immunocytochemical staining of P-Y223 or P-Y551 -positive cells can be used to detect or quantify activation of Bkt in a population of cells (e.g., by FACS analysis of stained vs unstained cells). See, e.g., Nisitani et al. (1999), Proc. Natl. Acad. Sd, USA 96:2221-2226.
  • the amount of the Btk inhibitor inhibitor compound that is administered to a subject can be increased or decreased as needed so as to maintain a level of Btk inhibition optimal for treating the subject's disease state.
  • the Btk inhibitor compounds described herein are selective for Btk and kinases having a cysteine residue in an amino acid sequence position of the tyrosine kinase that is homologous to the amino acid sequence position of cysteine 481 in Btk. See, e.g., kinases in FIG. 1.
  • Inhibitor compounds described herein include a Michael acceptor moiety.
  • an irreversible inhibitor compound of Btk used in the methods described herein is identified or characterized in an in vitro assay, e.g., an acellular biochemical assay or a cellular functional assay. Such assays are useful to determine an in vitro IC S0 for an irreversible Btk inhibitor compound.
  • an acellular kinase assay can be used to determine Btk activity after incubation of the kinase in the absence or presence of a range of concentrations of a candidate irreversible Btk inhibitor compound. If the candidate compound is in fact an irreversible Btk inhibitor, Btk kinase activity will not be recovered by repeat washing with inhibitor-free medium.
  • covalent complex formation between Btk and a candidate irreversible Btk inhibitor is a useful indicator of irreversible inhibition of Btk that can be readily determined by a number of methods known in the art (e.g., mass spectrometry).
  • some irreversible Btk-inhibitor compounds can form a covalent bond with Cys 481 of Btk (e.g., via a Michael reaction).
  • Cellular functional assays for Btk inhibition include measuring one or more cellular endpoints in response to stimulating a Btk-mediated pathway in a cell line (e.g., BCR activation in Ramos cells) in the absence or presence of a range of concentrations of a candidate irreversible Btk inhibitor compound.
  • Useful endpoints for determining a response to BCR activation include, e.g., autophosphorylation of Btk, phosphorylation of a Btk target protein (e.g., PLC- ⁇ ), and cytoplasmic calcium flux.
  • High throughput assays for many acellular biochemical assays e.g., kinase assays
  • cellular functional assays e.g., calcium flux
  • high throughput screening systems are commercially available (see, e.g., Zymark Corp., Hopkinton, MA; Air Technical Industries, Mentor, OH; Beckman Instruments, Inc. Fullerton, CA; Precision Systems, Inc., Natick, MA, etc.). These systems typically automate entire procedures including all sample and reagent pipetting, liquid dispensing, timed incubations, and final readings of the microplate in detector(s) appropriate for the assay.
  • Irreversible Btk inhibitor compounds can used for the manufacture of a medicament for treating any of the foregoing conditions (e.g., autoimmune diseases, inflammatory diseases, allergy disorders, B-cell proliferative disorders, or thromboembolic disorders).
  • WSfeJK Docket No. 2_iy22-750.e01
  • the irreversible Btk inhibitor compound used for the methods described herein inhibits Btk or a Btk homolog kinase activity with an in vitro IC 50 of less than 10 ⁇ M.
  • an in vitro IC 50 of less than 10 ⁇ M.
  • the irreversible Btk inhibitor compound selectively and irreversibly inhibits an activated form of its target tyrosine kinase (e.g., a phosphorylated form of the tyrosine kinase).
  • activated Btk is transphosphorylated at tyrosine 551.
  • the irreversible Btk inhibitor inhibits the target kinase in cells only once the target kinase is activated by the signaling events.
  • compositions that include at least one such compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, pharmaceutically active metabolite or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug of such compound, are provided.
  • compounds disclosed herein when compounds disclosed herein contain an oxidizable nitrogen atom, the nitrogen atom can be converted to an N-oxide by methods well known in the art.
  • isomers and chemically protected forms of compounds having a structure represented by any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D), are also provided.
  • Formula (A) is as follows:
  • A is independently selected from N or CRs
  • R 2 and R 3 are independently selected from H, lower alkyl and substituted lower alkyl;
  • R4 is L3-X-L 4 -G, wherein,
  • L 3 is optional, and when present is a bond, optionally substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, optionally substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, optionally substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl;
  • L 4 is optional, and when present is a bond, substituted or uns ⁇ bstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle; or Lj, X and L t taken together form a nitrogen containing heterocyclic ring;
  • R 5 , R 7 and R 8 are independently selected from among H, lower alkyl or substituted lower alkyl, lower heteroalkyl or substituted lower heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted lower cycloalkyl, and substituted or unsubstituted lower heterocycloalkyl;
  • 0 is independently H, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkyl, or substituted or unsubsti
  • the compound of Formula (A) has the following structure of Formula (B):
  • R 6 , R 7 and R 8 are independently selected from among H, lower alkyl or substituted lower alkyl, lower heteroalkyl or substituted lower heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted lower cycloalkyl, and substituted or unsubstituted lower heterocycloalkyl;
  • R] 2 is H or lower alkyl; or
  • Y and Rn taken together form a 4-, 5-, or 6-membered heterocyclic ring; and pharmaceutically acceptable active metabolites, pharmaceutically acceptable solvates, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrugs thereof.
  • G is selected from among , .
  • the compound of Formula (B) has the following structure of
  • Y is alkyl or substituted alkyl, or a 4-, 5-, or 6-membered cycloalkyl ring;
  • Ri 2 is H or lower alkyl; or
  • Y and Ri 2 taken together form a 4-, 5-, or 6-membered heterocyclic ring;
  • R 6 , R 7 and R 8 are independently selected from among H, lower alkyl or substituted lower alkyl, lower heteroalkyl or substituted lower heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted lower cycloalkyl, and substituted or unsubstituted lower heterocycloalkyl; and WSGR Docket No. 25922-750.6C1 pharmaceutically acceptable active metabolites, pharmaceutically acceptable solvates, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrugs thereof.
  • the "G" group of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), or Formula (C) is any group that is used to tailor the physical and biological properties of the molecule. Such tailoring/modifications are achieved using groups which modulate Michael acceptor chemical reactivity, acidity, basicity, lipophilicity, solubility and other physical properties of the molecule.
  • the physical and biological properties modulated by such modifications to G include, by way of example only, enhancing chemical reactivity of Michael acceptor group, solubility, in vivo absorption, and in vivo metabolism.
  • in vivo metabolism may include, by way of example only, controlling in vivo PK properties, off-target activities, potential toxicities associated with cypP450 interactions, drug-drug interactions, and the like.
  • modifications to G allow for the tailoring of the in vivo, efficacy of the compound through the modulation of, by way of example, specific and nonspecific protein binding to plasma proteins and lipids and tissue distribution in vivo.
  • La is CH 2 , O, NH or S;
  • Ar is an optionally substituted aromatic carbocycle or an aromatic heterocycle
  • Y is an optionally substituted alkyl, heteroalkyl, carbocycle, heterocycle, or combination thereof
  • Z is C(O), OC(O), NHC(O), C(S), S(O) x , OS(O) x , NHS(O) x , where x is 1 or 2;
  • Re, R 7 , and Rg are independently selected from H, alkyl, heteroalkyl, carbocycle, heterocycle, or combinations thereof.
  • La is O.
  • L 11 is CH 2 , O, NH or S
  • Ar is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or a susbstituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl
  • Y is an optionally substituted group selected from among alkyl, heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl;
  • R 7 and Ra are independently selected from among H, unsubstituted Ct-C 4 alkyl, substituted Ci-C 4 alkyl, unsubstituted Ci-C 4 heteroalkyl, substituted Ci-Gjheteroalkyl, unsubstituted C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, substituted C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted Cr-C ⁇ heterocycloalkyl, and substituted C 2 -
  • R 6 is H, substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 4 EIkJd, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Gtheteroalkyl, C r
  • Ci-C 8 alkylaminoalkyl substituted or unsubstituted C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl
  • pharmaceutically active metabolites or pharmaceutically acceptable solvates, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrugs thereof.
  • substituents can be selected from among from a subset of the listed alternatives.
  • L a is CH 2 , O, or NH.
  • L a is O or NH.
  • L a is O.
  • R 7 and Rg are independently selected from among H, unsubstituted C 1 -C 4 alkyl, substituted Ci-C 4 alkyl, unsubstituted Ci-C 4 heteroalkyl, and substituted Ci-C 4 heteroalkyl; OrR 7 and R 8 taken together form a bond. In yet other embodiments, each of R 7 and R 8 is H; or R 7 and Rg taken together form a bond.
  • R 6 is H, substituted or unsubstituted C,-C 4 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted Ci- Qheteroalkyl, C r C 6 alkoxyalkyl, Ci-C 2 alkyl-N(C r C 3 alkyl) 2 , substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, d-C 4 alkyl(aryl), Ci-C 4 alkyl(heteroaryl), Ci-C 4 alkyl(C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl), or C r C 4 alkyl(C 2 - C 8 heterocycloalkyl).
  • R 6 is H, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-C 4 alkyl, substituted or WSUK Docket No. 25y22-750.601 unsubstituted C r C 4 heteroalkyl, C,-C 6 alkoxyalkyl, C r C 2 alkyl-N(C,-C 3 alkyl) 2 , Ci-C 4 alkyl(aryl), C,- C 4 alkyl(heteroaryl), Ci-C 4 alkyI(C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl), or Ci-C 4 alkyl(C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl).
  • R 6 is H, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-C 4 alkyl, -CH 2 -O-(C r C 3 alkyl), -CH 2 -N(Ci-C 3 alkyl) 2 , C r C 4 alkyl(phenyl), or C
  • R 6 is H, substituted or unsubstituted C r C 4 alkyl, - CH 2 -O-(Ci-C 3 alkyl), -CH 2 -N(C r C 3 alkyl) 2 , C r C 4 alkyl(phenyl), or C r C 4 alkyl(5- or 6-membered heteroaryl containing 1 or 2 N atoms), or C r C 4 alkyl(5- or 6-membered heterocycloalkyl containing 1 or 2 N atoms).
  • Y is an optionally substituted group selected from among alkyl, heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, and heterocycloalkyl.
  • Y is an optionally substituted group selected from among Ci-C 6 alkyl, Ci-C ⁇ heteroalkyL, A-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered cycloalkyl, and 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered heterocycloalkyl.
  • Y is an optionally substituted group selected from among Ci-C ⁇ alkyl, CrQheteroalkyl, 5-, or 6-membered cycloalkyl, and 5-, or 6-membered heterocycloalkyl containing 1 or 2 N atoms.
  • Y is a 5-, or 6-membered cycloalkyl, or a 5-, or 6-membered heterocycloalkyl containing 1 or 2 N atoms.
  • compounds provided herein are selected from among: 'WSGR Docket No. 25922-750.601
  • Bruton's tyrosine kinase mediated conditions or diseases including, but not limited to, cancer, autoimmune and other inflammatory diseases.
  • the reactions can be employed in a linear sequence to provide the compounds described herein or they may be used to synthesize fragments which are subsequently joined by the methods described herein and/or known in the art.
  • the compounds described herein can be modified using various electrophiles or nucleophiles to form new functional groups or substituents.
  • Precursor functional groups are shown as electrophilic groups and nucleophilic groups.
  • Groups such as trityl, dimethoxytrityl, acetal and t-butyldimethylsilyl are acid labile and may be used to protect carboxy and hydroxy reactive moieties in the presence of amino groups protected with Cbz groups, which are removable by hydrogenolysis, and Fmoc groups, which are base labile.
  • Carboxylic acid and hydroxy reactive moieties may be blocked with base labile groups such as, but not limited to, methyl, ethyl, and acetyl in the presence of amines blocked with acid labile groups such as t-butyl carbamate or with carbamates that are both acid and base stable but hydrolytically removable.
  • Carboxylic acid and hydroxy reactive moieties may also be blocked with hydrolytically removable protective groups such as the benzyl group, while amine groups capable of hydrogen bonding with acids may be blocked with base labile groups such as Fmoc.
  • Carboxylic acid reactive moieties may be protected by conversion to simple ester compounds as exemplified herein, or they may be blocked with oxidatively-removable protective groups such as 2,4-dimethoxybenzyl, while co-existing amino groups may be blocked with fluoride labile silyl carbamates.
  • Allyl blocking groups are useful in then presence of acid- and base- protecting groups since the former are stable and can be subsequently removed by metal or pi-acid catalysts.
  • an allyl-blocked carboxylic acid can be deprotected with a Pd°-catalyzed reaction in the presence of acid labile t-butyl carbamate or base- labile acetate amine protecting groups.
  • Yet another form of protecting group is a resin to which a compound or intermediate may be attached. As long as the residue is attached to the resin, that functional group is blocked and cannot react. Once released from the resin, the functional group is available to react.
  • blocking/protecting groups may be selected from: w&fcjrc. u ⁇ cKei INO. 43SZX;-/JU.DUI
  • tyrosine kinase inhibitor compounds described herein are provided herein.
  • compounds described herein can be synthesized using the following synthetic schemes. Compounds may be synthesized using methodologies analogous to those described below by the use of appropriate alternative starting materials.
  • Described herein are compounds that inhibit the activity of tyrosine kinase(s), such as Btk, and processes for their preparation. Also described herein are pharmaceutically acceptable salts, pharmaceutically acceptable solvates, pharmaceutically active metabolites and pharmaceutically acceptable prodrugs of such compounds. Pharmaceutical compositions that include at least one such compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, pharmaceutically active metabolite or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug of such compound, are provided.
  • the starring material used for the synthesis of the compounds described herein may be synthesized or can be obtained from commercial sources, such as, but not limited to, Aldrich Chemical Co. (Milwaukee, Wisconsin), Bachem (Torrance, California), or Sigma Chemical Co. (St. Louis, Mo.).
  • the compounds described herein, and other related compounds having different substituents can be synthesized using techniques and materials known to those of skill in the art, such as described, for example, in March, ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 4 th Ed., (Wiley 1992); Carey and Sundberg, ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 4 th Ed., VoIs.
  • the products of the reactions may be isolated and purified, if desired, using conventional techniques, including, but not limited to, filtration, distillation, crystallization, chromatography and the like. Such materials may be characterized using conventional means, including physical constants and spectral data.
  • Halogenation of commercially avalaible lH-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-4-amine provides an entry into the synthesis of compounds of Formula (A), (B), (C) and/or (D).
  • lH-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin- 4-amine is treated with N-iodosuccinamide to give 3-iodo-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-4-amine.
  • Metal catalyzed cross coupling reactions are then carried out on 3-iodo-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-d] ⁇ yrimidin-4-amine.
  • palladium mediated cross-coupling of a suitably substituted phenyl boronic acid under basic conditions constructs intermediate 2.
  • Intermediate 2 is coupled with N-Boc-3-hydroxypiperidine (as non-limiting example) via Mitsunobu reaction to give the Boc (tert-butyloxycarbonyl) protected intermediate 3.
  • an acid chloride such as, but not limited to, acryloyl chloride
  • tyrosine kinase inhibitors as disclosed herein are obtained in good yields and purity.
  • the compounds prepared by the methods disclosed herein are purified by conventional means known in the art, such as, for example, filtration, recrystallization, chromatography, distillation, and combinations thereof.
  • the compounds described herein may possess one or more stereocenters and each center may exist in the R or S configuration.
  • the compounds presented herein include all diastereomeric, enantiomeric, and epimeric forms as well as the appropriate mixtures thereof.
  • Stereoisomers may be obtained, if desired, by methods known in the art as, for example, the separation of stereoisomers by chiral chromatographic columns.
  • Diasteromeric mixtures can be separated into their individual diastereomers on the basis of their physical chemical differences by methods known, for example, by chromatography and/or fractional crystallization.
  • enantiomers can be separated by chiral chromatographic columns.
  • enantiomers can be separated by converting the enantiomeric mixture into a diastereomeric mixture by reaction with an appropriate optically active compound (e.g., alcohol), separating the diastereomers and converting (e.g., hydrolyzing) the individual diastereomers to the corresponding pure enantiomers. All such isomers, including diastereomers, enantiomers, and mixtures thereof are considered as part of the compositions described herein. [00229]
  • the methods and formulations described herein include the use of TV-oxides, crystalline forms (also known as polymorphs), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts of compounds described herein, as well as active metabolites of these compounds having the same type of activity.
  • compounds may exist as tautomers.
  • AU tautomers are included within the scope of the compounds presented herein.
  • the compounds described herein can exist in unsolvated as well as solvated forms with pharmaceutically acceptable solvents such as water, ethanol, and the like.
  • the solvated forms of the compounds presented herein are also considered to be disclosed herein.
  • Compounds of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D) in unoxidized form can be prepared fromN-oxides of compounds of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D) by treating with a reducing agent, such as, but not limited to, sulfur, sulfur dioxide, triphenyl phosphine, lithium borohydride, sodium borohydride, phosphorus trichloride, tribromide, or the like in a suitable inert organic solvent, such as, but not limited to, acetonitrile, ethanol, aqueous dioxane, or the like at 0 to 80 0 C.
  • a reducing agent such as, but not limited to, sulfur, sulfur dioxide, triphenyl phosphine, lithium borohydride, sodium borohydride, phosphorus trichloride, tribromide, or the like in a suitable inert organic solvent, such as, but not limited to, acetonitrile,
  • prodrugs refers to an agent that is converted into the parent drug in vivo. Prodrugs are often useful because, in some situations, they may be easier to administer than the parent drug. They may, for instance, be bioavailable by oral administration whereas the parent is not. The prodrug may also have improved solubility in pharmaceutical compositions over the parent drug.
  • prodrug a compound described herein, which is administered as an ester (the "prodrug") to facilitate transmittal across a cell membrane where water solubility is detrimental to mobility but which then is metabolically hydrolyzed to the carboxylic acid, the active entity, once inside the cell where water-solubility is beneficial.
  • prodrug a short peptide (polyaminoacid) bonded to an acid group where the peptide is metabolized to reveal the active moiety.
  • a prodrug upon in vivo administration, a prodrug is chemically converted to the biologically, pharmaceutically or therapeutically active form of the compound.
  • a prodrug is enzymatically metabolized by one or more steps or processes to the biologically, pharmaceutically or therapeutically active form of the compound.
  • a pharmaceutically active compound is modified such that the active compound will be regenerated upon in vivo administration.
  • the prodrug can be designed to alter the metabolic stability or the transport characteristics of a drug, to mask side effects or toxicity, to improve the flavor of a drug or to alter other characteristics or properties of a drug.
  • Prodrugs are often useful because, in some situations, they may be easier to administer than the parent drug. They may, for instance, be bioavailable by oral administration whereas the parent is not.
  • the prodrug may also have improved solubility in pharmaceutical compositions over the parent drug.
  • Prodrugs may be designed as reversible drug derivatives, for use as modifiers to enhance drug transport to site-specific tissues. In some embodiments, the design of a prodrug increases the effective water solubility. See, e.g., Fedorak et al., Am. J. Physiol, 269:G210-218 (1995); McLoed et al., Gastroenterol, 106:405-413 (1994); Hochhaus et al., Biomed.
  • Sites on the aromatic ring portion of compounds of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D) can be susceptible to various metabolic reactions, therefore incorporation of appropriate substituents on the aromatic ring structures, such as, by way of example only, halogens can reduce, minimize or eliminate this metabolic pathway.
  • Compounds described herein include isotopically-labeled compounds, which are identical to those recited in the various formulas and structures presented herein, but for the fact that one or more atoms are replaced by an atom having an atomic mass or mass number different from the atomic mass or mass number usually found in nature.
  • isotopes that can be incorporated into the present compounds include isotopes of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, fluorine and chlorine, such as 2 H, 3 H, 13 C, 14 C, 15 N, 18 O, 17 O, 35 S, 18 F, 3 ⁇ Cl, respectively.
  • isotopically-labeled compounds described herein for example those into which radioactive isotopes such as 3 H and 14 C are incorporated, are useful in drug and/or substrate tissue distribution assays. Further, substitution with isotopes such as deuterium, i.e., 2 H, can afford certain therapeutic advantages resulting from greater metabolic stability, for example increased in vivo half-life or reduced dosage requirements.
  • the compounds described herein are metabolized upon administration to an organism in need to produce a metabolite that is then used to produce a desired effect, including a desired therapeutic effect.
  • Compounds described herein may be formed as, and/or used as, pharmaceutically acceptable salts.
  • the type of pharmaceutical acceptable salts include, but are not limited to: (1) acid addition salts, formed ) by reacting the free base form of the compound with a pharmaceutically acceptable: inorganic acid such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, metaphosphoric acid, and the like; or with an organic acid such as acetic acid, propionic acid, hexanoic acid, cyclopentanepropionic acid, glycolic acid, pyruvic acid, ⁇ lactic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, malic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, trifluoroacetic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, benzoic acid, 3-(4-hydroxybenzoyl)benzoic acid, cinnamic acid, mandelic acid, methanesulf ⁇ nic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, 1,2-ethanedisulfonic acid, 2-hydroxyethanesulfonic acid, benzenes
  • 25922-7SD.601 methylenebis-(3-hydroxy-2-ene-l -carboxylic acid), 3-phenylpropionic acid, trimethylacetic acid, tertiary butylacetic acid, lauryl sulfuric acid, gluconic acid, glutamic acid, hydroxynaphthoic acid, salicylic acid, stearic acid, muconic acid, and the like; (2) salts formed when an acidic proton present in the parent compound either is replaced by a metal ion, e.g., an alkali metal ion (e.g. lithium, sodium, potassium), an alkaline earth ion (e.g. magnesium, or calcium), or an aluminum ion; or coordinates with an organic base.
  • a metal ion e.g., an alkali metal ion (e.g. lithium, sodium, potassium), an alkaline earth ion (e.g. magnesium, or calcium), or an aluminum ion; or coordinates with an organic
  • Acceptable organic bases include ethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, tromethamine, N-methylglucamine, and the like.
  • Acceptable inorganic bases include aluminum hydroxide, calcium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium hydroxide, and the like.
  • the corresponding counterions of the pharmaceutically acceptable salts may be analyzed and identified using various methods including, but not limited to, ion exchange chromatography, ion chromatography, capillary electrophoresis, inductively coupled plasma, atomic absorption spectroscopy, mass spectrometry, or any combination thereof.
  • the salts are recovered by using at least one of the following techniques: filtration, precipitation with a non-solvent followed by filtration, evaporation of the solvent, or, in the case of aqueous solutions, lyophilization.
  • a reference to a pharmaceutically acceptable salt includes the solvent addition forms or crystal forms thereof, particularly solvates or polymorphs.
  • Solvates contain either stoichiometric or non-stoichiometric amounts of a solvent, and may be formed during the process of crystallization with pharmaceutically acceptable solvents such as water, ethanol, and the like. Hydrates are formed when the solvent is water, or alcoholates are formed when the solvent is alcohol.
  • Solvates of compounds described herein can be conveniently prepared or formed during the processes described herein.
  • the compounds provided herein can exist in unsolvated as well as solvated forms.
  • the solvated forms are considered equivalent to the unsolvated forms for the purposes of the compounds and methods provided herein.
  • a reference to a salt includes the solvent addition forms or crystal forms thereof, particularly solvates or polymorphs.
  • Solvates contain either stoichiometric or non-stoichiometric amounts of a solvent, and are often formed during the process of crystallization with pharmaceutically acceptable solvents such as water, ethanol, and the like. Hydrates are formed when the solvent is water, or alcoholates are formed when the solvent is alcohol.
  • Polymorphs include the different crystal packing arrangements of the same elemental composition of a compound. Polymorphs usually have different X-ray diffraction patterns, infrared spectra, melting points, density, hardness, crystal shape, optical and electrical properties, stability, and solubility. Various factors such as the recrystallization solvent, rate of crystallization, and storage temperature may cause a single crystal form to dominate.
  • Compounds described herein may be in various forms, including but not limited to, amorphous forms, milled forms and nano-particulate forms.
  • compounds described herein include crystalline forms, also known as polymorphs.
  • Polymorphs include the different crystal packing arrangements of the same elemental composition of a compound. Polymorphs usually have different X-ray diffraction patterns, infrared spectra, melting points, density, hardness, crystal shape, optical and electrical properties, stability, and solubility. Various factors such as the recrystallization solvent, rate of crystallization, and storage temperature may cause a single crystal form to dominate.
  • the screening and characterization of the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, polymorphs and/or solvates may be accomplished using a variety of techniques including, but not limited to, thermal analysis, x-ray diffraction, spectroscopy, vapor sorption, and microscopy.
  • Thermal analysis methods address thermo chemical degradation or thermo physical processes including, but not limited to, polymorphic transitions, and such methods " WSGR Docket No. 25922-750.601 are used to analyze the relationships between polymorphic forms, determine weight loss, to find the glass transition temperature, or for excipient compatibility studies.
  • Such methods include, but are not limited to, Differential scanning calorimetry (DSC), Modulated Differential Scanning Calorimetry (MDCS), Thermogravimetric analysis (TGA), and Thermogravi-metric and Infrared analysis (TG/IR).
  • DSC Differential scanning calorimetry
  • MDCS Modulated Differential Scanning Calorimetry
  • TGA Thermogravimetric analysis
  • TG/IR Thermogravi-metric and Infrared analysis
  • X-ray diffraction methods include, but are not limited to, single crystal and powder diffractometers and synchrotron sources.
  • the various spectroscopic techniques used include, but are not limited to, Raman, FTIR, UVIS, and NMR (liquid and solid state).
  • microscopy techniques include, but are not limited to, polarized light microscopy, Scanning Electron Microscopy (SEM) with Energy Dispersive X-Ray Analysis (EDX), Environmental Scanning Electron Microscopy with EDX (in gas or water vapor atmosphere), IR microscopy, and Raman microscopy.
  • SEM Scanning Electron Microscopy
  • EDX Energy Dispersive X-Ray Analysis
  • IR microscopy in gas or water vapor atmosphere
  • Raman microscopy Raman microscopy.
  • compositions may be formulated in a conventional manner using one or more physiologically acceptable carriers including excipients and auxiliaries which facilitate processing of the active compounds into preparations which can be used pharmaceutically. Proper formulation is dependent upon the route of administration chosen. Any of the well-known techniques, carriers, and excipients may be used as suitable and as understood in the art. A summary of pharmaceutical compositions described herein maybe found, for example, in Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, Nineteenth Ed (Easton, Pa.: Mack Publishing Company, 1995); Hoover, John E., Remington 's Pharmaceutical Sciences, Mack Publishing Co., Easton, Pennsylvania 1975; Liberman, H. A.
  • a pharmaceutical composition refers to a mixture of a compound described herein, such as, for example, compounds of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D), with other chemical components, such as carriers, stabilizers, diluents, dispersing agents, suspending agents, thickening agents, and/or excipients.
  • the pharmaceutical composition facilitates administration of the compound to an organism.
  • therapeutically effective amounts of compounds described herein are administered in a pharmaceutical composition to a mammal having a disease, disorder, or condition to be treated.
  • the mammal is a human.
  • a therapeutically effective amount can vary widely depending on the severity of the disease, the age and relative health of the subject, the potency of the compound used and other factors.
  • the compounds can be used singly or in combination with one or more therapeutic agents as components of mixtures.
  • compositions may also include one or more pH adjusting agents or buffering agents, including acids such as acetic, boric, citric, lactic, phosphoric and hydrochloric acids; bases such as sodium hydroxide, sodium phosphate, sodium borate, sodium citrate, sodium acetate, sodium lactate and tris- hydroxymethylaminomethane; and buffers such as citrate/dextrose, sodium bicarbonate and ammonium chloride.
  • acids such as acetic, boric, citric, lactic, phosphoric and hydrochloric acids
  • bases such as sodium hydroxide, sodium phosphate, sodium borate, sodium citrate, sodium acetate, sodium lactate and tris- hydroxymethylaminomethane
  • buffers such as citrate/dextrose, sodium bicarbonate and ammonium chloride.
  • Such acids, bases and buffers are included in an amount required to maintain pH of the composition in an acceptable range.
  • compositions may also include one or more salts in an amount required to bring osmolality of the composition into an acceptable range.
  • salts include those having sodium, potassium or ammonium cations and chloride, citrate, ascorbate, borate, phosphate, bicarbonate, sulfate, thiosulfate or bisulfite WSSR Docket No. 25922-750.601 anions; suitable salts include sodium chloride, potassium chloride, sodium thiosulfate, sodium bisulfite and ammonium sulfate.
  • the term "pharmaceutical combination” as used herein, means a product that results from the mixing or combining of more than one active ingredient and includes both fixed and non-fixed combinations of the active ingredients.
  • the term "fixed combination” means that the active ingredients, e.g. a compound described herein and a co-agent, are both administered to a patient simultaneously in the form of a single entity or dosage.
  • non- fixed combination means that the active ingredients, e.g. a compound described herein and a co-agent, are administered to a patient as separate entities either simultaneously, concurrently or sequentially with no specific intervening time limits, wherein such administration provides effective levels of the two compounds in the body of the patient.
  • cocktail therapy e.g.
  • the pharmaceutical formulations described herein can be administered to a subject by multiple administration routes, including but not limited to, oral, parenteral (e.g., intravenous, subcutaneous, intramuscular), intranasal, buccal, topical, rectal, or transdermal administration routes.
  • parenteral e.g., intravenous, subcutaneous, intramuscular
  • intranasal e.g., buccal
  • topical e.g., topical, rectal, or transdermal administration routes.
  • the pharmaceutical formulations described herein include, but are not limited to, aqueous liquid dispersions, self-emulsifying dispersions, solid solutions, .
  • compositions including a compound described herein may be manufactured in a conventional manner, such as, by way of example only, by means of conventional mixing, dissolving, granulating, dragee-making, levigating, emulsifying, encapsulating, entrapping or compression processes.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions will include at least one compound described herein, such as, for example, a compound of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D), as an active ingredient in free-acid or free-base form, or in a pharmaceutically acceptable salt form.
  • the methods and pharmaceutical compositions described herein include the use of N-oxides, crystalline forms (also known as polymorphs), as well as active metabolites of these compounds having the same type of activity.
  • compounds may exist as tautomers. All tautomers are included within the scope of the compounds presented herein.
  • the compounds described herein can exist in unsolvated as well as solvated forms with pharmaceutically acceptable solvents such as water, ethanol, and the like. The solvated forms of the compounds presented herein are also considered to be disclosed herein.
  • Antifoaming agents reduce foaming during processing which can result in coagulation of aqueous dispersions, bubbles in the finished film, or generally impair processing.
  • Exemplary anti- foaming agents include silicon emulsions or sorbitan sesquoleate.
  • Antioxidants include, for example, butylated hydroxytoluene (BHT), sodium ascorbate, ascorbic acid, sodium metabisulfite and tocopherol. In certain embodiments, antioxidants enhance chemical stability where required.
  • compositions provided herein may also include one or more preservatives to inhibit microbial activity.
  • Suitable preservatives include mercury-containing substances such as merfen and thiomersal; stabilized chlorine dioxide; and quaternary ammonium compounds such as benzalkonium chloride, cetyltrimethylammonium bromide and cetylpyridinium chloride.
  • Formulations described herein may benefit from antioxidants, metal chelating agents, thiol containing compounds and other general stabilizing agents.
  • stabilizing agents include, but are not limited to: WSGR Docket No. 25922-750.601
  • polysorbate 20 (h) arginine, (i) heparin, (j) dextran sulfate, (k) cyclodextrins, (1) pentosan polysulfate and other heparinoids, (m) divalent cations such as magnesium and zinc; or (n) combinations thereof.
  • Binders impart cohesive qualities and include, e.g., alginic acid and salts thereof; cellulose derivatives such as carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose (e.g., Methocel ® ), hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, hydroxyethylcellulose, hydroxypropylcellulose (e.g., Klucel ® ), ethylcellulose (e.g., Ethocel ® ), and microcrystalline cellulose (e.g., Avicel ® ); microcrystalline dextrose; amylose; magnesium aluminum silicate; polysaccharide acids; bentonites; gelatin; polyvinylpyrrolidone/vinyl acetate copolymer; crosspovidone; povidone; starch; pregelatinized starch; tragacanth, dextrin, a sugar, such as sucrose (e.g., Dipac ® ), glucose, dextrose, molasses, mannitol, sorbi
  • cellulose derivatives such
  • a “carrier” or “carrier materials” include any commonly used excipients in pharmaceutics and should be selected on the basis of compatibility with compounds disclosed herein, such as, compounds of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D), and the release profile properties of the desired dosage form.
  • exemplary carrier materials include, e.g., binders, suspending agents, disintegration agents, filling agents, surfactants, solubilizers, stabilizers, lubricants, wetting agents, diluents, and the like.
  • “Pharmaceutically compatible carrier materials” may include, but are not limited to, acacia, gelatin, colloidal silicon dioxide, calcium glycerophosphate, calcium lactate, maltodextrin, glycerine, magnesium silicate, polyvinylpyrrollidone (PVP), cholesterol, cholesterol esters, sodium caseinate, soy lecithin, taurocholic acid, phosphotidylcholine, sodium chloride, trie alcium phosphate, dipotassium phosphate, cellulose and cellulose conjugates, sugars sodium stearoyl lactylate, carrageenan, monoglyceride, diglyceride, pregelatinized starch, and the like.
  • PVP polyvinylpyrrollidone
  • Disposing agents include materials that control the diffusion and homogeneity of a drug through liquid media or a granulation method or blend method.
  • these agents also facilitate the effectiveness of a coating or eroding matrix.
  • exemplary diffusion facilitators/dispersing agents include, e.g., hydrophilic polymers, electrolytes, Tween ® 60 or 80, PEG, polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP; commercially known as Plasdone ® ), and the carbohydrate-based dispersing agents such as, for example, hydroxypropyl celluloses (e.g., HPC, HPC-SL, and HPC-L), hydroxypropyl methylcelluloses (e.g., HPMC KlOO, HPMC K4M, HPMC K15M, and HPMC KlOOM), carboxymethylcellulose sodium, methylcellulose, hydroxyethylcellulose, hydroxypropylcellulose, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose phthalate, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose acetate stearate (HPMCAS), noncrystalline cellulose, magnesium aluminum silicate, triethanolamine, polyvinyl alcohol (PVA), vinyl p
  • polyvinylpyrrolidone Kl 2 polyvinylpyrrolidone Kl 7, polyvinylpyrrolidone K25, or polyvinylpyrrolidone K30, polyvinylpyrrolidone/vinyl acetate copolymer (S-630), polyethylene glycol, e.g., the polyethylene glycol can have a molecular weight of about 300 to about 6000, or about 3350 to about 4000, or about 7000 to about 5400, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose, polysorbate-80, sodium alginate, gums, such as, e.g., gum tragacanth and gum acacia, guar gum, xanthans, including xanthan gum, sugars, cellulosics, such as, e.g., sodium carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, polysorbate-80, sodium alginate, polyethoxylated sorbitan mono
  • Plasticizcers such as cellulose or triethyl cellulose can also be used as dispersing agents.
  • Dispersing agents particularly useful in liposomal dispersions and self-emulsifying dispersions are dimyristoyl phosphatidyl choline, natural phosphatidyl choline from eggs, natural phosphatidyl glycerol from eggs, cholesterol and isopropyl myristate.
  • Combinations of one or more erosion facilitator with one or more diffusion facilitator can also be used in the present compositions.
  • the term "diluent" refers to chemical compounds that are used to dilute the compound of interest prior to delivery. Diluents can also be used to stabilize compounds because they can provide a more stable environment. Salts dissolved in buffered solutions (which also can provide pH control or maintenance) are utilized as diluents in the art, including, but not limited to a phosphate buffered saline solution. In certain embodiments, diluents increase bulk of the composition to facilitate compression or create sufficient bulk for homogenous blend for capsule filling.
  • Such compounds include e.g., lactose, starch, mannitol, sorbitol, dextrose, microcrystalline cellulose such as Avicel ® ; dibasic calcium phosphate, dicalciurn phosphate dihydrate; tricalcium phosphate, calcium phosphate; anhydrous lactose, spray-dried lactose; pregelatinized starch, compressible sugar, such as Di-Pac ® (Amstar); mannitol, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose acetate stearate, sucrose-based diluents, confectioner's sugar; monobasic calcium sulfate monohydrate, calcium sulfate dihydrate; calcium lactate trihydrate, dextrates; hydrolyzed cereal solids, amylose; powdered cellulose, calcium carbonate; glycine, kaolin; mannitol, sodium chloride; inositol, bentonite, and the like.
  • disintegrate includes both the dissolution and dispersion of the dosage form when contacted with gastrointestinal fluid.
  • disintegration agents or disintegrants facilitate the breakup or disintegration of a substance.
  • disintegration agents include a starch, e.g., a natural starch such as corn starch or potato starch, a pregelatinized starch such as National 1551 or Amijel ® , or sodium starch glycolate such as Promogel ® or Explotab ® , a cellulose such as a wood product, methylcrystalline cellulose, e.g., Avicel ® , Avicel ® PHlOl, Avicel ® PH102, Avicel ® PHl 05, Elcema ® PlOO, Emcocel ® , Vivacel ® , Ming Tia ® , and Solka-Floc ® , methylcellulose, croscarmellose, or a cross-linked cellulose, such as cross-
  • Drug absorption typically refers to the process of movement of drug from site of administration of a drug across a barrier into a blood vessel or the site of action, e.g., a drug moving from the gastrointestinal tract into the portal vein or lymphatic system.
  • An "enteric coating” is a substance that remains substantially intact in the stomach but dissolves and releases the drug in the small intestine or colon.
  • the enteric coating comprises a polymeric material that prevents release in the low pH environment of the stomach but that ionizes at a higher pH, typically a pH of 6 to 7, and thus dissolves sufficiently in the small intestine or colon to release the active agent therein.
  • "Erosion facilitators” include materials that control the erosion of a particular material in gastrointestinal fluid. Erosion facilitators are generally known to those of ordinary skill in the art. Exemplary erosion facilitators include, e.g., hydrophilic polymers, electrolytes, proteins, peptides, and amino acids.
  • Filling agents include compounds such as lactose, calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate, dibasic calcium phosphate, calcium sulfate, macrocrystalline cellulose, cellulose powder, dextrose, dextrates, dextran, starches, pregelatinized starch, sucrose, xylitol, lactitol, man ⁇ itol, sorbitol, sodium chloride, polyethylene glycol, and the like.
  • “Flavoring agents” and/or “sweeteners” useful in the formulations described herein include, e.g., acacia syrup, acesulfame K, alitame, anise, apple, aspartame, banana, Bavarian cream, berry, black currant, butterscotch, calcium citrate, camphor, caramel, cherry, cherry cream, chocolate, cinnamon, bubble gum, citrus, citrus punch, citrus cream, cotton candy, cocoa, cola, cool cherry, cool citrus, cyclamate, cylamate, dextrose, eucalyptus, eugenol, fructose, fruit punch, ginger, glycyrrhetinate, glycyrrhiza (licorice) syrup, grape, grapefruit, honey, isomalt, lemon, lime, lemon cream, monoammonium glyrrhizinate (MagnaSweet ® ), maltol, mannitol, maple,
  • Lubricants and “glidants” are compounds that prevent, reduce or inhibit adhesion or friction of materials.
  • exemplary lubricants include, e.g., stearic acid, calcium hydroxide, talc, sodium stearyl fumerate, a hydrocarbon such as mineral oil, or hydrogenated vegetable oil such as hydrogenated soybean oil (Sterotex ® ), higher fatty acids and their alkali-metal and alkaline earth metal salts, such as aluminum, calcium, magnesium, zinc, stearic acid, sodium stearates, glycerol, talc, waxes, Stearowet ® , boric acid, sodium benzoate, sodium acetate, sodium chloride, leucine, a polyethylene glycol (e.g., PEG-4000) or a methoxypolyethylene glycol such as CarbowaxTM, sodium oleate, sodium benzoate, glyceryl behenate, polyethylene glycol, magnesium or sodium lau
  • a "measurable serum concentration” or “measurable plasma concentration” describes the blood serum or blood plasma concentration, typically measured in mg, ⁇ g, or ng of therapeutic agent per ml, dl, or 1 of blood serum, absorbed into the bloodstream after administration. As used herein, measurable plasma concentrations are typically measured in ng/ml or ⁇ g/ml.
  • “Pharmacodynamics” refers to the factors which determine the biologic response observed relative to the concentration of drug at a site of action. [00271] “Pharmacokinetics” refers to the factors which determine the attainment and maintenance of the appropriate concentration of drug at a site of action.
  • Plasticizers are compounds used to soften the microencapsulation material or film coatings to make them less brittle.
  • Suitable plasticizers include, e.g., polyethylene glycols such as PEG 300, PEG 400, PEG 600, PEG WSGR Docket No. 25922-750.601
  • plasticizers can also function as dispersing agents or wetting agents.
  • Solubilizers include compounds such as triacetin, triethylcitrate, ethyl oleate, ethyl caprylate, sodium lauryl sulfate, sodium doccusate, vitamin E TPGS, dimethylacetamide, N-methylpyrrolidone, N- hydroxyethylpyrrolidone, polyvinylpyrrolidone, hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cyclodextrins, ethanol, n-butanol, isopropyl alcohol, cholesterol, bile salts, polyethylene glycol 200-600, glycofurol, transcutol, propylene glycol, and dimethyl isosorbide and the like.
  • Stabilizers include compounds such as any antioxidation agents, buffers, acids, preservatives and the like.
  • Step state is when the amount of drug administered is equal to the amount of drug eliminated within one dosing interval resulting in a plateau or constant plasma drug exposure.
  • Suspending agents include compounds such as polyvinylpyrrolidone, e.g., polyvinylpyrrolidone K12, polyvinylpyrrolidone K17, polyvinylpyrrolidone K25, or polyvinylpyrrolidone K30, vinyl pyrrolidone/vinyl acetate copolymer (S630), polyethylene glycol, e.g., the polyethylene glycol can have a molecular weight of about 300 to about 6000, or about 3350 to about 4000, or about 7000 to about 5400, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, hydroxymethylcellulose acetate stearate, polysorbate-80, hydroxyethylcellulose, sodium alginate, gums, such as, e.g., gum tragacanth and gum acacia, guar gum, xanthans, including xanthan gum, sugars, cellulosics, such as, e.g
  • “Surfactants” include compounds such as sodium lauryl sulfate, sodium docusate, Tween 60 or 80, triacetin, vitamin E TPGS, sorbitan monooleate, polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate, polysorbates, polaxomers, bile salts, glyceryl monostearate, copolymers of ethylene oxide and propylene oxide, e.g., Pluronic ® (BASF), and the like.
  • Pluronic ® BASF
  • surfactants include polyoxyethylene fatty acid glycerides and vegetable oils, e.g., polyoxyethylene (60) hydrogenated castor oil; and polyoxyethylene alkylethers and alkylphenyl ethers, e.g., octoxynol 10, octoxynol 40. In some embodiments, surfactants may be included to enhance physical stability or for other purposes.
  • Viscosity enhancing agents include, e.g., methyl cellulose, xanthan gum, carboxymethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose, hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose acetate stearate, hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose phthalate, carbomer, polyvinyl alcohol, alginates, acacia, chitosans and combinations thereof.
  • Weight agents include compounds such as oleic acid, glyceryl monostearate, sorbitan monooleate, sorbitan monolaurate, triethanolamine oleate, polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate, polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate, sodium docusate, sodium oleate, sodium lauryl sulfate, sodium doccusate, triacetin, Tween 80, vitamin E TPGS, ammonium salts and the like.
  • compositions described herein can be formulated for administration to a subject via any conventional means including, but not limited to, oral, parenteral (e.g., intravenous, subcutaneous, or intramuscular), buccal, intranasal, rectal or transdermal administration routes.
  • parenteral e.g., intravenous, subcutaneous, or intramuscular
  • buccal e.g., intranasal
  • rectal e.g., transdermal administration routes.
  • transdermal administration routes e.g., transdermal administration routes.
  • subject is used to mean an animal, preferably a mammal, including a human or non-human.
  • patient and subject may be used interchangeably.
  • compositions described herein which include a compound of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D) can be formulated into any suitable dosage form, including but not limited to, aqueous oral dispersions, liquids, gels, syrups, elixirs, slurries, suspensions and the like, for oral ingestion by a patient to be> treated, solid oral dosage forms, aerosols, controlled release formulations, fast melt formulations, effervescent formulations, lyophilized formulations, tablets, powders, pills, dragees, capsules, delayed release formulations, extended release formulations, pulsatile release formulations, multiparticulate formulations, and mixed immediate release and controlled release formulations.
  • aqueous oral dispersions liquids, gels, syrups, elixirs, slurries, suspensions and the like
  • solid oral dosage forms including but not limited to, solid oral dosage forms, aerosols, controlled release formulations, fast melt formulations, effervescent formulation
  • compositions for oral use can be obtained by mixing one or more solid excipient with one or more of the compounds described herein, optionally grinding the resulting mixture, and processing the mixture of granules, after adding suitable auxiliaries, if desired, to obtain tablets or dragee cores.
  • Suitable excipients include, for example, fillers such as sugars, including lactose, sucrose, mannitol, or sorbitol; cellulose preparations such as, for example, maize starch, wheat starch, rice starch, potato starch, gelatin, gum tragacanth, methylcellulose, microcrystalline cellulose, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose; or others such as: polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP or povidone) or calcium phosphate.
  • disintegrating agents may be added, such as the cross-linked croscarmellose sodium, polyvinylpyrrolidone, agar, or alginic acid or a salt thereof such as sodium alginate.
  • Dragee cores are provided with suitable coatings.
  • suitable coatings may be used, which may optionally contain gum arabic, talc, polyvinylpyrrolidone, carbopol gel, polyethylene glycol, and/or titanium dioxide, lacquer solutions, and suitable organic solvents or solvent mixtures.
  • Dyestuffs or pigments may be added to the tablets or dragee coatings for identification or to characterize different combinations of active compound doses.
  • compositions which can be used orally include push-fit capsules made of gelatin, as well as soft, sealed capsules made of gelatin and a plasticizer, such as glycerol or sorbitol.
  • the push-fit capsules can contain the active ingredients in admixture with filler such as lactose, binders such as starches, and/or lubricants such as talc or magnesium stearate and, optionally, stabilizers.
  • the active compounds may be dissolved or suspended in suitable liquids, such as fatty oils, liquid paraffin, or liquid polyethylene glycols.
  • stabilizers may be added.
  • AU formulations for oral administration should be in dosages suitable for such administration.
  • the solid dosage forms disclosed herein may be in the form of a tablet, (including a suspension tablet, a fast-melt tablet, a bite-disintegration tablet, a rapid-disintegration tablet, an effervescent tablet, or a caplet), a pill, a powder (including a sterile packaged powder, a dispensable powder, or an effervescent powder) a capsule (including both soft or hard capsules, e.g., capsules made from animal-derived gelatin or plant-derived HPMC, or "sprinkle capsules"), solid dispersion, solid solution, bioerodible dosage form, controlled release formulations, pulsatile release dosage forms, multiparticulate dosage forms, pellets, granules, or an aerosol.
  • a tablet including a suspension tablet, a fast-melt tablet, a bite-disintegration tablet, a rapid-disintegration tablet, an effervescent tablet, or a caplet
  • a pill including a sterile
  • the pharmaceutical formulation is in the form of a powder. In still other embodiments, the pharmaceutical formulation is in the form of a tablet, including but not limited to, a fast-melt tablet. Additionally, pharmaceutical formulations described herein may be administered as a single capsule or in multiple capsule dosage form. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical formulation is administered in two, or three, or four, capsules or tablets. [00286] In some embodiments, solid dosage forms, e.g., tablets, effervescent tablets, and capsules, are prepared by mixing particles of a compound of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D), with one or more pharmaceutical excipients to form a bulk blend composition.
  • solid dosage forms e.g., tablets, effervescent tablets, and capsules, are prepared by mixing particles of a compound of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D), with one or more pharmaceutical excipients to form a bulk blend composition.
  • compositions ' WSGR Docket No.25922-750.601 as homogeneous, it is meant that the particles of the compound of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D), are dispersed evenly throughout the composition so that the composition may be readily subdivided into equally effective unit dosage forms, such as tablets, pills, and capsules.
  • the individual unit dosages may also include film coatings, which disintegrate upon oral ingestion or upon contact with diluent.
  • These formulations can be manufactured by conventional pharmacological techniques.
  • Conventional pharmacological techniques include, e.g., one or a combination of methods: (1) dry mixing, (2) direct compression, (3) milling, (4) dry or non-aqueous granulation, (5) wet granulation, or (6) fusion. See, e.g., Lachman et al., The Theory and Practice of Industrial Pharmacy (1986).
  • Other methods include, e.g., spray drying, pan coating, melt granulation, granulation, fluidized bed spray drying or coating (e.g., wurster coating), tangential coating, top spraying, tableting, extruding and the like.
  • the pharmaceutical solid dosage forms described herein can include a compound described herein and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable additives such as a compatible carrier, binder, filling agent, suspending agent, flavoring agent, sweetening agent, disintegrating agent, dispersing agent, surfactant, lubricant, colorant, diluent, solubilizer, moistening agent, plasticizer, stabilizer, penetration enhancer, wetting agent, anti-foaming agent, antioxidant, preservative, or one or more combination thereof.
  • a film coating is provided around the formulation of the compound of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D).
  • some or all of the particles of the compound of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D), are coated. In another embodiment, some or all of the particles of the compound of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D), are microencapsulated. In still another embodiment, the particles of the compound of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D), are not microencapsulated and are uncoated.
  • Suitable carriers for use in the solid dosage forms described herein include, but are not limited to, acacia, gelatin, colloidal silicon dioxide, calcium glycerophosphate, calcium lactate, maltodextrin, glycerine, magnesium silicate, sodium caseinate, soy lecithin, sodium chloride, tricalcium phosphate, dipotassium phosphate, sodium stearoyl lactylate, carrageenan, monoglyceride, diglyceride, pregelatinized starch, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose acetate stearate, sucrose, microcrystalline cellulose, lactose, mannitol and the like.
  • Suitable filling agents for use in the solid dosage forms described herein include, but are not limited to, lactose, calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate, dibasic calcium phosphate, calcium sulfate, microcrystalline cellulose, cellulose powder, dextrose, dextrates, dextran, starches, pregelatinized starch, hydroxypropylmethycellulose (HPMC), hydroxypropylmethycellulose phthalate, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose acetate stearate (HPMCAS), sucrose, xylitol, lactitol, mannitol, sorbitol, sodium chloride, polyethylene glycol, and the like.
  • disintegrants are often used in the formulation, especially when the dosage forms are compressed with binder. Disintegrants help rupturing the dosage form matrix by swelling or capillary action when moisture is absorbed into the dosage form.
  • Suitable disintegrants for use in the solid dosage forms described herein include, but are not limited to, natural starch such as corn starch or potato starch, a pregelatinized starch such as National 1551 or Amijel ® , or sodium starch glycolate such as Promogel ® or Explotab ® , a cellulose such as a wood product, methylcrystalline cellulose, e.g., Avicel ® , Avicel ® PHlOl, Avicel ® PH102, Avicel ® PH 105, Elcema ® PlOO, Emcocel ® , Vivacel ® , Ming Tia ® , and Solka-Floc ® , methylcellulose, croscarmellose, WSGR Docket No.
  • a cross-linked cellulose such as cross-linked sodium carboxymethylcellulose (Ac-Di-Sol ® ), cross-linked carboxymethylcellulose, or cross-linked croscarmellose, a cross-linked starch such as sodium starch glycolate, a cross-linked polymer such as crospovidone, a cross-linked polyvinylpyrrolidone, alginate such as alginic acid or a salt of alginic acid such as sodium alginate, a clay such as Veegum ® HV (magnesium aluminum silicate), a gum such as agar, guar, locust bean, Karaya, pectin, or tragacanth, sodium starch glycolate, bentonite, a natural sponge, a surfactant, a resin such as a cation-exchange resin, citrus pulp, sodium lauryl sulfate, sodium lauryl sulfate in combination starch, and the like.
  • a cross-linked starch such
  • Binders impart cohesiveness to solid oral dosage form formulations: for powder filled capsule formulation, they aid in plug formation that can be filled into soft or hard shell capsules and for tablet formulation, they ensure the tablet remaining intact after compression and help assure blend uniformity prior to a compression or fill step.
  • Materials suitable for use as binders in the solid dosage forms described herein include, but are not limited to, carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose (e.g., Methocel ® ), hydroxypropylmethylcellulose (e.g.
  • binder levels of 20-70% are used in powder-filled gelatin capsule formulations. Binder usage level in tablet formulations varies whether direct compression, wet granulation, roller compaction, or usage of other excipients such as fillers which itself can act as moderate binder. Formulators skilled in art can determine the binder level for the formulations, but binder usage level of up to 70% in tablet formulations is common.
  • Suitable lubricants or glidants for use in the solid dosage forms described herein include, but are not limited to, stearic acid, calcium hydroxide, talc, corn starch, sodium stearyl fumerate, alkali-metal and alkaline earth metal salts, such as aluminum, calcium, magnesium, zinc, stearic acid, sodium stearates, magnesium stearate, zinc stearate, waxes, Stearowet ® , boric acid, sodium benzoate, sodium acetate, sodium chloride, leucine, a polyethylene glycol or a methoxypolyethylene glycol such as CarbowaxTM, PEG 4000, PEG 5000, PEG 6000, propylene glycol, sodium oleate, glyceryl behenate, glyceryl palmitostearate, glyceryl benzoate, magnesium or sodium lauryl sulfate, and the like.
  • stearic acid calcium hydroxide, talc
  • Suitable diluents for use in the solid dosage forms described herein include, but are not limited to, sugars (including lactose, sucrose, and dextrose), polysaccharides (including dextrates and maltodextrin), polyols (including mannitol, xylitol, and sorbitol), cyclodextrins and the like.
  • non water-soluble diluent represents compounds typically used in the formulation of pharmaceuticals, such as calcium phosphate, calcium sulfate, starches, modified starches and microcrystalline cellulose, and microcellulose (e.g., having a density of about 0.45 g/cm 3 , e.g.
  • Suitable wetting agents for use in the solid dosage forms described herein include, for example, oleic acid, glyceryl mono stearate, sorbitan monooleate, sorbitan monolaurate, triethanolamine oleate, polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate, polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate, quaternary ammonium compounds (e.g., Polyquat
  • Suitable surfactants for use in the solid dosage forms described herein include, for example, sodium lauryl sulfate, sorbitan monooleate, polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate, polysorbates, polaxomers, bile salts, glyceryl monostearate, copolymers of ethylene oxide and propylene oxide, e.g., Pluronic ® (BASF), and the like.
  • Suitable suspending agents for use in the solid dosage forms described here include, but are not limited to, polyvinylpyrrolidone, e.g., polyvinylpyrrolidone K12, polyvinylpyrrolidone Kl 7, polyvinylpyrrolidone K25, or polyvinylpyrrolidone K30, polyethylene glycol, e.g., the polyethylene glycol can have a molecular weight of about 300 to about 6000, or about 3350 to about 4000, or about 7000 to about 5400, vinyl pyrrolidone/vinyl acetate copolymer (S630), sodium carboxymcthylcellulose, methylcellulose, hydroxy-propylmethylcellulose, polysorbate- 80, hydroxyethylcellulose, sodium alginate, gums, such as, e.g., gum tragacanth and gum acacia, guar gum, xanthans, including xanthan gum, sugars, cellulo
  • Suitable antioxidants for use in the solid dosage forms described herein include, for example, e.g., butylated hydroxytoluene (BHT), sodium ascorbate, and tocopherol.
  • BHT butylated hydroxytoluene
  • sodium ascorbate sodium ascorbate
  • tocopherol sodium ascorbate
  • additives used in the solid dosage forms described herein should be taken as merely exemplary, and not limiting, of the types of additives that can be included in solid dosage forms described herein. The amounts of such additives can be readily determined by one skilled in the art, according to the particular properties desired.
  • one or more layers of the pharmaceutical formulation are plasticized.
  • a plasticizer is generally a high boiling point solid or liquid.
  • Plasticizers can be added from about 0.01% to about 50% by weight (w/w) of the coating composition.
  • Plasticizers include, but are not limited to, diethyl phthalate, citrate esters, polyethylene glycol, glycerol, acetylated glycerides, triacetin, polypropylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, triethyl citrate, dibutyl sebacate, stearic acid, stearol, stearate, and castor oil.
  • Compressed tablets are solid dosage forms prepared by compacting the bulk blend of the formulations described above. In various embodiments, compressed tablets which are designed to dissolve in the mouth will include one or more flavoring agents.
  • the compressed tablets will include a film surrounding the final compressed tablet.
  • the film coating can provide a delayed release of the compound of of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D), from the formulation.
  • the film coating aids in patient compliance (e.g., Opadry ® coatings or sugar coating). Film coatings including Opadry ® typically range from about 1% to about 3% of the tablet weight.
  • the compressed tablets include one or more excipients.
  • a capsule may be prepared, for example, by placing the bulk blend of the formulation of the compound of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D), described above, inside of a capsule.
  • the formulations non-aqueous suspensions and solutions
  • the formulations are placed in a soft gelatin capsule.
  • the formulations are placed in standard gelatin capsules or non-gelatin capsules such as capsules comprising HPMC.
  • the formulation is placed in a sprinkle capsule, wherein the capsule may be swallowed whole or the capsule may be opened and the contents sprinkled on food prior to eating.
  • the therapeutic dose is split into multiple (e.g., two, three, or four) capsules.
  • the entire dose of the formulation is delivered in a capsule form.
  • the particles of the compound of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D), and one or more excipients are dry blended and compressed into a mass, such as a tablet, having a hardness sufficient to provide a pharmaceutical composition that substantially disintegrates within less than wtjiuK uocKct no. /:>y_:z-/:> ⁇ oui about 30 minutes, less than about 35 minutes, less than about 40 minutes, less than about 45 minutes, less than about 50 minutes, less than about 55 minutes, or less than about 60 minutes, after oral administration, thereby releasing the formulation into the gastrointestinal fluid.
  • dosage forms may include microencapsulated formulations.
  • one or more other compatible materials are present in the microencapsulation material.
  • Exemplary materials include, but are not limited to, pH modifiers, erosion facilitators, anti-foaming agents, antioxidants, flavoring agents, and carrier materials such as binders, suspending agents, disintegration agents, filling agents, surfactants, solubilizers, stabilizers, lubricants, wetting agents, and diluents.
  • Materials useful for the microencapsulation described herein include materials compatible with compounds of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D), which sufficiently isolate the compound of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D), from other non-compatible excipients.
  • Materials compatible with compounds of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D) are those that delay the release of the compounds of of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D), in vivo.
  • Exemplary microencapsulation materials useful for delaying the release of the formulations including compounds described herein include, but are not limited to, hydroxypropyl cellulose ethers (HPC) such as Klucel ® or Nisso HPC, low-substituted hydroxypropyl cellulose ethers (L-HPC), hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose ethers (HPMC) such as Seppifilm-LC, Pharmacoat ® , Metolose SR, Methocel ⁇ -E, Opadry YS, PrimaFlo, Benecel MP824, and Benecel MP843, methylcellulose polymers such as Methocel ® -A, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose acetate stearate Aqoat (HF-LS, HF-LG,HF-MS) and Metolose ® , Ethylcelluloses (EC) and mixtures thereof such as E461 , Ethocel ® , Aqualon ® -EC, Surelease ®
  • HPC
  • plasticizers such as polyethylene glycols, e.g., PEG 300, PEG 400, PEG 600, PEG 1450, PEG 3350, and PEG 800, stearic acid, propylene glycol, oleic acid, and triacetin are incorporated into the microencapsulation material.
  • the microencapsulating material useful for delaying the release of the pharmaceutical compositions is from the USP or the National Formulary (NF).
  • the microencapsulation material is Klucel.
  • the microencapsulation material is methocel.
  • Microencapsulated compounds of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D), may be formulated by methods known by one of ordinary skill in the art. Such known methods include, e.g., spray drying processes, spinning disk-solvent processes, hot melt processes, spray chilling methods, fluidized bed, electrostatic deposition, centrifugal extrusion, rotational suspension separation, polymerization at liquid-gas or solid-gas interface, pressure extrusion, or spraying solvent extraction bath.
  • roller compaction extrusion/spheronization, coacervation, or ⁇ anoparticle coating may also be used.
  • the particles of compounds of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D), are microencapsulated prior to being formulated into one of the above forms. In still another embodiment, some or most of the particles are coated prior to being further formulated by using standard coating procedures, such as those described in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 20th Edition (2000).
  • the solid dosage formulations of the compounds of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D), are plasticized (coated) with one or more layers.
  • a plasticizer is generally a high boiling point solid or liquid. Suitable plasticizers can be added from about 0.01% to about 50% by weight (w/w) of the coating composition.
  • Plasticizers include, but are not limited to, diethyl phthalate, citrate esters, polyethylene glycol, glycerol, acetylated glycerides, triacetin, polypropylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, triethyl citrate, dibutyl sebacate, stearic acid, stearol, stearate, and castor oil.
  • a powder including the formulations with a compound of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D), described herein may be formulated to include one or more pharmaceutical excipients and flavors.
  • Such a powder may be prepared, for example, by mixing the formulation and optional pharmaceutical excipients to form a bulk blend composition. Additional embodiments also include a suspending agent and/or a wetting agent. This bulk blend is uniformly subdivided into unit dosage packaging or multi-dosage packaging units.
  • effervescent powders are also prepared in accordance with the present disclosure. Effervescent salts have been used to disperse medicines in water for oral administration.
  • Effervescent salts are granules or coarse powders containing a medicinal agent in a dry mixture, usually composed of sodium bicarbonate, citric acid and/or tartaric acid.
  • a dry mixture usually composed of sodium bicarbonate, citric acid and/or tartaric acid.
  • the acids and the base react to liberate carbon dioxide gas, thereby causing "effervescence.”
  • effervescent salts include, e.g., the following ingredients: sodium bicarbonate or a mixture of sodium bicarbonate and sodium carbonate, citric acid and/or tartaric acid. Any acid-base combination that results in the liberation of carbon dioxide can be used in place of the combination of sodium bicarbonate and citric and tartaric acids, as long as the ingredients were suitable for pharmaceutical use and result in a pH of about 6.0 or higher.
  • the formulations described herein which include a compound of Formula (A) are solid dispersions.
  • Methods of producing such solid dispersions are known in the art and include, but are not limited to, for example, U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,343,789, 5,340,591, 5,456,923, 5,700,485, 5,723,269, and U.S. Pub. Appl 2004/0013734, each of which is specifically incorporated by reference.
  • the formulations described herein are solid solutions.
  • Solid solutions incorporate a substance together with the active agent and other excipients such that heating the mixture results in dissolution of the drug and the resulting composition is then cooled to provide a solid blend which can be further formulated or directly added to a capsule or compressed into a tablet.
  • Methods of producing such solid solutions are known in the art and include, but are not limited to, for example, U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,151,273, 5,281,420, and 6,083,518, each of which is specifically incorporated by reference.
  • the pharmaceutical solid oral dosage forms including formulations described herein, which include a compound of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D), can be further formulated to provide a controlled release of the compound of Formula (A).
  • Controlled release refers to the release of the compound of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D), from a dosage form in which it is incorporated according to a desired profile over an extended period of time.
  • Controlled release profiles include, for example, WSQR Docket No. 25922-750.601 sustained release, prolonged release, pulsatile release, and delayed release profiles.
  • controlled release compositions allow delivery of an agent to a subject over an extended period of time according to a predetermined profile.
  • the solid dosage forms described herein can be formulated as enteric coated delayed release oral dosage forms, i.e., as an oral dosage form of a pharmaceutical composition as described herein which utilizes an enteric coating to affect release in the small intestine of the gastrointestinal tract.
  • the enteric coated dosage form may be a compressed or molded or extruded tablet/mold (coated or uncoated) containing granules, powder, pellets, beads or particles of the active ingredient and/or other composition components, which are themselves coated or uncoated.
  • the enteric coated oral dosage form may also be a capsule (coated or uncoated) containing pellets, beads or granules of the solid carrier or the composition, which are themselves coated or uncoated.
  • delayed release refers to the delivery so that the release can be accomplished at some generally predictable location in the intestinal tract more distal to that which would have been accomplished if there had been no delayed release alterations. In some embodiments the method for delay of release is coating.
  • any coatings should be applied to a sufficient thickness such that the entire coating does not dissolve in the gastrointestinal fluids atpH below about 5, but does dissolve atpH about 5 and above. It is expected that any anionic polymer exhibiting a pH-dependent solubility profile can be used as an enteric coating in the methods and compositions described herein to achieve delivery to the lower gastrointestinal tract.
  • the polymers described herein are anionic carboxylic polymers.
  • the polymers and compatible mixtures thereof, and some of their properties include, but are not limited to: [00319] Shellac, also called purified lac, a refined product obtained from the resinous secretion of an insect. This coating dissolves in media of pH >7;
  • Acrylic polymers The performance of acrylic polymers (primarily their solubility in biological fluids) can vary based on the degree and type of substitution. Examples of suitable acrylic polymers include methacrylic acid copolymers and ammonium methacrylate copolymers.
  • suitable acrylic polymers include methacrylic acid copolymers and ammonium methacrylate copolymers.
  • -The Eudragit series E, L, S, RL, RS and NE are available as solubilized in organic solvent, aqueous dispersion, or dry powders.
  • the Eudragit series RL, NE, and RS are insoluble in the gastrointestinal tract but are permeable and are used primarily for colonic targeting.
  • the Eudragit series E dissolve in the stomach.
  • the Eudragit series L, L-30D and S are insoluble in stomach and dissolve in the intestine;
  • Cellulose Derivatives are: ethyl cellulose; reaction mixtures of partial acetate esters of cellulose with phthalic anhydride. The performance can vary based on the degree and type of substitution.
  • Cellulose acetate phthalate (CAP) dissolves inpH >6.
  • Aquateric (FMC) is an aqueous based system and is a spray dried CAP psuedolatex with particles ⁇ 1 ⁇ m.
  • Other components in Aquateric can include pluronics, Tweens, and acetylated monoglycerides.
  • Suitable cellulose derivatives include: cellulose acetate trimellitate (Eastman); methylcellulose (Pharmacoat, Methocel); hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose phthalate (EDPMCP); hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose succinate (UPMCS); and hydroxypropylmethylcellulose acetate succinate (e.g., AQOAT (Shin Etsu)).
  • the performance can vary based on the degree and type of substitution.
  • HPMCP such as, HP-50, HP-55, HP-55S, HP-55F grades are suitable.
  • the performance can vary based on the degree and type of substitution.
  • 25922-750.601 include, but are not limited to, AS-LG (LF), which dissolves at pH 5, AS-MG (MF), which dissolves at pH 5.5, and AS-HG (HF), which dissolves at higher pH.
  • AS-LG LF
  • AS-MG MF
  • AS-HG HF
  • PVAP Poly Vinyl Acetate Phthalate
  • the coating can, and usually does, contain a plasticizer and possibly other coating excipients such as colorants, talc, and/or magnesium stearate, which are well known in the art.
  • Suitable plasticizers include triethyl citrate (Citroflex 2), triacetin (glyceryl triacetate), acetyl triethyl citrate (Citroflec A2), Carbowax 400 (polyethylene glycol 400), diethyl phthalate, tributyl citrate, acetylated monoglycerides, glycerol, fatty acid esters, propylene glycol, and dibutyl phthalate.
  • anionic carboxylic acrylic polymers usually will contain 10-25% by weight of a plasticizer, especially dibutyl phthalate, polyethylene glycol, triethyl citrate and triacetin.
  • a plasticizer especially dibutyl phthalate, polyethylene glycol, triethyl citrate and triacetin.
  • Conventional coating techniques such as spray or pan coating are employed to apply coatings. The coating thickness must be sufficient to ensure that the oral dosage form remains intact until the desired site of topical delivery in the intestinal tract is reached.
  • Colorants, detackifiers, surfactants, antifoaming agents, lubricants e.g., carnuba wax or PEG
  • lubricants e.g., carnuba wax or PEG
  • the formulations described herein, which include a compound of Formula (A), are delivered using a pulsatile dosage form.
  • a pulsatile dosage form is capable of providing one or more immediate release pulses at predetermined time points after a controlled lag time or at specific sites.
  • Pulsatile dosage forms including the formulations described herein, which include a compound of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D) may be administered using a variety of pulsatile formulations known in the art.
  • such formulations include, but are not limited to, those described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,011,692, 5,017,381, 5,229,135, and 5,840,329, each of which is specifically incorporated by reference.
  • Other pulsatile release dosage forms suitable for use with the present formulations include, but are not limited to, for example, U.S. Pat. Nos.
  • the controlled release dosage form is pulsatile release solid oral dosage form including at least two groups of particles, (i.e. multiparticulate) each containing the formulation described herein.
  • the first group of particles provides a substantially immediate dose of the compound of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D), upon ingestion by a mammal.
  • the first group of particles can be either uncoated or include a coating and/or sealant.
  • the second group of particles includes coated particles, which includes from about 2% to about 75%, from about 2.5% to about 70%, or from about 40% to about 70%, by weight of the total dose of the compound of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D), in said formulation, ' in admixture with one or more binders.
  • the coating includes a pharmaceutically acceptable ingredient in an amount sufficient to provide a delay of from about 2 hours to about 7 hours following ingestion before release of the second dose.
  • Suitable coatings include one or more differentially degradable coatings such as, by way of example only, pH sensitive coatings (enteric coatings) such as acrylic resins (e.g., Eudragit ® EPO, Eudragit ® L30D-55, Eudragit ® FS 3OD Eudragit ® L100-55, Eudragit ® LlOO, Eudragit ® SlOO, Eudragit ® RDlOO, Eudragit ® ElOO, Eudragit ® L12.5, Eudragit ® S12.5, and Eudragit ® NE30D, Eudragit ® NE 40D ® ) either alone or blended with cellulose derivatives, e.g., ethylcellulose, or non-enteric coatings having variable thickness to provide differential release of the formulation that includes a compound of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D).
  • enteric coatings such as acrylic resins (e.g., Eudragit ® EPO, Eudragit ®
  • compositions that include particles of the compounds of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D), described herein and at least one dispersing agent or suspending agent for oral administration to a subject.
  • the formulations may be a powder and/or granules for suspension, and upon admixture with water, a substantially uniform suspension is obtained.
  • Liquid formulation dosage forms for oral administration can be aqueous suspensions selected from the group including, but not limited to, pharmaceutically acceptable aqueous oral dispersions, emulsions, solutions, elixirs, gels, and syrups.
  • the liquid dosage forms may include additives, such as: (a) disintegrating agents; (b) dispersing agents; (c) wetting agents; (d) at least one preservative, (e) viscosity enhancing agents, (f) at least one sweetening agent, and (g) at least one flavoring agent.
  • the aqueous dispersions can further include a crystalline inhibitor.
  • the aqueous suspensions and dispersions described herein can remain in a homogenous state, as defined in The USP Pharmacists' Pharmacopeia (2005 edition, chapter 905), for at least 4 hours.
  • the homogeneity should be determined by a sampling method consistent with regard to determining homogeneity of the entire composition.
  • an aqueous suspension can be re-suspended into a homogenous suspension by physical agitation lasting less than 1 minute.
  • an aqueous suspension can be re-suspended into a homogenous suspension by physical agitation lasting less than 45 seconds.
  • an aqueous suspension can be re-suspended into a homogenous suspension by physical agitation lasting less than 30 seconds. In still another embodiment, no agitation is necessary to maintain a homogeneous aqueous dispersion.
  • the dispersing agents suitable for the aqueous suspensions and dispersions described herein are known in the art and include, for example, hydrophilic polymers, electrolytes, Tween ® 60 or » WSSR Docket No. 25922-750.601
  • PEG polyvinylpyrrolidone
  • PVP polyvinylpyrrolidone
  • carbohydrate-based dispersing agents such as, for example, hydroxypropylcellulose and hydroxypropyl cellulose ethers (e.g., HPC, HPC-SL, and HPC-L), hydroxypropyl methylcellulose and hydroxypropyl methylcellulose ethers (e.g.
  • HPMC KlOO, HPMC K4M, HPMC Kl 5M, and HPMC KlOOM carboxymethylcellulose sodium, methylcellulose, hydroxyethylcellulose, 5 hydroxypropylmethyl-cellulose phthalate, hydroxypropylmethyl-cellulose acetate stearate, noncrystalline cellulose, magnesium aluminum silicate, triethanolamine, polyvinyl alcohol (PVA); polyvinylpyrrolidone/vinyl acetate copolymer (Plasdone ® , e.g., S-630), 4-(l,l,3,3-tetramethylbutyl)-phenol polymer with ethylene oxide and formaldehyde (also known as tyloxapol), poloxarners (e.g., Pluronics F68 ® , F88 ® , and F 108 ® , which are block copolymers of ethylene oxide and propylene oxide); and poloxamines (e.g., Terronic 908 ® , also known as
  • the dispersing agent is selected from a group not comprising one of the following agents: hydrophilic polymers; electrolytes; Tween ® 60 or 80; PEG; polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP); hydroxypropylcellulose and hydroxypropyl cellulose ethers (e.g., HPC, HPC-SL, and HPC-L); hydroxypropyl methylcellulose and hydroxypropyl methylcellulose ethers (e.g.5 HPMC KlOO, HPMC K4M, HPMC K15M, HPMC KlOOM, and Pharmacoat ® USP 2910 (Shin-Etsu)); carboxymethylcellulose sodium; methylcellulose; hydroxyethylcellulose; hydroxypropylmethyl-cellulose phthalate; hydroxypropylmethyl-cellulose acetate stearate; non-crystalline cellulose; magnesium aluminum silicate; triethanolamine; polyvinyl alcohol (PVA); 4-(l,l,3,3-tetramethylbutyl)-
  • wetting agents suitable for the aqueous suspensions and dispersions described herein include, but are not limited to, cetyl alcohol, glycerol monostearate, polyoxyethylene sorbitan fatty acid esters (e.g., the commercially available Tweens ® such as e.g., Tween 20 ® and Tween 80 ® (ICI Specialty Chemicals)), and polyethylene glycols (e.g., Carbowaxs 3350 ® and 1450 ® , and Carbopol 934 ® (Union Carbide)),5 oleic acid, glyceryl monostearate, sorbitan monooleate, sorbitan monolaurate, triethanolamine oleate, polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate, polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate, sodium oleate, sodium lauryl sulfate, sodium docusate, triacetin, vitamin E TPGS
  • Preservatives are incorporated into the dosage form at a concentration sufficient to inhibit microbial growth.
  • Suitable viscosity enhancing agents for the aqueous suspensions or dispersions described herein include, but are not limited to, methyl cellulose, xanthan gum, carboxymethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose,5 hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose, Plasdon ® S-630, carbomer, polyvinyl alcohol, alginates, acacia, chitosans and combinations thereof.
  • concentration of the viscosity enhancing agent will depend upon the agent selected and the viscosity desired.
  • sweetening agents suitable for the aqueous suspensions or dispersions described herein include, for example, acacia syrup, acesulfame K, alitame, anise, apple, aspartame, banana, Bavarian cream, berry,0 black currant, butterscotch, calcium citrate, camphor, caramel, cherry, cherry cream, chocolate, cinnamon, bubble gum, citrus, citrus punch, citrus cream, cotton candy, cocoa, cola, cool cherry, cool citrus, cyclamate, cylamate, dextrose, eucalyptus, eugenol, fructose, fruit punch, ginger, glycyrrhetinate, glycyrrhiza (licorice) syrup, grape, Vs ⁇ R Docket No.
  • the aqueous liquid dispersion can comprise a sweetening agent or flavoring agent in a concentration ranging from about 0.001% to about 1.0% the volume of the aqueous dispersion. In another embodiment, the aqueous liquid dispersion can comprise a sweetening agent or flavoring agent in a concentration ranging from about 0.005% to about 0.5% the volume of the aqueous dispersion. In yet another embodiment, the aqueous liquid dispersion can comprise a sweetening agent or flavoring agent in a concentration ranging from about 0.01% to about 1.0% the volume of the aqueous dispersion.
  • the liquid formulations can also include inert diluents commonly used in the art, such as water or other solvents, solubilizing agents, and emulsifiers.
  • emulsifiers are ethyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, ethyl carbonate, ethyl acetate, benzyl alcohol, benzyl benzoate, propyleneglycol, 1,3-butyleneglycol, dimethylformarnide, sodium lauryl sulfate, sodium doccusate, cholesterol, cholesterol esters, taurocholic acid, phosphotidylcholine, oils, such as cottonseed oil, groundnut oil, corn germ oil, olive oil, castor oil, and sesame oil, glycerol, tetrahydrofurfuryl alcohol, polyethylene glycols, fatty acid esters of sorbitan, or mixtures of these substances, and the like.
  • the pharmaceutical formulations described herein can be self-emulsifying drug delivery systems (SEDDS).
  • SEDDS self-emulsifying drug delivery systems
  • Emulsions are dispersions of one immiscible phase in another, usually in the form of droplets.
  • emulsions are created by vigorous mechanical dispersion.
  • SEDDS as opposed to emulsions or microemulsions, spontaneously form emulsions when added to an excess of water without any external mechanical dispersion or agitation.
  • An advantage of SEDDS is that only gentle mixing is required to distribute the droplets throughout the solution. Additionally, water or the aqueous phase can be added just prior to administration, which ensures stability of an unstable or hydrophobic active ingredient.
  • the SEDDS provides an effective delivery system for oral and parenteral delivery of hydrophobic active ingredients.
  • SEDDS may provide improvements in the bioavailability of hydrophobic active ingredients.
  • Methods of producing self-emulsifying dosage forms are known in the art and include, but are not limited to, for example, U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,858,401, 6,667,048, and 6,960,563, each of which is specifically incorporated by reference.
  • Formulations that include a compound of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D), which are prepared "WS ⁇ R Docket No. 25922-750.601 according to these and other techniques well-known in the art are prepared as solutions in saline, employing benzyl alcohol or other suitable preservatives, fluorocarbons, and/or other solubilizing or dispersing agents known in the art. See, for example, Ansel, H. C. et al., Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms and Drug Delivery Systems, Sixth Ed. (1995). Preferably these compositions and formulations are prepared with suitable nontoxic pharmaceutically acceptable ingredients.
  • nasal dosage forms generally contain large amounts of water in addition to the active ingredient. Minor amounts of other ingredients such as pH adjusters, emulsifiers or dispersing agents, preservatives, surfactants, gelling agents, or buffering and other stabilizing and solubilizing agents may also be present.
  • the nasal dosage form should be isotonic with nasal secretions.
  • the compounds of any of Formula (A), Formula (B) 7 Formula (C), or Formula (D), described herein may be in a form as an aerosol, a mist or a powder.
  • Pharmaceutical compositions described herein are conveniently delivered in the form of an aerosol spray presentation from pressurized packs or a nebuliser, with the use of a suitable propellant, e.g., dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichlorotetrafluoroethane, carbon dioxide or other suitable gas.
  • a suitable propellant e.g., dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichlorotetrafluoroethane, carbon dioxide or other suitable gas.
  • the dosage unit may be determined by providing a valve to deliver a metered amount.
  • Capsules and cartridges "of, such as, by way of example only, gelatin for use in an inhaler or insufflator may be formulated containing a powder mix of the compound described herein and a suitable powder base such as lactose or starch.
  • a powder mix of the compound described herein and a suitable powder base such as lactose or starch.
  • buccal formulations that include compounds of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D), may be administered using a variety of formulations known in the art.
  • formulations include, but are not limited to, U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,229,447, 4,596,795, 4,755,386, and 5,739,136, each of which is specifically incorporated by reference.
  • the buccal dosage forms described herein can further include a bioerodible (hydrolysable) polymeric carrier that also serves to adhere the dosage form to the buccal mucosa.
  • the buccal dosage form is fabricated so as to erode gradually over a predetermined time period, wherein the delivery of the compound of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D), is provided essentially throughout.
  • Buccal drug delivery avoids the disadvantages encountered with oral drug administration, e.g., slow absorption, degradation of the active agent by fluids present in the gastrointestinal tract and/or first-pass inactivation in the liver.
  • the polymeric carrier comprises hydrophilic (water-soluble and water-swellable) polymers that adhere to the wet surface of the buccal mucosa.
  • examples of polymeric carriers useful herein include acrylic acid polymers and co, e.g., those known as "carbomers” (Carbopol ® , which may be obtained from B.F. Goodrich, is one such polymer).
  • compositions may take the form of tablets, lozenges, or gels formulated in a conventional manner.
  • WSSR Docket No. 25922-750.601 .
  • Transdermal formulations described herein may be administered using a variety of devices which have been described in the art.
  • such devices include, but are not limited to, U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,598,122, 3,598,123, 3,710,795, 3,731,683, 3,742,951, 3,814,097, 3,921,636, 3,972,995, 3,993,072, 3,993,073, 3,996,934, 4,031,894, 4,060,084, 4,069,307, 4,077,407, 4,201,211, 4,230,105, 4,292,299, 4,292,303, 5,336,168, 5,665,378, 5,837,280, 5,869,090, 6,923,983, 6,929,801 and 6,946,144, each of which is specifically incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • transdermal dosage forms described herein may incorporate certain pharmaceutically acceptable excipients which are conventional in the art.
  • the transdermal formulations described herein include at least three components: (1) a formulation of a compound of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D); (2) a penetration enhancer; and (3) an aqueous adjuvant.
  • transdermal formulations can include additional components such as, but not limited to, gelling agents, creams and ointment bases, and the like.
  • the transdermal formulation can further include a woven or non-woven backing material to enhance absorption and prevent the removal of the transdermal formulation from the skin.
  • the transdermal formulations described herein can maintain a saturated or supersaturated state to promote diffusion into the skin.
  • Formulations suitable for transdermal administration of compounds described herein may employ transdermal delivery devices and transdermal delivery patches and can be lipophilic emulsions or buffered, aqueous solutions, dissolved and/or dispersed in a polymer or an adhesive. Such patches may be constructed for continuous, pulsatile, or on demand delivery of pharmaceutical agents. Still further, transdermal delivery of the compounds described herein can be accomplished by means of iontophoretic patches and the like. Additionally, transdermal patches can provide controlled delivery of the compounds of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D). The rate of absorption can be slowed by using rate-controlling membranes or by trapping the compound within a polymer matrix or gel.
  • absorption enhancers can be used to increase absorption.
  • An absorption enhancer or carrier can include absorbable pharmaceutically acceptable solvents to assist passage through the skin.
  • transdermal devices are in the form of a bandage comprising a backing member, a reservoir containing the compound optionally with carriers, optionally a rate controlling barrier to deliver the compound to the skin of the host at a controlled and predetermined rate over a prolonged period of time, and means to secure the device to the skin.
  • Formulations that include a compound of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D), suitable for intramuscular, subcutaneous, or intravenous injection may include physiologically acceptable sterile aqueous or non-aqueous solutions, dispersions, suspensions or emulsions, and sterile powders for reconstitution into sterile injectable solutions or dispersions.
  • aqueous and non-aqueous carriers examples include water, ethanol, polyols (propyleneglycol, polyethylene-glycol, glycerol, cremophor and the like), suitable mixtures thereof, vegetable oils (such as olive oil) and injectable organic esters such as ethyl oleate.
  • a coating such as lecithin
  • surfactants such as surfactants.
  • Formulations suitable for subcutaneous injection may also contain additives such as preserving, wetting, emulsifying, and dispensing agents.
  • Prevention of the growth of microorganisms can be ensured by various antibacterial and antifungal agents, such as parabens, chlorobutanol, phenol, sorbic acid, and the like. It may also be desirable to include isotonic agents, such as sugars, sodium chloride, and the like. Prolonged absorption of the WSSR Docket No.25922-750.601 injectable pharmaceutical form can be brought about by the use of agents delaying absorption, such as aluminum monostearate and gelatin.
  • compounds described herein may be formulated in aqueous solutions, preferably in physiologically compatible buffers such as Hank's solution, Ringer's solution, or physiological saline buffer.
  • physiologically compatible buffers such as Hank's solution, Ringer's solution, or physiological saline buffer.
  • penetrants appropriate to the barrier to be permeated are used in the formulation. Such penetrants are generally known in the art.
  • appropriate formulations may include aqueous or nonaqueous solutions, preferably with physiologically compatible buffers or excipients. Such excipients are generally known in the art.
  • Parenteral injections may involve bolus injection or continuous infusion.
  • Formulations for injection may be presented in unit dosage form, e.g., in ampoules or in multi-dose containers, with an added preservative.
  • the pharmaceutical composition described herein may be in a form suitable for parenteral injection as a sterile suspensions, solutions or emulsions in oily or aqueous vehicles, and may contain formulatory agents such as suspending, stabilizing and/or dispersing agents.
  • Pharmaceutical formulations for parenteral administration include aqueous solutions of the active compounds in water-soluble form. Additionally, suspensions of the active compounds may be prepared as appropriate oily injection suspensions.
  • Suitable lipophilic solvents or vehicles include fatty oils such as sesame oil, or synthetic fatty acid esters, such as ethyl oleate or triglycerides, or liposomes.
  • Aqueous injection suspensions may contain substances which increase the viscosity of the suspension, such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, sorbitol, or dextran.
  • the suspension may also contain suitable stabilizers or agents which increase the solubility of the compounds to allow for the preparation of highly concentrated solutions.
  • the active ingredient may be in powder form for constitution with a suitable vehicle, e.g., sterile pyrogen-free water, before use.
  • suitable vehicle e.g., sterile pyrogen-free water
  • compositions provided herein can also include an mucoadhesive polymer, selected from among, for example, carboxymethylcellulose, carbomer (acrylic acid polymer), poly( ⁇ nethylmethacrylate), polyacrylamide, polycarbophil, acrylic acid/butyl acrylate copolymer, sodium alginate and dextran.
  • an mucoadhesive polymer selected from among, for example, carboxymethylcellulose, carbomer (acrylic acid polymer), poly( ⁇ nethylmethacrylate), polyacrylamide, polycarbophil, acrylic acid/butyl acrylate copolymer, sodium alginate and dextran.
  • the compounds described herein may be administered topically and can be formulated into a variety of topically administrable compositions, such as solutions, suspensions, lotions, gels, pastes, medicated sticks, balms, creams or ointments.
  • Such pharmaceutical compounds can contain solubilizers, stabilizers, tonicity enhancing agents, buffers and preservatives.
  • the compounds described herein may also be formulated in rectal compositions such as enemas, rectal gels, rectal foams, rectal aerosols, suppositories, jelly suppositories, or retention enemas, containing conventional suppository bases such as cocoa butter or other glycerides, as well as synthetic polymers such as polyvinylpyrrolidone, PEG, and the like.
  • a low-melting wax such as, but not limited to, a mixture of fatty acid glycerides, optionally in combination with cocoa butter is first melted. Examples of Methods of Dosing and Treatment Regimens
  • the compounds described herein can be used in the preparation of medicaments for the inhibition of Btk or a homolog thereof, or for the treatment of diseases or conditions that would benefit, at least in part, from inhibition of Btk or a homolog thereof.
  • a method for treating any of the diseases or conditions described herein in a subject in need of such treatment involves administration of pharmaceutical compositions containing at least one compound of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D), described herein, or a WSGR Docket No. 25922-750.601 pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable N-oxide, pharmaceutically active metabolite, pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug, or pharmaceutically acceptable solvate thereof, in therapeutically effective amounts to said subject.
  • compositions containing the compound(s) described herein can be administered for prophylactic and/or therapeutic treatments.
  • the compositions are administered to a patient already suffering from a disease or condition, in an amount sufficient to cure or at least partially arrest the symptoms of the disease or condition. Amounts effective for this use will depend on the severity and course of the disease or condition, previous therapy, the patient's health status, weight, and response to the drugs, and the judgment of the treating physician. It is considered well within the skill of the art for one to determine such therapeutically effective amounts by routine experimentation (including, but not limited to, a dose escalation clinical trial).
  • compositions containing the compounds described herein are administered to a patient susceptible to or otherwise at risk of a particular disease, disorder or condition.
  • a patient susceptible to or otherwise at risk of a particular disease, disorder or condition is defined to be a "prophylactically effective amount or dose.”
  • prophylactically effective amounts or dose In this use, the precise amounts also depend on the patient's state of health, weight, and the like. It is considered well within the skill of the art for one to determine such prophylactically effective amounts by routine experimentation (e.g., a dose escalation clinical trial). When used in a patient, effective amounts for this use will depend on the severity and course of the disease, disorder or condition, previous therapy, the patient's health status and response to the drugs, and the judgment of the treating physician.
  • the administration of the compounds may be administered chronically, that is, for an extended period of time, including throughout the duration of the patient's life in order to ameliorate or otherwise control or limit the symptoms of the patient's disease or condition.
  • the administration of the compounds may be given continuously; alternatively, the dose of drug being administered may be temporarily reduced or temporarily suspended for a certain length of time (i.e., a "drug holiday").
  • the length of the drug holiday can vary between 2 days and 1 year, including by way of example only, 2 days, 3 days, 4 days, 5 days, 6 days, 7 days, 10 days, 12 days, 15 days, 20 days, 28 days, 35 days, 50 days, 70 days, 100 days, 120 days, 150 days, 180 days, 200 days, 250 days, 280 days, 300 days, 320 days, 350 days, or 365 days.
  • the dose reduction during a drug holiday may be from 10%-100% 5 including, by way of example only, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, or 100%.
  • a maintenance dose is administered if necessary. Subsequently, the dosage or the frequency of administration, or both, can be reduced, as a function of the symptoms, to a level at which the improved disease, disorder or condition is retained. Patients can, however, require intermittent treatment on a long-term basis upon any recurrence of symptoms.
  • the amount of a given agent that will correspond to such an amount will vary depending upon factors such as the particular compound, disease or condition and its severity, the identity (e.g., weight) of the subject or host in need of treatment, but can nevertheless be routinely determined in a manner known in the art according to the particular circumstances surrounding the case, including, e.g., the specific agent being administered, the route of administration, the condition being treated, and the subject or host being treated.
  • doses employed for adult human treatment will typically be in the range of 0.02-5000 mg per day, or from about 1-1500 mg per day.
  • the desired dose may conveniently be presented in a single dose or as divided doses administered WSGR Docket No. 25922-750.601 simultaneously (or over a short period of time) or at appropriate intervals, for example as two, three, four or more sub-doses per day.
  • the pharmaceutical composition described herein may be in unit dosage forms suitable for single administration of precise dosages.
  • the formulation is divided into unit doses containing appropriate quantities of one or more compound.
  • the unit dosage may be in the form of a package containing discrete quantities of the formulation.
  • Non-limiting examples are packaged tablets or capsules, and powders in vials or ampoules.
  • Aqueous suspension compositions can be packaged in single-dose non-reclosable containers.
  • multiple-dose reclosable containers can be used, in which case it is typical to include a preservative in the composition.
  • formulations for parenteral injection may be presented in unit dosage form, which include, but are not limited to ampoules, or in multi-dose containers, with an added preservative.
  • Toxicity and therapeutic efficacy of such therapeutic regimens can be determined by standard pharmaceutical procedures in cell cultures or experimental animals, including, but not limited to, the determination of the LD 50 (the dose lethal to 50% of the population) and the ED 50 (the dose therapeutically effective in 50% of the population).
  • the dose ratio between the toxic and therapeutic effects is the therapeutic index and it can be expressed as the ratio between LD 50 and ED 5 0.
  • Compounds exhibiting high therapeutic indices are preferred.
  • the data obtained from cell culture assays and animal studies can be used in formulating a range of dosage for use in human.
  • the dosage of such compounds lies preferably within a range of circulating concentrations that include the ED 50 with minimal toxicity.
  • the dosage may vary within this range depending upon the dosage form employed and the route of administration utilized.
  • the irreversible Btk inhibitor compositions described herein can also be used in combination with other well known therapeutic reagents that are selected for their therapeutic value for the condition to be treated.
  • the compositions described herein and, in embodiments where combinational therapy is employed, other agents do not have to be administered in the same pharmaceutical composition, and may, because of different physical and chemical characteristics, have to be administered by different routes.
  • the determination of the mode of administration and the advisability of administration, where possible, in the same pharmaceutical composition is well within the knowledge of the skilled clinician.
  • the initial administration can be made according to established protocols known in the art, and then, based upon the observed effects, the dosage, modes of administration and times of administration can be modified by the skilled clinician.
  • the therapeutic effectiveness of one of the compounds described herein may be enhanced by administration of an adjuvant (i.e., by itself the adjuvant may have minimal therapeutic benefit, but in combination with another therapeutic agent, the overall therapeutic benefit to the patient is enhanced).
  • the benefit experienced by a patient may be increased by administering one of the WSGR Docket No. 25922-750,601 compounds described herein with another therapeutic agent (which also includes a therapeutic regimen) that also has therapeutic benefit.
  • another therapeutic agent which also includes a therapeutic regimen
  • the overall benefit experienced by the patient may simply be additive of the two therapeutic agents or the patient may experience a synergistic benefit.
  • the particular choice of compounds used will depend upon the diagnosis of the attending physicians and their judgment of the condition of the patient and the appropriate treatment protocol.
  • the compounds may be administered concurrently (e.g., simultaneously, essentially simultaneously or within the same treatment protocol) or sequentially, depending upon the nature of the disease, disorder, or condition, the condition of the patient, and the actual choice of compounds used.
  • the determination of the order of administration, and the number of repetitions of administration of each therapeutic agent during a treatment protocol, is well within the knowledge of the skilled physician after evaluation of the disease being treated and the condition of the patient.
  • therapeutically-effective dosages can vary when the drugs are used in treatment combinations.
  • Methods for experimentally determining therapeutically-effective dosages of drugs and other agents for use in combination treatment regimens are .described in the literature.
  • metronomic dosing i.e., providing more frequent, lower doses in order to minimize toxic side effects
  • Combination treatment further includes periodic treatments that start and stop at various times to assist with the clinical management of the patient.
  • dosages of the co-administered compounds will of course vary depending on the type of co-drug employed, on the specific drug employed, on the disease or condition being treated and so forth.
  • the compound provided herein may be administered either simultaneously with the biologically active agent(s), or sequentially. If administered sequentially, the attending physician will decide on the appropriate sequence of administering protein in combination with the biologically active agent(s).
  • the multiple therapeutic agents one of which is a compound of Formula (A), (B), (C), or (D) described herein
  • the multiple therapeutic agents may be provided in a single, unified form, or in multiple forms (by way of example only, either as a single pill or as two separate pills).
  • One of the therapeutic agents may be given in multiple doses, or both may be given as multiple doses. If not simultaneous, the timing between the multiple doses may vary from more than zero weeks to less than four weeks.
  • the combination methods, compositions and formulations are not to be limited to the use of only two agents; the use of multiple therapeutic combinations are also envisioned.
  • the dosage regimen to treat, prevent, or ameliorate the condition(s) for which relief is sought can be modified in accordance with a variety of factors. These factors include the disorder from which the subject suffers, as well as the age, weight, sex, diet, and medical condition of the subject. Thus, the dosage regimen actually employed can vary widely and therefore can deviate from the dosage regimens set forth herein.
  • the pharmaceutical agents which make up the combination therapy disclosed herein may be a combined dosage form or in separate dosage forms intended for substantially simultaneous administration.
  • the pharmaceutical agents that make up the combination therapy may also be administered sequentially, with either therapeutic compound being administered by a regimen calling for two-step administration.
  • the two-step administration regimen may call for sequential administration of the active agents or spaced-apart administration of the separate active agents.
  • the time period between the multiple administration steps may range from, a few minutes to several hours, depending upon the properties of each pharmaceutical agent, such as potency, solubility, WSGR Docket No. 25922-750.601 bioavailability, plasma half-life and kinetic profile of the pharmaceutical agent. Orcadian variation of the target molecule concentration may also determine the optimal dose interval.
  • the compounds described herein also may be used in combination with procedures that may provide additional or synergistic benefit to the patient.
  • patients are expected to find therapeutic and/or prophylactic benefit in the methods described herein, wherein pharmaceutical composition of a compound dislcosed herein and /or combinations with other therapeutics are combined with genetic testing to determine whether that individual is.a carrier of a mutant gene that is known to be correlated with certain diseases or conditions.
  • the compounds described herein and combination therapies can be administered before, during or after the occurrence of a disease or condition, and the timing of administering the composition containing a compound can vary.
  • the compounds can be used as a prophylactic and can be administered continuously to subjects with a propensity to develop conditions or diseases in order to prevent the occurrence of the disease or condition.
  • the compounds and compositions can be administered to a subject during or as soon as possible after the onset of the symptoms.
  • the administration of the compounds can be initiated within the first 48 hours of the onset of the symptoms, within the first 6 hours of the onset of the symptoms, or within 3 hours of the onset of the symptoms.
  • the initial administration can be via any route practical, such as, for example, an intravenous injection, a bolus injection, infusion over 5 minutes to about 5 hours, a pill, a capsule, transdermal patch, buccal delivery, and the like, or combination thereof.
  • a compound should be administered as soon as is practicable after the onset of a disease or condition is detected or suspected, and for a length of time necessary for the treatment of the disease, such as, for example, from about 1 month to about 3 months.
  • the length of treatment can vary for each subject, and the length can be determined using the known criteria.
  • the compound or a formulation containing the compound can be administered for at least 2 weeks, between about 1 month to about 5 years, or from about 1 month to about 3 years.
  • an irreversible Btk inhibitor compound can be used in with one or more of the following therapeutic agents in any combination: immunosuppressants (e.g., tacrolimus, cyclosporin, rapamicin, methotrexate, cyclophosphamide, azathioprine, mercaptopurine, mycophenolate, or FTY720), glucocorticoids (e.g., prednisone, cortisone acetate, prednisolone, methylprednisolone, dexamethasone, betamethasone, triamcinolone, beclometasone, fludrocortisone acetate, deoxycorticosterone acetate, aldosterone), non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (
  • the subjected can be treated with an irreversible Btk inhibitor compound in any combination with one or more other anti-cancer agents.
  • one or more of the anti-cancer agents are proapoptotic agents.
  • anti-cancer agents include, but are not limited to 7 any of the following: gossyphol, genasense, polyphenol E, Chlorofusin, all trans-retinoic acid (ATRA), bryostatin, tumor necrosis factor-related apoptosis-inducing ligand (TRAIL), 5-aza-2'-deoxycytidine, all trans retinoic acid, doxorubicin, vincristine, etoposide, gemcitabine, imatinib (Gleevec®), geldanamycin, 17-N-Allylamino-17-Demethoxygeldanamycin WSfcR Docket No. 25922-750.601
  • TaxolTM also referred to as "paclitaxel” which is a well-known anti-cancer drug which acts by enhancing and stabilizing microtubule formation, and analogs of TaxolTM, such as TaxotereTM.
  • paclitaxel a well-known anti-cancer drug which acts by enhancing and stabilizing microtubule formation
  • TaxotereTM analogs of TaxolTM, such as TaxotereTM.
  • Compounds that have the basic taxane skeleton as a common structure feature, have also been shown to have the ability to arrest cells in the G2-M phases due to stabilized microtubules and may be useful for treating cancer in combination with the compounds described herein.
  • anti-cancer agents for use in combination with an irreversible Btk inhibitor compound include inhibitors of mitogen-activated protein kinase signaling, e.g., UO 126, PD98059, PD 184352,
  • anti-cancer agents that can be employed in combination with an irreversible Btk inhibitor compound include Adriamycin, Dactinomycin, Bleomycin, Vinblastine, Cisplatin, acivicin; aclarubicin; acodazole hydrochloride; acronine; adozelesin; aldesleukin; altretamine; ambomycin; ametantrone acetate; aminoglutethimide; amsacrine; anastrozole; anthramycin; asparaginase; asperlin; azacitidine; azetepa; azotomycin; batimastat; benzodepa; bicalutamide; bisantrene hydrochloride; bisnafide dimesylate; bizelesin; bleomycin sulfate; brequinar sodium; bropirimine; busulfan; cactinomycin; calusterone; caracemide; carbetimer
  • Il including recombinant interleukin II, or rlL2
  • interferon alfa-2a including recombinant interleukin II, or rlL2
  • interferon alfa-2a including recombinant interleukin II, or rlL2
  • interferon alfa-2a including recombinant interleukin II, or rlL2
  • interferon alfa-2b including recombinant interleukin II, or rlL2
  • interferon alfa-2a interferon alfa-2b
  • interferon alfa-nl interferon alfa-n3
  • interferon beta-1 a interferon gamma-1 b
  • iproplatin irinotecan hydrochloride
  • lanreotide acetate letrozole
  • leuprolide acetate liarozole hydrochloride
  • lometrexol sodium lomustine
  • anti-cancer agents that can be employed in combination with an irreversible Btk inhibitor compound include: 20-epi-l, 25 dihydroxyvitamin D3; 5-ethynyluracil; abiraterone; aclarubicin; acylfulvene; WSSR Docket No.
  • adecypenol 25922-750.601 adecypenol; adozelesin; aldesleukin; ALL-TK antagonists; altretamine; ambamustine; amidox; amifostine; aminolevulinic acid; amnibicin; amsacrine; anagrelide; anastrozole; andrographolide; angiogenesis inhibitors; antagonist D; antagonist G; antarelix; anti-dorsalizing morphogenetic protein-1; antiandrogen, prostatic carcinoma; antiestrogen; antineoplaston; antisense oligonucleotides; aphidicolin glycinate; apoptosis gene modulators; apoptosis regulators; apurinic acid; ara-CDP-DL-PTBA; argininc deaminase; asulacrine; atamestane; atrimustine; axinastatin
  • axinastatin 2 axinastatin 3; azasetron; azatoxin; azatyrosine; baccatin III derivatives; balanol; batimastat;
  • BCR/ABL antagonists benzochlorins; benzoylstaurosporine; beta lactam derivatives; beta-alethine; betaclamycin B; betulinic acid; bFGF inhibitor; bicalutamide; bisantrene; bisaziridinylspermine; bisnafide; bistratene A; bizelesin; breflate; bropirimine; budotitane; butbionine sulfoximine; calcipotriol; calphostin C; camptothecin derivatives; canarypox IL-2; capecitabine; carboxamide-amino-triazole; carboxyamidotriazole; CaRest M3; CARN 700; cartilage derived inhibitor; carzelesin; casein kinase inhibitors (ICOS); castanospermine; cecropin B; cetrorelix; chlorhis; chloroquinoxaline sulfonamide; cicaprost;
  • nitrogen mustards e.g., mechloroethamine, cyclophosphamide, chlorambucil, etc.
  • alkyl sulfonates e.g., busulfan
  • nitrosoureas e.g., carmustine, lomusitne, ete.
  • triazenes decarbazine, etc.
  • antimetabolites include but are not limited to folic acid analog (e.g., methotrexate), or pyrimidine analogs (e.g., Cytarabine), purine analogs (e.g., mercaptopurine, thioguanine, pentostatin).
  • folic acid analog e.g., methotrexate
  • pyrimidine analogs e.g., Cytarabine
  • purine analogs e.g., mercaptopurine, thioguanine, pentostatin.
  • Examples of natural products useful in combination with an irreversible Btk inhibitor compound include but are not limited to vinca alkaloids (e.g., vinblastin, vincristine), epipodophyllotoxins (e.g., etoposide), antibiotics (e.g., daunorubicin, doxorubicin, bleomycin), enzymes (e.g., L-asparaginase), or biological response modifiers (e.g., interferon alpha).
  • vinca alkaloids e.g., vinblastin, vincristine
  • epipodophyllotoxins e.g., etoposide
  • antibiotics e.g., daunorubicin, doxorubicin, bleomycin
  • enzymes e.g., L-asparaginase
  • biological response modifiers e.g., interferon alpha
  • alkylating agents that can be employed in combination an irreversible Btk inhibitor compound include, but are not limited to, nitrogen mustards (e.g., mechloroethamine, cyclophosphamide, chlorambucil, meiphalan, etc.), ethylenimine and methylmelamines (e.g., hexamethlymelamine, thiotepa), alkyl sulfonates (e.g., busulfan), nitrosoureas (e.g., carmustine, lomusitne, semustine, streptozocin, etc.), or triazenes (decarbazine, ete.).
  • nitrogen mustards e.g., mechloroethamine, cyclophosphamide, chlorambucil, meiphalan, etc.
  • ethylenimine and methylmelamines e.g., hexamethlymelamine, thiote
  • antimetabolites include, but are not limited to folic acid analog (e.g., methotrexate), or pyrimidine analogs (e.g., fluorouracil, floxouridine, Cytarabine), purine analogs (e.g., mercaptopurine, thioguanine, pentostatin.
  • folic acid analog e.g., methotrexate
  • pyrimidine analogs e.g., fluorouracil, floxouridine, Cytarabine
  • purine analogs e.g., mercaptopurine, thioguanine, pentostatin.
  • hormones and antagonists useful in combination with an irreversible Btk inhibitor compound include, but are not limited to, adrenocorticosteroids (e.g., prednisone), progestins (e.g., WSQR Docket No.
  • hydroxyprogesterone caproate megestrol acetate, medroxyprogesterone acetate
  • estrogens e.g., diethlystilbestrol, ethinyl estradiol
  • antiestrogen e.g., tamoxifen
  • androgens e.g., testosterone propionate, fluoxymesterone
  • antiandrogen e.g., flutamide
  • gonadotropin releasing hormone analog e.g., leuprolide
  • platinum coordination complexes e.g., cisplatin, carboblatin
  • anthracenedione e.g., mitoxantrone
  • substituted urea e.g., hydroxyurea
  • methyl hydrazine derivative e.g., procarbazine
  • adrenocortical suppressant e.g., mitotane, aminoglutethimide
  • anti-cancer agents which act by arresting cells in the G2-M phases due to stabilized microtubules and which can be used in combination with an irreversible Btk inhibitor compound include without limitation the following marketed drugs and drugs in development: Erbulozole (also known as R-55104), Dolastatin 10 (also known as DLS-10 and NSC-376128), Mivobulin isethionate (also known as CI-980), Vincristine, NSC- 639829, Discodermolide (also known as NVP-XX-A-296), ABT-751 (Abbott, also known as E-7010), Altorhyrtins (such as Altorhyrtin A and Altorhyrtin C), Spongistatins (such as Spongistatin 1, Spongistatin 2, Spongistati ⁇ 3, Spongistatin 4, Spongistatin 5, Spongistatin 6, Spongistatin 7, Spongistatin 8, and Spongistatin 9
  • the subject is suffering from or at risk of suffering from a thromboembolic disorder (e.g., stroke)
  • the subject can be treated with an irreversible Btk inhibitor compound in any combination with one or more other anti-thromboembolic agents.
  • anti-thromboembolic agents include, but are not limited any of the following: thrombolytic agents (e.g., alteplase anistreplase, streptokinase, urokinase, or tissue plasminogen activator), heparin, tinzaparin, warfarin, dabigatran (e.g., dabigatran etexilate), factor Xa inhibitors (e.g., fondaparinux, draparinux, rivaroxaban, DX-9065a, otamixaban, LY517717, or YMl 50), ticlopidine, clopidogrel, CS-747 (prasugrel, LY640315), ximelagatran, or BIBR 1048. Kits/Articles of Manufacture
  • thrombolytic agents e.g., alteplase anistreplase, streptokinase, urokinase
  • kits and articles of manufacture are also described herein.
  • Such kits can include a carrier, package, or container that is compartmentalized to receive one or more containers such as vials, tubes, and the like, each of the containers) including one of the separate elements to be used in a method described herein.
  • Suitable containers include, for example, bottles, vials, syringes, and test tubes.
  • the containers can be formed from a variety of materials such as glass or plastic.
  • the articles of manufacture provided herein contain packaging materials.
  • Packaging materials for use in packaging pharmaceutical products are well known to those of skill in the art. See, e.g., U.S. Patent Nos. 5,323,907, 5,052,558 and 5,033,252.
  • Examples of pharmaceutical packaging materials include, but are not limited to, blister packs, bottles, tubes, inhalers, pumps, bags, vials, containers, syringes, bottles, and any packaging material suitable for a selected formulation and intended mode of administration and treatment.
  • a wide array of formulations of the compounds and compositions provided herein are contemplated as are a variety of treatments for any disease, disorder, or condition that would benefit by inhibition of Btk, or in which Btk is a mediator or contributor to the symptoms or cause.
  • the container(s) can include one or more compounds described herein, optionally in a composition or in combination with another agent as disclosed herein.
  • the containers) optionally have a sterile access port (for example the container can be an intravenous solution bag or a vial having a stopper pierceable by a hypodermic injection needle).
  • kits optionally comprising a compound with an identifying description or label or instructions relating to its use in the methods described herein.
  • a kit will typically may include one or more additional containers, each with one or more of various materials (such as reagents, optionally in concentrated form, and/or devices) desirable from a commercial and user standpoint for use of a compound described herein.
  • a label can be on or associated with the container.
  • a label can be on a container when letters, numbers or other characters forming the label are attached, molded or etched into the container itself; a label can be associated with a container when it is present within a receptacle or carrier that also holds the container, e.g., as a package insert.
  • a label can be used to indicate that the contents are to be used for a specific therapeutic application.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions can be presented in a pack or dispenser device which can contain one or more unit dosage forms containing a compound provided herein.
  • the pack can for example contain metal or plastic foil, such as a blister pack.
  • the pack or dispenser device can be accompanied by WSGR Docket No. 25922-750.601 instructions for administration.
  • the pack or dispenser can also be accompanied with a notice associated with the container in form prescribed by a governmental agency regulating the manufacture, use, or sale of pharmaceuticals, which notice is reflective of approval by the agency of the form of the drug for human or veterinary administration. Such notice, for example, can be the labeling approved by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration for prescription drugs, or the approved product insert.
  • Compositions containing a compound provided herein formulated in a compatible pharmaceutical carrier can also be prepared, placed in an appropriate container, and labeled for treatment of an indicated condition.
  • the resulting acid chloride is dissolved in toluene (200 mL) and tetrahydrofuran (35 mL). Malononitrile (14.8 g) is added and the solution and stirred at -10 0 C while adding diisopropylethylethylamine (57.9 g) in toluene (15OmL), while maintaining the temperature below 0 0 C. After 1 hour at 0 0 C, the mixture is stirred at 20 0 C overnight. Amine hydrochloride is removed by filtration and the filtrate evaporated in vacuo. The residue is taken up in ethyl acetate and washed with 1.25 M sulphuric acid, then with brine and dried over sodium sulfate.
  • Example Ia Synthesis of l-(3-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-l-yl)piperidin-l- yI)prop-2-en-l-one (Compound 4)
  • Example Ib Synthesis of l-((R)-3-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-l- yl)piperidin-l-yI)prop-2-en-l-one (Compound 13).
  • Example Ic Synthesis of l-((S)-3-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyI)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimid ⁇ n-l-yI)piperidin- l-yI)prop-2-en-l-one (Compound 14).
  • Example Ie Synthesis of l-((R)-3-(4-amin ⁇ -3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-l- yl)pyrrolidin-l-yI) ⁇ rop-2-en-l-one (Compound 11).
  • Example Ig Synthesis of l-(3-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-l-yl)piperidin-l- yl)sulfonylethene (Compound 6).
  • Example Ih Synthesis of l-(3-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-dlpyrimidi ⁇ -l-yl)p ⁇ peridin-l- yl)prop-2-yn-l-one (Compound 8).
  • Btk ICs 0 S of compounds disclosed herein was determined in both an acellular kinase assay and in a cellular functional assay of BCR-mduced calcium flux as described below.
  • Btk kinase activity was determined using a time-resolved fluorescence resonance energy transfer (TR- FRET) methodology Measurements were performed in a reaction volume of 50 ⁇ L using 96-well assay plates Kinase enzyme, inhibitor, ATP (at the K m for the kinase), and 1 ⁇ M peptide substrate (Biotin- AVLESEEELYSSARQ-NH 2 ) were incubated in a reaction buffer composed of 20 mM T ⁇ s, 50 mM NaCl, MgCl 2 (5-25 mM depending on the kinase), MnCl 2 (0-10 mM), 1 mM DTT, 0.1 mM EDTA, 0.01% bovme serum albumin, 0.005% T
  • IC 50 ⁇ Ki(app)/(l+[ATP]/K m ⁇ TP ) ⁇ + [E], otal /2;
  • the relative fluorescence unit (RFU) and the IC 50 were recorded and analyzed using a built-in SoftMax program (Molecular devices).
  • compound 4 exhibited significant selectivity for Btk in cellular assays.
  • IC 50 > 7.5 ⁇ M the Lyn and Syk-dependent phosphorylation of tyrosine 551 on Btk
  • compound 4 exhibits a >500-fold selectivity between Btk and Lyn or Syk in cells.
  • compound 4 was 11 -fold less active in inhibiting Ca 2+ flux than in Ramos cells, supporting the expected selectivity for B versus T cells.
  • Example 4 Use of Compound 4 to treat rheumatoid arthritis
  • Compound 4 was administered orally in a methylcellulose-based aqueous suspension formulation at 1 , 3, 10 and 30 mg/kg once daily starting on Day 2 through Day 12. Blood samples were collected at 0.5 and 2 hours post dose of compound 4 administration on Day 12 (see Table 4). The serum concentrations of compound 4 were quantified by LC/MS/MS. Twenty four hours post dose, levels of compound 4 were below the level of quantitation. WSGR Docket No. 25922-750.601
  • the compounds presented herein are also expected to act as irreversible inhibitors of kinases having a Cys 481 or a homologous cysteine residue, but to bind reversibly with kinases having a different amino acid at the 481 position within a catalytic domain sequence that is otherwise homologous to that of Btk. See, e.g., the sequences listed in Figure 1. See also the sequence alignments of tyrosine kinases (TK) published on the world wide web at kirmse.com/hurnan/kinome/phylogeny.htrnl.
  • TK tyrosine kinases
  • Example 5 Inhibition of Mast CeH Degranulation
  • Example 6 Pharmaceutical Compositions:
  • Th ⁇ compositions described below are presented with a compound of Formula (A) for illustrative purposes; any of the compounds of any of Formulas (A), (B), (C), or (D) can be used in such pharmaceutical compositions.
  • Example 6a Parenteral Composition [00418] To prepare a parenteral pharmaceutical composition suitable for administration by injection, 100 mg of a water-soluble salt of a compound of Formula (A) is dissolved in DMSO and then mixed with 10 mL of 0.9% sterile saline. The mixture is incorporated into a dosage unit form suitable for administration by injection.
  • Example 6b Oral Composition [00419] To prepare a pharmaceutical composition for oral delivery, 100 mg of a compound of Formula (A) is mixed with 750 mg of starch. The mixture is incorporated into an oral dosage unit for, such as a hard gelatin capsule, which is suitable for oral administration.
  • Example 6c Sublingual (Hard Lozenge) Composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition for buccal delivery such as a hard lozenge
  • a pharmaceutical composition for buccal delivery such as a hard lozenge
  • 420 mg of powdered sugar mixed with 1.6 mL of light corn syrup, 2.4 mL distilled water, and 0.42 mL mint extract.
  • the mixture is gently blended and poured into a mold to form a lozenge suitable for buccal administration.
  • a pharmaceutical composition for inhalation delivery 20 mg of a compound of Formula (A) is mixed with 50 mg of anhydrous citric acid and 100 mL of 0.9% sodium chloride solution. The mixture is incorporated into an inhalation delivery unit, such as a nebulizer, which is suitable for inhalation administration.
  • an inhalation delivery unit such as a nebulizer
  • a pharmaceutical composition for rectal delivery 100 mg of a compound of Formula (A) is mixed with 2.5 g of methylcelluose (1500 mPa), 100 mg of methylparapen, 5 g of glycerin and 100 mL of purified water. The resulting gel mixture is then incorporated into rectal delivery units, such as syringes, which are suitable for rectal administration.
  • rectal delivery units such as syringes
  • a pharmaceutical topical gel composition 100 mg of a compound of Formula (A) is mixed with 1.75 g of hydroxypropyl celluose, 10 mL of propylene glycol, 10 mL of isopropyl myristate and 100 mL of purified alcohol USP. The resulting gel mixture is then incorporated into containers, such as tubes, which are suitable for topicl administration.
  • a pharmaceutical opthalmic solution composition 100 mg of a compound of Formula (A) is mixed with 0.9 g of NaCl in 100 mL of purified water and filterd using a 0.2 micron filter. The resulting isotonic solution is then incorporated into ophthalmic delivery units, such as eye drop containers, which are suitable for ophthalmic administration.
  • ophthalmic delivery units such as eye drop containers

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Diabetes (AREA)
  • Endocrinology (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Physical Education & Sports Medicine (AREA)
  • Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
  • Neurology (AREA)
  • Neurosurgery (AREA)
  • Pulmonology (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Obesity (AREA)
  • Dermatology (AREA)
  • Orthopedic Medicine & Surgery (AREA)
  • Rheumatology (AREA)
  • Oncology (AREA)
  • Reproductive Health (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
  • Microbiology (AREA)
  • Mycology (AREA)
  • Communicable Diseases (AREA)

Abstract

Disclosed herein are compounds that form covalent bonds with Bruton's tyrosine kinase (Btk). Also described are irreversible inhibitors of Btk. Methods for the preparation of the compounds are disclosed. Also disclosed are pharmaceutical compositions that include the compounds. Methods of using the Btk inhibitors are disclosed, alone or in combination with other therapeutic agents, for the treatment of autoimmune diseases or conditions, heteroimmune diseases or conditions, cancer, including lymphoma, and inflammatory diseases or conditions.

Description

INHIBITORS OF BRUTON'S TYROSINE KINASE
RELATED APPLICATIONS
[0001] This application claims benefit of U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/826,720 entitled "INHIBITORS
OF BRUTON'S TYROSINE KINASE" filed September 22, 2006; and U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/828,590 entitled "INHIBITORS OF BRUTON'S TYROSINE KINASE" filed October 6, 2006, both of which are herein incorporated by reference.
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
[0002] Described herein are compounds, methods of making such compounds, pharmaceutical compositions and medicaments containing such compounds, and methods of using such compounds and compositions to inhibit the activity of tyrosine kinases.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
[0003] Bruton's tyrosine kinase (Btk), a member of the Tec family of non-receptor tyrosine kinases, is a key signaling enzyme expressed in all hematopoietic cells types except T lymphocytes and natural killer cells. Btk plays an essential role in the B-cell signaling pathway linking cell surface B-cell receptor (BCR) stimulation to downstream intracellular responses.
[0004] Btk is a key regulator of B-cell development, activation, signaling, and survival (Kurosaki, Curr Op Imm, 2000, 276-281 ; Schaeffer and Schwartzberg, Curr Op Imm 2000, 282-288). In addition, Btk plays a role in a number of other hematopoetic cell signaling pathways, e.g., Toll like receptor (TLR) and cytokine receptor— mediated TNF-α production in macrophages, IgE receptor (FcepsilonRI) signaling in Mast cells, inhibition of Fas/APO-1 apoptotic signaling in B-lineage lymphoid cells, and collagen-stimulated platelet aggregation. See, e.g., C. A. Jeffries, et al., (2003), Journal of Biological Chemistry 278:26258-26264; N. J. Horwood, et al., (2003), The Journal of Experimental Medicine 197:1603-1611; Iwaki et al. (2005), Journal of Biological Chemistry 280(48):40261-40270; Vassilev et al. (1999), Journal of Biological Chemistry 274(3): 1646-1656, and Quek et al. (1998), Current Biology 8(20):l 137-1140.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
[0005] Described herein are inhibitors of Bruton's tyrosine kinase (Btk). Also described herein are irreversible inhibitors of Btk. Further described are irreversible inhibitors of Btk that form a covalent bond with a cysteine residue on Btk. Further described herein are irreversible inhibitors of other tyrosine kinases, wherein the other tyrosine kinases share homology with Btk by having a cysteine residue (including a Cys 481 residue) that can form a covalent bond with the irreversible inhibitor (such tyrosine kinases, are referred herein as "Btk tyrosine kinase cysteine homologs"). Also described herein are methods for synthesizing such irreversible inhibitors, methods for using such irreversible inhibitors in the treatment of diseases (including diseases wherein irreversible inhibition of Btk provides therapeutic benefit to a patient having the disease). Further described are pharmaceutical formulations that include an irreversible inhibitor of Btk. [0006] Compounds described herein include those that have a structure of any of Formula (A), Formula (B),
Formula (C), or Formula (D), and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, esters, acids and prodrugs thereof. In certain embodiments, isomers and chemically protected forms of compounds having a structure represented by any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D), are also provided. [0007] In one aspect, provided herein is a compound of Formula (D). Formula (D) is as follows: WKUK. uocKot MO. /_>y-;.--/->υ.(>uι
Figure imgf000003_0001
Formula (D) wherein:
La is CH2, O3 NH or S;
Ax is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or a susbstituted or vinsubstituted heteroaryl; Y is an optionally substituted group selected from among alkyl, heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl;
Z is C(=O), OC(=O), NHC(=O), C(=S), S(=O)X, OS(=O)X, NHS(=O)X, where x is 1 or 2; R7 and R8 are independently selected from among H, unsubstituted Ci-C4alkyl, substituted C1-C4HIlCyI, unsubstituted CrGiheteroalkyl, substituted Ci-Gtheteroalkyl, unsubstituted C3-C6cycloalkyl, substituted C3-C6cycloalkyl, unsubstituted C2-C6heterocycloalkyl, and substituted C2-
Qheterocycloalkyl; or R7 and R8 taken together form a bond; R6 is H, substituted or unsubstituted CrC4alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted CrGjheteroalkyl, C1-
C6alkoxyalkyl, d-Csalkylaminoalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C3-C6cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, CrC4alkyl(aryl), C1-C4alkyl(heteroaryl), CrC4alkyl(C3-C8cycloalkyl), or CrC4alkyl(C2- Cgheterocycloalkyl); and pharmaceutically active metabolites, or pharmaceutically acceptable solvates, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrugs thereof. [0008] For any and all of the embodiments, substituents can be selected from among from a subset of the listed alternatives. For example, in some embodiments, La is CH2, O, or NH. In other embodiments, L3 is O or NH. In yet other embodiments, La is O.
[0009] In some embodiments, Ar is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl. In yet other embodiments, Ar is a 6- membered aryl. In some other embodiments, Ar is phenyl. [0010] In some embodiments, x is 2. In yet other embodiments, Z is C(=O), OC(=O), NHC(=O), S(=O)X,
OS(=O)X, or NHS(=O)X. In some other embodiments, Z is C(=O), NHC(=O), or S(=O)2.
[0011] In some embodiments, R7 and R8 are independently selected from among H, unsubstituted C1-C4 alkyl, substituted C1-C4alkyl, unsubstituted CrC4heteroalkyl, and substituted Ci-C4heteroalkyl; or R7 and R8 taken together form a bond. In yet other embodiments, each OfR7 and R8 is H; or R7 and R8 taken together form a bond. [0012] In some embodiments, R6 is H, substituted or unsubstituted CrQalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C1-
Qheteroalkyl, Q-Qalkoxyalkyl, CrC8alkylaminoalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, C!-C4alkyl(aryl), CrC4alkyl(heteroaryl), Ci-C4alkyl(C3-C8cycloalkyl), or CrC4alkyl(C2- C8heterocycloalkyl). In some other embodiments, R6 is H, substituted or unsubstituted CrC4alkyl, substituted or WStrK. UocKet No. 25y2Z-750.601 unsubstituted CrC4heteroalkyl, d-Qalkoxyalkyl, Ci-C2alkyl-N(C,-C3alkyl)2, CrC4alkyl(aryl), C1- C4alkyl(heteroaryl), Cι-C4alkyl(C3-C3cycloalkyl), or Ci-C4alkyl(C2-C8heterocycloalkyl). In yet other embodiments, R6 is H, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-C4alkyl, -CH2-O-(C|-C3alkyl), -CH2-N(Ci -C3alkyl)2, CrC4alkyl(phenyl), or Ci-C4alkyl(5- or 6-membered heteroaryl). In yet other embodiments, Rg is H, substituted or unsubstituted Q- Calkyl, -CH2-O-(C rC3alkyl), -CH2-(CrC6alkylamino), CrC4alkyl(phenyl), or CrC4alkyl(5- or 6-membered heteroaryl). In some embodiments, Re is H, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-C4alkyl, -CH2-O-(Ci-C3alkyl), -CH2- N(Ci-C3alkyl)2, CrC4alkyl(phenyl), or Ci-C4alkyl(5- or 6-membered heteroaryl containing 1 or 2 N atoms), or Cp C4alkyl(5- or 6-membered heterocycloalkyl containing 1 or 2 N atoms). [0013J hi some embodiments, Y is an optionally substituted group selected from among alkyl, heteroatkyl, cycloalkyl, and heterocycloalkyl. In other embodiments, Y is an optionally substituted group selected from among Cj-Cβalkyl, Ci-Cβheteroalkyl, 4-, 5-, 6-, or 7-membered cycloalkyl, and 4-, 5-, 6-, or 7-membered heterocycloalkyl. In yet other embodiments, Y is an optionally substituted group selected from among CrQalkyl, Cι-C6heteroalkyl, 5- or 6-membered cycloalkyl, and 5- or 6-membered heterocycloalkyl containing 1 or 2 N atoms. In some other embodiments, Y is a 5- or 6-membered cycloalkyl, or a 5- or 6-membered heterocycloalkyl containing 1 or 2 N atoms. In some embodiments, Y is a 4-, 5-, 6-, or 7-memebered cycloalkyl ring; or Y is a 4-, 5-, 6-, or 7-membered heterocycloalkyl ring.
[0014] Any combination of the groups described above for the various variables is contemplated herein. It is understood that substituents and substitution patterns on the compounds provided herein can be selected by one of ordinary skill in the art to provide compounds that are chemically stable and that can be synthesized by techniques known in the art, as well as those set forth herein.
[0015] In one aspect, provided herein is a compound selected from among: l-(3-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrirnidin-l-yl)piperidin-l-yl)ρrop-2-en-l-one (Compound 4); (E)-l-(3-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-lH-pyrazolo[354-d]pyrimidin-l-yl)piperidin-l-yl)but-2-en-l-one (Compound s); l-(3-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-d]ρyrimidin-l-yl)piperidin-l- yl)sulfonylethene (Compound 6); l-(3-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-lH-ρyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-l-yl)piperidin- l-yl)ρrop-2-yn-l-one (Compound 8); l-(4-(4-amino-3-(4-ρhenoxyρhenyl)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-d]ρyrimidin-l- yl)piperidin-l-yl)prop-2-en-l-one (Compound 9); N-((ls,4s)-4-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-lH-ρyrazolo[3,4- d]pyrimidin-l-yl)cyclohexyl)acrylamide (Compound 10); l-((R)-3-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyρhenyl)-lH- pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)prop-2-en-l-one (Compound 11); l-((S)-3-(4-amino-3-(4- phenoxyphenyl)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrirnidin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)prop-2-en-l-one (Compound 12); l-((R)-3-(4- amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrirnidin-l-yl)piperidin-l-yl)prop-2-en-l-one (Compound 13); 1- ((S)-3-(4-amino-3 -(4-phenoxyphenyl)- lH-pyrazolo[3,4-d]ρyrimidin- 1 -yl)piperidin- 1 -yl)prop-2-en- 1 -one (Compound 14); and (E)-l-(3-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-l-yl)piperidin-l-yl)-4- (dimethylamino)but-2-en-l-one (Compound 15). [0016] In a further aspect are provided pharmaceutical compositions, which include a therapeutically effective amount of at least one of any of the compounds herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically active metabolite, pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug, or pharmaceutically acceptable solvate. In certain embodiments, compositions provided herein further include a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, excipient and/or binder. [0017] Pharmaceutical compositions formulated for administration by an appropriate route and means containing effective concentrations of one or more of the compounds provided herein, or pharmaceutically effective derivatives thereof, that deliver amounts effective for the treatment, prevention, or amelioration of one or more * WSGR Docket No. 25922-750.601 symptoms of dieases, disorders or conditions that are modulated or otherwise affected by tyrosine kinase activity, or in which tyrosine kinase activity is implicated, are provided. The effective amounts and concentrations are effective for ameliorating any of the symptoms of any of the diseases, disorders or conditions disclosed herein. [0018] In certain embodiments, provided herein is a pharmaceutical composition containing: i) a physiologically acceptable carrier, diluent, and/or excipient; and ii) one or more compounds provided herein. [00191 In one aspect, provided herein are methods for treating a patient by administering a compound provided herein. In some embodiments, provided herein is a method of inhibiting the activity of tyrsoine kinase(s), such as BtIc, or of treating a disease, disorder, or condition, which would benefit from inhibition of tyrosine kinase(s), such as Btk, in a patient, which includes administering to the patient a therapeutically effective amount of at least one of any of the compounds herein, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically active metabolite, pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug, or pharmaceutically acceptable solvate.
[0020] In another aspect, provided herein is the use of a compound disclosed herein for inhibiting Bruton's tyrosine kinase (Btk) activity or for the treatment of a disease, disorder, or condition, which would benefit from inhibition of Bruton's tyrosine kinase (Btk) activity. [0021] In some embodiments, compounds provided herein are administered to a human.
[0022] In some embodiments, compounds provided herein are orally administered.
[0023] In other embodiments, compounds provided herein are used for the formulation of a medicament for the inhibition of tyrosine kinase activity. In some other embodiments, compounds provided herein are used for the formulation of a medicament for the inhibition of Bruton's tyrosine kinase (Btk) activity. [0024] Articles of manufacture including packaging material, a compound or composition or pharmaceutically acceptable derivative thereof provided herein, which is effective for inhibiting the activity of tyrosine kinase(s), such as Btk, within the packaging material, and a label that indicates that the compound or composition, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically active metabolite, pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug, or pharmaceutically acceptable solvate thereof, is used for inhibiting the activity of tyrosine kinase(s), such as Btk, are provided.
[0025] In another aspect are inhibited tyrosine kinases comprising a Bruton's tyrosine kinase, a Bruton's tyrosine kinase homolog, or a Btk tyrosine kinase cysteine homolog thereof covalently bound to an inhibitor having the structure:
indicates the point of attachment between the inhibitor and the tyrosine kinase. In a further embodiment, the inibitor is covalently bound to a cysteine residue on the tyrosine kinase.
[0026] In a further aspect, provided herein is a method for inhibiting Bruton's tyrosine kinase in a subject in need thereof by administering to the subject thereof a composition containing a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound having the structure of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D). In some ■* WSGR Docket No. 25922-750.601 embodiments, the subject in need is suffering from an autoimmune disease, e.g., inflammatory bowel disease, arthritis, lupus, rheumatoid arthritis, psoriatic arthritis, osteoarthritis, Still's disease, juvenile arthritis, diabetes, myasthenia gravis, Hashimoto's thyroiditis, Ord's thyroiditis, Graves' disease Sjogren's syndrome, multiple sclerosis, Guillain-Barre syndrome, acute disseminated encephalomyelitis, Addison's disease, opsoclonus-myoclonus syndrome, ankylosing spondylosis, antiphospholipid antibody syndrome, aplastic anemia, autoimmune hepatitis, coeliac disease, Goodpasture's syndrome, idiopathic thrombocytopenic purpura, optic neuritis, scleroderma, primary biliary cirrhosis, Reiter's syndrome, Takayasu's arteritis, temporal arteritis, warm autoimmune hemolytic anemia, Wegener's granulomatosis, psoriasis, alopecia universalis, Behcet's disease, chronic fatigue, dysautonomia, endometriosis, interstitial cystitis, neuromyotonia, scleroderma, or vulvodynia. 100271 In other embodiments, the subject in need is suffering from a heteroimmune condition or disease, e.g., graft versus host disease, transplantation, transfusion, anaphylaxis, allergy, type I hypersensitivity, allergic conjunctivitis, allergic rhinitis, or atopic dermatitis.
[0028] In certain embodiments, the subject in need is suffering from an inflammatory disease, e.g., asthma, appendicitis, blepharitis, bronchiolitis, bronchitis, bursitis, cervicitis, cholangitis, cholecystitis, colitis, conjunctivitis, cystitis, dacryoadenitis, dermatitis, dermatomyositis, encephalitis, endocarditis, endometritis, enteritis, enterocolitis, epicondylitis, epididymitis, fasciitis, fibrositis, gastritis, gastroenteritis, hepatitis, hidradenitis suppurativa, laryngitis, mastitis, meningitis, myelitis myocarditis, myositis, nephritis, oophoritis, orchitis, osteitis, otitis, pancreatitis, parotitis, pericarditis, peritonitis, pharyngitis, pleuritis, phlebitis, pneumonitis, pneumonia, proctitis, prostatitis, pyelonephritis, rhinitis, salpingitis, sinusitis, stomatitis, synovitis, tendonitis, tonsillitis, uveitis, vaginitis, vasculitis, or vulvitis.
[0029] In further embodiments, the subject in need is suffering from a cancer. In one embodiment, the cancer is a B-cell proliferative disorder, e.g., diffuse large B cell lymphoma, follicular lymphoma, chronic lymphocytic lymphoma, chronic lymphocytic leukemia, B-cell prolymphocytic leukemia, lymphoplasmacytic lymphoma/Waldenstrom macroglobulinemia, splenic marginal zone lymphoma, plasma cell myeloma, plasmacytoma, extranodal marginal zone B cell lymphoma, nodal marginal zone B cell lymphoma, mantle cell lymphoma, mediastinal (thymic) large B cell lymphoma, intravascular large B cell lymphoma, primary effusion lymphoma, burkitt lymphoma/leukemia, or lymphomatoid granulomatosis. In some embodiments, where the subject is suffering from a cancer, an anti-cancer agent is administered to the subject in addition to one of the above- mentioned compounds. In one embodiment, the anti-cancer agent is an inhibitor of mitogen-activated protein kinase signaling, e.g., U0126, PD98059, PD184352, PD0325901, ARRY-142886, SB239063, SP600125, BAY 43-9006, wortmannin, or LY294002.
[0030] In further embodiments, the subject in need is suffering from a thromboembolic disorder, e.g., myocardial infarct, angina pectoris, reocclusion after angioplasty, restenosis after angioplasty, reocclusion after aortocoronary bypass, restenosis after aortocoronary bypass, stroke, transitory ischemia, a peripheral arterial occlusive disorder, pulmonary embolism, or deep venous thrombosis.
[0031] In a further aspect, provided herein is a method for treating an autoimmune disease by administering to a subject in need thereof a composition containing a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound having the structure of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D). In one embodiment, the autoimmune disease is arthritis. In another embodiment, the autoimmune disease is lupus. In some embodiments, the autoimmune disease is inflammatory bowel disease (including Crohn's disease and ulcerative colitis), rheumatoid arthritis, psoriatic arthritis, osteoarthritis, Still's disease, juvenile arthritis, lupus, diabetes, myasthenia gravis, Hashimoto's thyroiditis, Ord's thyroiditis, Graves' disease Sjogren's syndrome, multiple sclerosis, Guillain-Barre WSt(K. UOCKet NO. 23922-750.6Ol syndrome, acute disseminated encephalomyelitis, Addison's disease, opsoclonus-myoclonus syndrome, ankylosing spondylosis, antiphospholipid antibody syndrome, aplastic anemia, autoimmune hepatitis, coeliac disease, Goodpasture's syndrome, idiopathic thrombocytopenic purpura, optic neuritis, scleroderma, primary biliary cirrhosis, Reiter's syndrome, Takayasu's arteritis, temporal arteritis, warm autoimmune hemolytic anemia, Wegener's granulomatosis, psoriasis, alopecia universalis, Behcet's disease, chronic fatigue, dysautonomia, endometriosis, interstitial cystitis, neuromyotonia, scleroderma, or vulvodynia.
[0032] In a further aspect, provided herein is a method for treating a heteroimmune condition or disease by administering to a subject in need thereof a composition containing a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound having the structure of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D). In some embodiments, the heteroimmune conditioin or disease is graft versus host disease, transplantation, transfusion, anaphylaxis, allergy, type I hypersensitivity, allergic conjunctivitis, allergic rhinitis, or atopic dermatitis. [0033] In a further aspect, provided herein is a mediod for treating an inflammatory disease by administering to a subject in need thereof a composition containing a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound having the structure of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D). In some embodiments, the inflammatory disease is asthma, inflammatory bowel disease (including Crohn's disease and ulcerative colitis), appendicitis, blepharitis, bronchiolitis, bronchitis, bursitis, cervicitis, cholangitis, cholecystitis, colitis, conjunctivitis, cystitis, dacryoadenitis, dermatitis, dermatomyositis, encephalitis, endocarditis, endometritis, enteritis, enterocolitis, epicondylitis, epididymitis, fasciitis, fibrositis, gastritis, gastroenteritis, hepatitis, hidradenitis suppurativa, laryngitis, mastitis, meningitis, myelitis myocarditis, myositis, nephritis, oophoritis, orchitis, osteitis, otitis, pancreatitis, parotitis, pericarditis, peritonitis, pharyngitis, pleuritis, phlebitis, pneumonitis, pneumonia, proctitis, prostatitis, pyelonephritis, rhinitis, salpingitis, sinusitis, stomatitis, synovitis, tendonitis, tonsillitis, uveitis, vaginitis, vasculitis, or vulvitis.
[0034] In yet another aspect, provided herein is a method for treating a cancer by administering to a subject in need thereof a composition containing a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound having the structure of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D). In one embodiment, the cancer is a B- cell proliferative disorder, e.g., diffuse large B cell lymphoma, follicular lymphoma, chronic lymphocytic lymphoma, chronic lymphocytic leukemia, B-cell prolymphocytic leukemia, lymphoplasmacytic lymphoma/Waldenstrom macroglobulinemia, splenic marginal zone lymphoma, plasma cell myeloma, plasmacytoma, extranodal marginal zone B cell lymphoma, nodal marginal zone B cell lymphoma, mantle cell lymphoma, mediastinal (thymic) large B cell lymphoma, intravascular large B cell lymphoma, primary effusion lymphoma, burkitt lymphoma/leukemia, or lymphomatoid granulomatosis. In some embodiments, where the subject is suffering from a cancer, an anti-cancer agent is administered to the subject in addition to one of the above- mentioned compounds. In one embodiment, the anti-cancer agent is an inhibitor of mitogen-activated protein kinase signaling, e.g., U0126, PD98059, PD184352, PD0325901, ARRY-142886, SB239063, SP600125, BAY 43-9006, wortmannin, or LY294002.
[0035] In another aspect, provided herein is a method for treating a thromboembolic disorder by administering to a subject in need thereof a composition containing a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound having the structure of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D). In some embodiments, the thromboembolic disorder is myocardial infarct, angina pectoris, reocclusion after angioplasty, restenosis after angioplasty, reocclusion after aortocoronary bypass, restenosis after aortocoronary bypass, stroke, transitory ischemia, a peripheral arterial occlusive disorder, pulmonary embolism, or deep venous thrombosis. VVSUK. uocKet NO. ^yzz-ZM.bUl
[0036] In a further aspect, provided herein is a method for treating an autoimmune disease by administering to a subject in need thereof a composition containing a therapeutically effective amount of a compound that forms a covalent bond with Bruton's tyrosine kinase. In one embodiment, the compound forms a covalent bound with the activated form of Bruton's tyrosine kinase. In further or alternative embodiments, the compound irreversibly inhibits the Bruton's tyrosine kinase to which it is covalently bound. In a further or alternative embodiment, the compound forms a covalent bond with a cysteine residue on Bruton's tyrosine kinase.
[0037] In a further aspect, provided herein is a method for treating a heteroimmune condition or disease by administering to a subject in need thereof a composition containing a therapeutically effective amount of a compound that forms a covalent bond with Bruton's tyrosine kinase. In one embodiment, the compound forms a covalent bound with the activated form of Bruton's tyrosine kinase. In further or alternative embodiments, the compound irreversibly inhibits the Bruton's tyrosine kinase to which it is covalently bound. In a further or alternative embodiment, the compound forms a covalent bond with a cysteine residue on Bruton's tyrosine kinase. [0038] In a further aspect, provided herein is a method for treating an inflammatory disease by administering to a subject in need thereof a composition containing a therapeutically effective amount of a compound that forms a covalent bond with Bruton's tyrosine kinase. In one embodiment, the compound forms a covalent bound with the activated form of Bruton's tyrosine kinase. In further or alternative embodiments, the compound irreversibly inhibits the Bruton's tyrosine kinase to which it is covalently bound. In a further or alternative embodiment, the compound forms a covalent bond with a cysteine residue on Bruton's tyrosine kinase. In yet another aspect, provided herein is a method for treating a cancer by administering to a subject in need thereof a composition containing a therapeutically effective amount of a compound that forms a covalent bond with Bruton's tyrosine kinase. In one embodiment, the compound forms a covalent bound with the activated form of Bruton's tyrosine kinase. In further or alternative embodiments, the compound irreversibly inhibits the Bruton's tyrosine kinase to which it is covalently bound. In a further or alternative embodiment, the compound forms a covalent bond with a cysteine residue on- Bruton's tyrosine kinase. In another aspect, provided herein is a method for treating a thromboembolic disorder by administering to a subject in need thereof a composition containing a therapeutically effective amount of a compound that forms a covalent bond with Bruton's tyrosine kinase. In one embodiment, the compound forms a covalent bound with the activated form of Bruton's tyrosine kinase. In further or alternative embodiments, the compound irreversibly inhibits the Bruton's tyrosine kinase to which it is covalently bound. In a further or alternative embodiment, the compound forms a covalent bond with a cysteine residue on Bruton's tyrosine kinase. [0039] In another aspect are methods for modulating, including irreversibly inhibiting the activity of Btk or other tyrosine kinases, wherein the other tyrosine kinases share homology with Btk by having a cysteine residue (including a Cys 481 residue) that can form a covalent bond with at least one irreversible inhibitor described herein, in a mammal comprising administering to the mammal at least once an effective amount of at least one compound having the structure of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D). In another aspect are methods for modulating, including including irreversibly inhibiting, the activity of Btk in a mammal comprising administering to the mammal at least once an effective amount of at least one compound having the structure of any of Formula (A)5 Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D). In another aspect are methods for treating Btk- dependent or Btk mediated conditions or diseases, comprising administering to the mammal at least once an effective amount of at least one compound having the structure of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D).
[0040] In another aspect are methods for treating inflammation comprising administering to the mammal at least once an effective amount of at least one compound having the structure of Formula (A)5 (B), (C)5 or (D). WS(JK UOCket NO. 25922-750.61) 1
[0041] A further aspect are methods for the treatment of cancer comprising administering to the mammal at least once an effective amount of at least one compound having the structure of Formula (A), (B), (C)5 or (D). The type of cancer may include, but is not limited to, pancreatic cancer and other solid or hematological tumors. [0042] In another aspect are methods for treating respiratory diseases comprising administering to the mammal at least once an effective amount of at least one compound having the structure of Formula (A), (B), (C), or (D). In a further embodiment of Ihis aspect, the respiratory disease is asthma. In a further embodiment of this aspect, the respiratory disease includes, but is not limited to, adult respiratory distress syndrome and allergic (extrinsic) asthma, non-allergic (intrinsic) asthma, acute severe asthma, chronic asthma, cluneal asthma, nocturnal asthma, allergen-induced asthma, aspirin-sensitive asthma, exercise-induced asthma, isocapnic hyperventilation, child-onset asthma, adult-onset asthma, cough-variant asthma, occupational asthma, steroid-resistant asthma, seasonal asthma, [0043] In another aspect are methods for preventing rheumatoid arthritis and osteoarthritis comprising administering to the mammal at least once an effective amount of at least one compound having the structure of Formula (A), (B), (C), or (D). [0044] In another aspect are methods for treating inflammatory responses of the skin comprising administering to the mammal at least once an effective amount of at least one compound having the structure of Formula (A), (B), (C), or (D). Such inflammatory responses of the skin include, by way of example, dermatitis, contact dermatitis, eczema, urticaria, rosacea, and scarring. In another aspect are methods for reducing psoriatic lesions in the skin, joints, or other tissues or organs, comprising administering to the mammal an effective amount of a first compound having the structure of Formula (A), (B), (C), or (D). [0045] In another aspect is the use of a compound of Formula (A), (B), (C), or (D) in the manufacture of a medicament for treating an inflammatory disease or condition in an animal in which the activity of Btk or other tyrosine kinases, wherein the other tyrosine kinases share homology with Btk by having a cysteine residue (including a Cys 481 residue) that can form a covalent bond with at least one irreversible inhibitor described herein, contributes to the pathology and/or symptoms of the disease or condition. In one embodiment of this aspect, the tyrosine kinase protein is Btk. In another or further embodiment of this aspect, the inflammatory disease or conditions are respiratory, cardiovascular, or proliferative diseases.
[0046] In any of the aforementioned aspects are further embodiments in which administration is enteral, parenteral, or both, and wherein (a) the effective amount of the compound is systemically administered to the mammal; (b) the effective amount of the compound is administered orally to the mammal; (c) the effective amount of the compound is intravenously administered to the mammal; (d) the effective amount of the compound administered by inhalation; (e) the effective amount of the compound is administered by nasal administration; or (f) the effective amount of the compound is administered by injection to the mammal; (g) the effective amount of the compound is administered topically (dermal) to the mammal; (h) the effective amount of the compound is administered by ophthalmic administration; or (i) the effective amount of the compound is administered rectally to the mammal.
[0047] In any of the aforementioned aspects are further embodiments comprising single administrations of the effective amount of the compound, including further embodiments in which (i) the compound is administered once; (ii) the compound is administered to the mammal multiple times over the span of one day; (iii) continually; or (iv) continuously. [0048] In any of the aforementioned aspects are further embodiments comprising multiple administrations of the effective amount of the compound, including further embodiments in which (i) the compound is administered in a single dose; (ii) the time between multiple administrations is every 6 hours; (iii) the compound is administered ' WSGR Docket No. 25922-750.601 to the mammal every 8 hours. In further or alternative embodiments, the method comprises a drug holiday, wherein the administration of the compound is temporarily suspended or the dose of the compound being administered is temporarily reduced; at the end of the drug holiday, dosing of the compound is resumed. The length of the drug holiday can vary from 2 days to 1 year. [0049] In any of the aforementioned aspects involving the treatment of proliferative disorders, including cancer, are further embodiments comprising administering at least one additional agent selected from the group consisting of alemtuzumab, arsenic trioxide, asparaginase (pegylated or non-), bevacizumab, cetuximab, platinum- based compounds such as cisplatm, cladribine, daunorubicin/doxorubicin/idarubicin, irinotecan, fludarabine, 5- fluorouracil, gemtuzumab, methotrexate, Paclitaxel™, taxol, ternozolomide, thioguanine, or classes of drugs including hormones (an antiestrogen, an antiandrogen, or gonadotropin releasing hormone analogues, interferons such as alpha interferon, nitrogen mustards such as busulfan or melphalan or mechlorethamine, retinoids such as tretinoin, topoisomerase inhibitors such as irinotecan or topotecan, tyrosine kinase inhibitors such as gefinitinib or imatinib, or agents to treat signs or symptoms induced by such therapy including allopurinol, filgrastim, granisetron/ondansetron/palonosetron, dronabinol. [0050] In any of the aforementioned aspects involving the prevention or treatment of Btk-dependent or tyrosine kinase mediated diseases or conditions are further embodiments comprising identifying patients by screening for a tyrosine kinase gene haplotype. In further or alternative embodiments the tyrosine kinase gene haplotype is a tyrosine kinase pathway gene, while in still further or alternative embodiments, the tyrosine kinase gene haplotype is a Btk haplotype. [0051] In a further or alternative embodiment, the compound of formula (A), (B), (C) or (D) are irreversible inhibitors of Bruton's tyrosine kinase (Btk), while in still further or alternative embodiments, such irreversible inhibitors are selective for Btk. In even further or alternative embodiments, such inhibitors have an IC50 below 10 microM in enzyme assay. In one embodiment, a Btk irreversible inhibitor has an IC50 of less than 1 microM, and in another embodiment, less than 0.25 microM. [0052] In further or alternative embodiment, the compound of formula ((A), (B), (C) or (D) are selective irreversible inhibitors for Btk over Itk. In further or alternative embodiment, the compound of formula (A), (B), (C) or (D) are selective irreversible inhibitors for Btk over Lck. In further or alternative embodiment, the compound of formula (A), (B), (C) or (D) are selective irreversible inhibitors for Btk over ABL. In further or alternative embodiment, the compound of formula (A), (B), (C) or (D) are selective irreversible inhibitors for Btk over CMET. In further or alternative embodiment, the compound of formula (A), (B), (C) or (D) are selective irreversible inhibitors for Btk over EGFR. In further or alternative embodiment, the compound of formula (A), (B), (C) or (D) are selective irreversible inhibitors for Btk over Lyn.
[0053] In further or alternative embodiments, the irreversible Btk inhibitors are also inhibitors of EGFR.
[0054} Other objects, features and advantages of the methods and compositions described herein will become apparent from the following detailed description. It should be understood, however, that the detailed description and the specific examples, while indicating specific embodiments, are given by way of illustration only, since various changes and modifications within the spirit and scope of the present disclosure will become apparent to those skilled in the art from this detailed description. The section headings used herein are for organizational purposes only and are not to be construed as limiting the subject matter described. All documents, or portions of documents, cited in the application including, but not limited to, patents, patent applications, articles, books, manuals, and treatises are hereby expressly incorporated by reference in their entirety for any purpose. uocKet INO. Z3yzz-/3υ.oυi
Certain Terminology
[0055] Unless defined otherwise, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as is commonly understood by one of skill in the art to which the claimed subject matter belongs. In the event that there are a plurality of definitions for terms herein, those in this section prevail. Where reference is made to a LJRL or other such identifier or address, it is understood that such identifiers can change and particular information on the internet can come and go, but equivalent information can be found by searching the internet. Reference thereto evidences the availability and public dissemination of such information.
[0056] It is to be understood that the foregoing general description and the following detailed description are exemplary and explanatory only and are not restrictive of any subject matter claimed. In this application, the use of the singular includes the plural unless specifically stated otherwise. It must be noted that, as used in the specification and the appended claims, the singular forms "a," "an" and "the" include plural referents unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. In this application, the use of "or" means "and/or" unless stated otherwise. Furthermore, use of the term "including" as well as other forms, such as "include", "includes," and "included," is not limiting. [0057] The section headings used herein are for organizational purposes only and are not to be construed as limiting the subject matter described. All documents, or portions of documents, cited in the application including, but not limited to, patents, patent applications, articles, books, manuals, and treatises are hereby expressly incorporated by reference in their entirety for any purpose.
[0058] Definition of standard chemistry terms may be found in reference works, including Carey and
Sundberg "ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 4TH ED." VOIS. A (2000) and B (2001), Plenum Press, New York. Unless otherwise indicated, conventional methods of mass spectroscopy, NMR, HPLC, protein chemistry, biochemistry, recombinant DNA techniques and pharmacology, within the skill of the art are employed. Unless specific definitions are provided, the nomenclature employed in connection with, and the laboratory procedures and techniques of, analytical chemistry, synthetic organic chemistry, and medicinal and pharmaceutical chemistry described herein are those known in the art. Standard techniques can be used for chemical syntheses, chemical analyses, pharmaceutical preparation, formulation, and delivery, and treatment of patients. Standard techniques can be used for recombinant DNA, oligonucleotide synthesis, and tissue culture and transformation (e.g., electroporation, lipofection). Reactions and purification techniques can be performed e.g., using kits of manufacturer's specifications or as commonly accomplished in the art or as described herein. The foregoing techniques and procedures can be generally performed of conventional methods well known in the art and as described in various general and more specific references that are cited and discussed throughout the present specification.
[0059] It is to be understood that the methods and compositions described herein are not limited to the particular methodology, protocols, cell lines, constructs, and reagents described herein and as such may vary. It is also to be understood that the terminology used herein is for the purpose of describing particular embodiments only, and is not intended to limit the scope of the methods and compositions described herein, which will be limited only by the appended claims.
[0060] All publications and patents mentioned herein are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety for the purpose of describing and disclosing, for example, the constructs and methodologies that are described in the publications, which might be used in connection with the methods, compositions and compounds described herein. The publications discussed herein are provided solely for their disclosure prior to the filing date of the present application. Nothing herein is to be construed as an admission that the inventors described herein are not entitled to antedate such disclosure by virtue of prior invention or for any other reason. wtsijK. uocKet NO. Δsytz-oυ.bui
[0061 J An "alkyl" group refers to an aliphatic hydrocarbon group. The alkyl moiety may be a "saturated alkyl" group, which means that it does not contain any alkene or allcyne moieties. The alkyl moiety may also be an "unsaturated alkyl" moiety, which means that it contains at least one alkene or alkyne moiety. An "alkene" moiety refers to a group that has at least one carbon-carbon double bond, and an "alkyne" moiety refers to a group that has at least one carbon-carbon triple bond. The alkyl moiety, whether saturated or unsaturated, may be branched, straight chain, or cyclic. Depending on the structure, an alkyl group can be a monoradical or a diradical (i.e., an alkylene group). The alkyl group could also be a "lower alkyl" having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. [00621 As used herein, CrCx includes Ci-C2, Cj-C3 . . . C]-Cx.
[0063] The "alkyl" moiety may have 1 to 10 carbon atoms (whenever it appears herein, a numerical range such as "1 to 10" refers to each integer in the given range; e.g., "1 to 10 carbon atoms" means that the alkyl group may have 1 carbon atom, 2 carbon atoms, 3 carbon atoms, etc., up to and including 10 carbon atoms, although the present definition also covers the occurrence of the term "alkyl" where no numerical range is designated). The alkyl group of the compounds described herein may be designated as "C1-C4 alkyl" or similar designations. By way of example only, "Ci-C4 alkyl" indicates that there are one to four carbon atoms in the alkyl chain, i.e., the alkyl chain is selected from among methyl, ethyl, propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, sec-butyl, and t-butyl. Thus Ci-C4 alkyl includes C1-Ca alkyl and C1-C3 alkyl. Alkyl groups can be substituted or unsubstituted. Typical alkyl groups include, but are in no way limited to, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, tertiary butyl, pentyl, hexyl, ethenyl, propenyl, butenyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, and the like. [0064] As used herein, the term "non-cyclic alkyl" refers to an alkyl that is not cyclic (i.e., a straight or branched chain containing at least one carbon atom). Non-cyclic alkyls can be fully saturated or can contain non- cyclic alkenes and/or alkynes. Non-cyclic alkyls can be optionally substituted.
[0065] The term "alkenyl" refers to a type of alkyl group in which the first two atoms of the alkyl group form a double bond that is not part of an aromatic group. That is, an alkenyl group begins with the atoms -C(R)=C(R)-R, wherein R refers to the remaining portions of the alkenyl group, which may be the same or different. The alkenyl moiety may be branched, straight chain, or cyclic (in which case, it would also be known as a "cycloalkenyl" group). Depending on the structure, an alkenyl group can be a monoradical or a diradical (i.e., an alkenylene group). Alkenyl groups can be optionally substituted. Non-limiting examples of an alkenyl group include -CH=CH2, - C(CH3)=CH2, -CH=CHCH3, -C(CH3)=CHCH3. Alkenylene groups include, but are not limited to, -CH=CH-, - C(CH3)=CH- -CH=CHCH2-, -CH=CHCH2CH2- and -C(CH3)=CHCH2-. Alkenyl groups could have 2 to 10 carbons. The alkenyl group could also be a "lower alkenyl" having 2 to 6 carbon atoms.
[0066] The term "alkynyl" refers to a type of alkyl group in which the first two atoms of the alkyl group form a triple bond. That is, an alkynyl group begins with the atoms -C ≡€-R, wherein R refers to the remaining portions of the alkynyl group, which may be the same or different. The "R" portion of the alkynyl moiety may be branched, straight chain, or cyclic. Depending on the structure, an alkynyl group can be a monoradical or a diradical (i.e., an alkynylene group). Alkynyl groups can be optionally substituted. Non-limiting examples of an alkynyl group include, but are not limited to, -C ≡€H, -C ≡CCH3, -C ≡€CH2CH3, -C ≡C-, and -C ≡CCH2-. Alkynyl groups can have 2 to 10 carbons. The alkynyl group could also be a "lower alkynyl" having 2 to 6 carbon atoms. [0067] An "alkoxy" group refers to a (alkyl)O- group, where alkyl is as defined herein.
[0068] "Hydroxyalkyl" refers to an alkyl radical, as defined herein, substituted with at least one hydroxy group. Non-limiting examples of a hydroxyalkyl include, but are not limited to, hydroxymethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, 2- hydroxypropyl, 3-hydroxypropyl, l-(hydroxymethyl)-2-methylpropyl, 2-hydroxybutyl, 3-hydroxybutyl, 4- " WSGR Docket No. 25922-750.601
• hydroxybutyl, 2,3-dihydroxypropyl, l-(hydroxymethyl)-2-hydroxyethyl, 2,3-dihydroxybutyl, 3,4-dihydroxybutyl and 2-(hydroxymethyl)-3-hydroxypropyl.
[0069] "Alkoxyalkyl" refers to an alkyl radical, as defined herein, substituted with an alkoxy group, as defined herein. [0070] An "alkenyloxy" group refers to a (alkenyl)O- group, where alkenyl is as defined herein.
[0071] The term "alkylamine" refers to the -N(alkyl)xHy group, where x and y are selected from among x=l, y=l and x=2, y=0. When x=2, the alkyl groups, taken together with the N atom to which they are attached, can optionally form a cyclic ring system.
[0072] "Alkylaminoalkyl" refers to an alkyl radical, as defined herein, substituted with an alkylamine, as defined herein.
[0073] An "amide" is a chemical moiety with the formula -C(O)NHR or -NHC(O)R, where R is selected from among alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl (bonded through a ring carbon) and heteroalicyclic (bonded through a ring carbon). An amide moiety may form a linkage between an amino acid or a peptide molecule and a compound described herein, thereby forming a prodrug. Any amine, or carboxyl side chain on the compounds described herein can be amidified. The procedures and specific groups to make such amides are known to those of skill in the art and can readily be found in reference sources such as Greene and Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 3rd Ed.,
John Wiley & Sons, New York, NY, 1999, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
[0074] The term "ester" refers to a chemical moiety with formula -COOR, where R is selected from among alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl (bonded through a ring carbon) and heteroalicyclic (bonded through a ring carbon). Any hydroxy, or carboxyl side chain on the compounds described herein can be esterified. The procedures and specific groups to make such esters are known to those of skill in the art and can readily be found in reference sources such as Greene and Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 3rd Ed., John Wiley & Sons, New York,
NY, 1999, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
[0075] As used herein, the term "ring" refers to any covalently closed structure. Rings include, for example, carbocycles (e.g., aryls and cycloalkyls), heterocycles (e.g., heteroaryls and non-aromatic heterocycles), aromatics
(e.g. aryls and heteroaryls), and non-aromatics (e.g., cycloalkyls and non-aromatic heterocycles). Rings can be optionally substituted. Rings can be monocyclic or polycyclic.
[0076] As used herein, the term "ring system" refers to one, or more than one ring.
[0077] The term "meπibered ring" can embrace any cyclic structure. The term "membered" is meant to denote the number of skeletal atoms that constitute the ring. Thus, for example, cyclohexyl, pyridine, pyran and thiopyran are 6-membered rings and cyclopentyl, pyrrole, furan, and thiophene are 5-membered rings.
[0078] The term "fused" refers to structures in which two or more rings share one or more bonds.
[0079] The term "carbocyclic" or "carbocycle" refers to a ring wherein each of the atoms forming the ring is a carbon atom. Carbocycle includes aryl and cycloalkyl. The term thus distinguishes carbocycle from heterocycle ("heterocyclic") in which the ring backbone contains at least one atom which is different from carbon (i.e a heteroatom). Heterocycle includes heteroaryl and heterocycloalkyl. Carbocycles and heterocycles can be optionally substituted.
[0080] The term "aromatic" refers to a planar ring having a delocalized π-electron system containing 4n+2 π electrons, where n is an integer. Aromatic rings can be formed from five, six, seven, eight, nine, or more than nine atoms. Aromatics can be optionally substituted. The term "aromatic" includes both carbocyclic aryl (e.g., phenyl) and heterocyclic aryl (or "heteroaryl" or "heteroaromatic") groups (e.g., pyridine). The term includes monocyclic or fbsed-ring polycyclic (i.e., rings which share adjacent pairs of carbon atoms) groups. WSGR Docket No. 25922-750.601
[0081] As used herein, the term "aryl" refers to an aromatic ring wherein each of the atoms forming the ring is a carbon atom. Aryl rings can be formed by five, six, seven, eight, nine, or more than nine carbon atoms. Aryl groups can be optionally substituted. Examples of aryl groups include, but are not limited to phenyl, naphthalenyl, phenanthrenyl, anthracenyl, fluorenyl, and indenyl. Depending on the structure, an aryl group can be a monoradical or a diradical (i.e., an arylene group).
[0082] An "aryloxy" group refers to an (aryl)O- group, where aryl is as defined herein.
[0083] "Aralkyl" means an alkyl radical, as defined herein, substituted with an aryl group. Non-limiting aralkyl groups include, benzyl, phenethyl, and the like.
[0084] "Aralkenyl" means an alkenyl radical, as defined herein, substituted with an aryl group, as defined herein.
[0085] The term "cycloalkyl" refers to a monocyclic or polycyclic radical that contains only carbon and hydrogen, and may be saturated, partially unsaturated, or fully unsaturated. Cycloalkyl groups include groups having from 3 to 10 ring atoms. Illustrative examples of cycloalkyl groups include the following moieties:
Figure imgf000014_0001
, and the like. Depending on the structure, a cycloalkyl group can be a monoradical or a diradical (e.g., an cycloalkylene group). The cycloalkyl group could also be a "lower cycloalkyl" having 3 to 8 carbon atoms.
[0086] "Cycloalkylalkyl" means an alkyl radical, as defined herein, substituted with a cycloalkyl group. Non- limiting cycloalkylalkyl groups include cyclopropylmethyl, cyclobutylmethyl, cyclopentylmethyl, cyclohexylmethyl, and the like.
[0087] The term "heterocycle" refers to heteroaromatic and heteroalicyclic groups containing one to four heteroatoms each selected from O, S and N, wherein each heterocyclic group has from 4 to 10 atoms in its ring system, and with the proviso that the ring of said group does not contain two adjacent O or S atoms. Herein, whenever the number of carbon atoms in a heterocycle is indicated (e.g., CrC$ heterocycle), at least one other atom (the heteroatom) must be present in the ring. Designations such as "Cj-Cg heterocycle" refer only to the number of carbon atoms in the ring and do not refer to the total number of atoms in the ring. It is understood that the heterocylic ring can have additional heteroatoms in the ring. Designations such as "4-6 membered heterocycle" refer to the total number of atoms that are contained in Ihe ring (i.e., a four, five, or six membered ring, in which at least one atom is a carbon atom, at least one atom is a heteroatom and the remaining two to four atoms are either carbon atoms or heteroatoms). In heterocycles that have two or more heteroatoms, those two or more heteroatoms can be the same or different from one another. Heterocycles can be optionally substituted. Binding to a heterocycle can be at a heteroatom or via a carbon atom. Non-aromatic heterocyclic groups include groups having only 4 atoms in their ring system, but aromatic heterocyclic groups must have at least 5 atoms in their ring system. The heterocyclic WSGR Docket No. 25922-750.601 groups include benzo-fused ring systems. An example of a 4-membered heterocyclic group is azetidinyl (derived from azetidine). An example of a 5-membered heterocyclic group is thiazolyl. An example of a 6-membered heterocyclic group is pyridyl, and an example of a 10-membered heterocyclic group is quinolinyl. Examples of non- aromatic heterocyclic groups are pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, dihydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothienyl, tetrahydropyranyl, dihydropyranyl, tetrahydrothiopyranyl, piperidino, morpholino, thiomorpholino, thioxanyl, piperazinyl, azetidinyl, oxetanyl, thietanyl, homopiperidinyl, oxepanyl, thiepanyl, oxazepinyl, diazepinyl, thiazepinyl, 1,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridinyl, 2-pyrrolinyl, 3-pyrrolinyl, indolinyl, 2H-ρyranyl, 4H-pyranyl, dioxanyl, 1,3-dioxolanyl, pyrazolinyl, dithianyl, dithiolanyl, dihydropyranyl, dihydrothienyl, dihydrofuranyl, pyrazolidinyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, 3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexanyl, 3-azabicyclo[4.1.0]heptanyl, 3H-indolyl and quinolizinyl. Examples of aromatic heterocyclic groups are pyridinyl, imidazolyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, pyrazinyl, tetrazolyl, furyl, thienyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyrrolyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, indolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzofuranyl, cinnolinyl, indazolyl, indolizinyl, phthalazinyl, pyridazinyl, triazinyl, isoindolyl, • pteridinyl, purinyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, furazanyl, benzofurazanyl, benzothiophenyl, benzothiazolyl, benzoxazolyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, naphthyridinyl, and furopyridinyl. The foregoing groups, as derived from the groups listed above, may be C-attached or N-attached where such is possible. For instance, a group derived from pyrrole may be pyrrol- 1-yl (W-attached) or pyrrol-3-yl (C-attached). Further, a group derived from imidazole may be imidazol-1-yl or imidazol-3-yl (both ^-attached) or imidazol-2-yl, imidazol-4-yl or imidazol-5-yl (all C-attached). The heterocyclic groups include benzo-fused ring systems and ring systems substituted with one or two oxo (=O) moieties such as pyrrolidin-2-one. Depending on the structure, a heterocycle group can be a monoradical or a diradical (i.e., a heterocyclene group).
[0088] The terms "heteroaryl" or, alternatively, "heteroaromatic" refers to an aryl group that includes one or more ring heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur. An JV-containing "heteroaromatic" or "heteroaryl" moiety refers to an aromatic group in which at least one of the skeletal atoms of the ring is a nitrogen atom. Illustrative examples of heteroaryl groups include the following moieties:
Figure imgf000015_0001
and the like. Depending on the structure, a heteroaryl group can be a monoradical or a diradical (i.e., a heteroarylene group).
[0089] As used herein, the term "non-aromatic heterocycle", "heterocycloalkyl" or "heteroalicyclic" refers to a non-aromatic ring wherein one or more atoms forming the ring is a heteroatom. A "non-aromatic heterocycle" or "heterocycloalkyl" group refers to a cycloalkyl group that includes at least one heteroatom selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur. The radicals may be fused with an aryl or heteroaryl. Heterocycloalkyl rings can be formed by three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, or more than nine atoms. Heterocycloalkyl rings can be optionally substituted. In certain embodiments, non-aromatic heterocycles contain one or more carbonyl or thiocarbonyl groups such as, for example, oxo- and thio-containing groups. Examples of heterocycloalkyls include, but are not limited to, lactams, lactones, cyclic imides, cyclic thioimides, cyclic carbamates, tetrahydrothiopyran, 4H-pyran, WSGR Docket No. 25922-750.601 tetrahydropyran, piperidine, 1,3-dioxin, 1,3-dioxane, 1,4-dioxin, 1,4-dioxane, piperazine, 1,3-oxathiane, 1,4- oxathiin, 1,4-oxathiane, tetrahydro-l,4-thiazine, 2H-l,2-oxazine, maleimide, succinimide, barbituric acid, thiobarbituric acid, dioxopiperazine, hydantoiπ, dihydrouracil, morpholine, trioxane, hexahydro-l,3,5-triazine, tetrahydfothiopheπe, tetrahydrofuran, pyrroline, pyrrolidine, pyrrolidone, pyrrolidione, pyrazoline, pyrazolidiπe, imidazoline, imidazolidine, 1,3-dioxole, 1,3-dioxolane, 1,3-dithiole, 173-dithiolane, isoxazoline, isoxazolidine, oxazoline, oxazolidine, oxazolidinone, thiazoline, thiazolidine, and 1,3-oxathiolane. Illustrative examples of heterocycloalkyl groups, also referred to as non-aromatic heterocycles, include:
Figure imgf000016_0001
e term heteroalicyclic also includes all ring forms of th ce caorbohydr. and the like. ates, including but not limited to the monosaccharides, the disaccharides and the oligosaccharides. Depending on the structure, a heterocycloalkyl group can be a monoradical or a diradical (i.e., a heterocycloalkylene group).
[0090] The term "halo" or, alternatively, "halogen" or "halide" means fluoro, chloro, bromo and iodo.
[0091] The terms "haloalkyl," "haloalkenyl," "haloalkynyl" and "haloalkoxy" include alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl and alkoxy structures in which at least one hydrogen is replaced with a halogen atom. In certain embodiments in which two or more hydrogen atoms are replaced with halogen atoms, the halogen atoms are all the same as one another. In other embodiments in which two or more hydrogen atoms are replaced with halogen atoms, the halogen atoms are not all the same as one another.
[0092] The term "fluoroalkyl," as used herein, refers to alkyl group in which at least one hydrogen is replaced with a fluorine atom. Examples of fluoroalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, -CF3, -CH2CF3, -CF2CF3, - CH2CH2CF3 and the like.
[0093] As used herein, the terms "heteroalkyl" "heteroalkenyl" and "heteroalkynyl" include optionally substituted alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl radicals in which one or more skeletal chain atoms is a heteroatom, e.g., oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, silicon, phosphorus or combinations thereof. The heteroatom(s) may be placed at any interior position of the heteroalkyl group or at the position at which the heteroalkyl group is attached to the remainder of the molecule. Examples include, but are not limited to, -CH2-O-CH3, -CH2-CH2-O-CH3, -CH2-NH- CH3, -CH2-CH2-NH-CH3, -CH2-N(CH3)-CH3, -CH2-CH2-NH-CH3, -CH2-CH2-N(CH3)-CH3) -CH2-S-CH2-CH3, - CH2-CH21-S(O)-CH3, -CH2-CH2-S(O)2-CH3, -CH=CH-O-CH3, -Si(CH3)3, -CH2-CH=N-OCH3, and -CH=CH- N(CH3)-CH3. In addition, up to two heteroatoms may be consecutive, such as, by way of example, -CH2-NH-OCH3 and -CH2-O-Si(CH3)3.
[0094] The term "heteroatom" refers to an atom other than carbon or hydrogen. Heteroatoms are typically independently selected from among oxygen, sulfur, nitrogen, silicon and phosphorus, but are not limited to these atoms. In embodiments in which two or more heteroatoms are present, the two or more heteroatoms can all be the same as one another, or some or all of the two or more heteroatoms can each be different from the others. " WSCR Docket No. 25922-750.6Q1
[0095] The term "bond" or "single bond" refers to a chemical bond between two atoms, or two moieties when the atoms joined by the bond are considered to be part of larger substructure.
[0096] An "isocyanato" group refers to a -NCO group.
[0097] An "isothiocyanato" group refers to a -NCS group. [0098] The term "moiety" refers to a specific segment or functional group of a molecule. Chemical moieties are often recognized chemical entities embedded in or appended to a molecule.
[0099] A "sulfinyl" group refers to a -S(=O)-R.
[00100] A "sulfonyl" group refers to a -S(=O)2-R.
[00101] A "thioalkoxy" or "alkyltbio" group refers to a -S-alkyl group. [00102] A "alkylthioalkyl" group refers to an alkyl group substituted with a -S-alkyl group.
[00103] As used herein, the term "O-carboxy" or "acyloxy" refers to a group of formula RC(=O)O-.
[00104] "Carboxy" means a -C(O)OH radical.
[00105] As used herein, the term "acetyl" refers to a group of formula -C(=O)CH3.
[00106] "Acyl" refers to the group -C(O)R. [00107] As used herein, the term "trihalomethanesulfonyl" refers to a group of formula X3CS(1O)2- where X is a halogen.
[00108] As used herein, the term "cyano" refers to a group of formula -CN.
[00109] "Cyanoalkyl" means an alkyl radical, as defined herein, substituted with at least one cyano group.
[00110] As used herein, the term "N-sulfonamido" or "sulfonylamino" refers to a group of formula RS(=O)2NH-.
[00111] As used herein, the term "O-carbamyl" refers to a group of formula -OC(=O)NR2.
[00112] As used herein, the term "N-carbamyl" refers to a group of formula ROC(=O)NH-.
[00113] As used herein, the term "O-thiocarbamyl" refers to a group of formula -OC(=S)NR2.
[00114] As used herein, the term "N-thiocarbamyl" refers to a group of formula ROC(=S)NH-. [00115] As used herein, the term "C-amido" refers to a group of formula -C(=O)NR2.
[00116] "Aminocarbonyl" refers to a -CONH2 radical.
[00117] As used herein, the term "N-amido" refers to a group of formula RC(=O)NH-.
[00118] As used herein, the substituent "R" appearing by itself and without a number designation refers to a subsτituent selected from among from alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl (bonded through a ring carbon) and non- aromatic heterocycle (bonded through a ring carbon).
[00119] The term "optionally substituted" or "substituted" means that the referenced group may be substituted with one or more additional group(s) individually and independently selected from alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heteroalicyclic, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, alkylthio, arylthio, alkylsulfoxide, arylsulfoxide, alkylsulfone, arylsulfone, cyano, halo, acyl, nitro, haloalkyl, fluoroalkyl, amino, including mono- and di-substituted amino groups, and the protected derivatives thereof. By way of example an optional substituents may be L5R5, wherein each Ls is independently selected from a bond, -O-, -C(=O>, -S-, -S(=O)-, -S(=O)2-, -NH-, -NHC(O)-, -C(O)NH-,
S(=O)2NH-, -NHS(=O)2, -OC(O)NH-, -NHC(O)O-, -(substituted or unsubstituted Ci-C6 alkyl), or -(substituted or unsubstituted C2-C6 alkenyl); and each R5 is independently selected from H, (substituted or unsubstituted C1-
C4alkyl), (substituted or unsubstituted C3-C6cycloalkyl), heteroaryl, or heteroalkyl. The protecting groups that may form the protective derivatives of the above substituents are known to those of skill in the art and may be found in references such as Greene and Wuts, above. * WSGR Docket No. 25922-750.601
[00120] The term "Michael acceptor moiety" refers to a functional group that can participate in a Michael reaction, wherein a new covalent bond is formed between a portion of the Michael acceptor moiety and the donor moiety. The Michael acceptor moiety is an electrophile and the "donor moiety" is a nucleophile. The "G" groups presented in any of Formula (A), Formula (B), or Formula (C) are non-limiting examples of Michael acceptor moieties.
[00121] The term "nucleophile" or "nucleophilic" refers to an electron rich compound, or moiety thereof. An example of a nucleophile includes, but in no way is limted to, a cysteine residue of a molecule, such as, for example Cys 481 of Btk. [00122] The term "electrophile", or "electrophilic" refers to an electron poor or electron deficient molecule, or moiety thereof. Examples of electrophiles include, but in no way are limited to, Micheal acceptor moieties.
[00123] The term "acceptable" or "pharmaceutically acceptable", with respect to a formulation, composition or ingredient, as used herein, means having no persistent detrimental effect on the general health of the subject being treated or does not abrogate the biological activity or properties of the compound, and is relatively nontoxic. [00124] As used herein, the term "agonist" refers to a compound, the presence of which results in a biological activity of a protein that is the same as the biological activity resulting from the presence of a naturally occurring ligand for the protein, such as, for example, Btk.
[00125] As used herein, the term "partial agonist" refers to a compound the presence of which results in a biological activity of a protein that is of the same type as that resulting from the presence of a naturally occurring ligand for the protein, but of a lower magnitude. [00126] As used herein, the term "antagonist" refers to a compound, the presence of which results in a decrease in the magnitude of a biological activity of a protein. In certain embodiments, the presence of an antagonist results in complete inhibition of a biological activity of a protein, such as, for example, Btk. In certain embodiments, an antagonist is an inhibitor. [00127] As used herein, "amelioration" of the symptoms of a particular disease, disorder or condition by administration of a particular compound or pharmaceutical composition refers to any lessening of severity, delay in onset, slowing of progression, or shortening of duration, whether permanent or temporary, lasting or transient that can be attributed to or associated with administration of the compound or composition. [00128] "Bioavailability" refers to the percentage of the weight of compounds disclosed herein, such as, compounds of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D), dosed that is delivered into the general circulation of the animal or human being studied. The total exposure (AUC(o-α$) of a drug when administered intravenously is usually defined as 100% bioavailable (F%). "Oral bioavailability" refers to the extent to which compounds disclosed herein, such as, compounds of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D), are absorbed into the general circulation when the pharmaceutical composition is taken orally as compared to intravenous injection. [00129] "Blood plasma concentration" refers to the concentration of compounds disclosed herein, such as, compounds of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D), in the plasma component of blood of a subject. It is understood that the plasma concentration of compounds of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D), may vary significantly between subjects, due to variability with respect to metabolism and/or possible interactions with other therapeutic agents. In accordance with one embodiment disclosed herein, the blood plasma concentration of the compounds of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D), may vary from subject to subject. Likewise, values such as maximum plasma concentration (Cn13x) or time to reach maximum plasma concentration (Tm3x), or total area under the plasma concentration time curve (AUC(o-<^) may vary " WSGR Docket No.25922-750.601 from subject to subject. Due to this variability, the amount necessary to constitute "a therapeutically effective amount" of a compound of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D), may vary from subject to subject.
[001301 The term "Bruton's tyrosine kinase," as used herein, refers to Bruton's tyrosine kinase from Homo sapiens, as disclosed in, e.g., U.S. Patent No. 6,326,469 (GeiiBank Accession No. NP_000052).
[00131] The term "Bruton's tyrosine kinase homolog," as used herein, refers to orthologs of Bruton's tyrosine kinase, e.g., the orthologs from mouse (GenBank Acession No. AAB47246), dog (GenBank Acession No. XP_549139.), rat (GenBank Acession No. NP_001007799), chicken (GenBank Acession No. NP_989564), or zebra fish (GenBank Acession No. XP_698117), and fusion proteins of any of the foregoing that exhibit kinase activity towards one or more substrates of Bruton's tyrosine kinase (e.g. a peptide substrate having the amino acid sequence "AVLESEEELYSSARQ").
[00132] The terms "co-administration" or the like, as used herein, are meant to encompass administration of the selected therapeutic agents to a single patient, and are intended to include treatment regimens in which the agents are administered by the same or different route of administration or at the same or different time. [00133] The terms "effective amount" or "therapeutically effective amount," as used herein, refer to a sufficient amount of an agent or a compound being administered which will relieve to some extent one or more of the symptoms of the disease or condition being treated. The result can be reduction and/or alleviation of the signs, symptoms, or causes of a disease, or any other desired alteration of a biological system. For example, an "effective amount" for therapeutic uses is the amount of the composition including a compound as disclosed herein required to provide a clinically significant decrease in disease symptoms without undue adverse side effects. An appropriate
"effective amount" in any individual case may be determined using techniques, such as a dose escalation study. The term "therapeutically effective amount" includes, for example, a prophylactically effective amount. An "effective amount" of a compound disclosed herein is an amount effective to achieve a desired pharmacologic effect or therapeutic improvement without undue adverse side effects. It is understood that "an effect amount" or "a therapeutically effective amount" can vary from subject to subject, due to variation in metabolism of the compound of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D), age, weight, general condition of the subject, the condition being treated, the severity of the condition being treated, and the judgment of the prescribing physician. By way of example only, therapeutically effective amounts may be determined by routine experimentation, including but not limited to a dose escalation clinical trial. [00134] The terms "enhance" or "enhancing" means to increase or prolong either in potency or duration a desired effect. By way of example, "enhancing" the effect of therapeutic agents refers to the ability to increase or prolong, either in potency or duration, the effect of therapeutic agents on during treatment of a disease, disorder or condition. An "enhancing-effective amount," as used herein, refers to an amount adequate to enhance the effect of a therapeutic agent in the treatment of a disease, disorder or condition. When used in a patient, amounts effective for this use will depend on the severity and course of the disease, disorder or condition, previous therapy, the patient's health status and response to the drugs, and the judgment of the treating physician.
[00135] The term "homologous cysteine," as used herein refers to a cysteine residue found with in a sequence position that is homologous to that of cysteine 481 of Bruton's tyrosine kinase, as defined herein. For example, cysteine 482 is the homologous cysteine of the rat ortholog of Bruton's tyrosine kinase; cysteine 479 is the homologous cysteine of the chicken ortholog; and cysteine 481 is the homologous cysteine in the zebra fish ortholog. In another example, the homologous cysteine of TXK, a Tec kinase family member related to Bruton's tyrosine, is Cys 350. Other examples of kinases having homologous cysteines are shown in FIG. 1. See also the " WSGR Docket No. 25922-750.601 sequence alignments of tyrosine kinases (TK) published on the world wide web at kmase.com/human/kinome/phylogeny.htrnl.
[00136] The term "identical," as used herein, refers to two or more sequences or subsequences which are the same. In addition, the term "substantially identical," as used herein, refers to two or more sequences which have a percentage of sequential units which are the same when compared and aligned for maximum correspondence over a comparison window, or designated region as measured using comparison algorithms or by manual alignment and visual inspection. By way of example only, two or more sequences may be "substantially identical" if the sequential units are about 60% identical, about 65% identical, about 70% identical, about 75% identical, about 80% identical, about 85% identical, about 90% identical, or about 95% identical over a specified region. Such percentages to describe the "percent identity" of two or more sequences. The identity of a sequence can exist over a region that is at least about 75-100 sequential units in length, over a region that is about 50 sequential units in length, or, where not specified, across the entire sequence. This definition also refers to the complement of a test sequence. By way of example only, two or more polypeptide sequences are identical when the amino acid residues are the same, while two or more polypeptide sequences are "substantially identical" if the amino acid residues are about 60% identical, about 65% identical, about 70% identical, about 75% identical, about 80% identical, about 85% identical, about 90% identical, or about 95% identical over a specified region. The identity can exist over a region that is at least about 75-100 amino acids in length, over a region that is about 50 amino acids in length, or, where not specified, across the entire sequence of a polypeptide sequence. In addition, by way of example only, two or more polynucleotide sequences are identical when the nucleic acid residues are the same, while two or more polynucleotide sequences are "substantially identical" if the nucleic acid residues are about 60% identical, about 65% identical, about 70% identical, about 75% identical, about 80% identical, about 85% identical, about 90% identical, or about 95% identical over a specified region. The identity can exist over a region that is at least about 75-100 nucleic acids in length, over a region that is about 50 nucleic acids in length, or, where not specified, across the entire sequence of a polynucleotide sequence. [00137] The terms "inhibits", "inhibiting", or "inhibitor" of a kinase, as used herein, refer to inhibition of enzymatic phosphotransferase activity.
[00138] The term "irreversible inhibitor," as used herein, refers to a compound that, upon contact with a target protein (e.g., a kinase) causes the formation of a new covalent bond with or within the protein, whereby one or more of the target protein's biological activities (e.g., phosphotransferase activity) is diminished or abolished notwithstanding the subsequent presence or absence of the irreversible inhibitor.
[00139] The term "irreversible Btk inhibitor," as used herein, refers to an inhibitor of Btk that can form a covalent bond with an amino acid residue of Btk. In one embodiment, the irreversible inhibitor of Btk can form a covalent bond with a Cys residue of Btk; in particular embodiments, the irreversible inhibitor can form a covalent bond with a Cys 481 residue (or a homolog thereof) of Btk or a cysteine residue in the homologous corresponding position of another tyrosine kinase, as shown in Fig. 1.
[00140] The term "isolated," as used herein, refers to separating and removing a component of interest from components not of interest. Isolated substances can be in either a dry or semi-dry state, or in solution, including but not limited to an aqueous solution. The isolated component can be in a homogeneous state or the isolated component can be a part of a pharmaceutical composition that comprises additional pharmaceutically acceptable carriers and/or excipients. By way of example only, nucleic acids or proteins are "isolated" when such nucleic acids or proteins are free of at least some of the cellular components with which it is associated in the natural state, or that the nucleic acid or protein has been concentrated to a level greater than the concentration of its in vivo or in vitro production. WSL.K. uocKet MO. JAVU.- /ou.ou i
Also, by way of example, a gene is isolated when separated from open reading frames which flank the gene and • encode a protein other than the gene of interest.
[00141] A "metabolite" of a compound disclosed herein is a derivative of that compound that is formed when the compound is metabolized. The term "active metabolite" refers to a biologically active derivative of a compound that is formed when the compound is metabolized. The term "metabolized," as used herein, refers to the sum of the processes (including, but not limited to, hydrolysis reactions and reactions catalyzed by enzymes, such as, oxidation reactions) by which a particular substance is changed by an organism. Thus, enzymes may produce specific structural alterations to a compound. For example, cytochrome P450 catalyzes a variety of oxidative and reductive reactions while uridine diphosphate glucuronyl transferases catalyze the transfer of an activated glucuronic-acid molecule to aromatic alcohols, aliphatic alcohols, carboxylic acids, amines and free sulfhydryl groups. Further information on metabolism may be obtained from The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics, 9th Edition, McGraw-Hill (1996). Metabolites of the compounds disclosed herein can be identified either by administration of compounds to a host and analysis of tissue samples from the host, or by incubation of compounds with hepatic cells in vitro and analysis of the resulting compounds. Both methods are well known in the art. In some embodiments, metabolites of a compound are formed by oxidative processes and correspond to the corresponding hydroxy- containing compound. In some embodimets, a compound is metabolized to pharmacologically active metabolites. [00142] The term "modulate," as used herein, means to interact with a target either directly or indirectly so as to alter the activity of the target, including, by way of example only, to enhance the activity of the target, to inhibit the activity of the target, to limit the activity of the target, or to extend the activity of the target. [00143] As used herein, the term "modulator" refers to a compound that alters an activity of a molecule. For example, a modulator can cause an increase or decrease in the magnitude of a certain activity of a molecule compared to the magnitude of the activity in the absence of the modulator. IB certain embodiments, a modulator is. an inhibitor, which decreases the magnitude of one or more activities of a molecule. In certain embodiments, an inhibitor completely prevents one or more activities of a molecule. In certain embodiments, a modulator is an activator, which increases the magnitude of at least one activity of a molecule. In certain embodiments the presence of a modulator results in an activity that does not occur in the absence of the modulator.
[00144] The term "prophylactically effective amount," as used herein, refers that amount of a composition applied to a patient which will relieve to some extent one or more of the symptoms of a disease, condition or disorder being treated. In such prophylactic applications, such amounts may depend on the patient's state of health, weight, and the like. It is considered well within the skill of the art for one to determine such prophylactically effective amounts by routine experimentation, including, but not limited to, a dose escalation clinical trial. [00145] As used herein, the term "selective binding compound" refers to a compound that selectively binds to any portion of one or more target proteins. [00146] As used herein, the term "selectively binds" refers to the ability of a selective binding compound to bind to a target protein, such as, for example, Btk, with greater affinity than it binds to a non-target protein. In certain embodiments, specific binding refers to binding to a target with an affinity that is at least 10, 50, 100, 250, 500, 1000 or more times greater than the affinity for a non-target.
[00147] As used herein, the term "selective modulator" refers to a compound that selectively modulates a target activity relative to a non-target activity. In certain embodiments, specific modulater refers to modulating a target activity at least 10, 50, 100, 250, 500, 1000 times more than a non-target activity.
[00148] The term "substantially purified," as used herein, refers to a component of interest that may be substantially or essentially free of other components which normally accompany or interact with the component of WSGR Docket No. 25922-750.601 interest prior to purification. By way of example only, a component of interest may be "substantially purified" when the preparation of the component of interest contains less than about 30%, less than about 25%, less than about 20%, less than about 15%, less than about 10%, less than about 5%, less than about 4%, less than about 3%, less than about 2%, or less than about 1% (by dry weight) of contaminating components. Thus, a "substantially purified" component of interest may have a purity level of about 70%, about 75%, about 80%, about 85%, about 90%, about 95%, about 96%, about 97%, about 98%, about 99% or greater.
[001491 The term "subject" as used herein, refers to an animal which is the object of treatment, observation or experiment. By way of example only, a subject may be, but is not limited to, a mammal including, but not limited to, a human. [00150] As used herein, the term "target activity" refers to a biological activity capable of being modulated by a selective modulator. Certain exemplary target activities include, but are not limited to, binding affinity, signal transduction, enzymatic activity, tumor growth, inflammation or inflammation-related processes, and amelioration of one or more symptoms associated with, a disease or condition. [00151] As used herein, the term "target protein" refers to a molecule or a portion of a protein capable of being bound by a selective binding compound. In certain embodiments, a target protein is Btk.
[00152] The terms "treat," "treating" or "treatment", as used herein, include alleviating, abating or ameliorating a disease or condition symptoms, preventing additional symptoms, ameliorating or preventing the underlying metabolic causes of symptoms, inhibiting the disease or condition, e.g., arresting the development of the disease or condition, relieving the disease or condition, causing regression of the disease or condition, relieving a condition caused by the disease or condition, or stopping the symptoms of the disease or condition. The terms "treat," "treating" or "treatment", include, but are not limited to, prophylactic and/or therapeutic treatments. [00153] As used herein, the IC50 refers to an amount, concentration or dosage of a particular test compound that achieves a 50% inhibition of a maximal response, such as inhibition of Btk, in an assay that measures such response. [00154] As used herein, EC50 refers to a dosage, concentration or amount of a particular test compound that elicits a dose-dependent response at 50% of maximal expression of a particular response that is induced, provoked or potentiated by the particular test compound.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES
[00155] Fig. 1 presents a sequence comparison of Btk with other tyrosine kinases. [00156] Fig. 2 presents illustrative cell data regarding inhibition of B cell receptor induced Phospholipase-Cγ phosphorylation by compound 4. In this example, there were 2E6 Ramos cells/well in serum free media; the cells were pretreated with compound for 1.5 hr. The B cell receptor was stimulated with anti-IgM for 3 min; the 1OX lysis buffer containing DNAse was added directly to cells. The sample buffer was added and loaded directly on gel. The samples were analyzed with western blot - phosphorylated Btk and PLCγl and total Btk and PLCγl. The blot was imaged with ChemiDoc CCD and quantitated with ImageQuant. The phosphorylated band was normalized to total band and the IC50 was calculated.
[00157] Fig. 3 presents illustrative cell data showing that compound 4 and compound 15 inhibit growth of DHL-6 cells. In this example, there were 3E4 DHL-6 cells/well in complete media. The cells were treated for the indicated time with compound @ 0.1% DMSO final concentration. The cell number was measuured using Alamar Blue assay according to standard protocol. [00158] Fig. 4 presents illustrative mass spectra showing that compound 4 covalently modifies Btk. In this example, Incubate 3OuM compound 4 with 6-7uM recombinant BTK ( Y->D mutant, kinase domain only) overnight ' WSGR Docket No. 25922-750.601 at RT. Desalt protein-inhibitor complex by reversed-phase HPLC and analyze directly in mass spec to determine molecular weight. >99% of recombinant Btk protein is covalently modified by compound 4. ' [00159] Fig. 5 presents illustrative inhibition of arthritis development in a mouse model by compound 4. [00160] Fig. 6 presents illustrative data demonstrating that the efficacy of compound 4 is associated with reduction of Rheumatoid Factor and Anti-citrullinated cyclic peptide antibodies in the CAIA model. In these examples, *p<0.01; **ρ<0.001 vs vehicle or saline treatment.
[00161] Fig. 7 presents illustrative data regarding the inhibition of arthritis development in a mouse model by compound 13. This enantiomer of compound 4 completed inhibited the development of arthritis in the CAIA model at dose levels of 10 and 30 mg/kg. For comparison, data regarding inhibition of arthritis development in the same mouse model is presented for dexamethasone.
INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
[00162] All publications and patent applications mentioned in this specification are herein incorporated by reference to the same extent as if each individual publication or patent application was specifically and individually indicated to be incorporated by reference. DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
[00163] The methods described herein include administering to a subject in need a composition containing a therapeutically effective amount of one or more irreversible Btk inhibitor compounds described herein. Without being bound by theory, the diverse roles played by Btk signaling in various hematopoietic cell functions, e.g., B-cell receptor activation, suggests that small molecule Btk inhibitors are useful for reducing the risk of or treating a variety of diseases affected by or affecting many cell types of the hematopoetic lineage including, e.g., autoimmune diseases, heteroimmune conditions or diseases, inflammatory diseases, cancer (e.g., B-cell proliferative disorders), and thromboembolic disorders. Further, the irreversible Btk inhibitor compounds described herein can be used to inhibit a small subset of other tyrosine kinases that share homology with Btk by having a cysteine residue (including a Cys 481 residue) that can form a covalent bond with the irreversible inhibitor. See, e.g., protein kinases in FIG. 1. Thus, a subset of tyrosine kinases other than Btk are also expected to be useful as therapeutic targets in a number of health conditions.
[00164] In some embodiments, the methods described herein can be used to treat an autoimmune disease, which includes, but is not limited to, rheumatoid arthritis, psoriatic arthritis, osteoarthritis, Still's disease, juvenile arthritis, lupus, diabetes, myasthenia gravis, Hashimoto's thyroiditis, Ord's thyroiditis, Graves' disease Sjogren's syndrome, multiple sclerosis, Guillain-Barre syndrome, acute disseminated encephalomyelitis, Addison's disease, opsoclonus-myoclonus syndrome, ankylosing spondylitisis, antiphospholipid antibody syndrome, aplastic anemia, autoimmune hepatitis, coeliac disease, Goodpasture's syndrome, idiopathic thrombocytopenic purpura, optic neuritis, scleroderma, primary biliary cirrhosis, Reiter's syndrome, Takayasu's arteritis, temporal arteritis, warm autoimmune hemolytic anemia, Wegener's granulomatosis, psoriasis, alopecia universalis, Behcet's disease, chronic fatigue, dysautonomia, endometriosis, interstitial cystitis, neuromyotonia, scleroderma, and vulvodynia.
[00165] In some embodiments, the methods described herein can be used to treat heteroimmune conditions or diseases, which include, but are not limited to graft versus host disease, transplantation, transfusion, anaphylaxis, allergies (e.g., allergies to plant pollens, latex, drugs, foods, insect poisons, animal hair, animal dander, dust mites, or cockroach calyx), type I hypersensitivity, allergic conjunctivitis, allergic rhinitis, and atopic dermatitis. [00166] In further embodiments, the methods described herein can be used to treat an inflammatory disease, which includes, but is not limited to asthma, inflammatory bowel disease, appendicitis, blepharitis, bronchiolitis, WSCR Docket No. 25922-750.601 bronchitis, bursitis, cervicitis, cholangitis, cholecystitis, colitis, conjunctivitis, cystitis, dacryoadenitis, dermatitis, dermatomyositis, encephalitis, endocarditis, endometritis, enteritis, enterocolitis, epicondylitis, epididymitis, fasciitis, fibrositis, gastritis, gastroenteritis, hepatitis, hidradenitis suppurativa, laryngitis, mastitis, meningitis, myelitis myocarditis, myositis, nephritis, oophoritis, orchitis, osteitis, otitis, pancreatitis, parotitis, pericarditis, peritonitis, pharyngitis, pleuritis, phlebitis, pneumonitis, pneumonia, proctitis, prostatitis, pyelonephritis, rhinitis, salpingitis, sinusitis, stomatitis, synovitis, tendonitis, tonsillitis, uveitis, vaginitis, vasculitis, and vulvitis. [00167] In yet other embodiments, the methods described herein can be used to treat a cancer, e.g., B-cell proliferative disorders, which include, but are not limited to diffuse large B cell lymphoma, follicular lymphoma, chronic lymphocytic lymphoma, chronic lymphocytic leukemia, B-cell prolymphocytic leukemia, lymphoplasmacytic lymphoma/Waldenstrom macroglobulinemia, splenic marginal zone lymphoma, plasma cell myeloma, plasmacytoma, extranodal marginal zone B cell lymphoma, nodal marginal zone B cell lymphoma, mantle cell lymphoma, mediastinal (thymic) large B cell lymphoma, intravascular large B cell lymphoma, primary effusion lymphoma, burkitt lymphoma/leukemia, and lymphomatoid granulomatosis. [00168] In further embodiments, the methods described herein can be used to treat thromboembolic disorders, which include, but are not limited to myocardial infarct, angina pectoris (including unstable angina), reocclusions or restenoses after angioplasty or aortocoronary bypass, stroke, transitory ischemia, peripheral arterial occlusive disorders, pulmonary embolisms, and deep venous thromboses.
[00169] Symptoms, diagnostic tests, and prognostic tests for each of the above-mentioned conditions are known in the art. See, e.g., Harrison 's Principles of Internal Medicine0," 16th ed., 2004, The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Dey et al. (2006), Cytojournal 3(24), and the "Revised European American Lymphoma" (REAL) classification system (see, e.g., the website maintained by the National Cancer Institute).
[00170] A number of animal models of are useful for establishing a range of therapeutically effective doses of irreversible Btk inhibitor compounds for treating any of the foregoing diseases. [00171] For example, dosing of irreversible Btk inhibitor compounds for treating an autoimmune disease can be assessed in a mouse model of rheumatoid arthitis. In this model, arthritis is induced in Balb/c mice by administering anti-collagen antibodies and lipopolysaccharide. See Nandakumar et al. (2003), Am. J. Pathol
163:1827-1837.
[00172] In another example, dosing of irreversible Btk inhibitors for the treatment of B-cell proliferative disorders can be examined in, e.g., a human-to-mouse xenograft model in which human B-cell lymphoma cells (e.g. Ramos cells) are implanted into immunodeffϊcient mice (e.g., "nude" mice) as described in, e.g., Pagel et al. (2005), Clin Cancer Res 11(13):4857-4866.
[00173] Animal models for treatment of thromboembolic disorders are also known.
[00174] The therapeutic efficacy of the compound for one of the foregoing diseases can be optimized during a course of treatment. For example, a subject being treated can undergo a diagnostic evaluation to correlate the relief of disease symptoms or pathologies to inhibition of in vivo Btk activity achieved by administering a given dose of an irreversible Btk inhibitor. Cellular assays known in the art can be used to determine in vivo activity of Btk in the presence or absence of an irreversible Btk inhibitor. For example, since activated Btk is phosphorylated at tyrosine 223 (Y223) and tyrosine 551 (Y551), phospho-specifϊc immunocytochemical staining of P-Y223 or P-Y551 -positive cells can be used to detect or quantify activation of Bkt in a population of cells (e.g., by FACS analysis of stained vs unstained cells). See, e.g., Nisitani et al. (1999), Proc. Natl. Acad. Sd, USA 96:2221-2226. Thus, the amount of the Btk inhibitor inhibitor compound that is administered to a subject can be increased or decreased as needed so as to maintain a level of Btk inhibition optimal for treating the subject's disease state. WSOK. uocKet NO. ιyij.λ- /iu.cu i
Compounds
[00175] In the following description of irreversible Btk compounds suitable for use in the methods described herein, definitions of referred-to standard chemistry terms may be found in reference works (if not otherwise defined herein), including Carey and Sundberg "Advanced Organic Chemistry 4th Ed." VoIs. A (2000) and B (2001), Plenum Press, New York. Unless otherwise indicated, conventional methods of mass spectroscopy, NMR, HPLC, protein chemistry, biochemistry, recombinant DNA techniques and pharmacology, within the ordinary skill of the art are employed. In addition, nucleic acid and amino acid sequences for Btk (e.g., human Btk) are known in the art as disclosed in, e.g., U.S. Patent No. 6,326,469. Unless specific definitions are provided, the nomenclature employed in connection with, and the laboratory procedures and techniques of, analytical chemistry, synthetic organic chemistry, and medicinal and pharmaceutical chemistry described herein are those known in the art. Standard techniques can be used for chemical syntheses, chemical analyses, pharmaceutical preparation, formulation, and delivery, and treatment of patients
[00176] The Btk inhibitor compounds described herein are selective for Btk and kinases having a cysteine residue in an amino acid sequence position of the tyrosine kinase that is homologous to the amino acid sequence position of cysteine 481 in Btk. See, e.g., kinases in FIG. 1. Inhibitor compounds described herein include a Michael acceptor moiety.
[00177] Generally, an irreversible inhibitor compound of Btk used in the methods described herein is identified or characterized in an in vitro assay, e.g., an acellular biochemical assay or a cellular functional assay. Such assays are useful to determine an in vitro ICS0 for an irreversible Btk inhibitor compound. [00178] For example, an acellular kinase assay can be used to determine Btk activity after incubation of the kinase in the absence or presence of a range of concentrations of a candidate irreversible Btk inhibitor compound. If the candidate compound is in fact an irreversible Btk inhibitor, Btk kinase activity will not be recovered by repeat washing with inhibitor-free medium. See, e.g., J. B. Smaill, et al. (1999), /. Med. Chem^ 42(10):1803-1815. Further, covalent complex formation between Btk and a candidate irreversible Btk inhibitor is a useful indicator of irreversible inhibition of Btk that can be readily determined by a number of methods known in the art (e.g., mass spectrometry). For example, some irreversible Btk-inhibitor compounds can form a covalent bond with Cys 481 of Btk (e.g., via a Michael reaction).
[00179] Cellular functional assays for Btk inhibition include measuring one or more cellular endpoints in response to stimulating a Btk-mediated pathway in a cell line (e.g., BCR activation in Ramos cells) in the absence or presence of a range of concentrations of a candidate irreversible Btk inhibitor compound. Useful endpoints for determining a response to BCR activation include, e.g., autophosphorylation of Btk, phosphorylation of a Btk target protein (e.g., PLC-γ), and cytoplasmic calcium flux.
[00180] High throughput assays for many acellular biochemical assays (e.g., kinase assays) and cellular functional assays (e.g., calcium flux) are well known to those of ordinary skill in the art. In addition, high throughput screening systems are commercially available (see, e.g., Zymark Corp., Hopkinton, MA; Air Technical Industries, Mentor, OH; Beckman Instruments, Inc. Fullerton, CA; Precision Systems, Inc., Natick, MA, etc.). These systems typically automate entire procedures including all sample and reagent pipetting, liquid dispensing, timed incubations, and final readings of the microplate in detector(s) appropriate for the assay. Automated systems thereby allow the identification and characterization of a large number of irreversible Btk compounds without undue effort. [00181] Irreversible Btk inhibitor compounds can used for the manufacture of a medicament for treating any of the foregoing conditions (e.g., autoimmune diseases, inflammatory diseases, allergy disorders, B-cell proliferative disorders, or thromboembolic disorders). WSfeJK. Docket No. 2_iy22-750.e01
[00182] In some embodiments, the irreversible Btk inhibitor compound used for the methods described herein inhibits Btk or a Btk homolog kinase activity with an in vitro IC50 of less than 10 μM. (e.g., less than 1 μM, less than 0.5 μM, less than 0.4 μM, less than 0.3 μM, less than 0.1, less than 0.08 μM, less than 0.06 μM, less than 0.05 μM, less than 0.04 μM, less than 0.03 μM, less than less than 0.02 μM, less than 0.01, less than 0.008 μM, less than 0.006 μM, less than 0.005 μM, less than 0.004 μM, less than 0.003 μM, less than less than 0.002 μM, less than 0.001, less than 0.00099 μM, less than 0.00098 μM, less than 0.00097 μM, less than 0.00096 μM, less than 0.00095 μM, less than 0.00094 μM, less than 0.00093 μM, less than 0.00092, or less than 0.00090 μM).
[00183] In one embodiment, the irreversible Btk inhibitor compound selectively and irreversibly inhibits an activated form of its target tyrosine kinase (e.g., a phosphorylated form of the tyrosine kinase). For example, activated Btk is transphosphorylated at tyrosine 551. Thus, in these embodiments the irreversible Btk inhibitor inhibits the target kinase in cells only once the target kinase is activated by the signaling events. [00184] Described herein are compounds of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D). Also described herein are pharmaceutically acceptable salts, pharmaceutically acceptable solvates, pharmaceutically active metabolites, and pharmaceutically acceptable prodrugs of such compounds. Pharmaceutical compositions that include at least one such compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, pharmaceutically active metabolite or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug of such compound, are provided. In some embodiments, when compounds disclosed herein contain an oxidizable nitrogen atom, the nitrogen atom can be converted to an N-oxide by methods well known in the art. In certain embodiments, isomers and chemically protected forms of compounds having a structure represented by any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D), are also provided.
[00185] In one aspect are compounds of Formula (A), pharmaceutically acceptable salts, pharmaceutically active metabolites, pharmaceutically acceptable prodrugs, and pharmaceutically acceptable solvates thereof. Formula (A) is as follows:
Figure imgf000026_0001
Formula (A) wherein
A is independently selected from N or CRs;
Ri is H, L2-(substituted or unsubstituted alkyl), L2-(substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl), L2-(substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl), L2-(substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl), L2-(substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle), L2-(substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl), or L2-(substituted or unsubstituted aryl), where L2 is a bond, O, S, -S(=O), -S(=O)2, C(=O), -(substituted or unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyl), or -(substituted or unsubstituted C2-Ce alkenyl);
R2 and R3 are independently selected from H, lower alkyl and substituted lower alkyl; R4 is L3-X-L4-G, wherein,
L3 is optional, and when present is a bond, optionally substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, optionally substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, optionally substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl;
X is optional, and when present is a bond, O, -C(=O), S, -S(=O), -S(=O)2) -NH, -NR9, -NHC(O), -C(O)NH, -NR9C(O), -C(O)NR9, -SC=O)2NH, -NHSC=O)2, -SC=O)2NR9-, -NR9S(=O)2, -OC(O)NH-, -NHC(O)O-, WS*JK JJOCKet NO. ^Sy22-75O.6U1
-OC(O)NR9-, -NR9C(O)O-, -CH=NO-, -ON=CH-, -NR10C(O)NR10-, heteroaryl, aryl, - NR10C(=NR, ONR10-, -NR10C(=NRπ)-, -C(=NRU)NR1O-, -OC(=NRπ)-, or -C(=NR,,)O-;
L4 is optional, and when present is a bond, substituted or unsύbstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle; or Lj, X and Lt taken together form a nitrogen containing heterocyclic ring;
Figure imgf000027_0001
R5, R7 and R8 are independently selected from among H, lower alkyl or substituted lower alkyl, lower heteroalkyl or substituted lower heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted lower cycloalkyl, and substituted or unsubstituted lower heterocycloalkyl;
R5 is H, halogen, -.^-(substituted or unsubstituted CrC3 alkyl),' -L6-(substituted or unsubstituted C2-C, alkenyl), -L6-(substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl), or — Lβ-(substituted or unsubstituted aryl), wherein Le is a bond, O, S, -S(=O), S(=O)2, NH, C(O)5 -NHC(O)O, -OC(O)NH, -NHC(O), or -C(O)NH; each R9 is independently selected from among H, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkyl, and substituted or unsubstituted lower cycloalkyl; each R|0 is independently H, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted lower cycloalkyl; or two R10 groups can together form a 5-, 6-, 7-, or 8-membered heterocyclic ring; or R9 and R^ can together form a 5-, 6-, 7-, or 8-membered heterocyclic ring; or each R11 is independently selected from H, -S(=O)2R8, -S(=O)2NH2, -C(O)R8, -CN, -NO2, heteroaryl, or heteroalkyl; and pharmaceutically active metabolites, pharmaceutically acceptable solvates, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrugs thereof.
[00186] In a further or alternative embodiment, the compound of Formula (A) has the following structure of Formula (B):
Figure imgf000027_0002
wherein:
Y is alkyl or substituted alkyl, or a A-, 5-, or 6-membered cycloalkyl ring; each Ra is independently H, halogen, -CF3, -CN, -NO2, OH, NH2, -La-(substituted or unsubstituted alkyl), -L3- (substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl), -La-(substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl), or -La-(substituted or unsubstituted aryl), wherein La is a bond, O, S, -S(=0), -S(=O)2, NH, C(O), CH2, -NHC(O)O, -NHC(O), or -C(O)NH; WSGR Docket No. 25922-750.601
G is
Figure imgf000028_0001
. wherein,
R6, R7 and R8 are independently selected from among H, lower alkyl or substituted lower alkyl, lower heteroalkyl or substituted lower heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted lower cycloalkyl, and substituted or unsubstituted lower heterocycloalkyl; R]2 is H or lower alkyl; or
Y and Rn taken together form a 4-, 5-, or 6-membered heterocyclic ring; and pharmaceutically acceptable active metabolites, pharmaceutically acceptable solvates, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrugs thereof.
[00187] In further or alternative embodiments, G is selected from among
Figure imgf000028_0002
, .
Figure imgf000028_0003
[00188] In further or alternative embodiments,
Figure imgf000028_0004
is selected from among
Figure imgf000028_0005
y
[00189] In further or alternative embodiment, the compound of Formula (B) has the following structure of
Formula (C):
Figure imgf000028_0006
Y is alkyl or substituted alkyl, or a 4-, 5-, or 6-membered cycloalkyl ring; Ri2 is H or lower alkyl; or
Y and Ri2 taken together form a 4-, 5-, or 6-membered heterocyclic ring;
Figure imgf000028_0007
R6, R7 and R8 are independently selected from among H, lower alkyl or substituted lower alkyl, lower heteroalkyl or substituted lower heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted lower cycloalkyl, and substituted or unsubstituted lower heterocycloalkyl; and WSGR Docket No. 25922-750.6C1 pharmaceutically acceptable active metabolites, pharmaceutically acceptable solvates, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrugs thereof.
[00190] In a further or alternative embodiment, the "G" group of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), or Formula (C) is any group that is used to tailor the physical and biological properties of the molecule. Such tailoring/modifications are achieved using groups which modulate Michael acceptor chemical reactivity, acidity, basicity, lipophilicity, solubility and other physical properties of the molecule. The physical and biological properties modulated by such modifications to G include, by way of example only, enhancing chemical reactivity of Michael acceptor group, solubility, in vivo absorption, and in vivo metabolism. In addition, in vivo metabolism may include, by way of example only, controlling in vivo PK properties, off-target activities, potential toxicities associated with cypP450 interactions, drug-drug interactions, and the like. Further, modifications to G allow for the tailoring of the in vivo, efficacy of the compound through the modulation of, by way of example, specific and nonspecific protein binding to plasma proteins and lipids and tissue distribution in vivo. [001911 In a further embodiment are compounds having the structure of Formula (D):
Figure imgf000029_0001
Formula (D) wherein
La is CH2, O, NH or S;
Ar is an optionally substituted aromatic carbocycle or an aromatic heterocycle; Y is an optionally substituted alkyl, heteroalkyl, carbocycle, heterocycle, or combination thereof; Z is C(O), OC(O), NHC(O), C(S), S(O)x, OS(O)x, NHS(O)x, where x is 1 or 2; and
Re, R7, and Rg are independently selected from H, alkyl, heteroalkyl, carbocycle, heterocycle, or combinations thereof. [00192] In a further or alternative embodiment, La is O.
[00193] In a further or alternative embodiment, Ar is phenyl. [00194] In a further or alternative embodiment, Z is C(O). [00195] In a further or alternative embodiment, each of Ri, R2, and R3 is H. [00196] In another embodiment, provided herein is a compound of Formula (D). Formula (D) is as follows: WSWK Docket NO. 25922-750.601
Figure imgf000030_0001
Formula (D) wherein:
L11 is CH2, O, NH or S;
Ar is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or a susbstituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl; Y is an optionally substituted group selected from among alkyl, heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl;
Z is C(=O), OC(=O), NHC(=O), C(=S), S(=O)X, OS(=O)X, NHS(=O)X, where x is 1 or 2; R7 and Ra are independently selected from among H, unsubstituted Ct-C4alkyl, substituted Ci-C4alkyl, unsubstituted Ci-C4heteroalkyl, substituted Ci-Gjheteroalkyl, unsubstituted C3-C6cycloalkyl, substituted C3-C6cycloalkyl, unsubstituted Cr-Cβheterocycloalkyl, and substituted C2-
Cβheterocycloalkyl; or R7 and Rg taken together form a bond; R6 is H, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4EIkJd, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Gtheteroalkyl, Cr
C6alkoxyalkyl, Ci-C8alkylaminoalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C3-C6cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, Ci-C4alkyl(aryl), C,-C4alkyl(heteroaryl), C,-C4alkyl(C3-C8cycloalkyl), or C,-C4alkyl(C2- C8heterocycloalkyl); and pharmaceutically active metabolites, or pharmaceutically acceptable solvates, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrugs thereof. [00197] For any and all of the embodiments, substituents can be selected from among from a subset of the listed alternatives. For example, in some embodiments, La is CH2, O, or NH. In other embodiments, La is O or NH. In yet other embodiments, La is O.
[00198] In some embodiments, Ar is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl. In yet other embodiments, Ar is a 6- membered aryl. In some other embodiments, Ar is phenyl. [00199] In some embodiments, x is 2. In yet other embodiments, Z is C(=O), OC(=O), NHC(=O), SC=O)x, OS(=O)X, or NHS(=O)X. In some other embodiments, Z is C(=O), NHQj=O), or S(=O)2.
[00200] In some embodiments, R7 and Rg are independently selected from among H, unsubstituted C1-C4 alkyl, substituted Ci-C4alkyl, unsubstituted Ci-C4heteroalkyl, and substituted Ci-C4heteroalkyl; OrR7 and R8 taken together form a bond. In yet other embodiments, each of R7 and R8 is H; or R7 and Rg taken together form a bond. [00201] In some embodiments, R6 is H, substituted or unsubstituted C,-C4alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted Ci- Qheteroalkyl, CrC6alkoxyalkyl, Ci-C2alkyl-N(CrC3alkyl)2, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, d-C4alkyl(aryl), Ci-C4alkyl(heteroaryl), Ci-C4alkyl(C3-C8cycloalkyl), or CrC4alkyl(C2- C8heterocycloalkyl). In some other embodiments, R6 is H, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-C4alkyl, substituted or WSUK Docket No. 25y22-750.601 unsubstituted CrC4heteroalkyl, C,-C6alkoxyalkyl, CrC2alkyl-N(C,-C3alkyl)2, Ci-C4alkyl(aryl), C,- C4alkyl(heteroaryl), Ci-C4alkyI(C3-C8cycloalkyl), or Ci-C4alkyl(C2-C8heterocycloalkyl). In yet other embodiments, R6 is H, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-C4alkyl, -CH2-O-(CrC3alkyl), -CH2-N(Ci-C3alkyl)2, CrC4alkyl(phenyl), or C|-C4alkyl(5- or 6-membered heteroaryl). In some embodiments, R6 is H, substituted or unsubstituted CrC4alkyl, - CH2-O-(Ci-C3alkyl), -CH2-N(CrC3alkyl)2, CrC4alkyl(phenyl), or CrC4alkyl(5- or 6-membered heteroaryl containing 1 or 2 N atoms), or CrC4alkyl(5- or 6-membered heterocycloalkyl containing 1 or 2 N atoms). [00202] In some embodiments, Y is an optionally substituted group selected from among alkyl, heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, and heterocycloalkyl. In other embodiments, Y is an optionally substituted group selected from among Ci-C6alkyl, Ci-CβheteroalkyL, A-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered cycloalkyl, and 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered heterocycloalkyl. In yet other embodiments, Y is an optionally substituted group selected from among Ci-Cβalkyl, CrQheteroalkyl, 5-, or 6-membered cycloalkyl, and 5-, or 6-membered heterocycloalkyl containing 1 or 2 N atoms. In some other embodiments, Y is a 5-, or 6-membered cycloalkyl, or a 5-, or 6-membered heterocycloalkyl containing 1 or 2 N atoms.
[00203] Any combination of the groups described above for the various variables is contemplated herein. It is understood that substituents and substitution patterns on the compounds provided herein can be selected by one of ordinary skill in the art to provide compounds that are chemically stable and that can be synthesized by techniques known in the art, as well as those set forth herein.
[00204] Further embodiments of compounds of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), Formula (D), include, but are not limited to, compounds selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000031_0001
WSGR Docket No. 25922-750.601
Figure imgf000032_0001
[00205] In still another embodiment, compounds provided herein are selected from among: 'WSGR Docket No. 25922-750.601
Figure imgf000033_0001
[00206] In one aspect, provided herein is a compound selected from among: l-(3-(4-arnino-3-(4-phenoxyρhenyl)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrirnidin-l-yl)piperidin-l-yl)prop-2-en-l-one (Compound 4); (E)-l-(3-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-lH-pyra2olo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-l-yl)piperidin-l-yl)but-2-en-l-one (Compound 5); l-(3-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-l -yl)ρiρeridin-l- yl)sulfonylethene (Compound 6); l-(3-(4-amino-3-(4-ρhenoxyρhenyl)-lH-ρyrazolo[3,4-d]ρyrirnidin-l-yl)piperidin- l-yl)prop-2-yn-l-one (Compound 8); l-(4-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-d]ρyrimidin-l- yl)piρeridin-l-yl)prop-2-en-l-one (Compound 9); N-((ls,4s)-4-(4-ammo-3-(4-ρhenoxyphenyl)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4- d]pyrimidin-l-yl)cyclohexyl)acrylamide (Compound 10); l-((R)-3-(4-arnino-3-(4-ρhenoxyρhenyl)-lH- pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)prop-2-en-l-one (Compound 11); l-((S)-3-(4-amino-3-(4- phenoxyphenyl)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)proρ-2-en-l-one (Compound 12); l-((R)-3-(4- arnino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrirnidin-l-yl)piperidin-l-yl)prop-2-en-l-one (Compound 13); 1- ((S)-3-(4-arnino-3-(4-phenoxyρhenyl)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-d]ρyrirnidin-l-yl)piperidin-l-yl)prop-2-en-l-one
(Compound 14); and (E)-l-(3-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-l-yl)piperidin-l-yl)-4- (dimethylamino)but-2-en-l -one (Compound 15).
[00207] Throughout the specification, groups and substituents thereof can be chosen by one skilled in the field to provide stable moieties and compounds. [002081 The compounds of any of Formula (A), or Formula (B), or Formula (C), or Formula (D) can irreversibly inhibit Btk and may be used to treat patients suffering from Bruton's tyrosine kinase-dependent or WS6R Docket No.25922-750.601
Bruton's tyrosine kinase mediated conditions or diseases, including, but not limited to, cancer, autoimmune and other inflammatory diseases.
Preparation of Compounds
[002091 Compounds of any of Formula (A), (B), (C) or (D) may be synthesized using standard synthetic techniques known to those of skill in the art or using methods known in the art in combination with methods described herein. In additions, solvents, temperatures and other reaction conditions presented herein may vary according to those of skill in the art. As a further guide the following synthetic methods may also be utilized.
[00210] The reactions can be employed in a linear sequence to provide the compounds described herein or they may be used to synthesize fragments which are subsequently joined by the methods described herein and/or known in the art.
Formation of Covalent Linkages by Reaction of an EIectrophile with a Nucleophile
[00211] The compounds described herein can be modified using various electrophiles or nucleophiles to form new functional groups or substituents. Table 1 entitled "Examples of Covalent Linkages' and Precursors Thereof lists selected examples of covalent linkages and precursor functional groups which yield and can be used as guidance toward the variety of electrophiles and nucleophiles combinations available. Precursor functional groups are shown as electrophilic groups and nucleophilic groups.
Table 1: Examples of Covalent Linkages and Precursors Thereof
Figure imgf000034_0001
WSWK DOCKet NO. -Ω!U_!-/->U.6υi
Figure imgf000035_0001
Use of Protecting Groups
[00212] In the reactions described, it may be necessary to protect reactive functional groups, for example hydroxy, amino, imino, thio or carboxy groups, where these are desired in the final product, to avoid their unwanted participation in the reactions. Protecting groups are used to block some or all reactive moieties and prevent such groups from participating in chemical reactions until the protective group is removed. In one embodiment, each protective group be removable by a different means. Protective groups that are cleaved under totally disparate reaction conditions fulfill the requirement of differential removal. Protective groups can be removed by acid, base, and hydrogenolysis. Groups such as trityl, dimethoxytrityl, acetal and t-butyldimethylsilyl are acid labile and may be used to protect carboxy and hydroxy reactive moieties in the presence of amino groups protected with Cbz groups, which are removable by hydrogenolysis, and Fmoc groups, which are base labile. Carboxylic acid and hydroxy reactive moieties may be blocked with base labile groups such as, but not limited to, methyl, ethyl, and acetyl in the presence of amines blocked with acid labile groups such as t-butyl carbamate or with carbamates that are both acid and base stable but hydrolytically removable. [00213] Carboxylic acid and hydroxy reactive moieties may also be blocked with hydrolytically removable protective groups such as the benzyl group, while amine groups capable of hydrogen bonding with acids may be blocked with base labile groups such as Fmoc. Carboxylic acid reactive moieties may be protected by conversion to simple ester compounds as exemplified herein, or they may be blocked with oxidatively-removable protective groups such as 2,4-dimethoxybenzyl, while co-existing amino groups may be blocked with fluoride labile silyl carbamates.
[00214] Allyl blocking groups are useful in then presence of acid- and base- protecting groups since the former are stable and can be subsequently removed by metal or pi-acid catalysts. For example, an allyl-blocked carboxylic acid can be deprotected with a Pd°-catalyzed reaction in the presence of acid labile t-butyl carbamate or base- labile acetate amine protecting groups. Yet another form of protecting group is a resin to which a compound or intermediate may be attached. As long as the residue is attached to the resin, that functional group is blocked and cannot react. Once released from the resin, the functional group is available to react. [00215] Typically blocking/protecting groups may be selected from: w&fcjrc. uαcKei INO. 43SZX;-/JU.DUI
Figure imgf000036_0001
ally] Bn Cbz alloc Me
Figure imgf000036_0002
Et t-butyl TBDMS Teoc
Figure imgf000036_0003
Boc PMB trityl acetyl
Fmoc
[002161 Other protecting groups, plus a detailed description of techniques applicable to the creation of protecting groups and their removal are described in Greene and Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 3rd Ed., John Wiley & Sons, New York, NY, 1999, and Kocienski, Protective Groups, Thieme Verlag, New York, NY, 1994, which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety. Synthesis of Compounds
[00217] In certain embodiments, provided herein are methods of making and methods of using tyrosine kinase inhibitor compounds described herein. In certain embodiments, compounds described herein can be synthesized using the following synthetic schemes. Compounds may be synthesized using methodologies analogous to those described below by the use of appropriate alternative starting materials.
[00218] Described herein are compounds that inhibit the activity of tyrosine kinase(s), such as Btk, and processes for their preparation. Also described herein are pharmaceutically acceptable salts, pharmaceutically acceptable solvates, pharmaceutically active metabolites and pharmaceutically acceptable prodrugs of such compounds. Pharmaceutical compositions that include at least one such compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, pharmaceutically active metabolite or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug of such compound, are provided.
[00219] The starring material used for the synthesis of the compounds described herein may be synthesized or can be obtained from commercial sources, such as, but not limited to, Aldrich Chemical Co. (Milwaukee, Wisconsin), Bachem (Torrance, California), or Sigma Chemical Co. (St. Louis, Mo.). The compounds described herein, and other related compounds having different substituents can be synthesized using techniques and materials known to those of skill in the art, such as described, for example, in March, ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 4th Ed., (Wiley 1992); Carey and Sundberg, ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 4th Ed., VoIs. A and B (Plenum 2000, 2001); Green and Wuts, PROTECTIVE GROUPS IN ORGANIC SYNTHESIS 3rd Ed., (Wiley 1999); Fieser and Fieser's Reagents for Organic Synthesis, Volumes 1-17 (John Wiley and Sons, 1991); Rodd's Chemistry of Carbon Compounds, Volumes 1-5 and Supplementals (Elsevier Science Publishers, 1989); Organic Reactions, Volumes 1- 40 (John Wiley and Sons, 1991); and Larock's Comprehensive Organic Transformations (VCH Publishers Inc., 1989). (all of which are incorporated by reference in their entirety). Other methods for the synthesis of compounds described herein may be found in International Patent Publication No. WO 01/01982901, Arnold et al. Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry Letters 10 (2000) 2167-2170; Burchat et al. Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry Letters 12 (2002) 1687-1690. General methods for the preparation of compound as disclosed herein may be derived from known reactions in the field, and the reactions may be modified by the use of appropriate reagents and conditions, as W_><oK- UOCKet INO. would be recognized by the skilled person, for the introduction of the various moieties found in the formulae as provided herein. As a guide the following synthetic methods may be utilized.
[00220] The products of the reactions may be isolated and purified, if desired, using conventional techniques, including, but not limited to, filtration, distillation, crystallization, chromatography and the like. Such materials may be characterized using conventional means, including physical constants and spectral data.
[00221] Compounds described herein may be prepared using the synthetic methods described herein as a single isomer or a mixture of isomers.
[00222] A non-limiting example of a synthetic approach towards the preparation of compounds of any of
Formula (A), (B), (C) or (D) is shown in Scheme I.
Scheme I.
Figure imgf000037_0001
[00223] Halogenation of commercially avalaible lH-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-4-amine provides an entry into the synthesis of compounds of Formula (A), (B), (C) and/or (D). In one embodiment, lH-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin- 4-amine is treated with N-iodosuccinamide to give 3-iodo-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-4-amine. Metal catalyzed cross coupling reactions are then carried out on 3-iodo-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-d]ρyrimidin-4-amine. In one embodiment, palladium mediated cross-coupling of a suitably substituted phenyl boronic acid under basic conditions constructs intermediate 2. Intermediate 2 is coupled with N-Boc-3-hydroxypiperidine (as non-limiting example) via Mitsunobu reaction to give the Boc (tert-butyloxycarbonyl) protected intermediate 3. After deprotection with acid, coupling with, but not limited to, an acid chloride, such as, but not limited to, acryloyl chloride, completes the synthesis to give compound 4.
[00224] Using the synthetic methods described herein, as well as those known in the art, tyrosine kinase inhibitors as disclosed herein are obtained in good yields and purity. The compounds prepared by the methods disclosed herein are purified by conventional means known in the art, such as, for example, filtration, recrystallization, chromatography, distillation, and combinations thereof.
[00225] Any combination of the groups described above for the various variables is contemplated herein. It is understood that substituents and substitution patterns on the compounds provided herein can be selected by one of ordinary skill in the art to provide compounds that are chemically stable and that can be synthesized by techniques known in the art, as well as those set forth herein. Further Forms of Compounds
[00226] Compounds disclosed herein have a structure of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D). It is understood that when reference is made to compounds described herein, it is meant to include WSGR Docket No. 25922-750.601 compounds of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D), as well as to all of the specific compounds that fall within the scope of these generic formulae, unless otherwise indicated.
[00227] The compounds described herein may possess one or more stereocenters and each center may exist in the R or S configuration. The compounds presented herein include all diastereomeric, enantiomeric, and epimeric forms as well as the appropriate mixtures thereof. Stereoisomers may be obtained, if desired, by methods known in the art as, for example, the separation of stereoisomers by chiral chromatographic columns. [00228] Diasteromeric mixtures can be separated into their individual diastereomers on the basis of their physical chemical differences by methods known, for example, by chromatography and/or fractional crystallization. In one embodiment, enantiomers can be separated by chiral chromatographic columns. In other embodiments, enantiomers can be separated by converting the enantiomeric mixture into a diastereomeric mixture by reaction with an appropriate optically active compound (e.g., alcohol), separating the diastereomers and converting (e.g., hydrolyzing) the individual diastereomers to the corresponding pure enantiomers. All such isomers, including diastereomers, enantiomers, and mixtures thereof are considered as part of the compositions described herein. [00229] The methods and formulations described herein include the use of TV-oxides, crystalline forms (also known as polymorphs), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts of compounds described herein, as well as active metabolites of these compounds having the same type of activity. In some situations, compounds may exist as tautomers. AU tautomers are included within the scope of the compounds presented herein. In addition, the compounds described herein can exist in unsolvated as well as solvated forms with pharmaceutically acceptable solvents such as water, ethanol, and the like. The solvated forms of the compounds presented herein are also considered to be disclosed herein.
[00230] Compounds of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D) in unoxidized form can be prepared fromN-oxides of compounds of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D) by treating with a reducing agent, such as, but not limited to, sulfur, sulfur dioxide, triphenyl phosphine, lithium borohydride, sodium borohydride, phosphorus trichloride, tribromide, or the like in a suitable inert organic solvent, such as, but not limited to, acetonitrile, ethanol, aqueous dioxane, or the like at 0 to 800C.
[00231] In some embodiments, compounds described herein are prepared as prodrugs. A "prodrug" refers to an agent that is converted into the parent drug in vivo. Prodrugs are often useful because, in some situations, they may be easier to administer than the parent drug. They may, for instance, be bioavailable by oral administration whereas the parent is not. The prodrug may also have improved solubility in pharmaceutical compositions over the parent drug. An example, without limitation, of a prodrug would be a compound described herein, which is administered as an ester (the "prodrug") to facilitate transmittal across a cell membrane where water solubility is detrimental to mobility but which then is metabolically hydrolyzed to the carboxylic acid, the active entity, once inside the cell where water-solubility is beneficial. A further example of a prodrug might be a short peptide (polyaminoacid) bonded to an acid group where the peptide is metabolized to reveal the active moiety. In certain embodiments, upon in vivo administration, a prodrug is chemically converted to the biologically, pharmaceutically or therapeutically active form of the compound. In certain embodiments, a prodrug is enzymatically metabolized by one or more steps or processes to the biologically, pharmaceutically or therapeutically active form of the compound. To produce a prodrug, a pharmaceutically active compound is modified such that the active compound will be regenerated upon in vivo administration. The prodrug can be designed to alter the metabolic stability or the transport characteristics of a drug, to mask side effects or toxicity, to improve the flavor of a drug or to alter other characteristics or properties of a drug. By virtue of knowledge of pharmacodynamic processes and drug metabolism in vivo, those of skill in this art, once a pharmaceutically active compound is known, can design prodrugs of the compound, (see, for example, 'WSGR Docket No. 25922-750.601
Nogrady (1985) Medicinal Chemistry A Biochemical Approach, Oxford University Press, New York, pages 388- 392; Silverman (1992), The Organic Chemistry of Drug Design and Drug Action, Academic Press, Inc., San Diego, pages 352-401, Saulnier et al., (1994), Bioorganic and Medicinal Chemistry Letters, Vol. 4, p. 1985). [00232] Prodrug forms of the herein described compounds, wherein the prodrug is metabolized in vivo to produce a derivative as set forth herein are included within the scope of the claims. In some cases, some of the herein-described compounds may be a prodrug for another derivative or active compound.
[002331 Prodrugs are often useful because, in some situations, they may be easier to administer than the parent drug. They may, for instance, be bioavailable by oral administration whereas the parent is not. The prodrug may also have improved solubility in pharmaceutical compositions over the parent drug. Prodrugs may be designed as reversible drug derivatives, for use as modifiers to enhance drug transport to site-specific tissues. In some embodiments, the design of a prodrug increases the effective water solubility. See, e.g., Fedorak et al., Am. J. Physiol, 269:G210-218 (1995); McLoed et al., Gastroenterol, 106:405-413 (1994); Hochhaus et al., Biomed. Chrom., 6:283-286 (1992); J. Larsen and H. Bundgaard, Int. J. Pharmaceutics, 37, 87 (1987); J. Larsen et al., Int. J. Pharmaceutics, 47, 103 (1988); Sinkula et al., J. Pharm. Sd., 64:181-210 (1975); T. Higuchi and V. Stella, Pro- drugs as Novel Delivery Systems, Vol. 14 of the A.C.S. Symposium Series; and Edward B. Roche, Bioreversible
Carriers in Drug Design, American Pharmaceutical Association and Pergamon Press, 1987, all incorporated herein in their entirety.
[00234] Sites on the aromatic ring portion of compounds of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D) can be susceptible to various metabolic reactions, therefore incorporation of appropriate substituents on the aromatic ring structures, such as, by way of example only, halogens can reduce, minimize or eliminate this metabolic pathway.
[00235] Compounds described herein include isotopically-labeled compounds, which are identical to those recited in the various formulas and structures presented herein, but for the fact that one or more atoms are replaced by an atom having an atomic mass or mass number different from the atomic mass or mass number usually found in nature. Examples of isotopes that can be incorporated into the present compounds include isotopes of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, fluorine and chlorine, such as 2H, 3H, 13C, 14C, 15N, 18O, 17O, 35S, 18F, Cl, respectively. Certain isotopically-labeled compounds described herein, for example those into which radioactive isotopes such as 3H and 14C are incorporated, are useful in drug and/or substrate tissue distribution assays. Further, substitution with isotopes such as deuterium, i.e., 2H, can afford certain therapeutic advantages resulting from greater metabolic stability, for example increased in vivo half-life or reduced dosage requirements.
[00236] In additional or further embodiments, the compounds described herein are metabolized upon administration to an organism in need to produce a metabolite that is then used to produce a desired effect, including a desired therapeutic effect. [00237] Compounds described herein may be formed as, and/or used as, pharmaceutically acceptable salts. The type of pharmaceutical acceptable salts, include, but are not limited to: (1) acid addition salts, formed ) by reacting the free base form of the compound with a pharmaceutically acceptable: inorganic acid such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, metaphosphoric acid, and the like; or with an organic acid such as acetic acid, propionic acid, hexanoic acid, cyclopentanepropionic acid, glycolic acid, pyruvic acid, lactic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, malic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, trifluoroacetic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, benzoic acid, 3-(4-hydroxybenzoyl)benzoic acid, cinnamic acid, mandelic acid, methanesulfόnic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, 1,2-ethanedisulfonic acid, 2-hydroxyethanesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, toluenesulfonic acid, 2-naphthalenesulfonic acid, 4-methylbicyclo-[2.2.2]oct-2-ene-l-carboxylic acid, glucoheptonic acid, 4,4'- WSCnK Docket NO. 25922-7SD.601 methylenebis-(3-hydroxy-2-ene-l -carboxylic acid), 3-phenylpropionic acid, trimethylacetic acid, tertiary butylacetic acid, lauryl sulfuric acid, gluconic acid, glutamic acid, hydroxynaphthoic acid, salicylic acid, stearic acid, muconic acid, and the like; (2) salts formed when an acidic proton present in the parent compound either is replaced by a metal ion, e.g., an alkali metal ion (e.g. lithium, sodium, potassium), an alkaline earth ion (e.g. magnesium, or calcium), or an aluminum ion; or coordinates with an organic base. Acceptable organic bases include ethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, tromethamine, N-methylglucamine, and the like. Acceptable inorganic bases include aluminum hydroxide, calcium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium hydroxide, and the like. [0023S] The corresponding counterions of the pharmaceutically acceptable salts may be analyzed and identified using various methods including, but not limited to, ion exchange chromatography, ion chromatography, capillary electrophoresis, inductively coupled plasma, atomic absorption spectroscopy, mass spectrometry, or any combination thereof.
(00239] The salts are recovered by using at least one of the following techniques: filtration, precipitation with a non-solvent followed by filtration, evaporation of the solvent, or, in the case of aqueous solutions, lyophilization. [00240] It should be understood that a reference to a pharmaceutically acceptable salt includes the solvent addition forms or crystal forms thereof, particularly solvates or polymorphs. Solvates contain either stoichiometric or non-stoichiometric amounts of a solvent, and may be formed during the process of crystallization with pharmaceutically acceptable solvents such as water, ethanol, and the like. Hydrates are formed when the solvent is water, or alcoholates are formed when the solvent is alcohol. Solvates of compounds described herein can be conveniently prepared or formed during the processes described herein. In addition, the compounds provided herein can exist in unsolvated as well as solvated forms. In general, the solvated forms are considered equivalent to the unsolvated forms for the purposes of the compounds and methods provided herein.
[00241] It should be understood that a reference to a salt includes the solvent addition forms or crystal forms thereof, particularly solvates or polymorphs. Solvates contain either stoichiometric or non-stoichiometric amounts of a solvent, and are often formed during the process of crystallization with pharmaceutically acceptable solvents such as water, ethanol, and the like. Hydrates are formed when the solvent is water, or alcoholates are formed when the solvent is alcohol. Polymorphs include the different crystal packing arrangements of the same elemental composition of a compound. Polymorphs usually have different X-ray diffraction patterns, infrared spectra, melting points, density, hardness, crystal shape, optical and electrical properties, stability, and solubility. Various factors such as the recrystallization solvent, rate of crystallization, and storage temperature may cause a single crystal form to dominate.
[00242] Compounds described herein may be in various forms, including but not limited to, amorphous forms, milled forms and nano-particulate forms. In addition, compounds described herein include crystalline forms, also known as polymorphs. Polymorphs include the different crystal packing arrangements of the same elemental composition of a compound. Polymorphs usually have different X-ray diffraction patterns, infrared spectra, melting points, density, hardness, crystal shape, optical and electrical properties, stability, and solubility. Various factors such as the recrystallization solvent, rate of crystallization, and storage temperature may cause a single crystal form to dominate. [00243] The screening and characterization of the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, polymorphs and/or solvates may be accomplished using a variety of techniques including, but not limited to, thermal analysis, x-ray diffraction, spectroscopy, vapor sorption, and microscopy. Thermal analysis methods address thermo chemical degradation or thermo physical processes including, but not limited to, polymorphic transitions, and such methods "WSGR Docket No. 25922-750.601 are used to analyze the relationships between polymorphic forms, determine weight loss, to find the glass transition temperature, or for excipient compatibility studies. Such methods include, but are not limited to, Differential scanning calorimetry (DSC), Modulated Differential Scanning Calorimetry (MDCS), Thermogravimetric analysis (TGA), and Thermogravi-metric and Infrared analysis (TG/IR). X-ray diffraction methods include, but are not limited to, single crystal and powder diffractometers and synchrotron sources. The various spectroscopic techniques used include, but are not limited to, Raman, FTIR, UVIS, and NMR (liquid and solid state). The various microscopy techniques include, but are not limited to, polarized light microscopy, Scanning Electron Microscopy (SEM) with Energy Dispersive X-Ray Analysis (EDX), Environmental Scanning Electron Microscopy with EDX (in gas or water vapor atmosphere), IR microscopy, and Raman microscopy. [00244] Throughout the specification, groups and substituents thereof can be chosen by one skilled in the field to provide stable moieties and compounds.
Pharmaceutical Composition/Formulation
[00245] Pharmaceutical compositions may be formulated in a conventional manner using one or more physiologically acceptable carriers including excipients and auxiliaries which facilitate processing of the active compounds into preparations which can be used pharmaceutically. Proper formulation is dependent upon the route of administration chosen. Any of the well-known techniques, carriers, and excipients may be used as suitable and as understood in the art. A summary of pharmaceutical compositions described herein maybe found, for example, in Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, Nineteenth Ed (Easton, Pa.: Mack Publishing Company, 1995); Hoover, John E., Remington 's Pharmaceutical Sciences, Mack Publishing Co., Easton, Pennsylvania 1975; Liberman, H. A. and Lachman, L., Eds., Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms, Marcel Decker, New York, N. Y., 1980; and Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms and Drug Delivery Systems, Seventh Ed. (Lippincott Williams & Wilkinsl999), herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.
[00246] A pharmaceutical composition, as used herein, refers to a mixture of a compound described herein, such as, for example, compounds of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D), with other chemical components, such as carriers, stabilizers, diluents, dispersing agents, suspending agents, thickening agents, and/or excipients. The pharmaceutical composition facilitates administration of the compound to an organism. In practicing the methods of treatment or use provided herein, therapeutically effective amounts of compounds described herein are administered in a pharmaceutical composition to a mammal having a disease, disorder, or condition to be treated. Preferably, the mammal is a human. A therapeutically effective amount can vary widely depending on the severity of the disease, the age and relative health of the subject, the potency of the compound used and other factors. The compounds can be used singly or in combination with one or more therapeutic agents as components of mixtures.
[00247] In certain embodiments, compositions may also include one or more pH adjusting agents or buffering agents, including acids such as acetic, boric, citric, lactic, phosphoric and hydrochloric acids; bases such as sodium hydroxide, sodium phosphate, sodium borate, sodium citrate, sodium acetate, sodium lactate and tris- hydroxymethylaminomethane; and buffers such as citrate/dextrose, sodium bicarbonate and ammonium chloride.
Such acids, bases and buffers are included in an amount required to maintain pH of the composition in an acceptable range.
[00248] In other embodiments, compositions may also include one or more salts in an amount required to bring osmolality of the composition into an acceptable range. Such salts include those having sodium, potassium or ammonium cations and chloride, citrate, ascorbate, borate, phosphate, bicarbonate, sulfate, thiosulfate or bisulfite WSSR Docket No. 25922-750.601 anions; suitable salts include sodium chloride, potassium chloride, sodium thiosulfate, sodium bisulfite and ammonium sulfate.
[00249] The term "pharmaceutical combination" as used herein, means a product that results from the mixing or combining of more than one active ingredient and includes both fixed and non-fixed combinations of the active ingredients. The term "fixed combination" means that the active ingredients, e.g. a compound described herein and a co-agent, are both administered to a patient simultaneously in the form of a single entity or dosage. The term "non- fixed combination" means that the active ingredients, e.g. a compound described herein and a co-agent, are administered to a patient as separate entities either simultaneously, concurrently or sequentially with no specific intervening time limits, wherein such administration provides effective levels of the two compounds in the body of the patient. The latter also applies to cocktail therapy, e.g. the administration of three or more active ingredients. [00250] The pharmaceutical formulations described herein can be administered to a subject by multiple administration routes, including but not limited to, oral, parenteral (e.g., intravenous, subcutaneous, intramuscular), intranasal, buccal, topical, rectal, or transdermal administration routes. The pharmaceutical formulations described herein include, but are not limited to, aqueous liquid dispersions, self-emulsifying dispersions, solid solutions, . liposomal dispersions, aerosols, solid dosage forms, powders, immediate release formulations, controlled release formulations, fast melt formulations, tablets, capsules, pills, delayed release formulations, extended release formulations, pulsatile release formulations, multiparticulate formulations, and mixed immediate and controlled release formulations. [00251] Pharmaceutical compositions including a compound described herein may be manufactured in a conventional manner, such as, by way of example only, by means of conventional mixing, dissolving, granulating, dragee-making, levigating, emulsifying, encapsulating, entrapping or compression processes. [00252] The pharmaceutical compositions will include at least one compound described herein, such as, for example, a compound of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D), as an active ingredient in free-acid or free-base form, or in a pharmaceutically acceptable salt form. In addition, the methods and pharmaceutical compositions described herein include the use of N-oxides, crystalline forms (also known as polymorphs), as well as active metabolites of these compounds having the same type of activity. In some situations, compounds may exist as tautomers. All tautomers are included within the scope of the compounds presented herein. Additionally, the compounds described herein can exist in unsolvated as well as solvated forms with pharmaceutically acceptable solvents such as water, ethanol, and the like. The solvated forms of the compounds presented herein are also considered to be disclosed herein.
[00253] "Antifoaming agents" reduce foaming during processing which can result in coagulation of aqueous dispersions, bubbles in the finished film, or generally impair processing. Exemplary anti- foaming agents include silicon emulsions or sorbitan sesquoleate. [00254] "Antioxidants" include, for example, butylated hydroxytoluene (BHT), sodium ascorbate, ascorbic acid, sodium metabisulfite and tocopherol. In certain embodiments, antioxidants enhance chemical stability where required.
[00255] In certain embodiments, compositions provided herein may also include one or more preservatives to inhibit microbial activity. Suitable preservatives include mercury-containing substances such as merfen and thiomersal; stabilized chlorine dioxide; and quaternary ammonium compounds such as benzalkonium chloride, cetyltrimethylammonium bromide and cetylpyridinium chloride.
[00256] Formulations described herein may benefit from antioxidants, metal chelating agents, thiol containing compounds and other general stabilizing agents. Examples of such stabilizing agents, include, but are not limited to: WSGR Docket No. 25922-750.601
(a) about 0.5% to about 2% w/v glycerol, (b) about 0.1% to about 1% w/v methionine, (c) about 0.1% to about 2% w/v monothioglycerol, (d) about 1 mM to about 10 mM EDTA, (e) about 0.01% to about 2% w/v ascorbic acid, (f) 0.003% to about 0.02% w/v polysorbate 80, (g) 0.001% to about 0.05% w/v. polysorbate 20, (h) arginine, (i) heparin, (j) dextran sulfate, (k) cyclodextrins, (1) pentosan polysulfate and other heparinoids, (m) divalent cations such as magnesium and zinc; or (n) combinations thereof.
[00257] "Binders" impart cohesive qualities and include, e.g., alginic acid and salts thereof; cellulose derivatives such as carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose (e.g., Methocel®), hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, hydroxyethylcellulose, hydroxypropylcellulose (e.g., Klucel®), ethylcellulose (e.g., Ethocel®), and microcrystalline cellulose (e.g., Avicel®); microcrystalline dextrose; amylose; magnesium aluminum silicate; polysaccharide acids; bentonites; gelatin; polyvinylpyrrolidone/vinyl acetate copolymer; crosspovidone; povidone; starch; pregelatinized starch; tragacanth, dextrin, a sugar, such as sucrose (e.g., Dipac®), glucose, dextrose, molasses, mannitol, sorbitol, xylitol (e.g., Xylitab®), and lactose; a natural or synthetic gum such as acacia, tragacanth, ghatti gum, mucilage of isapol husks, polyvinylpyrrolidone (e.g., Polyvidone® CL, Kollidon® CL, Polyplasdone® XL-10), larch arabogalactan, Veegum®, polyethylene glycol, waxes, sodium alginate, and the like. [00258] A "carrier" or "carrier materials" include any commonly used excipients in pharmaceutics and should be selected on the basis of compatibility with compounds disclosed herein, such as, compounds of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D), and the release profile properties of the desired dosage form. Exemplary carrier materials include, e.g., binders, suspending agents, disintegration agents, filling agents, surfactants, solubilizers, stabilizers, lubricants, wetting agents, diluents, and the like. "Pharmaceutically compatible carrier materials" may include, but are not limited to, acacia, gelatin, colloidal silicon dioxide, calcium glycerophosphate, calcium lactate, maltodextrin, glycerine, magnesium silicate, polyvinylpyrrollidone (PVP), cholesterol, cholesterol esters, sodium caseinate, soy lecithin, taurocholic acid, phosphotidylcholine, sodium chloride, trie alcium phosphate, dipotassium phosphate, cellulose and cellulose conjugates, sugars sodium stearoyl lactylate, carrageenan, monoglyceride, diglyceride, pregelatinized starch, and the like. See, e.g., Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, Nineteenth Ed (Easton, Pa.: Mack Publishing Company, 1995); Hoover, John E., Remington 's Pharmaceutical Sciences, Mack Publishing Co., Easton, Pennsylvania 1975; Liberman, H.A. and Lachman, L., Eds., Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms, Marcel Decker, New York, N. Y., 1980; and Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms and Drug Delivery Systems, Seventh Ed. (Lippincott Williams & Wilkinsl999). [00259] "Dispersing agents," and/or "viscosity modulating agents" include materials that control the diffusion and homogeneity of a drug through liquid media or a granulation method or blend method. In some embodiments, these agents also facilitate the effectiveness of a coating or eroding matrix. Exemplary diffusion facilitators/dispersing agents include, e.g., hydrophilic polymers, electrolytes, Tween ® 60 or 80, PEG, polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP; commercially known as Plasdone®), and the carbohydrate-based dispersing agents such as, for example, hydroxypropyl celluloses (e.g., HPC, HPC-SL, and HPC-L), hydroxypropyl methylcelluloses (e.g., HPMC KlOO, HPMC K4M, HPMC K15M, and HPMC KlOOM), carboxymethylcellulose sodium, methylcellulose, hydroxyethylcellulose, hydroxypropylcellulose, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose phthalate, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose acetate stearate (HPMCAS), noncrystalline cellulose, magnesium aluminum silicate, triethanolamine, polyvinyl alcohol (PVA), vinyl p'yrrolidone/vinyl acetate copolymer (S630), 4-(l, 1,3,3- tetramethylbutyl)-ρhenol polymer with ethylene oxide and formaldehyde (also known as tyloxapol), poloxamers (e-g-3 Pluronics F68®, F88®, and F108®, which are block copolymers of ethylene oxide and propylene oxide); and poloxamines (e.g., Tetronic 908®, also known as Poloxamine 908®, which is a tetrafunctional block copolymer derived from sequential addition of propylene oxide and ethylene oxide to ethylenediamine (BASF Corporation, WSSR Docket No. 25922-750.601
Parsippany, NJ.)), polyvinylpyrrolidone Kl 2, polyvinylpyrrolidone Kl 7, polyvinylpyrrolidone K25, or polyvinylpyrrolidone K30, polyvinylpyrrolidone/vinyl acetate copolymer (S-630), polyethylene glycol, e.g., the polyethylene glycol can have a molecular weight of about 300 to about 6000, or about 3350 to about 4000, or about 7000 to about 5400, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose, polysorbate-80, sodium alginate, gums, such as, e.g., gum tragacanth and gum acacia, guar gum, xanthans, including xanthan gum, sugars, cellulosics, such as, e.g., sodium carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, polysorbate-80, sodium alginate, polyethoxylated sorbitan monolaurate, polyethoxylated sorbitan monolaurate, povidone, carbomers, polyvinyl alcohol (PVA), alginates, chitosans and combinations thereof. Plasticizcers such as cellulose or triethyl cellulose can also be used as dispersing agents. Dispersing agents particularly useful in liposomal dispersions and self-emulsifying dispersions are dimyristoyl phosphatidyl choline, natural phosphatidyl choline from eggs, natural phosphatidyl glycerol from eggs, cholesterol and isopropyl myristate.
[00260] Combinations of one or more erosion facilitator with one or more diffusion facilitator can also be used in the present compositions. 100261] The term "diluent" refers to chemical compounds that are used to dilute the compound of interest prior to delivery. Diluents can also be used to stabilize compounds because they can provide a more stable environment. Salts dissolved in buffered solutions (which also can provide pH control or maintenance) are utilized as diluents in the art, including, but not limited to a phosphate buffered saline solution. In certain embodiments, diluents increase bulk of the composition to facilitate compression or create sufficient bulk for homogenous blend for capsule filling. Such compounds include e.g., lactose, starch, mannitol, sorbitol, dextrose, microcrystalline cellulose such as Avicel®; dibasic calcium phosphate, dicalciurn phosphate dihydrate; tricalcium phosphate, calcium phosphate; anhydrous lactose, spray-dried lactose; pregelatinized starch, compressible sugar, such as Di-Pac® (Amstar); mannitol, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose acetate stearate, sucrose-based diluents, confectioner's sugar; monobasic calcium sulfate monohydrate, calcium sulfate dihydrate; calcium lactate trihydrate, dextrates; hydrolyzed cereal solids, amylose; powdered cellulose, calcium carbonate; glycine, kaolin; mannitol, sodium chloride; inositol, bentonite, and the like.
[00262] The term "disintegrate" includes both the dissolution and dispersion of the dosage form when contacted with gastrointestinal fluid. "Disintegration agents or disintegrants" facilitate the breakup or disintegration of a substance. Examples of disintegration agents include a starch, e.g., a natural starch such as corn starch or potato starch, a pregelatinized starch such as National 1551 or Amijel®, or sodium starch glycolate such as Promogel® or Explotab®, a cellulose such as a wood product, methylcrystalline cellulose, e.g., Avicel®, Avicel® PHlOl, Avicel® PH102, Avicel® PHl 05, Elcema® PlOO, Emcocel®, Vivacel®, Ming Tia®, and Solka-Floc®, methylcellulose, croscarmellose, or a cross-linked cellulose, such as cross-linked sodium carboxymethylcellulose (Ac-Di-Sol®), cross-linked carboxymethylcellulose, or cross-linked croscarmellose, a cross-linked starch such as sodium starch glycolate, a cross- linked polymer such as crosspovidone, a cross-linked polyvinylpyrrolidone, alginate such as alginic acid or a salt of alginic acid such as sodium alginate, a clay such as Veegum® HV (magnesium aluminum silicate), a gum such as agar, guar, locust bean, Karaya, pectin, or tragacanth, sodium starch glycolate, bentonite, a natural sponge, a surfactant, a resin such as a cation-exchange resin, citrus pulp, sodium lauryl sulfate, sodium lauryl sulfate in combination starch, and the like. [00263] "Drug absorption" or "absorption" typically refers to the process of movement of drug from site of administration of a drug across a barrier into a blood vessel or the site of action, e.g., a drug moving from the gastrointestinal tract into the portal vein or lymphatic system. "WSGR Docket No. 25922-750.601
[00264] An "enteric coating" is a substance that remains substantially intact in the stomach but dissolves and releases the drug in the small intestine or colon. Generally, the enteric coating comprises a polymeric material that prevents release in the low pH environment of the stomach but that ionizes at a higher pH, typically a pH of 6 to 7, and thus dissolves sufficiently in the small intestine or colon to release the active agent therein. [00265] "Erosion facilitators" include materials that control the erosion of a particular material in gastrointestinal fluid. Erosion facilitators are generally known to those of ordinary skill in the art. Exemplary erosion facilitators include, e.g., hydrophilic polymers, electrolytes, proteins, peptides, and amino acids. [00266] "Filling agents" include compounds such as lactose, calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate, dibasic calcium phosphate, calcium sulfate, macrocrystalline cellulose, cellulose powder, dextrose, dextrates, dextran, starches, pregelatinized starch, sucrose, xylitol, lactitol, manπitol, sorbitol, sodium chloride, polyethylene glycol, and the like.
[00267] "Flavoring agents" and/or "sweeteners" useful in the formulations described herein, include, e.g., acacia syrup, acesulfame K, alitame, anise, apple, aspartame, banana, Bavarian cream, berry, black currant, butterscotch, calcium citrate, camphor, caramel, cherry, cherry cream, chocolate, cinnamon, bubble gum, citrus, citrus punch, citrus cream, cotton candy, cocoa, cola, cool cherry, cool citrus, cyclamate, cylamate, dextrose, eucalyptus, eugenol, fructose, fruit punch, ginger, glycyrrhetinate, glycyrrhiza (licorice) syrup, grape, grapefruit, honey, isomalt, lemon, lime, lemon cream, monoammonium glyrrhizinate (MagnaSweet®), maltol, mannitol, maple, marshmallow, menthol, mint cream, mixed berry, neohesperidine DC, neotame, orange, pear, peach, peppermint, peppermint cream, Prosweet® Powder, raspberry, root beer, rum, saccharin, safrole, sorbitol, spearmint, spearmint cream, strawberry, strawberry cream, stevia, sucralose, sucrose, sodium saccharin, saccharin, aspartame, acesulfame potassium, mannitol, talin, sylitol, sucralose, sorbitol, Swiss cream, tagatose, tangerine, thaumatin, tutti fruitti, vanilla, walnut, watermelon, wild cherry, wintergreen, xylitol, or any combination of these flavoring ingredients, e.g., anise-menthol, cherry-anise, cinnamon-orange, cherry-cinnamon, chocolate-mint, honey-lemon, lemon-lime, lemon-mint, menthol-eucalyptus, orange-cream, vanilla-mint, and mixtures thereof. [00268] "Lubricants" and "glidants" are compounds that prevent, reduce or inhibit adhesion or friction of materials. Exemplary lubricants include, e.g., stearic acid, calcium hydroxide, talc, sodium stearyl fumerate, a hydrocarbon such as mineral oil, or hydrogenated vegetable oil such as hydrogenated soybean oil (Sterotex®), higher fatty acids and their alkali-metal and alkaline earth metal salts, such as aluminum, calcium, magnesium, zinc, stearic acid, sodium stearates, glycerol, talc, waxes, Stearowet®, boric acid, sodium benzoate, sodium acetate, sodium chloride, leucine, a polyethylene glycol (e.g., PEG-4000) or a methoxypolyethylene glycol such as Carbowax™, sodium oleate, sodium benzoate, glyceryl behenate, polyethylene glycol, magnesium or sodium lauryl sulfate, colloidal silica such as Syloid™, Cab-O-Sil®, a starch such as corn starch, silicone oil, a surfactant, and the like. [00269] A "measurable serum concentration" or "measurable plasma concentration" describes the blood serum or blood plasma concentration, typically measured in mg, μg, or ng of therapeutic agent per ml, dl, or 1 of blood serum, absorbed into the bloodstream after administration. As used herein, measurable plasma concentrations are typically measured in ng/ml or μg/ml.
[00270] "Pharmacodynamics" refers to the factors which determine the biologic response observed relative to the concentration of drug at a site of action. [00271] "Pharmacokinetics" refers to the factors which determine the attainment and maintenance of the appropriate concentration of drug at a site of action.
[00272] "Plasticizers" are compounds used to soften the microencapsulation material or film coatings to make them less brittle. Suitable plasticizers include, e.g., polyethylene glycols such as PEG 300, PEG 400, PEG 600, PEG WSGR Docket No. 25922-750.601
1450, PEG 3350, and PEG 800, stearic acid, propylene glycol, oleic acid, triethyl cellulose and triacetin. In some embodiments, plasticizers can also function as dispersing agents or wetting agents.
[00273] "Solubilizers" include compounds such as triacetin, triethylcitrate, ethyl oleate, ethyl caprylate, sodium lauryl sulfate, sodium doccusate, vitamin E TPGS, dimethylacetamide, N-methylpyrrolidone, N- hydroxyethylpyrrolidone, polyvinylpyrrolidone, hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cyclodextrins, ethanol, n-butanol, isopropyl alcohol, cholesterol, bile salts, polyethylene glycol 200-600, glycofurol, transcutol, propylene glycol, and dimethyl isosorbide and the like.
[00274] "Stabilizers" include compounds such as any antioxidation agents, buffers, acids, preservatives and the like. [00275] "Steady state," as used herein, is when the amount of drug administered is equal to the amount of drug eliminated within one dosing interval resulting in a plateau or constant plasma drug exposure. [00276] "Suspending agents" include compounds such as polyvinylpyrrolidone, e.g., polyvinylpyrrolidone K12, polyvinylpyrrolidone K17, polyvinylpyrrolidone K25, or polyvinylpyrrolidone K30, vinyl pyrrolidone/vinyl acetate copolymer (S630), polyethylene glycol, e.g., the polyethylene glycol can have a molecular weight of about 300 to about 6000, or about 3350 to about 4000, or about 7000 to about 5400, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, hydroxymethylcellulose acetate stearate, polysorbate-80, hydroxyethylcellulose, sodium alginate, gums, such as, e.g., gum tragacanth and gum acacia, guar gum, xanthans, including xanthan gum, sugars, cellulosics, such as, e.g., sodium carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, hydroxyethylcellulose, polysorbate-80, sodium alginate, polyethoxylated sorbitan monolaurate, polyethoxylated sorbitan monolaurate, povidone and the like.
[00277] "Surfactants" include compounds such as sodium lauryl sulfate, sodium docusate, Tween 60 or 80, triacetin, vitamin E TPGS, sorbitan monooleate, polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate, polysorbates, polaxomers, bile salts, glyceryl monostearate, copolymers of ethylene oxide and propylene oxide, e.g., Pluronic® (BASF), and the like. Some other surfactants include polyoxyethylene fatty acid glycerides and vegetable oils, e.g., polyoxyethylene (60) hydrogenated castor oil; and polyoxyethylene alkylethers and alkylphenyl ethers, e.g., octoxynol 10, octoxynol 40. In some embodiments, surfactants may be included to enhance physical stability or for other purposes.
[00278] "Viscosity enhancing agents" include, e.g., methyl cellulose, xanthan gum, carboxymethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose, hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose acetate stearate, hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose phthalate, carbomer, polyvinyl alcohol, alginates, acacia, chitosans and combinations thereof.
[00279] "Wetting agents" include compounds such as oleic acid, glyceryl monostearate, sorbitan monooleate, sorbitan monolaurate, triethanolamine oleate, polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate, polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate, sodium docusate, sodium oleate, sodium lauryl sulfate, sodium doccusate, triacetin, Tween 80, vitamin E TPGS, ammonium salts and the like. Dosage Forms
[00280] The compositions described herein can be formulated for administration to a subject via any conventional means including, but not limited to, oral, parenteral (e.g., intravenous, subcutaneous, or intramuscular), buccal, intranasal, rectal or transdermal administration routes. As used herein, the term "subject" is used to mean an animal, preferably a mammal, including a human or non-human. The terms patient and subject may be used interchangeably. WSCR Docket No. 25922-750.601
(00281] Moreover, the pharmaceutical compositions described herein, which include a compound of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D) can be formulated into any suitable dosage form, including but not limited to, aqueous oral dispersions, liquids, gels, syrups, elixirs, slurries, suspensions and the like, for oral ingestion by a patient to be> treated, solid oral dosage forms, aerosols, controlled release formulations, fast melt formulations, effervescent formulations, lyophilized formulations, tablets, powders, pills, dragees, capsules, delayed release formulations, extended release formulations, pulsatile release formulations, multiparticulate formulations, and mixed immediate release and controlled release formulations.
(00282] Pharmaceutical preparations for oral use can be obtained by mixing one or more solid excipient with one or more of the compounds described herein, optionally grinding the resulting mixture, and processing the mixture of granules, after adding suitable auxiliaries, if desired, to obtain tablets or dragee cores. Suitable excipients include, for example, fillers such as sugars, including lactose, sucrose, mannitol, or sorbitol; cellulose preparations such as, for example, maize starch, wheat starch, rice starch, potato starch, gelatin, gum tragacanth, methylcellulose, microcrystalline cellulose, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose; or others such as: polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP or povidone) or calcium phosphate. If desired, disintegrating agents may be added, such as the cross-linked croscarmellose sodium, polyvinylpyrrolidone, agar, or alginic acid or a salt thereof such as sodium alginate.
(00283] Dragee cores are provided with suitable coatings. For this purpose, concentrated sugar solutions may be used, which may optionally contain gum arabic, talc, polyvinylpyrrolidone, carbopol gel, polyethylene glycol, and/or titanium dioxide, lacquer solutions, and suitable organic solvents or solvent mixtures. Dyestuffs or pigments may be added to the tablets or dragee coatings for identification or to characterize different combinations of active compound doses.
(00284] Pharmaceutical preparations which can be used orally include push-fit capsules made of gelatin, as well as soft, sealed capsules made of gelatin and a plasticizer, such as glycerol or sorbitol. The push-fit capsules can contain the active ingredients in admixture with filler such as lactose, binders such as starches, and/or lubricants such as talc or magnesium stearate and, optionally, stabilizers. In soft capsules, the active compounds may be dissolved or suspended in suitable liquids, such as fatty oils, liquid paraffin, or liquid polyethylene glycols. In addition, stabilizers may be added. AU formulations for oral administration should be in dosages suitable for such administration. (0028S] In some embodiments, the solid dosage forms disclosed herein may be in the form of a tablet, (including a suspension tablet, a fast-melt tablet, a bite-disintegration tablet, a rapid-disintegration tablet, an effervescent tablet, or a caplet), a pill, a powder (including a sterile packaged powder, a dispensable powder, or an effervescent powder) a capsule (including both soft or hard capsules, e.g., capsules made from animal-derived gelatin or plant-derived HPMC, or "sprinkle capsules"), solid dispersion, solid solution, bioerodible dosage form, controlled release formulations, pulsatile release dosage forms, multiparticulate dosage forms, pellets, granules, or an aerosol. In other embodiments, the pharmaceutical formulation is in the form of a powder. In still other embodiments, the pharmaceutical formulation is in the form of a tablet, including but not limited to, a fast-melt tablet. Additionally, pharmaceutical formulations described herein may be administered as a single capsule or in multiple capsule dosage form. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical formulation is administered in two, or three, or four, capsules or tablets. [00286] In some embodiments, solid dosage forms, e.g., tablets, effervescent tablets, and capsules, are prepared by mixing particles of a compound of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D), with one or more pharmaceutical excipients to form a bulk blend composition. When referring to these bulk blend compositions 'WSGR Docket No.25922-750.601 as homogeneous, it is meant that the particles of the compound of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D), are dispersed evenly throughout the composition so that the composition may be readily subdivided into equally effective unit dosage forms, such as tablets, pills, and capsules. The individual unit dosages may also include film coatings, which disintegrate upon oral ingestion or upon contact with diluent. These formulations can be manufactured by conventional pharmacological techniques.
[00287J Conventional pharmacological techniques include, e.g., one or a combination of methods: (1) dry mixing, (2) direct compression, (3) milling, (4) dry or non-aqueous granulation, (5) wet granulation, or (6) fusion. See, e.g., Lachman et al., The Theory and Practice of Industrial Pharmacy (1986). Other methods include, e.g., spray drying, pan coating, melt granulation, granulation, fluidized bed spray drying or coating (e.g., wurster coating), tangential coating, top spraying, tableting, extruding and the like.
[00288] The pharmaceutical solid dosage forms described herein can include a compound described herein and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable additives such as a compatible carrier, binder, filling agent, suspending agent, flavoring agent, sweetening agent, disintegrating agent, dispersing agent, surfactant, lubricant, colorant, diluent, solubilizer, moistening agent, plasticizer, stabilizer, penetration enhancer, wetting agent, anti-foaming agent, antioxidant, preservative, or one or more combination thereof. In still other aspects, using standard coating procedures, such as those described in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 20th Edition (2000), a film coating is provided around the formulation of the compound of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D). In one embodiment, some or all of the particles of the compound of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D), are coated. In another embodiment, some or all of the particles of the compound of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D), are microencapsulated. In still another embodiment, the particles of the compound of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D), are not microencapsulated and are uncoated.
[00289] Suitable carriers for use in the solid dosage forms described herein include, but are not limited to, acacia, gelatin, colloidal silicon dioxide, calcium glycerophosphate, calcium lactate, maltodextrin, glycerine, magnesium silicate, sodium caseinate, soy lecithin, sodium chloride, tricalcium phosphate, dipotassium phosphate, sodium stearoyl lactylate, carrageenan, monoglyceride, diglyceride, pregelatinized starch, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose acetate stearate, sucrose, microcrystalline cellulose, lactose, mannitol and the like. [00290] Suitable filling agents for use in the solid dosage forms described herein include, but are not limited to, lactose, calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate, dibasic calcium phosphate, calcium sulfate, microcrystalline cellulose, cellulose powder, dextrose, dextrates, dextran, starches, pregelatinized starch, hydroxypropylmethycellulose (HPMC), hydroxypropylmethycellulose phthalate, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose acetate stearate (HPMCAS), sucrose, xylitol, lactitol, mannitol, sorbitol, sodium chloride, polyethylene glycol, and the like. [00291] In order to release the compound of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D), from a solid dosage form matrix as efficiently as possible, disintegrants are often used in the formulation, especially when the dosage forms are compressed with binder. Disintegrants help rupturing the dosage form matrix by swelling or capillary action when moisture is absorbed into the dosage form. Suitable disintegrants for use in the solid dosage forms described herein include, but are not limited to, natural starch such as corn starch or potato starch, a pregelatinized starch such as National 1551 or Amijel®, or sodium starch glycolate such as Promogel® or Explotab®, a cellulose such as a wood product, methylcrystalline cellulose, e.g., Avicel®, Avicel® PHlOl, Avicel® PH102, Avicel® PH 105, Elcema® PlOO, Emcocel®, Vivacel®, Ming Tia®, and Solka-Floc®, methylcellulose, croscarmellose, WSGR Docket No. 25922-750.601 or a cross-linked cellulose, such as cross-linked sodium carboxymethylcellulose (Ac-Di-Sol®), cross-linked carboxymethylcellulose, or cross-linked croscarmellose, a cross-linked starch such as sodium starch glycolate, a cross-linked polymer such as crospovidone, a cross-linked polyvinylpyrrolidone, alginate such as alginic acid or a salt of alginic acid such as sodium alginate, a clay such as Veegum® HV (magnesium aluminum silicate), a gum such as agar, guar, locust bean, Karaya, pectin, or tragacanth, sodium starch glycolate, bentonite, a natural sponge, a surfactant, a resin such as a cation-exchange resin, citrus pulp, sodium lauryl sulfate, sodium lauryl sulfate in combination starch, and the like.
[00292] Binders impart cohesiveness to solid oral dosage form formulations: for powder filled capsule formulation, they aid in plug formation that can be filled into soft or hard shell capsules and for tablet formulation, they ensure the tablet remaining intact after compression and help assure blend uniformity prior to a compression or fill step. Materials suitable for use as binders in the solid dosage forms described herein include, but are not limited to, carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose (e.g., Methocel®), hydroxypropylmethylcellulose (e.g. Hypromellose USP Pharmacoat-603, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose acetate stearate (Aqoate HS-LF and HS), hydroxyethylcellulose, hydroxypropylcellulose (e.g., Klucel®), ethylcellulose (e.g., Ethocel®), and microcrystalline cellulose (e.g., Avicel®), microcrystalline dextrose, amylose, magnesium aluminum silicate, polysaccharide acids, bentonites, gelatin, polyvinylpyrrolidone/vinyl acetate copolymer, crospovidone, povidone, starch, pregelatinized starch, tragacanth, dextrin, a sugar, such as sucrose (e.g., Dipac®), glucose, dextrose, molasses, mannitol, sorbitol, xylitol (e.g., Xylitab®), lactose, a natural or synthetic gum such as acacia, tragacanth, ghatti gum, mucilage of isapol husks, starch, polyvinylpyrrolidone (e.g., Povidone® CL, Kollidon® CL, Polyplasdone® XL-10, and Povidone® K- 12), larch arabogalactan, Veegum®, polyethylene glycol, waxes, sodium alginate, and the like.
[00293] In general, binder levels of 20-70% are used in powder-filled gelatin capsule formulations. Binder usage level in tablet formulations varies whether direct compression, wet granulation, roller compaction, or usage of other excipients such as fillers which itself can act as moderate binder. Formulators skilled in art can determine the binder level for the formulations, but binder usage level of up to 70% in tablet formulations is common. [00294] Suitable lubricants or glidants for use in the solid dosage forms described herein include, but are not limited to, stearic acid, calcium hydroxide, talc, corn starch, sodium stearyl fumerate, alkali-metal and alkaline earth metal salts, such as aluminum, calcium, magnesium, zinc, stearic acid, sodium stearates, magnesium stearate, zinc stearate, waxes, Stearowet®, boric acid, sodium benzoate, sodium acetate, sodium chloride, leucine, a polyethylene glycol or a methoxypolyethylene glycol such as Carbowax™, PEG 4000, PEG 5000, PEG 6000, propylene glycol, sodium oleate, glyceryl behenate, glyceryl palmitostearate, glyceryl benzoate, magnesium or sodium lauryl sulfate, and the like.
[00295] Suitable diluents for use in the solid dosage forms described herein include, but are not limited to, sugars (including lactose, sucrose, and dextrose), polysaccharides (including dextrates and maltodextrin), polyols (including mannitol, xylitol, and sorbitol), cyclodextrins and the like. [00296] The term "non water-soluble diluent" represents compounds typically used in the formulation of pharmaceuticals, such as calcium phosphate, calcium sulfate, starches, modified starches and microcrystalline cellulose, and microcellulose (e.g., having a density of about 0.45 g/cm3, e.g. Avicel, powdered cellulose), and talc. [00297] Suitable wetting agents for use in the solid dosage forms described herein include, for example, oleic acid, glyceryl mono stearate, sorbitan monooleate, sorbitan monolaurate, triethanolamine oleate, polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate, polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate, quaternary ammonium compounds (e.g., Polyquat
10®), sodium oleate, sodium lauryl sulfate, magnesium stearate, sodium docusate, triacetin, vitamin E TPGS and the like. WSϋaK IJOCKCt NO. IV)IL- /MJ.OUl
[00298] Suitable surfactants for use in the solid dosage forms described herein include, for example, sodium lauryl sulfate, sorbitan monooleate, polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate, polysorbates, polaxomers, bile salts, glyceryl monostearate, copolymers of ethylene oxide and propylene oxide, e.g., Pluronic® (BASF), and the like. [00299] Suitable suspending agents for use in the solid dosage forms described here include, but are not limited to, polyvinylpyrrolidone, e.g., polyvinylpyrrolidone K12, polyvinylpyrrolidone Kl 7, polyvinylpyrrolidone K25, or polyvinylpyrrolidone K30, polyethylene glycol, e.g., the polyethylene glycol can have a molecular weight of about 300 to about 6000, or about 3350 to about 4000, or about 7000 to about 5400, vinyl pyrrolidone/vinyl acetate copolymer (S630), sodium carboxymcthylcellulose, methylcellulose, hydroxy-propylmethylcellulose, polysorbate- 80, hydroxyethylcellulose, sodium alginate, gums, such as, e.g., gum tragacanth and gum acacia, guar gum, xanthans, including xanthan gum, sugars, cellulosics, such as, e.g., sodium carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, hydroxyethylcellulose, polysorbate-80, sodium alginate, polyethoxylated sorbitan monolaurate, polyethoxylated sorbitan monolaurate, povidone and the like. [00300] Suitable antioxidants for use in the solid dosage forms described herein include, for example, e.g., butylated hydroxytoluene (BHT), sodium ascorbate, and tocopherol. [00301] It should be appreciated that there is considerable overlap between additives used in the solid dosage forms described herein. Thus, the above-listed additives should be taken as merely exemplary, and not limiting, of the types of additives that can be included in solid dosage forms described herein. The amounts of such additives can be readily determined by one skilled in the art, according to the particular properties desired. [00302] In other embodiments, one or more layers of the pharmaceutical formulation are plasticized. Illustratively, a plasticizer is generally a high boiling point solid or liquid. Suitable plasticizers can be added from about 0.01% to about 50% by weight (w/w) of the coating composition. Plasticizers include, but are not limited to, diethyl phthalate, citrate esters, polyethylene glycol, glycerol, acetylated glycerides, triacetin, polypropylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, triethyl citrate, dibutyl sebacate, stearic acid, stearol, stearate, and castor oil. [00303] Compressed tablets are solid dosage forms prepared by compacting the bulk blend of the formulations described above. In various embodiments, compressed tablets which are designed to dissolve in the mouth will include one or more flavoring agents. In other embodiments, the compressed tablets will include a film surrounding the final compressed tablet. In some embodiments, the film coating can provide a delayed release of the compound of of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D), from the formulation. In other embodiments, the film coating aids in patient compliance (e.g., Opadry® coatings or sugar coating). Film coatings including Opadry® typically range from about 1% to about 3% of the tablet weight. In other embodiments, the compressed tablets include one or more excipients.
[00304] A capsule may be prepared, for example, by placing the bulk blend of the formulation of the compound of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D), described above, inside of a capsule. In some embodiments, the formulations (non-aqueous suspensions and solutions) are placed in a soft gelatin capsule. In other embodiments, the formulations are placed in standard gelatin capsules or non-gelatin capsules such as capsules comprising HPMC. In other embodiments, the formulation is placed in a sprinkle capsule, wherein the capsule may be swallowed whole or the capsule may be opened and the contents sprinkled on food prior to eating. In some embodiments, the therapeutic dose is split into multiple (e.g., two, three, or four) capsules. In some embodiments, the entire dose of the formulation is delivered in a capsule form. [00305] In various embodiments, the particles of the compound of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D), and one or more excipients are dry blended and compressed into a mass, such as a tablet, having a hardness sufficient to provide a pharmaceutical composition that substantially disintegrates within less than wtjiuK uocKct no. /:>y_:z-/:>αoui about 30 minutes, less than about 35 minutes, less than about 40 minutes, less than about 45 minutes, less than about 50 minutes, less than about 55 minutes, or less than about 60 minutes, after oral administration, thereby releasing the formulation into the gastrointestinal fluid.
[00306] In another aspect, dosage forms may include microencapsulated formulations. In some embodiments, one or more other compatible materials are present in the microencapsulation material. Exemplary materials include, but are not limited to, pH modifiers, erosion facilitators, anti-foaming agents, antioxidants, flavoring agents, and carrier materials such as binders, suspending agents, disintegration agents, filling agents, surfactants, solubilizers, stabilizers, lubricants, wetting agents, and diluents. [00307] Materials useful for the microencapsulation described herein include materials compatible with compounds of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D), which sufficiently isolate the compound of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D), from other non-compatible excipients. Materials compatible with compounds of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D), are those that delay the release of the compounds of of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D), in vivo. [00308] Exemplary microencapsulation materials useful for delaying the release of the formulations including compounds described herein, include, but are not limited to, hydroxypropyl cellulose ethers (HPC) such as Klucel® or Nisso HPC, low-substituted hydroxypropyl cellulose ethers (L-HPC), hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose ethers (HPMC) such as Seppifilm-LC, Pharmacoat®, Metolose SR, Methocelφ-E, Opadry YS, PrimaFlo, Benecel MP824, and Benecel MP843, methylcellulose polymers such as Methocel®-A, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose acetate stearate Aqoat (HF-LS, HF-LG,HF-MS) and Metolose®, Ethylcelluloses (EC) and mixtures thereof such as E461 , Ethocel®, Aqualon®-EC, Surelease®, Polyvinyl alcohol (PVA) such as Opadry AMB, hydroxyethylcelluloses such as Natrosol®, carboxymethylcelluloses and salts of carboxyrnethylcelluloses (CMC) such as Aqualon®-CMC, polyvinyl alcohol and polyethylene glycol co-polymers such as Kollicoat IR®, monoglycerides (Myverol), triglycerides (KLX), polyethylene glycols, modified food starch, acrylic polymers and mixtures of acrylic polymers with cellulose ethers such as Eudragit® EPO, Eudragit® L30D-55, Eudragit® FS 30D Eudragit® L100-55, Eudragit® LlOO, Eudragit® SlOO, Eudragit® RDlOO, Eudragit® ElOO, Eudragit® L12.5, Eudragit® S12.5, Eudragit® NE30D, and Eudragit® NE 4OD, cellulose acetate phthalate, sepifilms such as mixtures of HPMC and stearic acid, cyclodextrins, and mixtures of these materials. [00309] In still other embodiments, plasticizers such as polyethylene glycols, e.g., PEG 300, PEG 400, PEG 600, PEG 1450, PEG 3350, and PEG 800, stearic acid, propylene glycol, oleic acid, and triacetin are incorporated into the microencapsulation material. In other embodiments, the microencapsulating material useful for delaying the release of the pharmaceutical compositions is from the USP or the National Formulary (NF). In yet other embodiments, the microencapsulation material is Klucel. In still other embodiments, the microencapsulation material is methocel. [00310] Microencapsulated compounds of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D), may be formulated by methods known by one of ordinary skill in the art. Such known methods include, e.g., spray drying processes, spinning disk-solvent processes, hot melt processes, spray chilling methods, fluidized bed, electrostatic deposition, centrifugal extrusion, rotational suspension separation, polymerization at liquid-gas or solid-gas interface, pressure extrusion, or spraying solvent extraction bath. In addition to these, several chemical techniques, e.g., complex coacervation, solvent evaporation, polymer-polymer incompatibility, interfacial polymerization in liquid media, in situ polymerization, in-liquid drying, and desolvation in liquid media could also be used. WSfciK. Docket NO. 25yZ2-75ϋ.6ϋl
Furthermore, other methods such as roller compaction, extrusion/spheronization, coacervation, or πanoparticle coating may also be used.
[00311] In one embodiment, the particles of compounds of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D), are microencapsulated prior to being formulated into one of the above forms. In still another embodiment, some or most of the particles are coated prior to being further formulated by using standard coating procedures, such as those described in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 20th Edition (2000). [00312] In other embodiments, the solid dosage formulations of the compounds of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D), are plasticized (coated) with one or more layers. Illustratively, a plasticizer is generally a high boiling point solid or liquid. Suitable plasticizers can be added from about 0.01% to about 50% by weight (w/w) of the coating composition. Plasticizers include, but are not limited to, diethyl phthalate, citrate esters, polyethylene glycol, glycerol, acetylated glycerides, triacetin, polypropylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, triethyl citrate, dibutyl sebacate, stearic acid, stearol, stearate, and castor oil.
[00313] In other embodiments, a powder including the formulations with a compound of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D), described herein, may be formulated to include one or more pharmaceutical excipients and flavors. Such a powder may be prepared, for example, by mixing the formulation and optional pharmaceutical excipients to form a bulk blend composition. Additional embodiments also include a suspending agent and/or a wetting agent. This bulk blend is uniformly subdivided into unit dosage packaging or multi-dosage packaging units. [00314] In still other embodiments, effervescent powders are also prepared in accordance with the present disclosure. Effervescent salts have been used to disperse medicines in water for oral administration. Effervescent salts are granules or coarse powders containing a medicinal agent in a dry mixture, usually composed of sodium bicarbonate, citric acid and/or tartaric acid. When salts of the compositions described herein are added to water, the acids and the base react to liberate carbon dioxide gas, thereby causing "effervescence." Examples of effervescent salts include, e.g., the following ingredients: sodium bicarbonate or a mixture of sodium bicarbonate and sodium carbonate, citric acid and/or tartaric acid. Any acid-base combination that results in the liberation of carbon dioxide can be used in place of the combination of sodium bicarbonate and citric and tartaric acids, as long as the ingredients were suitable for pharmaceutical use and result in a pH of about 6.0 or higher.
[00315] In other embodiments, the formulations described herein, which include a compound of Formula (A), are solid dispersions. Methods of producing such solid dispersions are known in the art and include, but are not limited to, for example, U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,343,789, 5,340,591, 5,456,923, 5,700,485, 5,723,269, and U.S. Pub. Appl 2004/0013734, each of which is specifically incorporated by reference. In still other embodiments, the formulations described herein are solid solutions. Solid solutions incorporate a substance together with the active agent and other excipients such that heating the mixture results in dissolution of the drug and the resulting composition is then cooled to provide a solid blend which can be further formulated or directly added to a capsule or compressed into a tablet. Methods of producing such solid solutions are known in the art and include, but are not limited to, for example, U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,151,273, 5,281,420, and 6,083,518, each of which is specifically incorporated by reference.
[00316] The pharmaceutical solid oral dosage forms including formulations described herein, which include a compound of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D), can be further formulated to provide a controlled release of the compound of Formula (A). Controlled release refers to the release of the compound of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D), from a dosage form in which it is incorporated according to a desired profile over an extended period of time. Controlled release profiles include, for example, WSQR Docket No. 25922-750.601 sustained release, prolonged release, pulsatile release, and delayed release profiles. In contrast to immediate release compositions, controlled release compositions allow delivery of an agent to a subject over an extended period of time according to a predetermined profile. Such release rates can provide therapeutically effective levels of agent for an extended period of time and thereby provide a longer period of pharmacologic response while minimizing side effects as compared to conventional rapid release dosage forms. Such longer periods of response provide for many inherent benefits that are not achieved with the corresponding short acting, immediate release preparations. [00317] In some embodiments, the solid dosage forms described herein can be formulated as enteric coated delayed release oral dosage forms, i.e., as an oral dosage form of a pharmaceutical composition as described herein which utilizes an enteric coating to affect release in the small intestine of the gastrointestinal tract. The enteric coated dosage form may be a compressed or molded or extruded tablet/mold (coated or uncoated) containing granules, powder, pellets, beads or particles of the active ingredient and/or other composition components, which are themselves coated or uncoated. The enteric coated oral dosage form may also be a capsule (coated or uncoated) containing pellets, beads or granules of the solid carrier or the composition, which are themselves coated or uncoated. [0031S] The term "delayed release" as used herein refers to the delivery so that the release can be accomplished at some generally predictable location in the intestinal tract more distal to that which would have been accomplished if there had been no delayed release alterations. In some embodiments the method for delay of release is coating. Any coatings should be applied to a sufficient thickness such that the entire coating does not dissolve in the gastrointestinal fluids atpH below about 5, but does dissolve atpH about 5 and above. It is expected that any anionic polymer exhibiting a pH-dependent solubility profile can be used as an enteric coating in the methods and compositions described herein to achieve delivery to the lower gastrointestinal tract. In some embodiments the polymers described herein are anionic carboxylic polymers. In other embodiments, the polymers and compatible mixtures thereof, and some of their properties, include, but are not limited to: [00319] Shellac, also called purified lac, a refined product obtained from the resinous secretion of an insect. This coating dissolves in media of pH >7;
[00320] Acrylic polymers. The performance of acrylic polymers (primarily their solubility in biological fluids) can vary based on the degree and type of substitution. Examples of suitable acrylic polymers include methacrylic acid copolymers and ammonium methacrylate copolymers. -The Eudragit series E, L, S, RL, RS and NE (Rohm Pharma) are available as solubilized in organic solvent, aqueous dispersion, or dry powders. The Eudragit series RL, NE, and RS are insoluble in the gastrointestinal tract but are permeable and are used primarily for colonic targeting. The Eudragit series E dissolve in the stomach. The Eudragit series L, L-30D and S are insoluble in stomach and dissolve in the intestine;
[00321] Cellulose Derivatives. Examples of suitable cellulose derivatives are: ethyl cellulose; reaction mixtures of partial acetate esters of cellulose with phthalic anhydride. The performance can vary based on the degree and type of substitution. Cellulose acetate phthalate (CAP) dissolves inpH >6. Aquateric (FMC) is an aqueous based system and is a spray dried CAP psuedolatex with particles <1 μm. Other components in Aquateric can include pluronics, Tweens, and acetylated monoglycerides. Other suitable cellulose derivatives include: cellulose acetate trimellitate (Eastman); methylcellulose (Pharmacoat, Methocel); hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose phthalate (EDPMCP); hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose succinate (UPMCS); and hydroxypropylmethylcellulose acetate succinate (e.g., AQOAT (Shin Etsu)). The performance can vary based on the degree and type of substitution. For example, HPMCP such as, HP-50, HP-55, HP-55S, HP-55F grades are suitable. The performance can vary based on the degree and type of substitution. For example, suitable grades of hydroxypropylmethylcellulose acetate succinate 'WSGR Docket No. 25922-750.601 include, but are not limited to, AS-LG (LF), which dissolves at pH 5, AS-MG (MF), which dissolves at pH 5.5, and AS-HG (HF), which dissolves at higher pH. These polymers are offered as granules, or as fine powders for aqueous dispersions;
[00322] Poly Vinyl Acetate Phthalate (PVAP). PVAP dissolves in pH >5, and it is much less permeable to water vapor and gastric fluids.
[00323] In some embodiments, the coating can, and usually does, contain a plasticizer and possibly other coating excipients such as colorants, talc, and/or magnesium stearate, which are well known in the art. Suitable plasticizers include triethyl citrate (Citroflex 2), triacetin (glyceryl triacetate), acetyl triethyl citrate (Citroflec A2), Carbowax 400 (polyethylene glycol 400), diethyl phthalate, tributyl citrate, acetylated monoglycerides, glycerol, fatty acid esters, propylene glycol, and dibutyl phthalate. In particular, anionic carboxylic acrylic polymers usually will contain 10-25% by weight of a plasticizer, especially dibutyl phthalate, polyethylene glycol, triethyl citrate and triacetin. Conventional coating techniques such as spray or pan coating are employed to apply coatings. The coating thickness must be sufficient to ensure that the oral dosage form remains intact until the desired site of topical delivery in the intestinal tract is reached. [00324] Colorants, detackifiers, surfactants, antifoaming agents, lubricants (e.g., carnuba wax or PEG) may be added to the coatings besides plasticizers to solubilize or disperse the coating material, and to improve coating performance and the coated product:
[00325] In other embodiments, the formulations described herein, which include a compound of Formula (A), are delivered using a pulsatile dosage form. A pulsatile dosage form is capable of providing one or more immediate release pulses at predetermined time points after a controlled lag time or at specific sites. Pulsatile dosage forms including the formulations described herein, which include a compound of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D), may be administered using a variety of pulsatile formulations known in the art. For example, such formulations include, but are not limited to, those described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,011,692, 5,017,381, 5,229,135, and 5,840,329, each of which is specifically incorporated by reference. Other pulsatile release dosage forms suitable for use with the present formulations include, but are not limited to, for example, U.S. Pat. Nos.
4,871,549, 5,260,068, 5,260,069, 5,508,040, 5,567,441 and 5,837,284, all of which are specifically incorporated by reference. In one embodiment, the controlled release dosage form is pulsatile release solid oral dosage form including at least two groups of particles, (i.e. multiparticulate) each containing the formulation described herein. The first group of particles provides a substantially immediate dose of the compound of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D), upon ingestion by a mammal. The first group of particles can be either uncoated or include a coating and/or sealant. The second group of particles includes coated particles, which includes from about 2% to about 75%, from about 2.5% to about 70%, or from about 40% to about 70%, by weight of the total dose of the compound of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D), in said formulation,' in admixture with one or more binders. The coating includes a pharmaceutically acceptable ingredient in an amount sufficient to provide a delay of from about 2 hours to about 7 hours following ingestion before release of the second dose. Suitable coatings include one or more differentially degradable coatings such as, by way of example only, pH sensitive coatings (enteric coatings) such as acrylic resins (e.g., Eudragit® EPO, Eudragit® L30D-55, Eudragit® FS 3OD Eudragit® L100-55, Eudragit® LlOO, Eudragit® SlOO, Eudragit® RDlOO, Eudragit® ElOO, Eudragit® L12.5, Eudragit® S12.5, and Eudragit® NE30D, Eudragit® NE 40D® ) either alone or blended with cellulose derivatives, e.g., ethylcellulose, or non-enteric coatings having variable thickness to provide differential release of the formulation that includes a compound of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D). [00326] Many other types of controlled release systems known to those of ordinary skill in the art and are suitable for use with the formulations described herein. Examples of such delivery systems include, e.g., polymer- based systems, such as polylactic and polyglycolic acid, plyanhydrides and polycaprolactone; porous matrices, nonpolymer-based systems that are lipids, including sterols, such as cholesterol, cholesterol esters and fatty acids, or neutral fats, such as mono-, di- and triglycerides; hydrogel release systems; silastic systems; peptide-based systems; wax coatings, bioerodible dosage forms, compressed tablets using conventional binders and the like. See, e.g., Liberman et al., Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms, 2 Ed., Vol. 1, pp. 209-214 (1990); Singh et al., Encyclopedia of Pharmaceutical Technology, 2nd Ed., pp. 751-753 (2002); U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,327,725, 4,624,848, 4,968,509, 5,461,140, 5,456,923, 5,516,527, 5,622,721, 5,686,105, 5,700,410, 5,977,175, 6,465,014 and 6,932,983, each of which is specifically incorporated by reference.
[00327] In some embodiments, pharmaceutical formulations are provided that include particles of the compounds of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D), described herein and at least one dispersing agent or suspending agent for oral administration to a subject. The formulations may be a powder and/or granules for suspension, and upon admixture with water, a substantially uniform suspension is obtained. [00328] Liquid formulation dosage forms for oral administration can be aqueous suspensions selected from the group including, but not limited to, pharmaceutically acceptable aqueous oral dispersions, emulsions, solutions, elixirs, gels, and syrups. See, e.g., Singh et al., Encyclopedia of Pharmaceutical Technology, 2nd Ed., pp. 754-757 (2002). In addition to the particles of compound of Formula (A), the liquid dosage forms may include additives, such as: (a) disintegrating agents; (b) dispersing agents; (c) wetting agents; (d) at least one preservative, (e) viscosity enhancing agents, (f) at least one sweetening agent, and (g) at least one flavoring agent. In some embodiments, the aqueous dispersions can further include a crystalline inhibitor.
[00329] The aqueous suspensions and dispersions described herein can remain in a homogenous state, as defined in The USP Pharmacists' Pharmacopeia (2005 edition, chapter 905), for at least 4 hours. The homogeneity should be determined by a sampling method consistent with regard to determining homogeneity of the entire composition. In one embodiment, an aqueous suspension can be re-suspended into a homogenous suspension by physical agitation lasting less than 1 minute. In another embodiment, an aqueous suspension can be re-suspended into a homogenous suspension by physical agitation lasting less than 45 seconds. In yet another embodiment, an aqueous suspension can be re-suspended into a homogenous suspension by physical agitation lasting less than 30 seconds. In still another embodiment, no agitation is necessary to maintain a homogeneous aqueous dispersion. [00330] Examples of disintegrating agents for use in the aqueous suspensions and dispersions include, but are not limited to, a starch, e.g., a natural starch such as corn starch or potato starch, a pregelatinized starch such as National 1551 or Amijel®, or sodium starch glycolate such as Promogel® or Explotab®; a cellulose such as a wood product, methylcrystalline cellulose, e.g., Avicel®, Avicel® PHlOl, Avicel®PH102, Avicel® PH105, Elcema® PlOO, Emcocel®, Vivacel®, Ming Tia®, and SoDca-Floc®, methylcellulose, croscarmellose, or a cross-linked cellulose, such as cross-linked sodium carboxymethylcellulose (Ac-Di-Sol®), cross-linked carboxymethylcellulose, or cross-linked croscarmellose; a cross-linked starch such as sodium starch glycolate; a cross-linked polymer such as crospovidone; a cross-linked polyvinylpyrrolidone; alginate such as alginic acid or a salt of alginic acid such as sodium alginate; a clay such as Veegum® HV (magnesium aluminum silicate); a gum such as agar, guar, locust bean, Karaya, pectin, or tragacanth; sodium starch glycolate; bentonite; a natural sponge; a surfactant; a resin such as a cation-exchange resin; citrus pulp; sodium lauryl sulfate; sodium lauryl sulfate in combination starch; and the like.
[00331] In some embodiments, the dispersing agents suitable for the aqueous suspensions and dispersions described herein are known in the art and include, for example, hydrophilic polymers, electrolytes, Tween ® 60 or » WSSR Docket No. 25922-750.601
80, PEG, polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP; commercially known as Plasdone®), and the carbohydrate-based dispersing agents such as, for example, hydroxypropylcellulose and hydroxypropyl cellulose ethers (e.g., HPC, HPC-SL, and HPC-L), hydroxypropyl methylcellulose and hydroxypropyl methylcellulose ethers (e.g. HPMC KlOO, HPMC K4M, HPMC Kl 5M, and HPMC KlOOM), carboxymethylcellulose sodium, methylcellulose, hydroxyethylcellulose, 5 hydroxypropylmethyl-cellulose phthalate, hydroxypropylmethyl-cellulose acetate stearate, noncrystalline cellulose, magnesium aluminum silicate, triethanolamine, polyvinyl alcohol (PVA); polyvinylpyrrolidone/vinyl acetate copolymer (Plasdone®, e.g., S-630), 4-(l,l,3,3-tetramethylbutyl)-phenol polymer with ethylene oxide and formaldehyde (also known as tyloxapol), poloxarners (e.g., Pluronics F68®, F88®, and F 108®, which are block copolymers of ethylene oxide and propylene oxide); and poloxamines (e.g., Terronic 908®, also known as 0 Poloxamine 908®, which is a tetrafunctioπal block copolymer derived from sequential addition of propylene oxide and ethylene oxide to ethylenediamine (BASF Corporation, Parsippany, NJ.)). In other embodiments, the dispersing agent is selected from a group not comprising one of the following agents: hydrophilic polymers; electrolytes; Tween ® 60 or 80; PEG; polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP); hydroxypropylcellulose and hydroxypropyl cellulose ethers (e.g., HPC, HPC-SL, and HPC-L); hydroxypropyl methylcellulose and hydroxypropyl methylcellulose ethers (e.g.5 HPMC KlOO, HPMC K4M, HPMC K15M, HPMC KlOOM, and Pharmacoat® USP 2910 (Shin-Etsu)); carboxymethylcellulose sodium; methylcellulose; hydroxyethylcellulose; hydroxypropylmethyl-cellulose phthalate; hydroxypropylmethyl-cellulose acetate stearate; non-crystalline cellulose; magnesium aluminum silicate; triethanolamine; polyvinyl alcohol (PVA); 4-(l,l,3,3-tetramethylbutyl)-phenol polymer with ethylene oxide and formaldehyde; poloxamers (e.g., Pluronics F68®, F88®, and F108®, which are block copolymers of ethylene oxide0 and propylene oxide); or poloxamines (e.g., Tetronic 908®, also known as Poloxamine 908®).
. [003321 Wetting agents suitable for the aqueous suspensions and dispersions described herein are known in the art and include, but are not limited to, cetyl alcohol, glycerol monostearate, polyoxyethylene sorbitan fatty acid esters (e.g., the commercially available Tweens® such as e.g., Tween 20® and Tween 80® (ICI Specialty Chemicals)), and polyethylene glycols (e.g., Carbowaxs 3350® and 1450®, and Carbopol 934® (Union Carbide)),5 oleic acid, glyceryl monostearate, sorbitan monooleate, sorbitan monolaurate, triethanolamine oleate, polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate, polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate, sodium oleate, sodium lauryl sulfate, sodium docusate, triacetin, vitamin E TPGS, sodium taurocholate, simethicone, phosphotidylcholine and the like {00333] Suitable preservatives for the aqueous suspensions or dispersions described herein include, for example, potassium sorbate, parabens (e.g., methylparaben and propylparaben), benzoic acid and its salts, other0 esters of parahydroxybenzoic acid such as butylparaben, alcohols such as ethyl alcohol or benzyl alcohol, phenolic compounds such as phenol, or quaternary compounds such as benzalkonium chloride. Preservatives, as used herein, are incorporated into the dosage form at a concentration sufficient to inhibit microbial growth. [00334] Suitable viscosity enhancing agents for the aqueous suspensions or dispersions described herein include, but are not limited to, methyl cellulose, xanthan gum, carboxymethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose,5 hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose, Plasdon® S-630, carbomer, polyvinyl alcohol, alginates, acacia, chitosans and combinations thereof. The concentration of the viscosity enhancing agent will depend upon the agent selected and the viscosity desired.
[00335] Examples of sweetening agents suitable for the aqueous suspensions or dispersions described herein include, for example, acacia syrup, acesulfame K, alitame, anise, apple, aspartame, banana, Bavarian cream, berry,0 black currant, butterscotch, calcium citrate, camphor, caramel, cherry, cherry cream, chocolate, cinnamon, bubble gum, citrus, citrus punch, citrus cream, cotton candy, cocoa, cola, cool cherry, cool citrus, cyclamate, cylamate, dextrose, eucalyptus, eugenol, fructose, fruit punch, ginger, glycyrrhetinate, glycyrrhiza (licorice) syrup, grape, VsΘR Docket No.25922-750.601 grapefruit, honey, isomalt, lemon, lime, lemon cream, monoammonium glyrrhizinate (MagnaSweet®), maltol, mannitol, maple, marshmallow, menthol, mint cream, mixed berry, neohesperidine DC, neotame, orange, pear, peach, peppermint, peppermint cream, Prosweet® Powder, raspberry, root beer, rum, saccharin, safrole, sorbitol, spearmint, spearmint cream, strawberry, strawberry cream, stevia, sucralose, sucrose, sodium saccharin, saccharin, aspartame, acesulfame potassium, mannitol, talin, sucralose, sorbitol, swiss cream, tagatose, tangerine, thaumatin, tutti thiitti, vanilla, walnut, watermelon, wild cherry, wintergreen, xylitol, or any combination of these flavoring ingredients, e.g., anise-menthol, cherry-anise, cinnamon-orange, cherry-cinnamon, chocolate-mint, honey-lemon, lemon-lime, lemon-mint, menthol-eucalyptus, orange-cream, vanilla-mint, and mixtures thereof. In one embodiment, the aqueous liquid dispersion can comprise a sweetening agent or flavoring agent in a concentration ranging from about 0.001% to about 1.0% the volume of the aqueous dispersion. In another embodiment, the aqueous liquid dispersion can comprise a sweetening agent or flavoring agent in a concentration ranging from about 0.005% to about 0.5% the volume of the aqueous dispersion. In yet another embodiment, the aqueous liquid dispersion can comprise a sweetening agent or flavoring agent in a concentration ranging from about 0.01% to about 1.0% the volume of the aqueous dispersion. [00336] In addition to the additives listed above, the liquid formulations can also include inert diluents commonly used in the art, such as water or other solvents, solubilizing agents, and emulsifiers. Exemplary emulsifiers are ethyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, ethyl carbonate, ethyl acetate, benzyl alcohol, benzyl benzoate, propyleneglycol, 1,3-butyleneglycol, dimethylformarnide, sodium lauryl sulfate, sodium doccusate, cholesterol, cholesterol esters, taurocholic acid, phosphotidylcholine, oils, such as cottonseed oil, groundnut oil, corn germ oil, olive oil, castor oil, and sesame oil, glycerol, tetrahydrofurfuryl alcohol, polyethylene glycols, fatty acid esters of sorbitan, or mixtures of these substances, and the like.
[00337] In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical formulations described herein can be self-emulsifying drug delivery systems (SEDDS). Emulsions are dispersions of one immiscible phase in another, usually in the form of droplets. Generally, emulsions are created by vigorous mechanical dispersion. SEDDS, as opposed to emulsions or microemulsions, spontaneously form emulsions when added to an excess of water without any external mechanical dispersion or agitation. An advantage of SEDDS is that only gentle mixing is required to distribute the droplets throughout the solution. Additionally, water or the aqueous phase can be added just prior to administration, which ensures stability of an unstable or hydrophobic active ingredient. Thus, the SEDDS provides an effective delivery system for oral and parenteral delivery of hydrophobic active ingredients. SEDDS may provide improvements in the bioavailability of hydrophobic active ingredients. Methods of producing self-emulsifying dosage forms are known in the art and include, but are not limited to, for example, U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,858,401, 6,667,048, and 6,960,563, each of which is specifically incorporated by reference.
[00338] It is to be appreciated that there is overlap between the above-listed additives used in the aqueous dispersions or suspensions described herein, since a given additive is often classified differently by different practitioners in the field, or is commonly used for any of several different functions. Thus, the above-listed additives should be taken as merely exemplary, and not limiting, of the types of additives that can be included in formulations described herein. The amounts of such additives can be readily determined by one skilled in the art, according to the particular properties desired. Intranasal Formulations [00339] Intranasal formulations are known in the art and are described in, for example, U.S. Pat. Nos.
4,476,116, 5,116,817 and 6,391,452, each of which is specifically incorporated by reference. Formulations that include a compound of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D), which are prepared "WSΘR Docket No. 25922-750.601 according to these and other techniques well-known in the art are prepared as solutions in saline, employing benzyl alcohol or other suitable preservatives, fluorocarbons, and/or other solubilizing or dispersing agents known in the art. See, for example, Ansel, H. C. et al., Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms and Drug Delivery Systems, Sixth Ed. (1995). Preferably these compositions and formulations are prepared with suitable nontoxic pharmaceutically acceptable ingredients. These ingredients are known to those skilled in the preparation of nasal dosage forms and some of these can be found in REMINGTON: THE SCIENCE AND PRACTICE OF PHARMACY, 21st edition, 2005, a standard reference in the field. The choice of suitable carriers is highly dependent upon the exact nature of the nasal dosage form desired, e.g., solutions, suspensions, ointments, or gels. Nasal dosage forms generally contain large amounts of water in addition to the active ingredient. Minor amounts of other ingredients such as pH adjusters, emulsifiers or dispersing agents, preservatives, surfactants, gelling agents, or buffering and other stabilizing and solubilizing agents may also be present. The nasal dosage form should be isotonic with nasal secretions. [00340] For administration by inhalation, the compounds of any of Formula (A), Formula (B)7 Formula (C), or Formula (D), described herein may be in a form as an aerosol, a mist or a powder. Pharmaceutical compositions described herein are conveniently delivered in the form of an aerosol spray presentation from pressurized packs or a nebuliser, with the use of a suitable propellant, e.g., dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichlorotetrafluoroethane, carbon dioxide or other suitable gas. In the case of a pressurized aerosol, the dosage unit may be determined by providing a valve to deliver a metered amount. Capsules and cartridges "of, such as, by way of example only, gelatin for use in an inhaler or insufflator may be formulated containing a powder mix of the compound described herein and a suitable powder base such as lactose or starch. Buccal Formulations
{00341] Buccal formulations that include compounds of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D), may be administered using a variety of formulations known in the art. For example, such formulations include, but are not limited to, U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,229,447, 4,596,795, 4,755,386, and 5,739,136, each of which is specifically incorporated by reference. In addition, the buccal dosage forms described herein can further include a bioerodible (hydrolysable) polymeric carrier that also serves to adhere the dosage form to the buccal mucosa. The buccal dosage form is fabricated so as to erode gradually over a predetermined time period, wherein the delivery of the compound of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D), is provided essentially throughout. Buccal drug delivery, as will be appreciated by those skilled in the art, avoids the disadvantages encountered with oral drug administration, e.g., slow absorption, degradation of the active agent by fluids present in the gastrointestinal tract and/or first-pass inactivation in the liver. With regard to the bioerodible (hydrolysable) polymeric carrier, it will be appreciated that virtually any such carrier can be used, so long as the desired drug release profile is not compromised, and the carrier is compatible with the compound of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D), and any other components that may be present in the buccal dosage unit. Generally, the polymeric carrier comprises hydrophilic (water-soluble and water-swellable) polymers that adhere to the wet surface of the buccal mucosa. Examples of polymeric carriers useful herein include acrylic acid polymers and co, e.g., those known as "carbomers" (Carbopol®, which may be obtained from B.F. Goodrich, is one such polymer). Other components may also be incorporated into the buccal dosage forms described herein include, but are not limited to, disintegrants, diluents, binders, lubricants, flavoring, colorants, preservatives, and the like. For buccal or subungual administration, the compositions may take the form of tablets, lozenges, or gels formulated in a conventional manner. WSSR Docket No. 25922-750.601 .
Transdermal Formulations
[00342] Transdermal formulations described herein may be administered using a variety of devices which have been described in the art. For example, such devices include, but are not limited to, U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,598,122, 3,598,123, 3,710,795, 3,731,683, 3,742,951, 3,814,097, 3,921,636, 3,972,995, 3,993,072, 3,993,073, 3,996,934, 4,031,894, 4,060,084, 4,069,307, 4,077,407, 4,201,211, 4,230,105, 4,292,299, 4,292,303, 5,336,168, 5,665,378, 5,837,280, 5,869,090, 6,923,983, 6,929,801 and 6,946,144, each of which is specifically incorporated by reference in its entirety.
[00343] The transdermal dosage forms described herein may incorporate certain pharmaceutically acceptable excipients which are conventional in the art. In one embodiments, the transdermal formulations described herein include at least three components: (1) a formulation of a compound of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D); (2) a penetration enhancer; and (3) an aqueous adjuvant. In addition, transdermal formulations can include additional components such as, but not limited to, gelling agents, creams and ointment bases, and the like. In some embodiments, the transdermal formulation can further include a woven or non-woven backing material to enhance absorption and prevent the removal of the transdermal formulation from the skin. In other embodiments, the transdermal formulations described herein can maintain a saturated or supersaturated state to promote diffusion into the skin.
[00344] Formulations suitable for transdermal administration of compounds described herein may employ transdermal delivery devices and transdermal delivery patches and can be lipophilic emulsions or buffered, aqueous solutions, dissolved and/or dispersed in a polymer or an adhesive. Such patches may be constructed for continuous, pulsatile, or on demand delivery of pharmaceutical agents. Still further, transdermal delivery of the compounds described herein can be accomplished by means of iontophoretic patches and the like. Additionally, transdermal patches can provide controlled delivery of the compounds of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D). The rate of absorption can be slowed by using rate-controlling membranes or by trapping the compound within a polymer matrix or gel. Conversely, absorption enhancers can be used to increase absorption. An absorption enhancer or carrier can include absorbable pharmaceutically acceptable solvents to assist passage through the skin. For example, transdermal devices are in the form of a bandage comprising a backing member, a reservoir containing the compound optionally with carriers, optionally a rate controlling barrier to deliver the compound to the skin of the host at a controlled and predetermined rate over a prolonged period of time, and means to secure the device to the skin. Injectable Formulations
[00345] Formulations that include a compound of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D), suitable for intramuscular, subcutaneous, or intravenous injection may include physiologically acceptable sterile aqueous or non-aqueous solutions, dispersions, suspensions or emulsions, and sterile powders for reconstitution into sterile injectable solutions or dispersions. Examples of suitable aqueous and non-aqueous carriers, diluents, solvents, or vehicles including water, ethanol, polyols (propyleneglycol, polyethylene-glycol, glycerol, cremophor and the like), suitable mixtures thereof, vegetable oils (such as olive oil) and injectable organic esters such as ethyl oleate. Proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of a coating such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersions, and by the use of surfactants. Formulations suitable for subcutaneous injection may also contain additives such as preserving, wetting, emulsifying, and dispensing agents. Prevention of the growth of microorganisms can be ensured by various antibacterial and antifungal agents, such as parabens, chlorobutanol, phenol, sorbic acid, and the like. It may also be desirable to include isotonic agents, such as sugars, sodium chloride, and the like. Prolonged absorption of the WSSR Docket No.25922-750.601 injectable pharmaceutical form can be brought about by the use of agents delaying absorption, such as aluminum monostearate and gelatin.
[00346] For intravenous injections, compounds described herein may be formulated in aqueous solutions, preferably in physiologically compatible buffers such as Hank's solution, Ringer's solution, or physiological saline buffer. For transmucosal administration, penetrants appropriate to the barrier to be permeated are used in the formulation. Such penetrants are generally known in the art. For other parenteral injections, appropriate formulations may include aqueous or nonaqueous solutions, preferably with physiologically compatible buffers or excipients. Such excipients are generally known in the art. [00347J Parenteral injections may involve bolus injection or continuous infusion. Formulations for injection may be presented in unit dosage form, e.g., in ampoules or in multi-dose containers, with an added preservative. The pharmaceutical composition described herein may be in a form suitable for parenteral injection as a sterile suspensions, solutions or emulsions in oily or aqueous vehicles, and may contain formulatory agents such as suspending, stabilizing and/or dispersing agents. Pharmaceutical formulations for parenteral administration include aqueous solutions of the active compounds in water-soluble form. Additionally, suspensions of the active compounds may be prepared as appropriate oily injection suspensions. Suitable lipophilic solvents or vehicles include fatty oils such as sesame oil, or synthetic fatty acid esters, such as ethyl oleate or triglycerides, or liposomes. Aqueous injection suspensions may contain substances which increase the viscosity of the suspension, such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, sorbitol, or dextran. Optionally, the suspension may also contain suitable stabilizers or agents which increase the solubility of the compounds to allow for the preparation of highly concentrated solutions. Alternatively, the active ingredient may be in powder form for constitution with a suitable vehicle, e.g., sterile pyrogen-free water, before use. Other Formulations
[00348] In certain embodiments, delivery systems for pharmaceutical compounds may be employed, such as, for example, liposomes and emulsions. In certain embodiments, compositions provided herein can also include an mucoadhesive polymer, selected from among, for example, carboxymethylcellulose, carbomer (acrylic acid polymer), poly(τnethylmethacrylate), polyacrylamide, polycarbophil, acrylic acid/butyl acrylate copolymer, sodium alginate and dextran.
[00349] In some embodiments, the compounds described herein may be administered topically and can be formulated into a variety of topically administrable compositions, such as solutions, suspensions, lotions, gels, pastes, medicated sticks, balms, creams or ointments. Such pharmaceutical compounds can contain solubilizers, stabilizers, tonicity enhancing agents, buffers and preservatives.
[00350] The compounds described herein may also be formulated in rectal compositions such as enemas, rectal gels, rectal foams, rectal aerosols, suppositories, jelly suppositories, or retention enemas, containing conventional suppository bases such as cocoa butter or other glycerides, as well as synthetic polymers such as polyvinylpyrrolidone, PEG, and the like. In suppository forms of the compositions, a low-melting wax such as, but not limited to, a mixture of fatty acid glycerides, optionally in combination with cocoa butter is first melted. Examples of Methods of Dosing and Treatment Regimens
[00351] The compounds described herein can be used in the preparation of medicaments for the inhibition of Btk or a homolog thereof, or for the treatment of diseases or conditions that would benefit, at least in part, from inhibition of Btk or a homolog thereof. In addition, a method for treating any of the diseases or conditions described herein in a subject in need of such treatment, involves administration of pharmaceutical compositions containing at least one compound of any of Formula (A), Formula (B), Formula (C), or Formula (D), described herein, or a WSGR Docket No. 25922-750.601 pharmaceutically acceptable salt, pharmaceutically acceptable N-oxide, pharmaceutically active metabolite, pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug, or pharmaceutically acceptable solvate thereof, in therapeutically effective amounts to said subject.
[00352] The compositions containing the compound(s) described herein can be administered for prophylactic and/or therapeutic treatments. In therapeutic applications, the compositions are administered to a patient already suffering from a disease or condition, in an amount sufficient to cure or at least partially arrest the symptoms of the disease or condition. Amounts effective for this use will depend on the severity and course of the disease or condition, previous therapy, the patient's health status, weight, and response to the drugs, and the judgment of the treating physician. It is considered well within the skill of the art for one to determine such therapeutically effective amounts by routine experimentation (including, but not limited to, a dose escalation clinical trial).
[00353] In prophylactic applications, compositions containing the compounds described herein are administered to a patient susceptible to or otherwise at risk of a particular disease, disorder or condition. Such an amount is defined to be a "prophylactically effective amount or dose." In this use, the precise amounts also depend on the patient's state of health, weight, and the like. It is considered well within the skill of the art for one to determine such prophylactically effective amounts by routine experimentation (e.g., a dose escalation clinical trial). When used in a patient, effective amounts for this use will depend on the severity and course of the disease, disorder or condition, previous therapy, the patient's health status and response to the drugs, and the judgment of the treating physician. [00354] In the case wherein the patient's condition does not improve, upon the doctor's discretion the administration of the compounds may be administered chronically, that is, for an extended period of time, including throughout the duration of the patient's life in order to ameliorate or otherwise control or limit the symptoms of the patient's disease or condition.
[00355] In the case wherein the patient's status does improve, upon the doctor's discretion the administration of the compounds may be given continuously; alternatively, the dose of drug being administered may be temporarily reduced or temporarily suspended for a certain length of time (i.e., a "drug holiday"). The length of the drug holiday can vary between 2 days and 1 year, including by way of example only, 2 days, 3 days, 4 days, 5 days, 6 days, 7 days, 10 days, 12 days, 15 days, 20 days, 28 days, 35 days, 50 days, 70 days, 100 days, 120 days, 150 days, 180 days, 200 days, 250 days, 280 days, 300 days, 320 days, 350 days, or 365 days. The dose reduction during a drug holiday may be from 10%-100%5 including, by way of example only, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, or 100%.
[00356] Once improvement of the patient's conditions has occurred, a maintenance dose is administered if necessary. Subsequently, the dosage or the frequency of administration, or both, can be reduced, as a function of the symptoms, to a level at which the improved disease, disorder or condition is retained. Patients can, however, require intermittent treatment on a long-term basis upon any recurrence of symptoms. [00357] The amount of a given agent that will correspond to such an amount will vary depending upon factors such as the particular compound, disease or condition and its severity, the identity (e.g., weight) of the subject or host in need of treatment, but can nevertheless be routinely determined in a manner known in the art according to the particular circumstances surrounding the case, including, e.g., the specific agent being administered, the route of administration, the condition being treated, and the subject or host being treated. In general, however, doses employed for adult human treatment will typically be in the range of 0.02-5000 mg per day, or from about 1-1500 mg per day. The desired dose may conveniently be presented in a single dose or as divided doses administered WSGR Docket No. 25922-750.601 simultaneously (or over a short period of time) or at appropriate intervals, for example as two, three, four or more sub-doses per day.
[00358] The pharmaceutical composition described herein may be in unit dosage forms suitable for single administration of precise dosages. In unit dosage form, the formulation is divided into unit doses containing appropriate quantities of one or more compound. The unit dosage may be in the form of a package containing discrete quantities of the formulation. Non-limiting examples are packaged tablets or capsules, and powders in vials or ampoules. Aqueous suspension compositions can be packaged in single-dose non-reclosable containers. Alternatively, multiple-dose reclosable containers can be used, in which case it is typical to include a preservative in the composition. By way of example only, formulations for parenteral injection may be presented in unit dosage form, which include, but are not limited to ampoules, or in multi-dose containers, with an added preservative. 100359] The foregoing ranges are merely suggestive, as the number of variables in regard to an individual treatment regime is large, and considerable excursions from these recommended values are not uncommon. Such dosages may be altered depending on a number of variables, not limited to the activity of the compound used, the disease or condition to be treated, the mode of administration, the requirements of the individual subject, the severity of the disease or condition being treated, and the judgment of the practitioner.
[00360] Toxicity and therapeutic efficacy of such therapeutic regimens can be determined by standard pharmaceutical procedures in cell cultures or experimental animals, including, but not limited to, the determination of the LD50 (the dose lethal to 50% of the population) and the ED50 (the dose therapeutically effective in 50% of the population). The dose ratio between the toxic and therapeutic effects is the therapeutic index and it can be expressed as the ratio between LD50 and ED50. Compounds exhibiting high therapeutic indices are preferred. The data obtained from cell culture assays and animal studies can be used in formulating a range of dosage for use in human. The dosage of such compounds lies preferably within a range of circulating concentrations that include the ED50 with minimal toxicity. The dosage may vary within this range depending upon the dosage form employed and the route of administration utilized. Combination Treatments
[00361] The irreversible Btk inhibitor compositions described herein can also be used in combination with other well known therapeutic reagents that are selected for their therapeutic value for the condition to be treated. In general, the compositions described herein and, in embodiments where combinational therapy is employed, other agents do not have to be administered in the same pharmaceutical composition, and may, because of different physical and chemical characteristics, have to be administered by different routes. The determination of the mode of administration and the advisability of administration, where possible, in the same pharmaceutical composition, is well within the knowledge of the skilled clinician. The initial administration can be made according to established protocols known in the art, and then, based upon the observed effects, the dosage, modes of administration and times of administration can be modified by the skilled clinician. [00362] In certain instances, it may be appropriate to administer at least one irreversible Btk inhibitor compound described herein in combination with another therapeutic agent. By way of example only, if one of the side effects experienced by a patient upon receiving one of the irreversible Btk inhibitor compounds described herein is nausea, then it may be appropriate to administer an anti-nausea agent in combination with the initial therapeutic agent. Or, by way of example only, the therapeutic effectiveness of one of the compounds described herein may be enhanced by administration of an adjuvant (i.e., by itself the adjuvant may have minimal therapeutic benefit, but in combination with another therapeutic agent, the overall therapeutic benefit to the patient is enhanced). Or, by way of example only, the benefit experienced by a patient may be increased by administering one of the WSGR Docket No. 25922-750,601 compounds described herein with another therapeutic agent (which also includes a therapeutic regimen) that also has therapeutic benefit. In any case, regardless of the disease, disorder or condition being treated, the overall benefit experienced by the patient may simply be additive of the two therapeutic agents or the patient may experience a synergistic benefit. [00363] The particular choice of compounds used will depend upon the diagnosis of the attending physicians and their judgment of the condition of the patient and the appropriate treatment protocol. The compounds may be administered concurrently (e.g., simultaneously, essentially simultaneously or within the same treatment protocol) or sequentially, depending upon the nature of the disease, disorder, or condition, the condition of the patient, and the actual choice of compounds used. The determination of the order of administration, and the number of repetitions of administration of each therapeutic agent during a treatment protocol, is well within the knowledge of the skilled physician after evaluation of the disease being treated and the condition of the patient.
[00364] It is known to those of skill in the art that therapeutically-effective dosages can vary when the drugs are used in treatment combinations. Methods for experimentally determining therapeutically-effective dosages of drugs and other agents for use in combination treatment regimens are .described in the literature. For example, the use of metronomic dosing, i.e., providing more frequent, lower doses in order to minimize toxic side effects, has been described extensively in the literature Combination treatment further includes periodic treatments that start and stop at various times to assist with the clinical management of the patient.
[00365] For combination therapies described herein, dosages of the co-administered compounds will of course vary depending on the type of co-drug employed, on the specific drug employed, on the disease or condition being treated and so forth. In addition, when co- administered with one or more biologically active agents, the compound provided herein may be administered either simultaneously with the biologically active agent(s), or sequentially. If administered sequentially, the attending physician will decide on the appropriate sequence of administering protein in combination with the biologically active agent(s). [00366] In any case, the multiple therapeutic agents (one of which is a compound of Formula (A), (B), (C), or (D) described herein) may be administered in any order or even simultaneously. If simultaneously, the multiple therapeutic agents may be provided in a single, unified form, or in multiple forms (by way of example only, either as a single pill or as two separate pills). One of the therapeutic agents may be given in multiple doses, or both may be given as multiple doses. If not simultaneous, the timing between the multiple doses may vary from more than zero weeks to less than four weeks. In addition, the combination methods, compositions and formulations are not to be limited to the use of only two agents; the use of multiple therapeutic combinations are also envisioned.
[00367] It is understood that the dosage regimen to treat, prevent, or ameliorate the condition(s) for which relief is sought, can be modified in accordance with a variety of factors. These factors include the disorder from which the subject suffers, as well as the age, weight, sex, diet, and medical condition of the subject. Thus, the dosage regimen actually employed can vary widely and therefore can deviate from the dosage regimens set forth herein. [00368] The pharmaceutical agents which make up the combination therapy disclosed herein may be a combined dosage form or in separate dosage forms intended for substantially simultaneous administration. The pharmaceutical agents that make up the combination therapy may also be administered sequentially, with either therapeutic compound being administered by a regimen calling for two-step administration. The two-step administration regimen may call for sequential administration of the active agents or spaced-apart administration of the separate active agents. The time period between the multiple administration steps may range from, a few minutes to several hours, depending upon the properties of each pharmaceutical agent, such as potency, solubility, WSGR Docket No. 25922-750.601 bioavailability, plasma half-life and kinetic profile of the pharmaceutical agent. Orcadian variation of the target molecule concentration may also determine the optimal dose interval.
[00369] In addition, the compounds described herein also may be used in combination with procedures that may provide additional or synergistic benefit to the patient. By way of example only, patients are expected to find therapeutic and/or prophylactic benefit in the methods described herein, wherein pharmaceutical composition of a compound dislcosed herein and /or combinations with other therapeutics are combined with genetic testing to determine whether that individual is.a carrier of a mutant gene that is known to be correlated with certain diseases or conditions. [00370] The compounds described herein and combination therapies can be administered before, during or after the occurrence of a disease or condition, and the timing of administering the composition containing a compound can vary. Thus, for example, the compounds can be used as a prophylactic and can be administered continuously to subjects with a propensity to develop conditions or diseases in order to prevent the occurrence of the disease or condition. The compounds and compositions can be administered to a subject during or as soon as possible after the onset of the symptoms. The administration of the compounds can be initiated within the first 48 hours of the onset of the symptoms, within the first 6 hours of the onset of the symptoms, or within 3 hours of the onset of the symptoms. The initial administration can be via any route practical, such as, for example, an intravenous injection, a bolus injection, infusion over 5 minutes to about 5 hours, a pill, a capsule, transdermal patch, buccal delivery, and the like, or combination thereof. A compound should be administered as soon as is practicable after the onset of a disease or condition is detected or suspected, and for a length of time necessary for the treatment of the disease, such as, for example, from about 1 month to about 3 months. The length of treatment can vary for each subject, and the length can be determined using the known criteria. For example, the compound or a formulation containing the compound can be administered for at least 2 weeks, between about 1 month to about 5 years, or from about 1 month to about 3 years.
Exemplary Therapeutic Agents for Use in Combination with an Irreversible Btk Inhibitor Compound [00371] Where the subject is suffering from or at risk of suffering from an autoimmune disease, an inflammatory disease, or an allergy disease, an irreversible Btk inhibitor compound can be used in with one or more of the following therapeutic agents in any combination: immunosuppressants (e.g., tacrolimus, cyclosporin, rapamicin, methotrexate, cyclophosphamide, azathioprine, mercaptopurine, mycophenolate, or FTY720), glucocorticoids (e.g., prednisone, cortisone acetate, prednisolone, methylprednisolone, dexamethasone, betamethasone, triamcinolone, beclometasone, fludrocortisone acetate, deoxycorticosterone acetate, aldosterone), non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (e.g., salicylates, arylalkanoic acids, 2-arylpropionic acids, N-arylanthranilic acids, oxicams, coxibs, or sulphonanilides), Cox-2-specific inhibitors (e.g., valdecoxib, celecoxib, or rofecoxib), leflunomide, gold thioglucose, gold thiomalate, aurofϊn, sulfasalazine, hydroxychloroquinine, minocycline, TNF-α binding proteins (e.g., infliximab, etanercept, or adalimumab), abatacept, anakinra, interferon-β, interferon-γ, interleukin-2, allergy vaccines, antihistamines, antileukotrienes, beta-agonists, theophylline, or anticholinergics. [00372] Where the subject is suffering from or at risk of suffering from a B-cell proliferative disorder (e.g., plasma cell myeloma), the subjected can be treated with an irreversible Btk inhibitor compound in any combination with one or more other anti-cancer agents. In some embodiments, one or more of the anti-cancer agents are proapoptotic agents. Examples of anti-cancer agents include, but are not limited to7 any of the following: gossyphol, genasense, polyphenol E, Chlorofusin, all trans-retinoic acid (ATRA), bryostatin, tumor necrosis factor-related apoptosis-inducing ligand (TRAIL), 5-aza-2'-deoxycytidine, all trans retinoic acid, doxorubicin, vincristine, etoposide, gemcitabine, imatinib (Gleevec®), geldanamycin, 17-N-Allylamino-17-Demethoxygeldanamycin WSfcR Docket No. 25922-750.601
(17-AAG), flavopiridol, LY294002, bortezomib, trastuzumab, BAY 11-7082, PKC412, or PDl 84352, Taxol™, also referred to as "paclitaxel", which is a well-known anti-cancer drug which acts by enhancing and stabilizing microtubule formation, and analogs of Taxol™, such as Taxotere™. Compounds that have the basic taxane skeleton as a common structure feature, have also been shown to have the ability to arrest cells in the G2-M phases due to stabilized microtubules and may be useful for treating cancer in combination with the compounds described herein.
[00373] Further examples of anti-cancer agents for use in combination with an irreversible Btk inhibitor compound include inhibitors of mitogen-activated protein kinase signaling, e.g., UO 126, PD98059, PD 184352,
PD0325901, ARRY-142886, SB239063, SP600125, BAY 43-9006, wortmannin, or LY294002; Syk inhibitors; mTOR inhibitors; and antibodies (e.g., rituxan). [00374] Other anti-cancer agents that can be employed in combination with an irreversible Btk inhibitor compound include Adriamycin, Dactinomycin, Bleomycin, Vinblastine, Cisplatin, acivicin; aclarubicin; acodazole hydrochloride; acronine; adozelesin; aldesleukin; altretamine; ambomycin; ametantrone acetate; aminoglutethimide; amsacrine; anastrozole; anthramycin; asparaginase; asperlin; azacitidine; azetepa; azotomycin; batimastat; benzodepa; bicalutamide; bisantrene hydrochloride; bisnafide dimesylate; bizelesin; bleomycin sulfate; brequinar sodium; bropirimine; busulfan; cactinomycin; calusterone; caracemide; carbetimer; carboplatin; carmustine; carubicin hydrochloride; carzelesin; cedefingol; chlorambucil; cirolemycin; cladribine; crisnatol mesylate; cyclophosphamide; cytarabine; dacarbazine; daunorubicin hydrochloride; decitabine; dexormaplatin; dezaguanine; dezaguanine mesylate; diaziquone; doxorubicin; doxorubicin hydrochloride; droloxifene; droloxifene citrate; dromostanolone propionate; duazomycin; edatrexate; eflornithine hydrochloride; elsamitrucin; enloplatin; enpromate; epipropidine; epirubicin hydrochloride; erbulozole; esorubicin hydrochloride; estramustine; estramustine phosphate sodium; etanidazole; etoposide; etoposide phosphate; etoprine; fadrozole hydrochloride; fazarabine; fenretinide; floxuridine; fludarabine phosphate; fluorouracil; flurocitabine; fosquidone; fostriecin sodium; gemcitabine; gemcitabine hydrochloride; hydroxyurea; idarubicin hydrochloride; ifosfamide; iimofosine; interleukin
Il (including recombinant interleukin II, or rlL2), interferon alfa-2a; interferon alfa-2b; interferon alfa-nl ; interferon alfa-n3; interferon beta-1 a; interferon gamma-1 b; iproplatin; irinotecan hydrochloride; lanreotide acetate; letrozole; leuprolide acetate; liarozole hydrochloride; lometrexol sodium; lomustine; losoxantrone hydrochloride; masoprocol; maytansine; mechlorethamme hydrochloπde; megestrol acetate; melengestrol acetate; melphalan; menogaπl; mercaptopurine; methotrexate; methotrexate sodium; metoprine; meturedepa; mitindomide; mitocarcin; mitocromin; mitogillin; mitomalcin; mitomycin; mitosper; mitotane; mitoxantrone hydrochloride; mycophenolic acid; nocodazoie; nogalamycin; ormaplatin; oxisuran; pegaspargase; peliomycin; pentamustine; peplomycin sulfate; perfosfamide; pipobroman; piposulfan; piroxantrone hydrochloride; plicamycin; plomestane; porfϊmer sodium; porfiromycin; prednimustine; procarbazine hydrochloride; puromycin; puromycin hydrochloride; pyrazofurin; riboprine; rogletimide; safingol; safϊngol hydrochloride; semustine; simtrazene; sparfosate sodium; sparsomycin; spirogermanium hydrochloride; spiromustine; spiroplatin; streptonigrin; streptozocin; sulofenur; talisomycin; tecogalan sodium; tegafur; teloxantrone hydrochloride; temoporfui; teniposide; teroxirone; testolactone; thiamiprine; thioguanine; thiotepa; tiazofurin; tirapazamine; toremifene citrate; trestolone acetate; triciribine phosphate; trimetrexate; trimetrexate glucuronate; triptorelin; tubulozole hydrochloride; uracil mustard; uredepa; vapreotide; verteporfin; vinblastine sulfate; vincristine sulfate; vindesine; vindesine sulfate; vinepidine sulfate; vinglycinate sulfate; vinleurosine sulfate; vinorelbine tartrate; vinrosidine sulfate; vinzolidine sulfate; vorozole; zeniplatin; zinostatin; zorubicin hydrochloride.
[00375] Other anti-cancer agents that can be employed in combination with an irreversible Btk inhibitor compound include: 20-epi-l, 25 dihydroxyvitamin D3; 5-ethynyluracil; abiraterone; aclarubicin; acylfulvene; WSSR Docket No. 25922-750.601 adecypenol; adozelesin; aldesleukin; ALL-TK antagonists; altretamine; ambamustine; amidox; amifostine; aminolevulinic acid; amnibicin; amsacrine; anagrelide; anastrozole; andrographolide; angiogenesis inhibitors; antagonist D; antagonist G; antarelix; anti-dorsalizing morphogenetic protein-1; antiandrogen, prostatic carcinoma; antiestrogen; antineoplaston; antisense oligonucleotides; aphidicolin glycinate; apoptosis gene modulators; apoptosis regulators; apurinic acid; ara-CDP-DL-PTBA; argininc deaminase; asulacrine; atamestane; atrimustine; axinastatin
1; axinastatin 2; axinastatin 3; azasetron; azatoxin; azatyrosine; baccatin III derivatives; balanol; batimastat;
BCR/ABL antagonists; benzochlorins; benzoylstaurosporine; beta lactam derivatives; beta-alethine; betaclamycin B; betulinic acid; bFGF inhibitor; bicalutamide; bisantrene; bisaziridinylspermine; bisnafide; bistratene A; bizelesin; breflate; bropirimine; budotitane; butbionine sulfoximine; calcipotriol; calphostin C; camptothecin derivatives; canarypox IL-2; capecitabine; carboxamide-amino-triazole; carboxyamidotriazole; CaRest M3; CARN 700; cartilage derived inhibitor; carzelesin; casein kinase inhibitors (ICOS); castanospermine; cecropin B; cetrorelix; chlorhis; chloroquinoxaline sulfonamide; cicaprost; cis-poφhyrin; cladribine; clomifene analogues; clotrimazole; colh'smycin A; collismycin B; combretastatin A4; combretastatin analogue; conagenin; crambescidin 816; crisnatol; cryptophycin 8; cryptophycin A derivatives; curacin A; cyclopentanthraquinones; cycloplatam; cypemycin; cytarabine ocfosfate; cytolytic factor; cytostatin; dacliximab; decitabine; dehydrodidemnin B; deslorelin; dexamethasone; dexifosfamide; dexrazoxane; dexverapamil; diaziquone; didemnin B; didox; diethymorsperrnine; dihydro-5-azacytidine; 9- dioxamycin; diphenyl spiromustine; docosanol; dolasetron; doxifluridine; droloxifene; dronabinol; duocarmycin SA; ebselen; ecomustine; edelfosine; edrecolomab; eflornithine; elemene; emitefur; epirubicin; epristeride; estramustine analogue; estrogen agonists; estrogen antagonists; etanidazole; etoposide phosphate; exemestane; fadrozole; fazarabine; fenretinide; filgrastim; finasteride; flavopiridol; flezelastine; fluasterone; fludarabine; fluorodaunorunicin hydrochloride; forfenimex; formestane; fostriecin; fotemustine; gadolinium texaphyrin; gallium nitrate; galocitabine; ganirelix; gelatinase inhibitors; gemcitabine; glutathione inhibitors; hepsulfam; heregulin; hexamethylene bisacetamide; hypericin; ibandronic acid; idarubicin; idoxifene; idramantone; ilmofosine; ilomastat; imidazoacridones; imiquimod; immunostimulant peptides; insulin-like growth factor- 1 receptor inhibitor; interferon agonists; interferons; interleukins; iobenguane; iododoxorubicin; ipomeanol,
A-; iroplact; irsogladine; isobengazole; isohomohalicondrin B; itasetron; jasplakinolide; kahalalide F; lamellarin-N triacetate; lanreotide; leinamycin; lenograstim; lentinan sulfate; leptolstatin; letrozole; leukemia inhibiting factor; leukocyte alpha interferon; leuprolide+estrogen+progesterone; leuprorelin; levamisole; liarozole; linear polyamine analogue; lipophilic disaccharide peptide; lipophilic platinum compounds; lissoclinamide 7; lobaplatin; lombricine; lometrexol; lonidamine; losoxantrone; lovastatin; loxoribine; lurtotecan; lutetium texaphyrin; lysofylline; lytic peptides; maitansine; mannostatin A; marimastat; masoprocol; maspin; matrilysin inhibitors; matrix metalloproteinase inhibitors; menogaril; merbarone; meterelin; methioninase; metoclopramide; MIF inhibitor; mifepristone; miltefosine; rnirimostirn; mismatched double stranded RNA; mitoguazone; mitolactol; mitomycin analogues; mitonafide; mitotoxin fibroblast growth factor-saporin; mitoxantrone; mofarotene; molgramostim; monoclonal antibody, human chorionic gonadotrophin; monophosphoryl lipid A+myobacterium cell wall sk; mopidamol; multiple drug resistance gene inhibitor; multiple tumor suppressor 1 -based therapy; mustard anticancer agent; mycaperoxide B; mycobacterial cell wall extract; myriaporone; N-acetyldinaline; N-substituted benzamides; nafarelin; nagrestip; naloxone+pentazocine; napavin; naphterpin; nartograstim; nedaplatin; nemorubicin; neridronic acid; neutral endopeptidase; nilutamide; nisamycin; nitric oxide modulators; nitroxide antioxidant; nitrullyn; O6- benzylguanine; octreotide; okicenone; oligonucleotides; onapristone; ondansetron; ondansetron; oracin; oral cytokine inducer; ormaplatϊn; osaterone; oxalip latin; oxaunomycin; palauamine; palinitoylrhizoxin; pamidronic acid; panaxytriol; panomifene; parabactin; pazelliptine; pegaspargase; peldesine; pentosan polysulfate sodium; WSGR Docket No.25922-750.601 peαtostatin; pentrozole; perflubron; perfosfamide; perillyl alcohol; phenazinomycin; phenylacetate; phosphatase inhibitors; picibanil; pilocarpine hydrochloride; pirarubicin; piritrexim; placetin A; placetin B; plasminogen activator inhibitor; platinum complex; platinum compounds; platinum-triamine complex; porfimer sodium; porfiiomycin; prednisone; propyl bis-acridone; prostaglandin J2; proteasome inhibitors; protein A-based immune modulator; protein kinase C inhibitor; protein kinase C inhibitors, microalgal; protein tyrosine phosphatase inhibitors; purine nucleoside phosphorylase inhibitors; purpurins; pyrazoloacridine; pyridoxylated hemoglobin polyoxyethylerie conjugate; raf antagonists; raltitrexed; ramosetron; ras farnesyl protein transferase inhibitors; ras inhibitors; ras-GAP inhibitor; retelliptine demethylated; rhenium Re 186 etidronate; rhizoxin; ribozymes; RII retinamide; rogletimide; rohitukine; romurtide; roquinimex; rubiginone Bl; ruboxyl; safingol; saintopin; SarCNU; sarcophytol A; sargramostim; Sdi 1 mimetics; semustine; senescence derived inhibitor 1; sense oligonucleotides; signal transduction inhibitors; signal transduction modulators; single chain antigen-binding protein; sizofϊran; sobuzoxane; sodium borocaptate; sodium phenylacetate; solverol; somatomedin binding protein; sonermin; sparfosic acid; spicamycin D; spiromustine; splenopentin; spongistatin 1; squalamine; stem cell inhibitor; stem-cell division inhibitors; stipiamide; stromelysin inhibitors; sulfinosine; superactive vasoactive intestinal peptide antagonist; suradista; suramin; swainsonine; synthetic glycosaminoglycans; tallimustine; tamoxifen methiodide; tauromustine; tazarotene; tecogalan sodium; tegafur; tellurapyrylium; telomerase inhibitors; temoporfϊn; temozolomide; teniposide; tetrachlorodecaoxide; tetrazomine; thaliblastine; thiocoraline; thrombopoietin; thrombopoietin mimetic; thymalfasin; thymopoietin receptor agonist; thymotrinan; thyroid stimulating hormone; tin ethyl etiopuipurin; tirapazamine; titanocene bichloride; topsentin; toremifene; totipotent stem cell factor; translation inhibitors; tretinoin; triacetyluridine; triciribine; trimetrexate; triptorelin; tropisetron; turosteride; tyrosine kinase inhibitors; tyrphostins; UBC inhibitors; ubenimex; urogenital sinus-derived growth inhibitory factor; urokinase receptor antagonists; vapreotide; variolin B; vector system, erythrocyte gene therapy; velaresol; veramine; verdins; verteporfin; vinorelbine; vinxaltine; vitaxin; vorozole; zanoterone; zeniplatin; zilascorb; and zinostatin stimalamer. [00376] Yet other anticancer agents that can be employed in combination with an irreversible Btk inhibitor compound include alkylating agents, antimetabolites, natural products, or hormones, e.g., nitrogen mustards (e.g., mechloroethamine, cyclophosphamide, chlorambucil, etc.), alkyl sulfonates (e.g., busulfan), nitrosoureas (e.g., carmustine, lomusitne, ete.), or triazenes (decarbazine, etc.). Examples of antimetabolites include but are not limited to folic acid analog (e.g., methotrexate), or pyrimidine analogs (e.g., Cytarabine), purine analogs (e.g., mercaptopurine, thioguanine, pentostatin). [00377] Examples of natural products useful in combination with an irreversible Btk inhibitor compound include but are not limited to vinca alkaloids (e.g., vinblastin, vincristine), epipodophyllotoxins (e.g., etoposide), antibiotics (e.g., daunorubicin, doxorubicin, bleomycin), enzymes (e.g., L-asparaginase), or biological response modifiers (e.g., interferon alpha). [00378] Examples of alkylating agents that can be employed in combination an irreversible Btk inhibitor compound include, but are not limited to, nitrogen mustards (e.g., mechloroethamine, cyclophosphamide, chlorambucil, meiphalan, etc.), ethylenimine and methylmelamines (e.g., hexamethlymelamine, thiotepa), alkyl sulfonates (e.g., busulfan), nitrosoureas (e.g., carmustine, lomusitne, semustine, streptozocin, etc.), or triazenes (decarbazine, ete.). Examples of antimetabolites include, but are not limited to folic acid analog (e.g., methotrexate), or pyrimidine analogs (e.g., fluorouracil, floxouridine, Cytarabine), purine analogs (e.g., mercaptopurine, thioguanine, pentostatin.
[00379] Examples of hormones and antagonists useful in combination with an irreversible Btk inhibitor compound include, but are not limited to, adrenocorticosteroids (e.g., prednisone), progestins (e.g., WSQR Docket No. 25922-750.6Q 1 hydroxyprogesterone caproate, megestrol acetate, medroxyprogesterone acetate), estrogens (e.g., diethlystilbestrol, ethinyl estradiol), antiestrogen (e.g., tamoxifen), androgens (e.g., testosterone propionate, fluoxymesterone), antiandrogen (e.g., flutamide), gonadotropin releasing hormone analog (e.g., leuprolide). Other agents that can be used in the methods and compositions described herein for the treatment or prevention of cancer include platinum coordination complexes (e.g., cisplatin, carboblatin), anthracenedione (e.g., mitoxantrone), substituted urea (e.g., hydroxyurea), methyl hydrazine derivative (e.g., procarbazine), adrenocortical suppressant (e.g., mitotane, aminoglutethimide).
[00380] Examples of anti-cancer agents which act by arresting cells in the G2-M phases due to stabilized microtubules and which can be used in combination with an irreversible Btk inhibitor compound include without limitation the following marketed drugs and drugs in development: Erbulozole (also known as R-55104), Dolastatin 10 (also known as DLS-10 and NSC-376128), Mivobulin isethionate (also known as CI-980), Vincristine, NSC- 639829, Discodermolide (also known as NVP-XX-A-296), ABT-751 (Abbott, also known as E-7010), Altorhyrtins (such as Altorhyrtin A and Altorhyrtin C), Spongistatins (such as Spongistatin 1, Spongistatin 2, Spongistatiα 3, Spongistatin 4, Spongistatin 5, Spongistatin 6, Spongistatin 7, Spongistatin 8, and Spongistatin 9), Cemadotin hydrochloride (also known as LU-103793 and NSC-D-669356), Epothilones (such as Epothilone A, Epothilone B, Epothilone C (also known as desoxyepothilone A or dEpoA), Epothilone D (also referred to as KOS-862, dEpoB, and desoxyepothilone B ), Epothilone E, Epothilone F, Epothilone B N-oxide, Epothilone A N-oxide, 16-aza- epothilone B, 21-aminoepothilone B (also known as BMS-310705), 21-hydroxyepothilone D (also known as Desoxyepothilone F and dEpoF), 26-fluoroepothilone), Auristatin PE (also known as NSC-654663), Soblidotin (also known as TZT-1027), LS-4559-P (Pharmacia, also known as LS-4577), LS-4578 (Pharmacia, also known as LS- 477-P), LS-4477 (Pharmacia), LS-4559 (Pharmacia), RPR-112378 (Aventis), Vincristine sulfate, DZ-3358 (Daiichi), FR-182877 (Fujisawa, also known as WS-9885B), GS-164 (Takeda), GS-198 (Takeda), KAR-2 (Hungarian Academy of Sciences), BSF-223651 (BASF, also known as ILX-651 and LU-223651 ), SAH-49960 (Lilly/Novartis), SDZ-268970 (Lilly/Novartis), AM-97 (Armad/Kyowa Hakko), AM-132 (Armad), AM-138 (Armad/Kyowa Hakko), IDN-5005 (Indeπa), Cryptophycin 52 (also known as LY-355703), AC-7739 (Ajinomoto, also known as AVE-8063A and CS-39.HCI), AC-7700 (Ajinomoto, also known as AVE-8062, AVE-8062A, CS-39- L-Ser.HCl, and RPR-258062A), Vitilevuamide, Tubulysin A, Canadensol, Centaureidin (also known as NSC- 106969), T-138067 (Tularik, also known as T-67, TL-138067 and TI-138067), COBRA-I (Parker Hughes Institute, also known as DDE-261 and WHI-261), HlO (Kansas State University), Hl 6 (Kansas State University), Oncocidin Al (also known as BTO-956 and DIME), DDE-313 (Parker Hughes Institute), Fijianolide B, Laulimalide, SPA-2
(Parker Hughes Institute), SPA-I (Parker Hughes Institute, also known as SPIKET-P), 3-IAABU (Cytoskeleton/Mt. Sinai School of Medicine, also known as MF-569), Narcosine (also known as NSC-5366), Nascapine, D-24851 (Asta Medica), A-105972 (Abbott), Hemiasterlin, 3-BAABU (Cytoskeleton/Mt. Sinai School of Medicine, also known as MF-191), TMPN (Arizona State University), Vanadocene acetylacetonate, T-138026 (Tularik), Monsatrol, hianocine (also known as NSC-698666), 3-1AABE (Cytoskeleton/Mt. Sinai School of Medicine), A- 204197 (Abbott), T-607 (Tuiarik, also known as T-900607), RPR- 115781 (Aventis), Eleutherobins (such as Desmethyleleutherobin, Desaetyleleutherobin, lsoeleutherobin A, and Z-Eleutherobin), Caribaeoside, Caribaeolin, Halichondrin B, D-64131 (Asta Medica), D-68144 (Asta Medica), Diazonamide A, A-293620 (Abbott), NPI-2350 (Nereus), Taccalonolide A, TUB-245 (Aventis), A-259754 (Abbott), Diozostatin, (-)-Phenylahistin (also known as NSCL-96F037), D-68838 (Asta Medica), D-68836 (Asta Medica), Myoseverin B, D-43411 (Zentaris, also known as D-81862), A-289099 (Abbott), A-318315 (Abbott), HTI-286 (also known as SPA-110, trifluoroacetate salt) WSSR Docket No. 25922-750.601
(Wyeth), D-82317 (Zentaris), D-82318 (Zentaris), SC-12983 (NCI), Resverastatin phosphate sodium, BPR-OY-007 (National Health Research Institutes), and SSR-250411 (Sanofi).
[00381] Where the subject is suffering from or at risk of suffering from a thromboembolic disorder (e.g., stroke), the subject can be treated with an irreversible Btk inhibitor compound in any combination with one or more other anti-thromboembolic agents. Examples of anti-thromboembolic agents include, but are not limited any of the following: thrombolytic agents (e.g., alteplase anistreplase, streptokinase, urokinase, or tissue plasminogen activator), heparin, tinzaparin, warfarin, dabigatran (e.g., dabigatran etexilate), factor Xa inhibitors (e.g., fondaparinux, draparinux, rivaroxaban, DX-9065a, otamixaban, LY517717, or YMl 50), ticlopidine, clopidogrel, CS-747 (prasugrel, LY640315), ximelagatran, or BIBR 1048. Kits/Articles of Manufacture
[00382] For use in the therapeutic applications described herein, kits and articles of manufacture are also described herein. Such kits can include a carrier, package, or container that is compartmentalized to receive one or more containers such as vials, tubes, and the like, each of the containers) including one of the separate elements to be used in a method described herein. Suitable containers include, for example, bottles, vials, syringes, and test tubes. The containers can be formed from a variety of materials such as glass or plastic.
[00383] The articles of manufacture provided herein contain packaging materials. Packaging materials for use in packaging pharmaceutical products are well known to those of skill in the art. See, e.g., U.S. Patent Nos. 5,323,907, 5,052,558 and 5,033,252. Examples of pharmaceutical packaging materials include, but are not limited to, blister packs, bottles, tubes, inhalers, pumps, bags, vials, containers, syringes, bottles, and any packaging material suitable for a selected formulation and intended mode of administration and treatment. A wide array of formulations of the compounds and compositions provided herein are contemplated as are a variety of treatments for any disease, disorder, or condition that would benefit by inhibition of Btk, or in which Btk is a mediator or contributor to the symptoms or cause. [00384] For example, the container(s) can include one or more compounds described herein, optionally in a composition or in combination with another agent as disclosed herein. The containers) optionally have a sterile access port (for example the container can be an intravenous solution bag or a vial having a stopper pierceable by a hypodermic injection needle). Such kits optionally comprising a compound with an identifying description or label or instructions relating to its use in the methods described herein. [00385] A kit will typically may include one or more additional containers, each with one or more of various materials (such as reagents, optionally in concentrated form, and/or devices) desirable from a commercial and user standpoint for use of a compound described herein. Non-limiting examples of such materials include, but not limited to, buffers, diluents, filters, needles, syringes; carrier, package, container, vial and/or tube labels listing contents and/or instructions for use, and package inserts with instructions for use. A set of instructions will also typically be included. [00386] A label can be on or associated with the container. A label can be on a container when letters, numbers or other characters forming the label are attached, molded or etched into the container itself; a label can be associated with a container when it is present within a receptacle or carrier that also holds the container, e.g., as a package insert. A label can be used to indicate that the contents are to be used for a specific therapeutic application. The label can also indicate directions for use of the contents, such as in the methods described herein. [00387] In certain embodiments, the pharmaceutical compositions can be presented in a pack or dispenser device which can contain one or more unit dosage forms containing a compound provided herein. The pack can for example contain metal or plastic foil, such as a blister pack. The pack or dispenser device can be accompanied by WSGR Docket No. 25922-750.601 instructions for administration. The pack or dispenser can also be accompanied with a notice associated with the container in form prescribed by a governmental agency regulating the manufacture, use, or sale of pharmaceuticals, which notice is reflective of approval by the agency of the form of the drug for human or veterinary administration. Such notice, for example, can be the labeling approved by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration for prescription drugs, or the approved product insert. Compositions containing a compound provided herein formulated in a compatible pharmaceutical carrier can also be prepared, placed in an appropriate container, and labeled for treatment of an indicated condition.
Examples [00388] The following specific and non-limiting examples are to be construed as merely illustrative, and do not limit the present disclosure in any way whatsoever. Without further elaboration, it is believed that one skilled in the art can, based on the description herein, utilize the present disclosure to its fullest extent. All publications cited herein are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety. Where reference is made to a URL or other such identifier or address, it is understood that such identifiers can change and particular information on the internet can come and go, but equivalent information can be found by searching the internet. Reference thereto evidences the availability and public dissemination of such information. Example 1: Synthesis of Compounds
Preparation of 4-Amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidϊne (Intermediate 2) [00389J 4-Ammo-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrirnidine (Intermediate 2) is prepared as disclosed in International Patent Publication No. WO 01/019829. Briefly, 4-phenoxybenzoϊc acid (48 g) is added to thionyl chloride (100 mL) and heated under gentle reflux for 1 hour. Thionyl chloride is removed by distillation, the residual oil dissolved in toluene and volatile material removed at 80°C/20mbar. The resulting acid chloride is dissolved in toluene (200 mL) and tetrahydrofuran (35 mL). Malononitrile (14.8 g) is added and the solution and stirred at -100C while adding diisopropylethylethylamine (57.9 g) in toluene (15OmL), while maintaining the temperature below 00C. After 1 hour at 00C, the mixture is stirred at 200C overnight. Amine hydrochloride is removed by filtration and the filtrate evaporated in vacuo. The residue is taken up in ethyl acetate and washed with 1.25 M sulphuric acid, then with brine and dried over sodium sulfate. Evaporation of the solvents gives a semisolid residue which is treated with a little ethyl acetate to give 4.1 g of l,l-dicyano-2-hydroxy-2-(4- phenoxyphenyl)ethene as a white solid (rap. 160- 162°C). The filtrate on evaporation gives 56.58 (96%) of 1,1- dicyano-2-hydroxy-2-(4-phenoxyphenyl)ethene as a grey-brown solid, which is sufficiently pure for further use. [00390] l,l-Dicyano-2-hydroxy-2-(4-phenoxyphenyl)ethene (56.5 g) in acetonitrile (780 mL) and methanol (85 mL) is stirred under nitrogen at 00C while adding diisopropylethylamine (52.5 mL) followed by 2M trimethylsilyldiazomethane (150 mL) in THF. The reaction is stirred for 2 days at 200C, and then 2 g of silica is added (for chromatography). The brown-red solution is evaporated in vacuo, the residue dissolved in ethyl acetate and washed well with water then brine, dried and evaporated. The residue is extracted with diethyl ether (3x250 mL), decanting from insoluble oil. Evaporation of the ether extracts gives 22.5 g of l,l-dicyano-2-methoxy-2-(4- phenoxyphenyl)ethene as a pale orange solid. The insoluble oil is purified by flash chromatography to give 15.0 g of a red-orange oil.
[00391] l,l-Dicyano-2-methoxy-2-(4-phenoxyphenyl)ethene (22.5 g) and l,l-dicyano-2-methoxy-2-(4- phenoxyphenyl)ethene oil (15 g) are treated with a solution of hydrazine hydrate (18 mL) in ethanol (25 mL) and heated on the steambath for 1 hour. Ethanol (15 mL) is added followed by water (10 mL). The precipitated solid is collected and washed with ethanol:water (4:1) and then dried in air to give 3-amϊno-4-cyano-5-(4- phenoxyphenyl)pyrazole as a pale orange solid. W O15IV UW.IU.L 11U. 4.0'Z-WSU-DlIl
[00392] 3-Amino-4-cyano-5~(4-ρhenoxyphenyl)ρyrazole (29.5 g) is suspended in formamide (300 mL) and heated under nitrogen at 1800C for 4 hours. The reaction mixture is cooled to 30 0C and water (300 mL) is added.
The solid is collected, washed well with water, then with methanol and dried in air to give of 4-amino-3-(4- phenoxyphenyl)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidine.
Example Ia: Synthesis of l-(3-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-l-yl)piperidin-l- yI)prop-2-en-l-one (Compound 4)
Scheme 1.
Figure imgf000071_0001
Synthesis of compound 4; a) polymer-bound triphenylphosphinε (TPP), diisopropyl diazodicarboxylate (DIAD), tetrahydrofuran (THF); b) HCl/dioxane; then acryloyl chloride, triethylamine (TEA).
[00393] Compounds described herein were synthesized by following the steps oultined in Scheme 1. A detailed illustrative example of the reaction conditions shown in Scheme 1 is described for the synthesis of l-(3-(4-amino-3- (4-phenoxyphenyl)- 1 H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin- 1 -yl)ρiρeridin- 1 -yl)prop-2-en- 1 -one (Compound 4). [00394] 101 mg of 4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidine and 330 mg of polymer- bound triphenylphosρhine(TPP) (polymerlab) were mixed together with 5 mL of tetrahydrofuran (THF). tert-Butyl 3-hydroxypiperidine-l-carboxylate (200 mg; 2.0 equivalents) was added to the mixture followed by the addition of diisopropyl diazodicarboxylate (0.099 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight The reaction mixture was filtered to remove the resins and the reaction mixture was concentrated and purified by flash chromatography (pentane/ethyl acetate = 1/1) to give intermediate 3 (55 mg).
[00395] Intermediate 3 (48.3 mg) was treated with 1 mL of 4N HCl in dioxane for 1 hour and then concentrated to dryness. The residue was dissolved in dichloromethane and triethylamine (0.042 mL) was added followed by acryl chloride (0.010 mL). The reaction was stopped after 2 hours. The reaction mixture was washed with 5% by weight aqueous citric acid and then with brine. The organic layer was dried with MgSO1J, and concentrated. Flash chromatography (with CH2Cl2/MeOH = 25/1) gave 22 mg of compound 4 as a white solid. MS (M+l): 441.2; 1H- NMR (400MHz): 8.26, s, IH; 7.65, m, 2H; 7.42, m, 2H; 7.1-7.2, m, 5H; 6.7-6.9, m, IH; 6.1, m, IH; 5.5-5.7, m, IH; 4.7, m, IH; 4.54, m, 0.5H; 4.2, m, IH; 4.1, m, 0.5H; 3.7, m, 0.5H; 3.2, m, IH; 3.0, m, 0.5H; 2.3, m, IH; 2.1, m, IH; 1.9, m, IH; 1.6, m, IH. WSQR Docket No. 25922-750.601
Example Ib: Synthesis of l-((R)-3-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-l- yl)piperidin-l-yI)prop-2-en-l-one (Compound 13).
Figure imgf000072_0001
[00396] The synthesis of compound 13 was accomplished using a procedure analogous to that described in Example Ia. EM (calc): 440.2; MS (ESI) m/e (M+1H)+: 441.1, (M-IH)": 439.2.
Example Ic: Synthesis of l-((S)-3-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyI)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidϊn-l-yI)piperidin- l-yI)prop-2-en-l-one (Compound 14).
Figure imgf000072_0002
[00397] The synthesis of compound 14 was accomplished using a procedure analogous to that described for Example Ia. EM (calc): 440.2; MS (ESI) m/e (M+1H)+: 441.5, (M-IH)-: 439.2. Example Id: Synthesis of l-((S)-3-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-l- yl)pyrroIidin-l-yl)prop-2-en-l-one (Compound 12).
Figure imgf000072_0003
[00398] The synthesis of this compound was accomplished using a procedure analogous to that described for Example Ia. EM (calc): 426.18; MS (ESI) m/e (M+1H)+: 427.2, (M-IH)-: 425.2. WSGR Docket No. 25922-750.601
Example Ie: Synthesis of l-((R)-3-(4-aminα-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-l- yl)pyrrolidin-l-yI)ρrop-2-en-l-one (Compound 11).
Figure imgf000073_0001
[00399] The synthesis of this compound was accomplished using a procedure analogous to that described for Example Ia. EM (calc): 426.18; MS (ESI) m/e (M+1H)+: 427.2.
Example If: Synthesis of N-((ls,4s)-4-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-l- yl)cyclohexyl)acrylamide (Compound 10).
Figure imgf000073_0002
[00400] The synthesis of this compound was accomplished using a procedure analogous to that described for Example Ia. EM (calc): 454.21; MS (ESI) m/e (M+1H)+: 455.1, (M-IH)-: 453.1.
Example Ig: Synthesis of l-(3-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-l-yl)piperidin-l- yl)sulfonylethene (Compound 6).
Figure imgf000073_0003
[00401] The synthesis of compound 6 was accomplished using a procedure analogous to that described for Example Ia. EM (calc): 476.16; MS (ESI) m/e (M+1H)+: 478.0, (M-IH)': 475.3. WSfiR Docket No 25922-750601
Example Ih: Synthesis of l-(3-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-dlpyrimidiπ-l-yl)pϊperidin-l- yl)prop-2-yn-l-one (Compound 8).
Figure imgf000074_0001
[00402] The synthesis of compound S was accomplished using a procedure analogous to that described for Example Ia. EM (calc): 438.18; MS (ESI) m/e (M+1H)+: 439.2, (M-IH)": 437.2.
Example Ii: Synthesis of (E)-l-(3-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-l-yl)piperidin- l-yl)-4-(dimethyIamino)but-2-en-l-one (Compound 15)
Figure imgf000074_0002
[00403] The synthesis of compound 15 was accomplished using a procedure analogous to that described for Example Ia EM (calc): 497 25; MS (ESI) m/e (M+1H)+. 498.4, M-IH)": 496. Example 2: Btk in vitro Inhibitory Activity
[00404] The Btk ICs0S of compounds disclosed herein was determined in both an acellular kinase assay and in a cellular functional assay of BCR-mduced calcium flux as described below. [00405] Btk kinase activity was determined using a time-resolved fluorescence resonance energy transfer (TR- FRET) methodology Measurements were performed in a reaction volume of 50 μL using 96-well assay plates Kinase enzyme, inhibitor, ATP (at the Km for the kinase), and 1 μM peptide substrate (Biotin- AVLESEEELYSSARQ-NH2) were incubated in a reaction buffer composed of 20 mM Tπs, 50 mM NaCl, MgCl2 (5-25 mM depending on the kinase), MnCl2 (0-10 mM), 1 mM DTT, 0.1 mM EDTA, 0.01% bovme serum albumin, 0.005% Tween-20, and 10% DMSO at pH 7.4 for one hour. The reaction was quenched by the addition of 1.2 equivalents of EDTA (relative to divalent cation) in 25 μL of Ix Lance buffer (Perkin-Elmer) Streptavidin-APC
(Perkin-Elmer) and Eu-labeled p-TyrlOO antibody (Perkin-Elmer) in Ix Lance buffer were added in a 25 μL volume to give final concentrations of 100 nM and 2.5 nM, respectively, and the mixture was allowed to incubate for one hour. The TR-FRET signal was measured on a multimode plate reader with an excitation wavelength (λEx) of 330 nm and detection wavelengths (λEm) of 615 and 665 nm Activity was determined by the ratio of the fluorescence at 665 nm to that at 615 nm. For each compound, enzyme activity was measured at various concentrations of compound Negative control reactions were performed in the absence of inhibitor in replicates of six, and two no- enzyme controls were used to determine baseline fluorescence levels. Inhibition constants, K,(app), were obtained WSGR Docket No. 25922-750.601 using the program BatchKj (Kuzmic et al. (2000), Anal. Biochem. 286:45-50). IC50S were obtained according to the equation:
[00406] IC50 = {Ki(app)/(l+[ATP]/Km ΛTP)} + [E],otal/2;
[00407] For all kinases,. [ATP] = Km ATP, [Btk]totai = 0.5 nM and [Lck]tomi = 6 nM. e
[00408] Calcium flux fluoresence-based assays were performed in a FlexStation II384 fluorometric imaging plate reader (Molecular Devices) according to manufacturer instructions. In brief, actively growing Ramos cells
(ATCC) in RPMl medium supplemented with 10% FBS (Invitrogen) were washed and re-plated in low serum medium at approximately 5 X 105 cells per 100 μl per well in a 96-well plate. Compounds to be assayed were dissolved in DMSO and then diluted in low serum medium to final concentrations ranging from 0 to 10 μM (at a dilution factor of 0.3). The diluted compounds were then added to each well (final DMSO concentration was 0.01%) and incubated at 37 degree in 5% CO2 incubator for one hour. Afterwards, 100 μl of a calcium-sensitive dye (from the Calcium 3 assay kit, Molecular Devices) was added to each well and incubated for an additional hour. The compound-treated cells were stimulated with a goat anti-human IgM antibody (80ug/ml; Jackson ImmunoResearch) and read in the FlexStation II384 using a λEx = 485nm and λEm = 538nm for 200 seconds. The relative fluorescence unit (RFU) and the IC50 were recorded and analyzed using a built-in SoftMax program (Molecular devices).
Table 2: Assay data for representative compounds
Figure imgf000075_0001
Figure imgf000075_0002
WSGR Docket No. 25922-75C.601
Figure imgf000076_0001
[00409] Two lines of evidence demonstrated irreversible inhibition of Btk by these compounds. First, after recombinant Btk was pretreated with compounds, its activity was not recovered by repeat washing with inhibitor- free medium (see, e.g., J. B. Smaill, et ah, J- Med. Chem. 1999, 42, 1803). Second, a major mass peak was observed by mass spectrometry corresponding to the molecular weight of a 1 : 1 covalent complex between compound 4 and Btk (Compound 4: 440 Da, recombinant Btk kinase domain: 33,487 Da; Complex: expected 33,927 Da, observed 33,927 Da). WSSR Docket No. 25922-75Q.601
[00410] These compounds are highly potent inhibitors of Btk kinase activity with IC50S in the sub-nanomolar to single digit nanomolar range for in vitro kinase activity. Their IC50S in the (Ramos cell) Ca24" flux assay ranged from
[00411] Of note, we found that three types of Michael acceptors, acrylamide, vinyl sulfonamide and propargylamide, exhibited strong interactions with Btk. Adding a trans-oriented methyl group to the vinyl group decreased potency as shown by compound S, which was 28-fold less potent than 4. This presumably relates to the reduced electrophilicity of the more substituted olefin. Compound 15 with a tertiary amine group gained back some potency compared to 5, even though it still suffered a potency drop relative to compound 13. Compound 10 was about 6-fold more potent than 9, presumably due to the difference in the electrophile orientation. Finally, R configuration was determined as the slightly preferred absolute stereochemistry configuration by two sets of enantiomers (11 vs. 12 and 13 vs. 14). Example 3: Inhibition of Btk
[00412] We further characterized the properties of these compounds by assaying a number of cellular biochemical and functional endpoints. In particular, we sought to assess the selectivity of these compounds for inhibition of Btk versus the closely related protein kinases Lck, Lyn, and Syk. In anti-IgM-stimulated Ramos cells (a human B cell line), we assayed Btk-dependent phosphorylation of PLC-γl; Lyn and Syk-dependent phosphorylation of tyrosine 551 on Btk; and BCR-activated calcium flux. We also measured the effect of compound 4 on Jurkat cells, a human T cell line in which Lck and Itk, but not Btk are required for T cell receptor mediated Ca2+ flux. As shown in Table 3, compound 4 exhibited significant selectivity for Btk in cellular assays. In anti-IgM stimulated Ramos cells, compound 4 inhibited the phosphorylation of PLC-γl with an IC50 = 0.014 μM, while the Lyn and Syk-dependent phosphorylation of tyrosine 551 on Btk was inhibited more weakly (IC50 > 7.5 μM). Thus, compound 4 exhibits a >500-fold selectivity between Btk and Lyn or Syk in cells. Further, compound 4 was 11 -fold less active in inhibiting Ca2+ flux than in Ramos cells, supporting the expected selectivity for B versus T cells.
Table 3. Cellular assay data for compound 4
Cmpd Btka Lcka Lyna Btk p551b pPLC-γlb Ramos Ca Flux" Jurkat Ca Flux" (nM) (nM) (nM) (μM) (μM) (μM) (μM)
4 0.72b 97 14 >7.5 0.014 0.0405 0.466 [a] Ki (app) [b] IC50
Example 4: Use of Compound 4 to treat rheumatoid arthritis
[00413] The in vivo efficacy of compound 4 was evaluated in a mouse model of rheumatoid arthitis. Arthritis was induced inBalb/c mice by administration of anti-collagen antibodies and lipopolysaccharide (LPS). See Nandakumar et al. (2003), Am. J. Pathol. 163:1827-1837. [00414] Female Balb/c mice were treated with 100 mg/kg of Chemicon mAb cocktail to Type II collagen intravenously on Day 0 and 1.25 mg/kg of LPS intraperitoneally on Day 1. Compound 4 was administered orally in a methylcellulose-based aqueous suspension formulation at 1 , 3, 10 and 30 mg/kg once daily starting on Day 2 through Day 12. Blood samples were collected at 0.5 and 2 hours post dose of compound 4 administration on Day 12 (see Table 4). The serum concentrations of compound 4 were quantified by LC/MS/MS. Twenty four hours post dose, levels of compound 4 were below the level of quantitation. WSGR Docket No. 25922-750.601
Table 4. Dose and Time Dependence of Compound 4 Concentration in Plasma
Figure imgf000078_0001
J00415] Inhibition of arthritis by compound 4 was dose-dependent, with a maximum effect (>95% inhibition) at dose levels of 10 and 30 mg/kg. The plasma concentrations of compound 4 that induced this maximum effect were in the 0.6-1.7 μM range at Tm3x (2 hr) and did not need to be sustained at high levels for 24 hours to achieve efficacy, which is not surprising for an irreversible inhibitor. Based on sequence analysis and molecular modeling, the irreversible inhibitors described herein are proposed to form a covalent bond with Cys 481 of Btk (e.g., the Michael reaction acceptor portion of the compounds described herein react with the Cys 481 residue of Btk). Based on sequence homology analysis (Figure 1), the compounds presented herein are also expected to act as irreversible inhibitors of kinases having a Cys 481 or a homologous cysteine residue, but to bind reversibly with kinases having a different amino acid at the 481 position within a catalytic domain sequence that is otherwise homologous to that of Btk. See, e.g., the sequences listed in Figure 1. See also the sequence alignments of tyrosine kinases (TK) published on the world wide web at kirmse.com/hurnan/kinome/phylogeny.htrnl. Example 5: Inhibition of Mast CeH Degranulation [00416] Human CD34+ cells differentiated to mast cells by 9 weeks in culture in the presence of lng/ml IL-3, 50 ng/ml IL-6, 100 ng/ml SCF. Cells were incubated with IgE + IL-4 for 4 days and then degranulation was induced by cross-linking with anti-IgE. Degranulation quantitated using hexosaminidase assay. Compound did not inhibit degranulation induced by the Ca++ ionophore ionomycin and did not affect cell viability as determined by Alamar Blue assay. Compound 4 has an IC50 in MC degranulation less than 100 nanomolar. As such, compounds described herein can be used for the treatment of inflammatory diseases, such as asthma. Example 6: Pharmaceutical Compositions:
[00417] Thβ compositions described below are presented with a compound of Formula (A) for illustrative purposes; any of the compounds of any of Formulas (A), (B), (C), or (D) can be used in such pharmaceutical compositions.
Example 6a: Parenteral Composition [00418] To prepare a parenteral pharmaceutical composition suitable for administration by injection, 100 mg of a water-soluble salt of a compound of Formula (A) is dissolved in DMSO and then mixed with 10 mL of 0.9% sterile saline. The mixture is incorporated into a dosage unit form suitable for administration by injection. Example 6b: Oral Composition [00419] To prepare a pharmaceutical composition for oral delivery, 100 mg of a compound of Formula (A) is mixed with 750 mg of starch. The mixture is incorporated into an oral dosage unit for, such as a hard gelatin capsule, which is suitable for oral administration. WSGR Docket No. 25922-750.601
Example 6c: Sublingual (Hard Lozenge) Composition
[00420] To prepare a pharmaceutical composition for buccal delivery, such as a hard lozenge, mix 100 mg of a compound of Formula (A), with 420 mg of powdered sugar mixed, with 1.6 mL of light corn syrup, 2.4 mL distilled water, and 0.42 mL mint extract. The mixture is gently blended and poured into a mold to form a lozenge suitable for buccal administration.
Example 6d: Inhalation Composition
[00421] To prepare a pharmaceutical composition for inhalation delivery, 20 mg of a compound of Formula (A) is mixed with 50 mg of anhydrous citric acid and 100 mL of 0.9% sodium chloride solution. The mixture is incorporated into an inhalation delivery unit, such as a nebulizer, which is suitable for inhalation administration. Example 6e: Medal Gel Composition
[00422] To prepare a pharmaceutical composition for rectal delivery, 100 mg of a compound of Formula (A) is mixed with 2.5 g of methylcelluose (1500 mPa), 100 mg of methylparapen, 5 g of glycerin and 100 mL of purified water. The resulting gel mixture is then incorporated into rectal delivery units, such as syringes, which are suitable for rectal administration. Example 6f: Topical Gel Composition
[00423] To prepare a pharmaceutical topical gel composition, 100 mg of a compound of Formula (A) is mixed with 1.75 g of hydroxypropyl celluose, 10 mL of propylene glycol, 10 mL of isopropyl myristate and 100 mL of purified alcohol USP. The resulting gel mixture is then incorporated into containers, such as tubes, which are suitable for topicl administration. Example 6g: Ophthalmic Solution Composition
[00424] To prepare a pharmaceutical opthalmic solution composition, 100 mg of a compound of Formula (A) is mixed with 0.9 g of NaCl in 100 mL of purified water and filterd using a 0.2 micron filter. The resulting isotonic solution is then incorporated into ophthalmic delivery units, such as eye drop containers, which are suitable for ophthalmic administration. [00425] It is understood that the examples and embodiments described herein are for illustrative purposes only and that various modifications or changes in light thereof will be suggested to persons skilled in the art and are to be included within the spirit and purview of this application and scope of the appended claims. All publications, patents, and patent applications cited herein are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety for all purposes.

Claims

w&υri*. iJOCKei INO. Z3y._.-;-/3U.ouiWHAT IS CLAIMED IS:
1. A compound of Formula (D) having the structure:
Figure imgf000080_0001
Formula (D) wherein:
La is CH2, O5 NH or S;
Ar is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or a susbstituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl;
Y is an optionally substituted group selected from among alkyl, heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl; Z is C(=O), OC(=O), NHC(=O), C(=S), S(=O)X, OS(O)x, NHS(=O)X, where x is 1 or 2;
R7 and Rg are independently selected from among H, unsubstituted Ci-C4 alkyl, substituted C1-C4alkyl, unsubstituted Ci-C4heteroalkyl, substituted C]-C4heteroalkyl, unsubstituted C3-C6cycloalkyl, substituted C3-C(>cycloalkyl, unsubstituted C2-C<jheterocycloalkyl, and substituted C2- Ceheterocycloalkyl; or R7 and Re taken together form a bond;
Re is H, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-C4alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-C4heteroalkyl, Cp
Cβalkoxyalkyl, Ci-Csalkylaπnnoalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted Cs-Cβcycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted C2-Cgheterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, CrC4alkyl(aryl), CrC4alkyl(heteroaryl), C,-C4alkyl(C3-C8cycloalkyl)) or C,-C4alkyl(C2- Cgheterocycloalkyl); and pharmaceutically active metabolites, or pharmaceutically acceptable solvates, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, or pharmaceutically acceptable prodrugs thereof.
2. The compound of Claim 1, wherein La is O.
3. The compound of Claim 2, wherein Ar is phenyl.
4. The compound of Claim 3, wherein:
Z is C(=O), NHC(=O), or S(=O)2.
5. The compound of Claim 4, wherein: each ofR7 and Rg is H; or R7 and R8 taken together form a bond.
6. The compound of Claim 5, wherein:
R6 is H, substituted or unsubstituted CrC4alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted CrC4heteroalkyl, C1- C6alkoxyalkyl, CrCsalkylaininoalkyl, C,-C4alkyl(aryl), CrC4alkyl(heteroaryl), CrC4alkyl(C3- Cgcycloalkyl), or C,-C4alkyl(C2-C8heterocycloalkyl).
7. The compound of Claim 6, wherein: WSGR Docket No. 25922-750.601
Y is a 4-, 5-, 6-, or 7-memebered cycloalkyl ring; or
Y is a A-, 5-, 6-, or 7-membered heterocycloalkyl ring.
8. A compound selected from among: l-(3-(4-anτino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-l-yl)ρiperidin-l-yl)ρrop-2-en-l-one (Compound 4); (E)-l-(3-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrirnidin-l-yl)piperidin-l-yl)but-2-en-l-one (Compound '5); l-(3-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-l-yl)piperidin-l- yl)sulfonylethene (Compound 6); l-(3-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-l-yl)piperidin- l-yl)prop-2-yn-l-one (Compound 8); l-(4-(4-amino-3-(4-ρhenoxyphenyl)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-l- yl)ρiperidin-l-yl)prop-2-en-l-one (Compound 9); N-((ls,4s)-4-(4-amino-3-(4-ρhenoxyphenyl)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4- d]pyriirudm-l-yl)cyclohexyl)acrylamide (Compound 10); l-((R)-3-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-lH- pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-l-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)prop-2-en-l-one (Compound 11); l-((S)-3-(4-amino-3-(4- phenoxyphenyl)- 1 H-pyrazolo [3 ,4-d]pyrimidin- 1 -yl)pyrrolidin- 1 -yl)prop-2-en- 1 -one (Compound 12) ; 1 -((R)-3-(4- amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-l-yl)piperidin-l-yl)prop-2-en-l-one (Compound 13); 1- ((S)-3-(4-ammo-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-lH-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-l-yl)piperidin-l-yl)prop-2-en-l-one (Compound 14); and (E)-l-(3-(4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-lH-ρyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-l-yl)piperidin-l-yl)-4- (dimethylamino)but-2-en-l-one (Compound 15).
9. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Claim 1, and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
10. An inhibited tyrosine kinase comprising a Bruton's tyrosine kinase, a Bruton's tyrosine kinase homolog, or a Btk tyrosine kinase cysteine homolog bound to an inhibitor having the structure:
Figure imgf000081_0001
wherein VA/WΛ indicates the point of attachment between the inhibitor and the tyrosine kinase.
11. The inhibited tyrosine kinase of Claim 10, wherein the inibitor is covalently bound to a cysteine residue on the tyrosine kinase.
12. A method for treating an autoimmune disease comprising comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a composition containing a therapeutically effective amount of a compound that forms a covalent bond with a cysteine sidechain of a Bruton's tyrosine kinase, a Bruton's tyrosine kinase homolog, or a Btk tyrosine kinase cysteine homolog.
13. The method of Claim 12, wherein the compound has the following structure: WSSR Docket No. 25922-750.601
Figure imgf000082_0001
Formula (D) wherein:
La is CH2, O, NH or S;
Ar is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or a susbstituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl;
Y is an optionally substituted group selected from among alkyl, heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl;
Z is C(=O), OC(=O), NHC(=O), C(=S), S(=O)X, OS(O)x, NHS(=O)X, where x is 1 or 2; R.7 and R8 are independently selected from among H, unsubstituted C1-C4 alkyl, substituted Ci-C4alkyl, unsubstituted CrC4heteroalkyl, substituted Ci-C4heteroalkyl, unsubstituted C3-Qcycloalkyl, substituted Cs-Cgcycloalkyl, unsubstituted C2-C6heterocycloalkyl, and substituted C2- Cgheterocycloalkyl; or R7 and R8 taken together form a bond;
R6 is H, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-C4alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Qheteroalkyl, Cx- Qalkoxyalkyl, Ci-C4alkyl-N(Ci-C4alkyl)2, substituted or unsubstituted C3-C6cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted
Figure imgf000082_0002
substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, Ci-C4alkyl(aryl), CrC4alkyl(heteroaryl), Ci-C4alkyl(C3-C8cycloalkyl), or CrC4alkyl(C2-C8heterocycloalkyl).
14. A method for treating a heteroimmune condition or disease comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a composition containing a therapeutically effective amount of a compound that forms a covalent bond with a cysteine sidechain of the Bruton's tyrosine kinase or with a homologous cysteine sidechain of the Bruton's tyrosine kinase homolog.
15. The method of Claim 14, wherein the compound has the following structure:
Figure imgf000082_0003
Formula (D) wherein:
La is CH2, O, NH or S;
Ar is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or a susbstituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl; WSGR Docket No. 25922-750.601
Y is an optionally substituted group selected from among alkyl, heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl;
Z is C(=O), OC(O), NHC(=O), C(=S), S(=O)X, OS(=O)X, lNHS(=O):t, where x is 1 or 2; R7 and R8 are independently selected from among H, unsubstituted C1-C4 alkyl, substituted Ci-Qalkyl, unsubstituted Ci-C4heteroalkyl, substituted Q-Qheteroalkyl, unsubstituted C3-C6cycloalkyl, substituted Cj-Cβcycloalkyl, unsubstituted C2-C6heterocycloalkyl, and substituted C2-
Cβheterocycloalkyl; or R7 and R8 taken together form a bond;
R6 is H, substituted or unsubstituted CrC4alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted CrQheteroalkyl, Q- Cβalkoxyalkyl, C]-C4alkyl-N(Ci-C4alkyl)2, substituted or unsubstituted Cj-Cβcycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, CrC4alkyl(aryl), CrC4alkyl(heteroaryl), Ci-C4alkyl(C3-C8cycloalkyl)> or CrC4alkyl(C2-
Cgheterocycloalkyl) .
16. A method for treating an inflammatory disease comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a composition containing a therapeutically effective amount of a compound that forms a covalent bond with a cysteine sidechain of a Bruton's tyrosine kinase, a Bruton's tyrosine kinase homolog, or a Btk tyrosine kinase cysteine homolog.
17. The method of any of Claim 16, wherein the compound has the following structure:
Figure imgf000083_0001
Formula (D) wherein:
La is CH2, O, NH or S;
Ar is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl;
Y is an optionally substituted group selected from among alkyl, heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl; Z is C(=O), OC(=O), NHC(=O), C(=S), S(=O)X, OS(=O)X, NHS(=O)X, where x is 1 or 2;
R7 and R8 are independently selected from among H, unsubstituted Ci-C4 alkyl, substituted CrC4alkyl, unsubstituted CrC4heteroalkyl, substituted C]-C4heteroalkyl, unsubstituted C3-C6cycloalkyl, substituted C3-C6cycloalkyl, unsubstituted C2-C6heterocycloalkyl, and substituted C2- Cβheterocycloalkyl; or R7 and R8 taken together form a bond;
R6 is H, substituted or unsubstituted CrC4alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted CrC4heteroalkyl, C1-
C6alkoxyalkyl, Ci-C4alkyl-N(CrC4alkyl)2, substituted or unsubstituted C3-C6cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted C2-C8heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted • WS<JK JJOCket NO. 25922-750.601 heteroaryl, CrC4alkyl(aryl), CrC4alkyl(heteroaryl), Ci-C4alkyl(C3-C8cycloalkyl), or CrC4alkyl(C2- Csheterocycloalkyl).
18. A method for treating a cancer comprising comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a composition containing a therapeutically effective amount of a compound that forms a covalent bond with a cysteine sidechain of a Bruton's tyrosine kinase, a Bruton's tyrosine kinase homolog, or a Btk tyrosine kinase cysteine homolog.
19. The method of claim 18, wherein the cancer is a B-cell proliferative disorder.
20. The method of claim 19, wherein the B-cell proliferative disorder is chronic lymphocytic lymphoma, diffuse large B cell lymphoma, follicular lymphoma or chronic lymphocytic leukemia.
21. The method of Claim 20, wherein the compound has the following structure:
Figure imgf000084_0001
Formula (D) wherein:
La is CH2, O, NH or S;
Ar is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or a susbstituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl; 5 Y is an optionally substituted group selected from among alkyl, heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl;
Z is CO=O), OC(=O), NHC(=O), C(=S), S(=O)X, OS(=O)X, NHS(=O)X, where x is 1 or 2; R7 and R8 are independently selected from among H, unsubstituted C1-C4 alkyl, substituted CrC4alkyl, unsubstituted Ci-C4heteroalkyl, substituted C1-C4heteroalkyl, unsubstituted C3-C6cycloalkyl,0 substituted Ca-Cβcycloalkyl, unsubstituted C2-C6heterocycloalkyl, and substituted C2-
Cgheterocycloalkyl; or R7 and Rs taken together form a bond; Re is H, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-C4alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-C4heteroalkyl, Q-
Cβalkoxyalkyl, CrC4alkyl-N(Ci-C4alkyl)2, substituted or unsubstituted C3-C6cycloalkyl, substituted or5 unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted C2-Csheterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, CrC4alkyl(aryl), CrC4alkyl(heteroaryl), Ci-C4alkyl(C3-C8cycloalkyl), or CrC4alkyl(C2- Csheterocycloalkyl).
PCT/US2006/049626 2006-09-22 2006-12-28 Inhibitors of bruton's tyrosine kinase WO2008039218A2 (en)

Priority Applications (23)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
KR1020147002658A KR101479913B1 (en) 2006-09-22 2006-12-28 Inhibitors of bruton's tyrosine kinase
CN2006800564385A CN101610676B (en) 2006-09-22 2006-12-28 Inhibitors of bruton's tyrosine kinase
JP2009529166A JP4934197B2 (en) 2006-09-22 2006-12-28 Bruton tyrosine kinase inhibitor
ES06850039.6T ES2585902T3 (en) 2006-09-22 2006-12-28 Bruton tyrosine kinase inhibitors
NZ575650A NZ575650A (en) 2006-09-22 2006-12-28 Pyrimidinopyrazole derivatives as inhibitors of Bruton's tyrosine kinase
EP06850039.6A EP2081435B1 (en) 2006-09-22 2006-12-28 Inhibitors of bruton's tyrosine kinase
MX2009003122A MX2009003122A (en) 2006-09-22 2006-12-28 Inhibitors of bruton's tyrosine kinase.
MX2012014021A MX347525B (en) 2006-09-22 2006-12-28 Inhibitors of bruton's tyrosine kinase.
SI200632084A SI2081435T1 (en) 2006-09-22 2006-12-28 Inhibitors of bruton's tyrosine kinase
KR1020127034005A KR101464424B1 (en) 2006-09-22 2006-12-28 Inhibitors of bruton's tyrosine kinase
DK06850039.6T DK2081435T3 (en) 2006-09-22 2006-12-28 INHIBITORS OF BRUTON'S TYROSINKINASE
BRPI0622054A BRPI0622054B8 (en) 2006-09-22 2006-12-28 compound and pharmaceutical composition
NZ595230A NZ595230A (en) 2006-09-22 2006-12-28 Pyrimidinopyrazole derivatives as inhibitors of Bruton's tyrosine kinase
KR1020097008224A KR101315610B1 (en) 2006-09-22 2006-12-28 Inhibitors of bruton's tyrosine kinase
CA2663116A CA2663116C (en) 2006-09-22 2006-12-28 Inhibitors of bruton's tyrosine kinase
AU2006348662A AU2006348662B8 (en) 2006-09-22 2006-12-28 Inhibitors of Bruton's tyrosine kinase
EA200900351A EA018573B1 (en) 2006-09-22 2006-12-28 Inhibitors of bruton's tyrosine kinase
ZA2009/01784A ZA200901784B (en) 2006-09-22 2009-03-12 Inhibitors of bruton's tyrosine kinase
IL197550A IL197550A0 (en) 2006-09-22 2009-03-12 Inhibitors of bruton's tyrosine kinase
HK09108393.7A HK1129274A1 (en) 2006-09-22 2009-09-14 Inhibitors of brutons tyrosine kinase bruton
AU2010201052A AU2010201052B2 (en) 2006-09-22 2010-03-18 Inhibitors of Bruton's tyrosine kinase
CY20161100765T CY1117897T1 (en) 2006-09-22 2016-08-03 BRUTON TYRUS MOVEMENT SUSPENSIONS
LU93321C LU93321I2 (en) 2006-09-22 2016-11-23 IBRUTINIB, OR A PHARMACEUTICALLY ACCEPTABLE SALT THEREOF

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US82672006P 2006-09-22 2006-09-22
US60/826,720 2006-09-22
US82859006P 2006-10-06 2006-10-06
US60/828,590 2006-10-06

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2008039218A2 true WO2008039218A2 (en) 2008-04-03
WO2008039218A3 WO2008039218A3 (en) 2008-05-29

Family

ID=39225888

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2006/049626 WO2008039218A2 (en) 2006-09-22 2006-12-28 Inhibitors of bruton's tyrosine kinase

Country Status (28)

Country Link
US (48) US7514444B2 (en)
EP (11) EP2532235A1 (en)
JP (4) JP4934197B2 (en)
KR (4) KR20100051863A (en)
CN (4) CN102746305B (en)
AT (1) ATE531263T1 (en)
AU (2) AU2006348662B8 (en)
BR (2) BRPI0622277A2 (en)
CA (3) CA3180977A1 (en)
CY (11) CY1112513T1 (en)
DK (7) DK2529622T3 (en)
EA (3) EA024255B1 (en)
ES (8) ES2673973T3 (en)
FR (1) FR15C0029I2 (en)
HK (3) HK1129274A1 (en)
HU (10) HUE025459T2 (en)
IL (1) IL197550A0 (en)
LT (7) LT2530083T (en)
LU (3) LU92692I2 (en)
MX (3) MX347525B (en)
NL (1) NL300728I2 (en)
NZ (3) NZ601278A (en)
PL (8) PL2530083T3 (en)
PT (7) PT2081435T (en)
SG (2) SG10201503235VA (en)
SI (8) SI2081435T1 (en)
WO (1) WO2008039218A2 (en)
ZA (4) ZA200901784B (en)

Cited By (265)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP2089391A2 (en) * 2006-11-03 2009-08-19 Pharmacyclics, Inc. Bruton's tyrosine kinase activity probe and method of using
EP2139487A2 (en) * 2007-03-28 2010-01-06 Pharmacyclics, Inc. Inhibitors of bruton's tyrosine kinase
WO2010006947A1 (en) 2008-07-15 2010-01-21 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Novel phenyl-imidazopyridines and pyridazines
WO2010043633A1 (en) * 2008-10-15 2010-04-22 Palau Pharma, S. A. 2h-pyrazolo [4,3-d]pyrimidin-5-amine derivatives as h4 histamine receptor antagonists for the treatment of allergic, immunological and inflammatory diseases
EP2307025A2 (en) 2008-07-16 2011-04-13 Pharmacyclics, Inc. Inhibitors of bruton's tyrosine kinase for the treatment of solid tumors
WO2012003544A1 (en) 2010-07-09 2012-01-12 The Walter And Eliza Hall Institute Of Medical Research Protein kinase inhibitors and methods of treatment
US8158786B2 (en) 2006-09-22 2012-04-17 Pharmacyclics, Inc. Inhibitors of Bruton's tyrosine kinase
JP2012525400A (en) * 2009-04-29 2012-10-22 ローカス ファーマシューティカルズ インコーポレイテッド Pyrrolotriazine compounds
WO2012158764A1 (en) * 2011-05-17 2012-11-22 Principia Biopharma Inc. Tyrosine kinase inhibitors
US8377946B1 (en) 2011-12-30 2013-02-19 Pharmacyclics, Inc. Pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidine and pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine compounds as kinase inhibitors
WO2012158843A3 (en) * 2011-05-17 2013-04-11 The Regents Of The University Of California Kinase inhibitors
WO2013118817A1 (en) * 2012-02-07 2013-08-15 大鵬薬品工業株式会社 Quinolyl pyrrolopyrimidine compound or salt thereof
WO2013125709A1 (en) * 2012-02-23 2013-08-29 大鵬薬品工業株式会社 Quinolylpyrrolopyrimidyl fused-ring compound or salt thereof
WO2013148603A1 (en) 2012-03-27 2013-10-03 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Cinnoline derivatives as as btk inhibitors
WO2013191965A1 (en) * 2012-06-18 2013-12-27 Principia Biopharma Inc. Reversible covalent pyrrolo- or pyrazolopyrimidines useful for the treatment cancer and autoimmune diseases
WO2014022569A1 (en) * 2012-08-03 2014-02-06 Principia Biopharma Inc. Treatment of dry eye
WO2014022390A1 (en) * 2012-07-30 2014-02-06 Concert Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Deuterated ibrutinib
WO2014039899A1 (en) * 2012-09-10 2014-03-13 Principia Biopharma Inc. Pyrazolopyrimidine compounds as kinase inhibitors
US8673925B1 (en) 2013-04-09 2014-03-18 Principia Biopharma Inc. Tyrosine kinase inhibitors
WO2014078578A1 (en) * 2012-11-15 2014-05-22 Pharmacyclics, Inc. Pyrrolopyrimidine compounds as kinase inhibitors
WO2014082598A1 (en) * 2012-11-30 2014-06-05 Centaurus Biopharma Co., Ltd. Inhibitors of bruton's tyrosine kinase
WO2014139970A1 (en) 2013-03-15 2014-09-18 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Processes and intermediates for preparing a medicament
WO2014164558A1 (en) 2013-03-11 2014-10-09 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Pyridinyl and fused pyridinyl triazolone derivatives
JP2014532715A (en) * 2011-11-03 2014-12-08 エフ・ホフマン−ラ・ロシュ・アクチェンゲゼルシャフト Bicyclic piperazine compounds
US8940750B2 (en) 2007-03-28 2015-01-27 Pharmacyclics, Inc. Inhibitors of bruton's tyrosine kinase
EP2832358A1 (en) 2013-08-02 2015-02-04 Bionsil S.r.l. Pharmaceutical kit for use in the treatment of colon and colorectal cancer
WO2015048689A1 (en) * 2013-09-30 2015-04-02 Pharmacyclics, Inc. Inhibitors of bruton's tyrosine kinase
US8999999B2 (en) 2010-06-03 2015-04-07 Pharmacyclics, Inc. Use of inhibitors of Bruton's tyrosine kinase (Btk)
WO2015069441A1 (en) * 2013-10-18 2015-05-14 Medivation Technologies, Inc. Pyrazolo-, imidazolo- and pyrrolo-pyridine or -pyrimidine derivatives as inhibitors o brutons kinase (btk)
WO2015071432A1 (en) 2013-11-14 2015-05-21 Sandoz Ag Pharmaceutical compositions of ibrutinib
JP2015134802A (en) * 2009-10-12 2015-07-27 ファーマサイクリクス,インコーポレイテッド Inhibitor for bruton's tyrosine kinase
WO2015131080A1 (en) 2014-02-28 2015-09-03 Nimbus Lakshmi, Inc. Tyk2 inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2015140566A1 (en) * 2014-03-20 2015-09-24 Redx Pharma Plc Pyrazolo-pyrimidines as inhibitors of btk
AU2013245503B2 (en) * 2008-07-16 2015-09-24 Pharmacyclics Llc Inhibitors of Bruton's tyrosine kinase for the treatment of solid tumors
WO2015151006A1 (en) * 2014-03-29 2015-10-08 Lupin Limited Substituted purine compounds as btk inhibitors
US9156847B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2015-10-13 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Processes and intermediates for preparing a medicament
EP2855484A4 (en) * 2012-05-31 2015-12-16 Pharmascience Inc Protein kinase inhibitors
WO2015189620A1 (en) * 2014-06-11 2015-12-17 Redx Pharma Plc Pyrazolopyrimidine derivatives useful as inhibitors of bruton's tyrosine kinase
US9233111B2 (en) 2011-07-08 2016-01-12 Novartis Ag Pyrrolo pyrimidine derivatives
RU2575340C2 (en) * 2010-05-31 2016-02-20 Оно Фармасьютикал Ко., Лтд. Purinone derivative
JP2016028580A (en) * 2009-09-16 2016-03-03 セルジーン アビロミクス リサーチ, インコーポレイテッド Protein kinase conjugates and inhibitors
US9296753B2 (en) 2012-06-04 2016-03-29 Pharmacyclics Llc Crystalline forms of a Bruton's tyrosine kinase inhibitor
WO2015185998A3 (en) * 2014-04-11 2016-04-07 Acerta Pharma B.V. Methods of blocking the cxcr-4/sdf-1 signaling pathway with inhibitors of bone marrow x kinase
WO2016066673A1 (en) * 2014-10-30 2016-05-06 Sandoz Ag Synthesis of substituted 1h-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidines
WO2016079216A1 (en) 2014-11-20 2016-05-26 Sandoz Ag Physical forms of ibrutinib, a bruton's kinase inhibitor
WO2016088074A1 (en) * 2014-12-03 2016-06-09 Dr. Reddy’S Laboratories Limited Process for the preparation of amorphous ibrutinib
US9376438B2 (en) 2011-05-17 2016-06-28 Principia Biopharma, Inc. Pyrazolopyrimidine derivatives as tyrosine kinase inhibitors
US9394277B2 (en) 2012-06-08 2016-07-19 Biogen Ma Inc. Pyrimidinyl tyrosine kinase inhibitors
US9415050B2 (en) 2013-08-12 2016-08-16 Pharmacyclics Llc Methods for the treatment of HER2 amplified cancer
WO2016127960A1 (en) 2015-02-09 2016-08-18 Zentiva, K.S. Ibrutinib sulphate salt
WO2016132383A1 (en) * 2015-02-18 2016-08-25 Mylan Laboratories Limited Process for the preparation of ibrutinib
WO2016138352A1 (en) 2015-02-27 2016-09-01 Nimbus Lakshmi, Inc. Tyk2 inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2016156127A1 (en) 2015-04-02 2016-10-06 Ratiopharm Gmbh Co-crystals of ibrutinib with carboxylic acids
CN106061976A (en) * 2014-04-29 2016-10-26 浙江导明医药科技有限公司 Polyfluorinated compounds acting as bruton's tyrosine kinase inhibitors
WO2016170545A1 (en) * 2015-04-22 2016-10-27 Msn Laboratories Private Limited Process for the preparation of 1-[(3r)-3-[4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenvl)-1h- pvrazolo[3,4-d]pyriniidin-1-y1]-1-piperidinvl]-2-propen-1-one and its polymorphs thereof
US9512084B2 (en) 2013-11-29 2016-12-06 Novartis Ag Amino pyrimidine derivatives
TWI561525B (en) * 2011-11-29 2016-12-11 Ono Pharmaceutical Co
WO2016206662A1 (en) * 2015-06-26 2016-12-29 Zentiva, K.S. Ibrutinib hemisulphate
US9533991B2 (en) 2014-08-01 2017-01-03 Pharmacyclics Llc Inhibitors of Bruton's tyrosine kinase
WO2017004134A1 (en) 2015-06-29 2017-01-05 Nimbus Iris, Inc. Irak inhibitors and uses thereof
US9545407B2 (en) 2014-08-07 2017-01-17 Pharmacyclics Llc Formulations of a bruton's tyrosine kinase inhibitor
ITUB20152576A1 (en) * 2015-07-29 2017-01-29 Laboratorio Chimico Int S P A Procedure for the preparation of ibrutinib and a new synthetic intermediate.
US9573958B2 (en) 2012-08-31 2017-02-21 Principia Biopharma, Inc. Benzimidazole derivatives as ITK inhibitors
EP3016953A4 (en) * 2013-07-02 2017-03-01 Pharmacyclics, LLC Purinone compounds as kinase inhibitors
WO2017040757A1 (en) 2015-09-02 2017-03-09 Nimbus Lakshmi, Inc. Tyk2 inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2017041180A1 (en) * 2015-09-11 2017-03-16 Pharmascience Inc. Heterocyclic tec-family kinase inhibitors
WO2017070518A1 (en) 2015-10-23 2017-04-27 Navitor Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulators of sestrin-gator2 interaction and uses thereof
US9655857B2 (en) 2015-03-03 2017-05-23 Pharmacyclics Llc Pharmaceutical formulations of a Bruton's tyrosine kinase inhibitor
WO2017087445A1 (en) * 2015-11-17 2017-05-26 Merck Patent Gmbh Methods for treating multiple sclerosis using pyrimidine and pyridine compounds with btk inhibitory activity
WO2017106352A1 (en) 2015-12-14 2017-06-22 Raze Therapeutics, Inc. Caffeine inhibitors of mthfd2 and uses thereof
US9688676B2 (en) 2015-06-03 2017-06-27 Principia Biopharma Inc. Tyrosine kinase inhibitors
WO2017127371A1 (en) 2016-01-21 2017-07-27 Sunnylife Pharma Inc. Bruton's tyrosine kinase inhibitors
WO2017125423A1 (en) 2016-01-19 2017-07-27 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Formulations/compositions comprising a btk inhibitor
WO2017125424A1 (en) 2016-01-19 2017-07-27 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Formulations/compositions comprising a btk inhibitor
US9718828B2 (en) 2011-07-19 2017-08-01 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. BTK Inhibitors
CN106999482A (en) * 2014-12-03 2017-08-01 药品循环有限责任公司 The method for treating fibrosis
US9730938B2 (en) 2014-08-08 2017-08-15 Pharmacyclics Llc Bruton's tyrosine kinase inhibitor combinations and uses thereof
WO2017137446A1 (en) * 2016-02-09 2017-08-17 Azad Pharmaceutical Ingredients Ag Process for the synthesis of stable amorphous ibrutinib
EP3079682A4 (en) * 2013-12-13 2017-08-30 Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. Methods to treat lymphoplasmacytic lymphoma
WO2017156179A1 (en) 2016-03-09 2017-09-14 Raze Therapeutics, Inc. 3-phosphoglycerate dehydrogenase inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2017173111A1 (en) 2016-03-31 2017-10-05 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Isoquinolinyl triazolone complexes
WO2017174044A1 (en) 2016-04-06 2017-10-12 Zentiva, K.S. Solid forms of ibrutinib
EP3243824A1 (en) 2016-05-11 2017-11-15 Zentiva K.S. Solid forms of ibrutinib free base
EP3166608A4 (en) * 2014-07-07 2017-11-22 Eternity Bioscience Inc. Aminopyridazinone compounds as protein kinase inhibitors
US9828364B2 (en) 2014-01-29 2017-11-28 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Pyrazole compounds as BTK inhibitors
EP3122753A4 (en) * 2014-03-27 2017-11-29 Perrigo Api Ltd. Ibrutinib solid forms and production process therefor
US9845329B2 (en) 2013-02-22 2017-12-19 Taiho Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Method for producing a substituted 6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrimido[5,4-b]indolizine, substituted 7,8,9,10-tetrahydro-6H-pyrimido[5′,4′:4,5]pyrrolo[1,2-a]azepine and substituted 6,7,8,9,10,11-hexahydropyrimido[5′,4′:4,5]pyrrolo[1,2-a]azocine
WO2017223239A1 (en) 2016-06-21 2017-12-28 X4 Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Cxcr4 inhibitors and uses thereof
US9862722B2 (en) 2011-07-13 2018-01-09 Pharmacyclics Llc Inhibitors of Bruton's tyrosine kinase
EP3141546A4 (en) * 2014-05-07 2018-01-10 Centaurus Biopharma Co., Ltd. Inhibitor of bruton's tyrosine kinase
WO2018009017A1 (en) 2016-07-07 2018-01-11 Daewoong Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. NOVEL 4-AMINOPYRAZOLO[3,4-d]PYRIMIDINYLAZABICYCLO DERIVATIVES AND PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION COMPRISING THE SAME
US9885086B2 (en) 2014-03-20 2018-02-06 Pharmacyclics Llc Phospholipase C gamma 2 and resistance associated mutations
WO2018065504A1 (en) 2016-10-06 2018-04-12 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Processes and intermediates for preparing a btk inhibitor
WO2018071794A1 (en) 2016-10-14 2018-04-19 Nimbus Lakshmi, Inc. Tyk2 inhibitors and uses thereof
US9951056B2 (en) 2013-09-30 2018-04-24 Beijing Innocare Pharma Tech Co., Ltd. Substituted nicotinamide inhibitors of BTK and their preparation and use in the treatment of cancer, inflammation and autoimmune disease
WO2018074387A1 (en) 2016-10-17 2018-04-26 第一三共株式会社 Combination therapy method using mdm2 inhibitor and dna methyltransferase inhibitor
WO2018075937A1 (en) 2016-10-21 2018-04-26 Nimbus Lakshmi, Inc. Tyk2 inhibitors and uses thereof
US9975882B2 (en) 2015-12-16 2018-05-22 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Heteroaromatic compounds as BTK inhibitors
RU2655388C2 (en) * 2012-01-31 2018-05-28 Фармасайкликс Элэлси Purinone compounds as kinase inhibitors
WO2018116259A1 (en) * 2016-12-21 2018-06-28 Acerta Pharma B.V. Imidazopyrazine inhibitors of bruton's tyrosine kinase
WO2017134685A3 (en) * 2016-02-02 2018-06-28 Sun Pharma Advanced Research Company Limited Novel hydrazino compounds as btk inhibitors
WO2018127699A1 (en) 2017-01-06 2018-07-12 Bicyclerd Limited Compounds for treating cancer
EP3248979A4 (en) * 2015-01-21 2018-09-12 Hefei Institutes of Physical Sicence, Chinese Academy of Sciences Novel inhibitor of flt3 kinase and use thereof
WO2018165240A1 (en) 2017-03-08 2018-09-13 Nimbus Lakshmi, Inc. Tyk2 inhibitors, uses, and methods for production thereof
US10092569B2 (en) 2014-02-21 2018-10-09 Principia Biopharma Inc. Salts and solid form of a BTK inhibitor
US10098900B2 (en) 2015-03-19 2018-10-16 Zhejiang DTRM Biopharma Co. Ltd. Pharmaceutical compositions and their use for treatment of cancer and autoimmune diseases
US10112957B2 (en) 2014-10-22 2018-10-30 Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. Thiazolyl-containing compounds for treating proliferative diseases
WO2018197893A1 (en) 2017-04-27 2018-11-01 Bicycletx Limited Bicyclic peptide ligands and uses thereof
US10138229B2 (en) 2012-08-10 2018-11-27 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Heteroaromatic compounds as BTK inhibitors
WO2019002842A1 (en) 2017-06-26 2019-01-03 Bicyclerd Limited Bicyclic peptide ligands with detectable moieties and uses thereof
WO2019013562A1 (en) 2017-07-12 2019-01-17 주식회사 대웅제약 Novel 1h-pyrazolopyridine derivative and pharmaceutical composition containing same
US10183024B2 (en) 2016-12-02 2019-01-22 Apotex Inc. Crystalline forms of ibrutinib
WO2019034866A1 (en) 2017-08-14 2019-02-21 Bicyclerd Limited Bicyclic peptide ligand sting conjugates and uses thereof
WO2019034868A1 (en) 2017-08-14 2019-02-21 Bicyclerd Limited Bicyclic peptide ligand prr-a conjugates and uses thereof
WO2019046491A1 (en) 2017-08-29 2019-03-07 Ariya Therapeutics, Inc. Lymphatic system-directing lipid prodrugs
WO2019074275A1 (en) 2017-10-11 2019-04-18 주식회사 대웅제약 Novel phenylpyridine derivative and pharmaceutical composition containing same
US10266513B2 (en) 2012-11-02 2019-04-23 Pfizer Inc. Bruton's tyrosine kinase inhibitors
EP3501609A1 (en) 2017-12-08 2019-06-26 Zentiva K.S. Pharmaceutical compositions comprising ibrutinib
WO2019126378A1 (en) 2017-12-19 2019-06-27 Ariya Therapeutics, Inc. Lipid prodrugs of mycophenolic acid and uses thereof
KR20190080951A (en) * 2016-11-24 2019-07-08 상하이 인스티튜트 오브 마테리아 메디카 차이니즈 아카데미 오브 싸이언시즈 Pyrimido [5,4-b] indolizine or pyrimido [5,4-b] pyrrolizine compounds, their preparation methods and uses
US10342780B2 (en) 2015-12-16 2019-07-09 Loxo Oncology, Inc. Compounds useful as kinase inhibitors
WO2019148132A1 (en) 2018-01-29 2019-08-01 Merck Patent Gmbh Gcn2 inhibitors and uses thereof
US10399989B2 (en) 2015-09-16 2019-09-03 Loxo Oncology, Inc. Pyrazolopyrimidine derivatives as BTK inhibitors for the treatment of cancer
WO2019169001A1 (en) 2018-02-27 2019-09-06 Artax Biopharma Inc. Chromene derivatives as inhibitors of tcr-nck interaction
US10414727B2 (en) 2016-11-08 2019-09-17 Navitor Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Phenyl amino piperidine mTORC inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2019200254A1 (en) 2018-04-13 2019-10-17 Tolero Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Pim kinase inhibitors for treatment of myeloproliferative neoplasms and fibrosis associated with cancer
WO2019209759A1 (en) 2018-04-24 2019-10-31 Merck Patent Gmbh Antiproliferation compounds and uses thereof
WO2019208805A1 (en) 2018-04-27 2019-10-31 小野薬品工業株式会社 PREVENTIVE AND/OR THERAPEUTIC AGENT FOR AUTOIMMUNE DISEASE COMPRISING COMPOUND HAVING Btk INHIBITORY ACTIVITY AS ACTIVE INGREDIENT
WO2019209757A1 (en) 2018-04-24 2019-10-31 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Pteridinone compounds and uses thereof
US10463668B2 (en) 2013-10-25 2019-11-05 Pharmacyclics Llc Methods of treating and preventing graft versus host disease
US10485797B2 (en) 2014-12-18 2019-11-26 Principia Biopharma Inc. Treatment of pemphigus
US10485794B2 (en) 2015-04-13 2019-11-26 Daiichi Sankyo Company, Limited Treatment method by combined use of MDM2 inhibitor and BTK inhibitor
EP3575300A1 (en) 2018-05-31 2019-12-04 Apotex Inc. Novel crystalline forms of ibrutinib
US10508120B2 (en) 2017-07-28 2019-12-17 Nimbus Lakshimi, Inc. TYK2 inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2019238904A1 (en) 2018-06-15 2019-12-19 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Formulations/compositions comprising ibrutinib
WO2019241789A1 (en) 2018-06-15 2019-12-19 Navitor Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Rapamycin analogs and uses thereof
WO2019243833A1 (en) 2018-06-22 2019-12-26 Bicycletx Limited Bicyclic peptide ligands specific for nectin-4
WO2020010177A1 (en) 2018-07-06 2020-01-09 Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. Tricyclic crbn ligands and uses thereof
US10570139B2 (en) 2013-04-25 2020-02-25 Beigene Switzerland Gmbh Substituted pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidines as Bruton's tyrosine kinase modulators
US10570118B2 (en) 2016-01-13 2020-02-25 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Isoquinolones as BTK inhibitors
US10577374B2 (en) 2009-09-04 2020-03-03 Sunesis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Bruton's tyrosine kinase inhibitors
WO2020043321A1 (en) * 2018-08-31 2020-03-05 Stichting Katholieke Universiteit Synergistic combinations of amino acid depletion agent sensitizers (aadas) and amino acid depletion agents (aada), and therapeutic methods of use thereof
WO2020045941A1 (en) 2018-08-27 2020-03-05 주식회사 대웅제약 Novel heterocyclic amine derivative and pharmaceutical composition comprising same
WO2020051424A1 (en) 2018-09-07 2020-03-12 Pic Therapeutics Eif4e inhibitors and uses thereof
US10633348B2 (en) 2013-12-13 2020-04-28 Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. Methods to treat lymphoplasmacytic lymphoma
WO2020084305A1 (en) 2018-10-23 2020-04-30 Bicycletx Limited Bicyclic peptide ligands and uses thereof
WO2020112937A1 (en) 2018-11-30 2020-06-04 Nimbus Lakshmi, Inc. Tyk2 inhibitors and uses thereof
US10683308B2 (en) 2015-09-11 2020-06-16 Navitor Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Rapamycin analogs and uses thereof
US10688050B1 (en) 2018-12-21 2020-06-23 Synthon B.V. Pharmaceutical composition comprising ibrutinib
EP3669867A1 (en) 2018-12-21 2020-06-24 Synthon B.V. Pharmaceutical composition comprising ibrutinib
EP3670659A1 (en) 2018-12-20 2020-06-24 Abivax Biomarkers, and uses in treatment of viral infections, inflammations, or cancer
WO2020165600A1 (en) 2019-02-14 2020-08-20 Bicycletx Limited Bicyclic peptide ligand sting conjugates and uses thereof
US10752594B2 (en) 2013-03-14 2020-08-25 Sumitomo Dainippon Pharma Oncology, Inc. JAK1 and ALK2 inhibitors and methods for their use
WO2020170270A1 (en) * 2019-02-19 2020-08-27 Msn Laboratories Private Limited, R&D Center Novel crystalline polymorphs of 1-[(3r)-3-[4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1h-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-yl]-1-piperidinyl]-2-propen-1-one and process for preparation thereof
JP2020526545A (en) * 2017-07-12 2020-08-31 デウン ファーマシューティカル カンパニー リミテッド A novel 1H-pyrazolopyridine derivative and a pharmaceutical composition containing the same.
WO2020188015A1 (en) 2019-03-21 2020-09-24 Onxeo A dbait molecule in combination with kinase inhibitor for the treatment of cancer
US10793563B2 (en) 2018-01-29 2020-10-06 Merck Patent Gmbh GCN2 inhibitors and uses thereof
US10793566B2 (en) 2016-01-21 2020-10-06 Zibo Biopolar Changsheng Pharmaceutical Co. Ltd. Bruton's tyrosine kinase inhibitors
WO2020201753A1 (en) 2019-04-02 2020-10-08 Bicycletx Limited Bicycle toxin conjugates and uses thereof
WO2020234379A1 (en) 2019-05-21 2020-11-26 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Processes and intermediates for preparing a btk inhibitor
WO2020234381A1 (en) 2019-05-21 2020-11-26 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Processes and intermediates for preparing a btk inhibitor
WO2020243423A1 (en) 2019-05-31 2020-12-03 Ikena Oncology, Inc. Tead inhibitors and uses thereof
US10874743B2 (en) 2017-12-26 2020-12-29 Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. IRAK degraders and uses thereof
US10875864B2 (en) 2011-07-21 2020-12-29 Sumitomo Dainippon Pharma Oncology, Inc. Substituted imidazo[1,2-B]pyridazines as protein kinase inhibitors
EA037031B1 (en) * 2017-10-06 2021-01-28 Асерта Фарма Б.В. Imidazopyrazine inhibitors of bruton's tyrosine kinase
US10927184B2 (en) 2013-03-16 2021-02-23 Novartis Ag Treatment of cancer using humanized anti-CD19 chimeric antigen receptor
US10927117B2 (en) 2016-08-16 2021-02-23 Beigene Switzerland Gmbh Crystalline form of (S)-7-(1-acryloylpiperidin-4-yl)-2-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-4,5,6,7-tetra-hydropyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidine-3-carboxamide, preparation, and uses thereof
US10954567B2 (en) 2012-07-24 2021-03-23 Pharmacyclics Llc Mutations associated with resistance to inhibitors of Bruton's Tyrosine Kinase (BTK)
US10954220B2 (en) 2016-03-09 2021-03-23 Raze Therapeutics, Inc. 3-phosphoglycerate dehydrogenase inhibitors and uses thereof
US10961247B2 (en) 2016-06-30 2021-03-30 Daewoong Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Pyrazolopyrimidine derivatives as kinase inhibitor
EP3643716A4 (en) * 2017-06-22 2021-03-31 Shanghai Dude Medical Technology Co., Ltd Heteroaryl compound having pharmaceutical activity
US10988465B2 (en) 2016-06-21 2021-04-27 X4 Pharmaceuticals, Inc. CXCR4 inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2021089791A1 (en) 2019-11-08 2021-05-14 INSERM (Institut National de la Santé et de la Recherche Médicale) Methods for the treatment of cancers that have acquired resistance to kinase inhibitors
US11021481B2 (en) 2019-09-13 2021-06-01 Nimbus Saturn, Inc. Substituted isoindolin-1-ones and 2,3-dihydro-1h-pyrrolo[3,4-c]pyridin-1-ones as HPK1 antagonists
US11040038B2 (en) 2018-07-26 2021-06-22 Sumitomo Dainippon Pharma Oncology, Inc. Methods for treating diseases associated with abnormal ACVR1 expression and ACVR1 inhibitors for use in the same
US11045461B2 (en) 2018-08-31 2021-06-29 X4 Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions of CXCR4 inhibitors and methods of preparation and use
WO2021148581A1 (en) 2020-01-22 2021-07-29 Onxeo Novel dbait molecule and its use
US11091451B2 (en) 2016-12-05 2021-08-17 Raze Therapeutics, Inc. SHMT inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2021172922A1 (en) 2020-02-26 2021-09-02 주식회사 대웅제약 Method for preparation of heterocyclicamine derivatives
WO2021178488A1 (en) 2020-03-03 2021-09-10 PIC Therapeutics, Inc. Eif4e inhibitors and uses thereof
US11117889B1 (en) 2018-11-30 2021-09-14 Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. IRAK degraders and uses thereof
US11149076B2 (en) 2015-04-08 2021-10-19 Novartis Ag CD20 therapies, CD22 therapies, and combination therapies with a CD19 chimeric antigen receptor (CAR)-expressing cell
US11155544B2 (en) 2015-06-24 2021-10-26 Principia Biopharma Inc. Heterocycle comprising tyrosine kinase inhibitors
US11174264B2 (en) 2019-01-23 2021-11-16 Nimbus Lakshmi, Inc. TYK2 inhibitors and uses thereof
US11174243B2 (en) 2016-07-21 2021-11-16 Sunesis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Succinate forms and compositions of Bruton's tyrosine kinase inhibitors
US11186637B2 (en) 2013-09-13 2021-11-30 Beigene Switzerland Gmbh Anti-PD1 antibodies and their use as therapeutics and diagnostics
WO2022038158A1 (en) 2020-08-17 2022-02-24 Bicycletx Limited Bicycle conjugates specific for nectin-4 and uses thereof
WO2022043251A1 (en) 2020-08-28 2022-03-03 Synthon B.V. Pharmaceutical composition comprising ibrutinib
US11304954B2 (en) 2017-12-19 2022-04-19 Puretech Lyt, Inc. Lipid prodrugs of mycophenolic acid and uses thereof
US11306099B1 (en) 2016-03-11 2022-04-19 Angel Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Compounds and methods for modulating Bruton's Tyrosine Kinase
US11311512B2 (en) 2014-08-12 2022-04-26 Monash University Lymph directing prodrugs
US11332470B2 (en) 2016-06-21 2022-05-17 X4 Pharmaceuticals, Inc. CXCR4 inhibitors and uses thereof
US11339144B2 (en) 2017-04-10 2022-05-24 Navitor Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heteroaryl Rheb inhibitors and uses thereof
US11337969B2 (en) 2016-04-08 2022-05-24 X4 Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for treating cancer
US11345654B2 (en) 2018-10-24 2022-05-31 Navitor Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Polymorphic compounds and uses thereof
WO2022120354A1 (en) 2020-12-02 2022-06-09 Ikena Oncology, Inc. Tead inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2022120353A1 (en) 2020-12-02 2022-06-09 Ikena Oncology, Inc. Tead inhibitors and uses thereof
US11358948B2 (en) 2017-09-22 2022-06-14 Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. CRBN ligands and uses thereof
US11377449B2 (en) 2017-08-12 2022-07-05 Beigene, Ltd. BTK inhibitors with improved dual selectivity
WO2022157250A1 (en) 2021-01-21 2022-07-28 Synthon B.V. Process for making ibrutinib
EP4035659A1 (en) 2016-11-29 2022-08-03 PureTech LYT, Inc. Exosomes for delivery of therapeutic agents
WO2022167457A1 (en) 2021-02-02 2022-08-11 Liminal Biosciences Limited Gpr84 antagonists and uses thereof
WO2022167445A1 (en) 2021-02-02 2022-08-11 Liminal Biosciences Limited Gpr84 antagonists and uses thereof
US11414431B2 (en) 2018-10-15 2022-08-16 Nimbus Lakshmi, Inc. Substituted pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidines as TYK2 inhibitors
US11434239B2 (en) 2017-03-14 2022-09-06 Artax Biopharma Inc. Aza-dihydro-acridone derivatives
US11471456B2 (en) 2019-02-12 2022-10-18 Sumitomo Pharma Oncology, Inc. Formulations comprising heterocyclic protein kinase inhibitors
WO2022221866A1 (en) 2021-04-16 2022-10-20 Ikena Oncology, Inc. Mek inhibitors and uses thereof
US11485743B2 (en) 2018-01-12 2022-11-01 Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. Protein degraders and uses thereof
US11485750B1 (en) 2019-04-05 2022-11-01 Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. STAT degraders and uses thereof
US11505526B2 (en) 2017-03-14 2022-11-22 Artax Biopharma Inc. Aryl-piperidine derivatives
US11512132B2 (en) 2014-07-03 2022-11-29 Beigene, Ltd. Anti-PD-L1 antibodies and their use as therapeutics and diagnostics
US11512080B2 (en) 2018-01-12 2022-11-29 Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. CRBN ligands and uses thereof
US11512087B2 (en) 2015-06-22 2022-11-29 Ono Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. BRK inhibitory compound
US11534431B2 (en) 2016-07-05 2022-12-27 Beigene Switzerland Gmbh Combination of a PD-1 antagonist and a RAF inhibitor for treating cancer
US11542492B2 (en) 2009-12-30 2023-01-03 Celgene Car Llc Ligand-directed covalent modification of protein
US11555038B2 (en) 2017-01-25 2023-01-17 Beigene, Ltd. Crystalline forms of (S)-7-(1-(but-2-ynoyl)piperidin-4-yl)-2-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-4,5,6,7-tetrahydropyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidine-3-carboxamide, preparation, and uses thereof
US11590167B2 (en) 2016-12-03 2023-02-28 Juno Therapeutic, Inc. Methods and compositions for use of therapeutic T cells in combination with kinase inhibitors
US11591332B2 (en) 2019-12-17 2023-02-28 Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. IRAK degraders and uses thereof
WO2023028235A1 (en) 2021-08-25 2023-03-02 PIC Therapeutics, Inc. Eif4e inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2023028238A1 (en) 2021-08-25 2023-03-02 PIC Therapeutics, Inc. Eif4e inhibitors and uses thereof
US11597768B2 (en) 2017-06-26 2023-03-07 Beigene, Ltd. Immunotherapy for hepatocellular carcinoma
US11608345B1 (en) 2017-12-19 2023-03-21 Puretech Lyt, Inc. Lipid prodrugs of rapamycin and its analogs and uses thereof
US11623932B2 (en) 2017-09-22 2023-04-11 Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. Protein degraders and uses thereof
US11623012B2 (en) 2017-12-19 2023-04-11 Bicyclerd Limited Bicyclic peptide ligands specific for EphA2
WO2023104808A1 (en) 2021-12-10 2023-06-15 Synthon B.V. Pharmaceutical composition comprising ibrutinib
US11679109B2 (en) 2019-12-23 2023-06-20 Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. SMARCA degraders and uses thereof
US11679090B2 (en) 2017-04-26 2023-06-20 Navitor Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulators of Sestrin-GATOR2 interaction and uses thereof
WO2023114984A1 (en) 2021-12-17 2023-06-22 Ikena Oncology, Inc. Tead inhibitors and uses thereof
US11685750B2 (en) 2020-06-03 2023-06-27 Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. Crystalline forms of IRAK degraders
US11701357B2 (en) 2016-08-19 2023-07-18 Beigene Switzerland Gmbh Treatment of B cell cancers using a combination comprising Btk inhibitors
US11707457B2 (en) 2019-12-17 2023-07-25 Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. IRAK degraders and uses thereof
US11723890B2 (en) 2019-11-01 2023-08-15 Navitor Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods of treatment using an mTORC1 modulator
US11730819B2 (en) 2016-12-23 2023-08-22 Bicycletx Limited Peptide derivatives having novel linkage structures
US11738087B2 (en) 2015-09-08 2023-08-29 Monash University Lymph directing prodrugs
WO2023173053A1 (en) 2022-03-10 2023-09-14 Ikena Oncology, Inc. Mek inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2023173057A1 (en) 2022-03-10 2023-09-14 Ikena Oncology, Inc. Mek inhibitors and uses thereof
US11773103B2 (en) 2021-02-15 2023-10-03 Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. IRAK4 degraders and uses thereof
EP4116302A4 (en) * 2020-12-16 2023-10-11 Tianjin Jikun Medical Technology Co., Ltd. Compound and preparation method thereof and application thereof in preparation of therapeutic anti-cancer drug
US11786529B2 (en) 2017-11-29 2023-10-17 Beigene Switzerland Gmbh Treatment of indolent or aggressive B-cell lymphomas using a combination comprising BTK inhibitors
US11786531B1 (en) 2022-06-08 2023-10-17 Beigene Switzerland Gmbh Methods of treating B-cell proliferative disorder
WO2023211889A1 (en) 2022-04-25 2023-11-02 Ikena Oncology, Inc. Polymorphic compounds and uses thereof
US11814447B2 (en) 2018-06-22 2023-11-14 Bicyclerd Limited Peptide ligands for binding to EphA2
US11819476B2 (en) 2019-12-05 2023-11-21 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Rapamycin analogs and uses thereof
WO2023230205A1 (en) 2022-05-25 2023-11-30 Ikena Oncology, Inc. Mek inhibitors and uses thereof
US11833211B2 (en) 2017-12-19 2023-12-05 Bicycletx Limited Methods of suppression and treatment of disease comprising administering bicycle peptide ligands specific for EphA2
US11845724B2 (en) 2019-09-11 2023-12-19 Vincere Biosciences, Inc. USP30 inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2023242384A1 (en) 2022-06-17 2023-12-21 Krka, D.D., Novo Mesto Crystalline form of ibrutinib
WO2023249980A1 (en) * 2022-06-22 2023-12-28 Genzyme Corporation Methods of making modified btk inhibitors
US11872229B2 (en) 2016-06-29 2024-01-16 Principia Biopharma Inc. Modified release formulations of 2-[3-[4-amino-3-(2-fluoro-4-phenoxy-phenyl)pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-yl]piperidine-1-carbonyl]-4-methyl-4-[4-(oxetan-3-yl)piperazin-1-yl]pent-2-enenitrile
US11883497B2 (en) 2017-08-29 2024-01-30 Puretech Lyt, Inc. Lymphatic system-directing lipid prodrugs
WO2024028363A1 (en) 2022-08-02 2024-02-08 Liminal Biosciences Limited Heteroaryl carboxamide and related gpr84 antagonists and uses thereof
WO2024028365A1 (en) 2022-08-02 2024-02-08 Liminal Biosciences Limited Substituted pyridone gpr84 antagonists and uses thereof
WO2024028364A1 (en) 2022-08-02 2024-02-08 Liminal Biosciences Limited Aryl-triazolyl and related gpr84 antagonists and uses thereof
US11926625B2 (en) 2021-03-05 2024-03-12 Nimbus Saturn, Inc. HPK1 antagonists and uses thereof
US11932624B2 (en) 2020-03-19 2024-03-19 Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. MDM2 degraders and uses thereof
US11969418B2 (en) 2020-01-20 2024-04-30 Genzyme Corporation Therapeutic tyrosine kinase inhibitors for relapsing multiple sclerosis (RMS)
US11970553B2 (en) 2019-07-30 2024-04-30 Bicycletx Limited Heterotandem bicyclic peptide complex
US11975073B2 (en) 2020-02-05 2024-05-07 Puretech Lyt, Inc. Lipid prodrugs of neurosteroids
WO2024097653A1 (en) 2022-10-31 2024-05-10 Sumitomo Pharma America, Inc. Pim1 inhibitor for treating myeloproliferative neoplasms
WO2024112894A1 (en) 2022-11-22 2024-05-30 PIC Therapeutics, Inc. Eif4e inhibitors and uses thereof
US12049520B2 (en) 2017-08-04 2024-07-30 Bicycletx Limited Bicyclic peptide ligands specific for CD137
US12049463B2 (en) 2020-12-10 2024-07-30 Genzyme Corporation Crystalline form of Tolebrutinib
US12071442B2 (en) 2021-03-29 2024-08-27 Nimbus Saturn, Inc. Substituted pyrrolo[3,4-c]pyridines as HPK1 antagonists
US12091411B2 (en) 2022-01-31 2024-09-17 Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. IRAK degraders and uses thereof
US12097261B2 (en) 2021-05-07 2024-09-24 Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. CDK2 degraders and uses thereof

Families Citing this family (261)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
PT1740591E (en) * 2004-04-02 2009-09-24 Osi Pharm Inc 6,6-bicyclic ring substituted heterobicyclic protein kinase inhibitors
EP1906950A4 (en) * 2005-06-21 2008-09-24 Infinity Discovery Inc Ansamycin formulations and methods of use thereof
US8604031B2 (en) * 2006-05-18 2013-12-10 Mannkind Corporation Intracellular kinase inhibitors
PT2054040E (en) * 2006-08-16 2011-06-30 Novartis Ag Method for making solid dispersions of midostaurin
WO2008128063A1 (en) * 2007-04-12 2008-10-23 Infinity Discovery, Inc. Hydroquinone ansamycin formulations
US7989465B2 (en) * 2007-10-19 2011-08-02 Avila Therapeutics, Inc. 4,6-disubstituted pyrimidines useful as kinase inhibitors
TWI552752B (en) 2007-10-19 2016-10-11 賽基艾維洛米斯研究股份有限公司 Heteroaryl compounds and uses thereof
EP2250173A1 (en) * 2008-01-18 2010-11-17 OSI Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Imidazopyrazinol derivatives for the treatment of cancers
EP2283020B8 (en) * 2008-05-19 2012-12-12 OSI Pharmaceuticals, LLC Substituted imidazopyr-and imidazotri-azines
US20090301928A1 (en) * 2008-06-05 2009-12-10 United Comb & Novelty Corporation Packaging For Lipped Containers
JP2011526299A (en) 2008-06-27 2011-10-06 アビラ セラピューティクス, インコーポレイテッド Heteroaryl compounds and their use
US8338439B2 (en) 2008-06-27 2012-12-25 Celgene Avilomics Research, Inc. 2,4-disubstituted pyrimidines useful as kinase inhibitors
US11351168B1 (en) 2008-06-27 2022-06-07 Celgene Car Llc 2,4-disubstituted pyrimidines useful as kinase inhibitors
JP2012501654A (en) * 2008-09-05 2012-01-26 アビラ セラピューティクス, インコーポレイテッド Algorithms for the design of irreversible inhibitors
KR20110090925A (en) * 2008-10-15 2011-08-10 인피니티 파마슈티컬스, 인코포레이티드 Ansamycin hydroquinone compositions
US9095592B2 (en) * 2008-11-07 2015-08-04 The Research Foundation For The State University Of New York Bruton's tyrosine kinase as anti-cancer drug target
US8426428B2 (en) * 2008-12-05 2013-04-23 Principia Biopharma, Inc. EGFR kinase knockdown via electrophilically enhanced inhibitors
JP2012524119A (en) 2009-04-20 2012-10-11 オーエスアイ・ファーマシューティカルズ,エルエルシー Preparation of C-pyrazine-methylamine
CA2760794C (en) 2009-05-05 2017-07-25 Dana Farber Cancer Institute Egfr inhibitors and methods of treating disorders
WO2010129740A1 (en) * 2009-05-07 2010-11-11 Osi Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Use of osi-906 for treating adrenocortical carcinoma
BR112012005550A2 (en) * 2009-09-11 2015-09-08 Cylene Pharmaceuticals Inc pharmaceutically useful heterocycle-substituted lactams
US7965498B2 (en) 2009-09-30 2011-06-21 Apple Inc. Cover glass to housing interface system
AU2010343102B2 (en) 2009-12-29 2016-03-24 Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. Type II Raf kinase inhibitors
CA2792273A1 (en) * 2010-03-08 2011-09-15 Ratiopharm Gmbh Dabigatran etexilate-containing pharmaceutical composition
US9371567B2 (en) * 2010-04-19 2016-06-21 The Translational Genomics Research Institute Methods and kits to predict therapeutic outcome of BTK inhibitors
DK2578585T3 (en) * 2010-05-31 2016-11-14 Ono Pharmaceutical Co PURINONDERIVAT AS BTK kinase inhibitor
US20120053189A1 (en) * 2010-06-28 2012-03-01 Pharmacyclics, Inc. Btk inhibitors for the treatment of immune mediated conditions
AU2011289604C1 (en) 2010-08-10 2016-04-21 Celgene Avilomics Research, Inc. Besylate salt of a BTK inhibitor
MX2013001970A (en) * 2010-08-20 2013-08-09 Hutchison Medipharma Ltd Pyrrolopyrimidine compounds and uses thereof.
NZ609957A (en) 2010-11-01 2015-08-28 Celgene Avilomics Res Inc Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
EP2635285B1 (en) 2010-11-01 2017-05-03 Celgene Avilomics Research, Inc. Heteroaryl compounds and uses thereof
WO2012064706A1 (en) 2010-11-10 2012-05-18 Avila Therapeutics, Inc. Mutant-selective egfr inhibitors and uses thereof
AP2013007070A0 (en) 2011-02-23 2013-08-31 Pfizer Imidazo[5,1-f][1,2,4] triazines for the treatment of neurological disorders
WO2012158810A1 (en) * 2011-05-17 2012-11-22 Principia Biopharma Inc. Tyrosine kinase inhibitors
AU2012275275A1 (en) * 2011-06-28 2014-01-23 Pharmacyclics Llc Methods and compositions for inhibition of bone resorption
EP2726634B1 (en) 2011-07-01 2017-02-22 Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. Discovery of a somatic mutation in myd88 gene in lymphoplasmacytic lymphoma
LT2734522T (en) 2011-07-19 2019-02-11 Merck Sharp & Dohme B.V. 4-imidazopyridazin-1-yl-benzamides and 4-imidazotriazin-1-yl-benzamides as btk-inhibitors
US20140303191A1 (en) * 2011-10-19 2014-10-09 Pharmacyclics, Inc. Use of inhibitors of bruton's tyrosine kinase (btk)
AR088570A1 (en) 2011-10-28 2014-06-18 Celgene Avilomics Res Inc METHODS TO TREAT AN ILLNESS OR DISORDER RELATED TO BRUTON TYROSINE KINASE
GB2496135B (en) 2011-11-01 2015-03-18 Valirx Plc Inhibitors of the interaction between a Src family kinase and an androgen receptor or estradiol receptor for treatment of endometriosis
UA111756C2 (en) * 2011-11-03 2016-06-10 Ф. Хоффманн-Ля Рош Аг HETEROARYLPYRIDONE AND AZAPIRIDONE COMPOUNDS AS BRUTON TYROSINKINASE INHIBITORS
US9212381B2 (en) * 2011-11-10 2015-12-15 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Methods and compositions for labeling polypeptides
AU2012340200B2 (en) 2011-11-17 2017-10-12 Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. Inhibitors of c-Jun-N-Terminal Kinase (JNK)
CA2862831A1 (en) 2012-01-09 2013-07-18 X-Rx, Inc. Tryptoline derivatives having kinase inhibitory activity and uses thereof
CN104080789B (en) * 2012-01-31 2016-05-11 南京奥昭生物科技有限公司 As the ring molecule of bruton's tyrosine kinase inhibitor
CN103312670A (en) 2012-03-12 2013-09-18 西安西电捷通无线网络通信股份有限公司 Authentication method and system
SG11201405692UA (en) 2012-03-15 2014-10-30 Celgene Avilomics Res Inc Salts of an epidermal growth factor receptor kinase inhibitor
BR112014022789B1 (en) 2012-03-15 2022-04-19 Celgene Car Llc Solid forms of an epidermal growth factor receptor kinase inhibitor, pharmaceutical composition and uses thereof
EP2833886B1 (en) 2012-04-04 2020-08-12 HangzhouDeRenYuCheng Biotechnology Ltd. Substituted quinolines as bruton's tyrosine kinase inhibitors
US9879003B2 (en) 2012-04-11 2018-01-30 Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. Host targeted inhibitors of dengue virus and other viruses
WO2013155347A1 (en) 2012-04-11 2013-10-17 Izumi Raquel Bruton's tyrosine kinase inhibitors for hematopoietic mobilization
CN103374001B (en) * 2012-04-19 2015-10-28 山东轩竹医药科技有限公司 Imidazo-triazine class mTOR inhibitors
WO2014004707A1 (en) 2012-06-29 2014-01-03 Principia Biopharma Inc. Formulations comprising ibrutinib
CN103121999A (en) * 2012-08-29 2013-05-29 苏州迪飞医药科技有限公司 Method for synthesizing tyrosine kinase inhibitor PCI-32765
CH706997A1 (en) 2012-09-20 2014-03-31 Ferag Ag Access control on operating modules of a control unit.
US10112927B2 (en) 2012-10-18 2018-10-30 Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. Inhibitors of cyclin-dependent kinase 7 (CDK7)
WO2014063061A1 (en) * 2012-10-19 2014-04-24 Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. Hydrophobically tagged small molecules as inducers of protein degradation
US10000483B2 (en) 2012-10-19 2018-06-19 Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. Bone marrow on X chromosome kinase (BMX) inhibitors and uses thereof
PE20151604A1 (en) * 2012-11-02 2015-11-04 Pharmacyclics Llc ADJUVANT THERAPY WITH KINASE INHIBITORS FROM THE TEC FAMILY
CN104918935B (en) 2012-11-16 2017-07-28 百时美施贵宝公司 Pyrazoline GPR40 conditioning agents
US20160193276A1 (en) * 2012-12-21 2016-07-07 Teva Pharmaceutical Industries, Ltd. Transmucosal delivery of glatiramer acetate
EP2935226A4 (en) 2012-12-21 2016-11-02 Celgene Avilomics Res Inc Heteroaryl compounds and uses thereof
WO2014113932A1 (en) * 2013-01-23 2014-07-31 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Btk inhibitors
EP2948458B1 (en) * 2013-01-23 2019-05-01 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Btk inhibitors
WO2014113942A1 (en) * 2013-01-23 2014-07-31 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Btk inhibitors
MX2015009952A (en) 2013-02-08 2015-10-05 Celgene Avilomics Res Inc Erk inhibitors and uses thereof.
US20140357636A1 (en) * 2013-02-21 2014-12-04 Wayne Rothbaum Treatment of Skeletal-Related Disorders
WO2014165253A1 (en) * 2013-03-12 2014-10-09 Nbip, Llc Compositions and methods for preventing infection of a wound and for advancing the healing process
CN103142601A (en) * 2013-03-13 2013-06-12 杭州雷索药业有限公司 Application of PCI (Percutaneous Coronary Intervention)-32765 for preparing anti-angiogenic medicines
BR112015021995A2 (en) * 2013-03-14 2017-07-18 Pharmacyclics Llc combinations of bruton tyrosine kinase inhibitors and cyp3a4 inhibitors
US8895750B2 (en) 2013-03-14 2014-11-25 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Heteroaromatic compounds as BTK inhibitors
WO2014152114A1 (en) 2013-03-15 2014-09-25 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Heteroaromatic compounds as btk inhibitors
US10138256B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2018-11-27 Celgene Car Llc MK2 inhibitors and uses thereof
KR20150141971A (en) * 2013-04-08 2015-12-21 파마싸이클릭스 엘엘씨 Ibrutinib combination therapy
JP2016519684A (en) 2013-04-08 2016-07-07 デニス エム ブラウン Methods and compositions for improving the efficacy of suboptimally administered medication and / or reducing side effects
GB2513615A (en) 2013-05-01 2014-11-05 Cancer Rec Tech Ltd Medical use
GB201309085D0 (en) 2013-05-20 2013-07-03 Redx Pharma Ltd Compounds
US9694011B2 (en) 2013-05-21 2017-07-04 Jiangsu Medolution Ltd Substituted pyrazolopyrimidines as kinases inhibitors
CN110698481B (en) 2013-07-03 2023-02-28 豪夫迈·罗氏有限公司 Heteroaryl pyridone and aza-pyridone amide compounds
WO2015013579A1 (en) 2013-07-26 2015-01-29 Update Pharma Inc. Compositions to improve the therapeutic benefit of bisantrene
TWI649081B (en) 2013-08-02 2019-02-01 製藥公司 Method for treating solid tumors
US9492471B2 (en) 2013-08-27 2016-11-15 Celgene Avilomics Research, Inc. Methods of treating a disease or disorder associated with Bruton'S Tyrosine Kinase
WO2015054197A1 (en) * 2013-10-10 2015-04-16 Acetylon Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Hdac inhibitors, alone or in combination with btk inhibitors, for treating non-hodgkin's lymphoma
WO2015057992A1 (en) 2013-10-16 2015-04-23 Izumi Raquel Btk inhibitors for hematopoietic mobilization
US10047070B2 (en) 2013-10-18 2018-08-14 Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. Polycyclic inhibitors of cyclin-dependent kinase 7 (CDK7)
CA2927917C (en) 2013-10-18 2022-08-09 Syros Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heteroaromatic compounds useful for the treatment of proliferative diseases
EP3057970A1 (en) 2013-10-18 2016-08-24 Medivation Technologies, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and methods of use
AU2014339816B2 (en) * 2013-10-25 2020-05-28 Pharmacyclics Llc Treatment using Bruton's tyrosine kinase inhibitors and immunotherapy
US9636340B2 (en) 2013-11-12 2017-05-02 Ayyappan K. Rajasekaran Kinase inhibitors
WO2015073833A1 (en) * 2013-11-15 2015-05-21 Pharmacyclics, Inc. Methods for delaying or preventing the onset of type 1 diabetes
CN103626774B (en) * 2013-11-20 2015-11-04 苏州明锐医药科技有限公司 Yi Lu is for the preparation method of Buddhist nun
CA2833867A1 (en) * 2013-11-21 2015-05-21 Pharmascience Inc. Protein kinase inhibitors
CN103694241A (en) * 2013-11-27 2014-04-02 苏州晶云药物科技有限公司 Novel crystal form A of PCI-32765 and preparation method thereof
MX2016006955A (en) * 2013-12-02 2016-09-07 Pharmacyclics Llc Methods of treating and preventing alloantibody driven chronic graft versus host disease.
TN2016000227A1 (en) 2013-12-05 2017-10-06 Pfizer PYRROLO [2,3-D] PYRIMIDINYL, PYRROLO [2,3-B] PYRAZINYL AND PYROLLO [2,3-D] PYRIDINYL ACRYLAMIDES.
CA2929918C (en) 2013-12-05 2018-01-23 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Heteroaryl pyridone and aza-pyridone compounds with electrophilic functionality
CA2931431A1 (en) 2013-12-05 2015-06-11 Acerta Pharma B.V. Therapeutic combination of a pi3k inhibitor and a btk inhibitor
US9415049B2 (en) 2013-12-20 2016-08-16 Celgene Avilomics Research, Inc. Heteroaryl compounds and uses thereof
US9637486B2 (en) 2013-12-20 2017-05-02 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Btk inhibitors
WO2015095102A1 (en) 2013-12-20 2015-06-25 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Btk inhibitors
US10272083B2 (en) 2014-01-21 2019-04-30 Acerta Pharma B.V. Methods of treating chronic lymphocytic leukemia and small lymphocytic leukemia using a BTK inhibitor
CN105949197A (en) * 2014-01-29 2016-09-21 苏州晶云药物科技有限公司 Novel crystal forms of Ibrutinib and preparation method of novel crystal forms
EP3102579B1 (en) * 2014-02-03 2019-04-10 Cadila Healthcare Limited Heterocyclic compounds
ES2806506T3 (en) 2014-03-25 2021-02-17 Ono Pharmaceutical Co Prophylactic agent and / or therapeutic agent for diffuse large B-cell lymphoma
US9937171B2 (en) 2014-04-11 2018-04-10 Acerta Pharma B.V. Methods of blocking the CXCR-4/SDF-1 signaling pathway with inhibitors of bruton's tyrosine kinase
CN105085529A (en) * 2014-05-15 2015-11-25 广东东阳光药业有限公司 Novel crystal form of ibrutinib and preparation method thereof
CN104086551B (en) * 2014-06-06 2016-09-21 人福医药集团股份公司 Compound and its production and use
WO2015193740A2 (en) 2014-06-17 2015-12-23 Acerta Pharma B.V. Therapeutic combinations of a btk inhibitor, a pi3k inhibitor and/or a jak-2 inhibitor
CN104945404B (en) * 2014-06-25 2018-09-14 广东东阳光药业有限公司 A kind of preparation method of N- propenecarbonyls piperidine derivative
US9580416B2 (en) 2014-07-02 2017-02-28 Pharmacyclics Llc Inhibitors of Bruton's tyrosine kinase
CN105294571B (en) * 2014-07-03 2019-04-23 浙江九洲药业股份有限公司 One kind is according to Shandong for Buddhist nun's intermediate and its preparation method and application
CN106687446B (en) * 2014-07-18 2020-04-28 百济神州(北京)生物科技有限公司 5-amino-4-carbamoyl-pyrazole compounds as selective and irreversible kinase inhibitors of T790M/WT-EGFR and uses thereof
WO2016019237A2 (en) * 2014-07-31 2016-02-04 Pharmacyclics Llc Inhibitors of bruton's tyrosine kinase
WO2016020901A1 (en) 2014-08-07 2016-02-11 Acerta Pharma B.V. Methods of treating cancers, immune and autoimmune diseases, and inflammatory diseases based on btk occupancy and btk resynthesis rate
CN105461720B (en) * 2014-08-08 2019-08-06 南京圣和药业股份有限公司 Morpholine class tyrosine kinase inhibitor
WO2016024231A1 (en) 2014-08-11 2016-02-18 Acerta Pharma B.V. Therapeutic combinations of a btk inhibitor, a pi3k inhibitor, a jak-2 inhibitor, a pd-1 inhibitor and/or a pd-l1 inhibitor
TW201618773A (en) 2014-08-11 2016-06-01 艾森塔製藥公司 Therapeutic combinations of a BTK inhibitor, a PI3K inhibitor, a JAK-2 inhibitor, and/or a CDK4/6 inhibitor
LT3179991T (en) 2014-08-11 2021-11-10 Acerta Pharma B.V. Therapeutic combinations of a btk inhibitor and a bcl-2 inhibitor
TW201618774A (en) 2014-08-11 2016-06-01 艾森塔製藥公司 Methods of using BTK inhibitors to treat solid tumors and other diseases through modulation of the tumor microenvironment
DK3179858T3 (en) 2014-08-13 2019-07-22 Celgene Car Llc Forms and compositions of an ERK inhibitor
EP3180343A1 (en) 2014-08-14 2017-06-21 Assia Chemical Industries Ltd. Solid state forms of ibrutinib
EP3201186B1 (en) 2014-10-02 2019-02-27 F. Hoffmann-La Roche AG Pyrazole carboxamide compounds for use in the treament of disorders mediated by bruton's tyrosine kinase (btk)
KR102001745B1 (en) 2014-10-24 2019-07-18 브리스톨-마이어스 스큅 컴퍼니 Indole carboxamide compounds useful as kinase inhibitors
EP3212645B1 (en) 2014-10-27 2018-11-28 F.Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Process for making tricyclic lactam compounds
EP3221320A4 (en) * 2014-11-19 2018-04-25 Sun Pharmaceutical Industries Ltd A process for the preparation of ibrutinib
CN104447761A (en) * 2014-11-27 2015-03-25 广东东阳光药业有限公司 Method for preparing pyrazole derivative
CN104478884A (en) * 2014-12-05 2015-04-01 广东东阳光药业有限公司 Preparation method of intermediate
WO2016087994A1 (en) 2014-12-05 2016-06-09 Acerta Pharma B.V. Btk inhibitors to treat solid tumors through modulation of the tumor microenvironment
TW201702218A (en) 2014-12-12 2017-01-16 美國杰克森實驗室 Compositions and methods relating to the treatment of cancer, autoimmune disease, and neurodegenerative disease
MY198354A (en) 2014-12-18 2023-08-28 Hoffmann La Roche Tetrahydro-pyrido[3,4-b]indole estrogen receptor modulators and uses thereof
JP6854762B2 (en) 2014-12-23 2021-04-07 ダナ−ファーバー キャンサー インスティテュート, インコーポレイテッド Inhibitor of cyclin-dependent kinase 7 (CDK7)
WO2016106624A1 (en) * 2014-12-31 2016-07-07 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Tertiary alcohol imidazopyrazine btk inhibitors
WO2016106629A1 (en) * 2014-12-31 2016-07-07 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Btk inhibitors
WO2016106652A1 (en) * 2014-12-31 2016-07-07 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Biarylether imidazopyrazine btk inhibitors
WO2016106628A1 (en) * 2014-12-31 2016-07-07 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Btk inhibitors
CN105820168B (en) * 2015-01-09 2018-12-04 上海医药工业研究院 A kind of preparation method for replacing Buddhist nun's intermediate according to Shandong
MA41350A (en) * 2015-01-14 2017-11-21 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv SUMMARY OF A BRUTON TYROSINE KINASE INHIBITOR
WO2016123504A1 (en) * 2015-01-30 2016-08-04 Pharmacyclics Llc Btk inhibitor combinations and multidrug-resistance
EP3257855B1 (en) * 2015-02-12 2020-04-22 Shanghai Dude Medical Science and Technology Co., Ltd. Method for preparing ibrutinib
US10045990B2 (en) 2015-03-04 2018-08-14 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University ERBB4 inhibitors and methods of use thereof
CN106146508A (en) * 2015-03-19 2016-11-23 浙江导明医药科技有限公司 The drug combination optimized and treatment cancer and the purposes of autoimmune disease thereof
EP3273966B1 (en) 2015-03-27 2023-05-03 Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. Inhibitors of cyclin-dependent kinases
MA41828A (en) 2015-03-27 2018-01-30 Pharmacyclics Llc CO-CRYSTALS OF A TYROSINE KINASE INHIBITOR FROM BRUTON
MA41827A (en) 2015-03-27 2018-01-30 Pharmacyclics Llc SOLVATED FORMS OF A BRUTON TYROSINE KINASE INHIBITOR
WO2016161248A1 (en) * 2015-04-02 2016-10-06 Tolero Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Targeting pim kinases in combination with btk inhibition
CN106146511A (en) * 2015-04-03 2016-11-23 安润医药科技(苏州)有限公司 Pyrazolopyrimidine derivative, preparation method, pharmaceutical composition and purposes
CN105906621A (en) * 2015-04-06 2016-08-31 四川百利药业有限责任公司 Ethanol compound used as FGFR inhibitor
ES2964472T3 (en) 2015-04-06 2024-04-08 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Compositions containing ibrutinib
EP3281943B1 (en) 2015-04-09 2023-06-28 ONO Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Process for producing purinone derivative
CN106146512B (en) * 2015-04-09 2018-07-17 北京睿创康泰医药研究院有限公司 The preparation method of Buddhist nun is replaced according to Shandong
CN106146482B (en) * 2015-04-14 2020-06-23 宁波文达医药科技有限公司 Bruton's tyrosine kinase inhibitors
EP3288558B1 (en) 2015-04-30 2022-05-11 Bayer Pharma Aktiengesellschaft Combinations of inhibitors of irak4 with inhibitors of btk
EP3195865A1 (en) 2016-01-25 2017-07-26 Bayer Pharma Aktiengesellschaft Combinations of inhibitors of irak4 with inhibitors of btk
US10617691B2 (en) 2015-05-26 2020-04-14 Morphosys Ag Combination of an anti-CD19 antibody and a Bruton's tyrosine kinase inhibitor and uses thereof
EP3307728A4 (en) 2015-06-12 2019-07-17 Dana Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. Combination therapy of transcription inhibitors and kinase inhibitors
US9394312B1 (en) * 2015-06-14 2016-07-19 Mark Quang Nguyen Ibrutinib prodrugs, pharmaceutical compositions thereof, and methods of use
WO2016207172A1 (en) * 2015-06-26 2016-12-29 Sandoz Gmbh Preparation of pure amorphous ibrutinib
NZ736222A (en) 2015-07-02 2024-05-31 F Hoffmann La Roche Ag Benzoxazepin oxazolidinone compounds and methods of use
AU2016286548B2 (en) 2015-07-02 2020-12-10 Acerta Pharma B.V. Solid forms and formulations of (S)-4-(8-amino-3-(1 -(but-2-ynoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl)imidazo(1,5-a)pyrazin-1-yl)-N-(pyridin-2-yl)benzamide
WO2017001658A1 (en) 2015-07-02 2017-01-05 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Benzoxazepin oxazolidinone compounds and methods of use
WO2017029586A1 (en) * 2015-08-19 2017-02-23 Sun Pharmaceutical Industries Limited Crystalline forms of ibrutinib
US20190008859A1 (en) 2015-08-21 2019-01-10 Acerta Pharma B.V. Therapeutic Combinations of a MEK Inhibitor and a BTK Inhibitor
CN108135904A (en) 2015-08-31 2018-06-08 药品循环有限责任公司 For treating the combination of the BTK inhibitor of Huppert's disease
JP7028766B2 (en) 2015-09-09 2022-03-02 ダナ-ファーバー キャンサー インスティテュート, インコーポレイテッド Inhibitor of cyclin-dependent kinase
CN105753863B (en) * 2015-09-11 2018-07-31 东莞市真兴贝特医药技术有限公司 Oxo-dihydro Imidazopyridine compound and its application
US20190022092A1 (en) 2015-09-15 2019-01-24 Acerta Pharma B.V. Therapeutic Combinations of a BTK Inhibitor and a GITR Binding Molecule, a 4-1BB Agonist, or an OX40 Agonist
MA44909A (en) 2015-09-15 2018-07-25 Acerta Pharma Bv THERAPEUTIC ASSOCIATION OF A CD19 INHIBITOR AND A BTK INHIBITOR
EP3355875B1 (en) 2015-10-01 2021-09-29 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Combination of a btk inhibitor and a checkpoint inhibitor for treating cancers
CN106608877B (en) * 2015-10-21 2018-11-13 新发药业有限公司 One kind replacing Buddhist nun's intermediate 4- amino -3- according to Shandong(4- phenoxy groups)The preparation method of phenyl -1H- pyrazolos [3,4-d] pyrimidine
TWI642671B (en) * 2015-10-28 2018-12-01 台灣神隆股份有限公司 Process for preparing ibrutinib and its intermediates
CN105294696A (en) * 2015-11-19 2016-02-03 上海创诺医药集团有限公司 Novel crystal forms of ibrutinib and preparation method thereof
CN108367006B (en) 2015-12-04 2021-12-31 博尔托拉制药公司 Cerdulatinib for treating hematologic cancers
EP3384294B1 (en) 2015-12-04 2021-10-13 Juno Therapeutics, Inc. Methods and compositions related to toxicity associated with cell therapy
JO3793B1 (en) 2015-12-10 2021-01-31 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Inhibitors of bruton’s tyrosine kinase and methods of their use
JO3794B1 (en) 2015-12-10 2021-01-31 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Polycyclic compounds as inhibitors of bruton's tyrosine kinase
WO2017122175A1 (en) 2016-01-13 2017-07-20 Acerta Pharma B.V. Therapeutic combinations of an antifolate and a btk inhibitor
CN106995446B (en) * 2016-01-22 2021-07-02 山东新时代药业有限公司 Preparation method of Bruton's tyrosine kinase inhibitor
CN105732638B (en) * 2016-01-22 2018-01-30 成都倍特药业有限公司 A kind of bruton's tyrosine kinase inhibitor with loop coil or caged scaffold and preparation method thereof
US10626117B2 (en) 2016-02-01 2020-04-21 Natco Pharma Limited Process for the preparation of Ibrutinib
WO2017134588A1 (en) 2016-02-04 2017-08-10 Shilpa Medicare Limited Process for the preparation of ibrutinib
CN108602834B (en) * 2016-02-05 2021-01-08 北京盛诺基医药科技股份有限公司 Bruton's tyrosine kinase inhibitor
CA3015172A1 (en) 2016-02-18 2017-08-24 Privo Technologies, Inc. Two-stage microparticle-based therapeutic delivery system and method
CN105646498A (en) * 2016-03-01 2016-06-08 孙霖 Crystal form F of ibrutinib and preparation method
CN105646499A (en) * 2016-03-01 2016-06-08 孙霖 Crystal form G of ibrutinib and preparation method
WO2017163257A1 (en) * 2016-03-21 2017-09-28 Ind-Swift Laboratories Limited Process for preparing pure lh-pyrazolo[3,4-d] pyrimidine derivative
PT3442535T (en) 2016-04-15 2022-09-05 Cancer Research Tech Ltd Heterocyclic compounds as ret kinase inhibitors
BR122023026297A2 (en) 2016-04-15 2024-01-16 Cancer Research Technology Limited HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUND AS RET KINASE INHIBITOR, PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION AND ITS USE
JP2019515909A (en) 2016-04-19 2019-06-13 アセチロン ファーマシューティカルズ インコーポレイテッドAcetylon Pharmaceuticals,Inc. HDAC inhibitor alone or in combination with a BTK inhibitor for the treatment of chronic lymphocytic leukemia
CN109152781A (en) * 2016-04-29 2019-01-04 达纳-法伯癌症研究所有限公司 HCK as the therapeutic targets in MYD88 mutation diseases
ES2905823T3 (en) 2016-05-20 2022-04-12 Biohaven Therapeutics Ltd Use of riluzole, riluzole prodrugs, or riluzole analogs with immunotherapies to treat cancers
CN105859728B (en) * 2016-05-26 2018-06-08 江苏中邦制药有限公司 A kind of preparation method that Buddhist nun is replaced according to Shandong
AU2017268839A1 (en) 2016-05-27 2018-11-29 Laboratoire Francais Du Fractionnement Et Des Biotechnologies Combination of anti-CD20 antibody, P13 kinase-delta selective inhibitor, and BTK inhibitor to treat B-cell proliferative disorders
CN109843882A (en) 2016-06-16 2019-06-04 豪夫迈·罗氏有限公司 Tetrahydro-pyrido [3,4-b ] indole estrogen receptor modulators and uses thereof
EP3472162B1 (en) 2016-06-16 2021-11-17 F. Hoffmann-La Roche AG Heteroaryl estrogen receptor modulators and uses thereof
EP3472168B1 (en) * 2016-06-20 2024-01-10 Novartis AG Crystalline forms of triazolopyrimidine compound
CN106117214A (en) * 2016-06-29 2016-11-16 上海创诺医药集团有限公司 According to Shandong for Buddhist nun's novel crystal forms and preparation method thereof
WO2018000250A1 (en) * 2016-06-29 2018-01-04 上海创诺医药集团有限公司 New ibrutinib crystal form and preparation method therefor
WO2018002958A1 (en) 2016-06-30 2018-01-04 Sun Pharma Advanced Research Company Limited Novel hydrazide containing compounds as btk inhibitors
CN107641123A (en) * 2016-07-20 2018-01-30 南京亿华药业有限公司 A kind of novel preparation method that Buddhist nun and its key intermediate are replaced according to Shandong
JP6737952B2 (en) * 2016-08-17 2020-08-12 深▲セン▼市塔吉瑞生物医▲薬▼有限公司Shenzhen TargetRx,Inc. Fused bicyclic compounds for inhibiting tyrosine kinase activity
EP3515414B1 (en) 2016-09-19 2022-11-30 MEI Pharma, Inc. Combination therapy
WO2018085731A2 (en) 2016-11-03 2018-05-11 Juno Therapeutics, Inc. Combination therapy of a t cell therapy and a btk inhibitor
CN108069974B (en) * 2016-11-15 2019-12-10 杭州和正医药有限公司 Selective Bruton tyrosine kinase inhibitor and application thereof
US20180235899A1 (en) 2017-02-17 2018-08-23 Privo Technologies, Inc. Particle-based multi-layer therapeutic delivery device and method
WO2018156901A1 (en) 2017-02-24 2018-08-30 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Inhibitors of bruton's tyrosine kinase
CA3054403A1 (en) 2017-02-24 2018-08-30 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Inhibitors of bruton's tyrosine kinase
CN108570036A (en) * 2017-03-09 2018-09-25 北京赛林泰医药技术有限公司 A kind of polymorph and preparation method thereof of BTK inhibitor
GB201703876D0 (en) 2017-03-10 2017-04-26 Berlin-Chemie Ag Pharmaceutical combinations
JP2020514367A (en) * 2017-03-14 2020-05-21 ダナ−ファーバー キャンサー インスティテュート, インコーポレイテッド Small molecule sensitization of BAX activation for induction of cell death
KR102627756B1 (en) 2017-03-22 2024-01-23 쑤저우 바이지부공 파마수티컬 테크널러지 컴퍼니 리미티드 Bruton's Tyrosine Kinase Inhibitor
GB201705971D0 (en) 2017-04-13 2017-05-31 Cancer Res Tech Ltd Inhibitor compounds
US10800787B2 (en) 2017-04-20 2020-10-13 Apotex Inc. Process for the preparation of acalabrutinib
CN107043366B (en) * 2017-04-25 2020-05-26 中国药科大学 4-aminopyrimidine compound, preparation method and medical application thereof
US10478403B1 (en) 2017-05-03 2019-11-19 Privo Technologies, Inc. Intraoperative topically-applied non-implantable rapid release patch
EP3631468A1 (en) 2017-06-02 2020-04-08 Juno Therapeutics, Inc. Articles of manufacture and methods related to toxicity associated with cell therapy
EP3630132A1 (en) 2017-06-02 2020-04-08 Juno Therapeutics, Inc. Articles of manufacture and methods for treatment using adoptive cell therapy
WO2019006427A1 (en) 2017-06-29 2019-01-03 Juno Therapeutics, Inc. Mouse model for assessing toxicities associated with immunotherapies
US20210071258A1 (en) 2017-09-01 2021-03-11 Juno Therapeutics, Inc. Gene expression and assessment of risk of developing toxicity following cell therapy
TW201922256A (en) 2017-10-27 2019-06-16 中國大陸商浙江導明醫藥科技有限公司 Methods for treating lymphoid malignancies
WO2019089848A1 (en) 2017-11-01 2019-05-09 Juno Therapeutics, Inc. Methods associated with tumor burden for assessing response to a cell therapy
WO2019127008A1 (en) * 2017-12-26 2019-07-04 清华大学 Compound for targeted degradation of btk and application thereof
CN108220261B (en) * 2017-12-29 2021-05-14 安徽联创生物医药股份有限公司 Ketoreductase, nucleic acid, recombinant expression vector, recombinant expression strain and application
CA3089537A1 (en) 2018-01-20 2019-07-25 Natco Pharma Limited Pharmaceutical compositions comprising ibrutinib
KR20210003780A (en) 2018-04-05 2021-01-12 스미토모 다이니폰 파마 온콜로지, 인크. AXL kinase inhibitors and uses thereof
KR102106821B1 (en) 2018-04-27 2020-05-06 재단법인대구경북과학기술원 Pharmaceutical composition for the prevention or treatment of neurodegenerative disease comprising ibrutinib an active ingredient
KR20210044736A (en) 2018-05-03 2021-04-23 주노 쎄러퓨티크스 인코퍼레이티드 Combination therapy of chimeric antigen receptor (CAR) T cell therapy and kinase inhibitor
US10865198B2 (en) 2018-05-04 2020-12-15 Alexion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Solid forms of cerdulatinib
IL259810A (en) 2018-06-04 2018-07-31 Yeda Res & Dev Mitogen-activated protein kinase kinase 7 inhibitors
RU2711106C2 (en) * 2018-06-06 2020-01-15 Общество с ограниченной ответственностью "АКСЕЛЬФАРМ" Crystalline μ-modification of 1-[(3r)-3-[4-amino-3-(4-phenoxy-phenyl)-1h-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-yl]-1-piperidyl]-2-propenyl-1-one, method for production thereof and pharmaceutical composition based thereon
CN113194928A (en) 2018-07-31 2021-07-30 罗索肿瘤学公司 Spray-dried dispersions and formulations of (S) -5-amino-3- (4- ((5-fluoro-2-methoxybenzamido) methyl) phenyl) -1- (1,1, 1-trifluoropropan-2-yl) -1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide
CN110964016B (en) * 2018-09-29 2021-05-28 南京药捷安康生物科技有限公司 Amino-norbornane derivative and preparation method and application thereof
CN111170986A (en) 2018-11-13 2020-05-19 北京睿熙生物科技有限公司 Inhibitors of bruton's tyrosine kinase
CN109293630A (en) * 2018-11-15 2019-02-01 山东大学 Compound of class containing substituted pyrazolecarboxylic and the preparation method and application thereof
CN109369654A (en) * 2018-11-20 2019-02-22 山东大学 1,3- bis- substituted-4-amino Pyrazolopyrimidines and its preparation method and application
PT3886894T (en) 2018-11-30 2024-05-02 Juno Therapeutics Inc Methods for dosing and treatment of b cell malignancies in adoptive cell therapy
SG11202105502RA (en) 2018-11-30 2021-06-29 Juno Therapeutics Inc Methods for treatment using adoptive cell therapy
EP3897631A4 (en) 2018-12-20 2022-11-23 C4 Therapeutics, Inc. Targeted protein degradation
WO2020130125A1 (en) 2018-12-21 2020-06-25 第一三共株式会社 Combination of antibody-drug conjugate and kinase inhibitor
EP3908268A1 (en) 2019-01-09 2021-11-17 Yeda Research and Development Co. Ltd Modulators of pin1 activity and uses thereof
CN111454268B (en) * 2019-01-18 2023-09-08 明慧医药(上海)有限公司 Cyclic molecules as inhibitors of bruton's tyrosine kinase
EP3977402A1 (en) 2019-05-28 2022-04-06 PAIGE.AI, Inc. Systems and methods for processing images to prepare slides for processed images for digital pathology
WO2021038540A1 (en) 2019-08-31 2021-03-04 Sun Pharma Advanced Research Company Limited Cycloalkylidene carboxylic acids and derivatives as btk inhibitors
AU2020395318A1 (en) 2019-12-06 2022-06-09 Juno Therapeutics, Inc. Methods related to toxicity and response associated with cell therapy for treating B cell malignancies
CN113336760B (en) * 2020-02-18 2022-11-04 深圳市塔吉瑞生物医药有限公司 Substituted amide derivatives, compositions and uses thereof
CN114057724A (en) * 2020-07-29 2022-02-18 鲁南制药集团股份有限公司 BTK inhibitor
WO2022047289A1 (en) * 2020-08-28 2022-03-03 Emory University Methods of managing cocaine or other drug addictions
CA3220269A1 (en) * 2021-06-01 2022-12-08 Manijeh N. Goldberg Enhanced two-stage microparticle-based localized therapeutic delivery system
US11433072B1 (en) 2021-06-10 2022-09-06 Hikma Pharmaceuticals USA, Inc. Oral dosage forms of ibrutinib
WO2022260667A1 (en) 2021-06-10 2022-12-15 Hikma Pharmaceuticals Usa Inc. Oral dosage forms of ibrutinib
CN113583001A (en) * 2021-07-13 2021-11-02 江苏君若药业有限公司 Preparation of ibrutinib
WO2023014817A1 (en) 2021-08-03 2023-02-09 Syros Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for treating lymphomas with a cdk7 inhibitor in combination with a btk inhibitor
CN115702898B (en) * 2021-08-04 2024-02-09 成都倍特药业股份有限公司 BTK inhibitor solid preparation and preparation method thereof
CN113845521B (en) * 2021-08-31 2024-06-18 中原工学院 Method for synthesizing imidazo nitrogen-containing heterocyclic hydrazine derivative by aqueous phase photocatalysis one-pot method
WO2023071973A1 (en) * 2021-10-26 2023-05-04 Shenzhen Targetrx, Inc. Fused bicyclic compound for inhibiting activity of tyrosine kinase
CN114605418B (en) * 2022-03-15 2023-09-05 广东医科大学附属医院 Ibrutinib acrylamide derivative with anti-tumor activity, and synthetic method and application thereof
WO2023220655A1 (en) 2022-05-11 2023-11-16 Celgene Corporation Methods to overcome drug resistance by re-sensitizing cancer cells to treatment with a prior therapy via treatment with a t cell therapy
US11965032B1 (en) 2022-06-01 2024-04-23 Tg Therapeutics, Inc. Anti-CD20 antibody compositions
US11884740B1 (en) 2022-06-01 2024-01-30 Tg Therapeutics, Inc. Anti-CD20 antibody compositions
US11814439B1 (en) 2022-06-01 2023-11-14 Tg Therapeutics, Inc. Anti-CD20 antibody compositions
US11807689B1 (en) 2022-06-01 2023-11-07 Tg Therapeutics, Inc. Anti-CD20 antibody compositions
CN115417827B (en) * 2022-09-30 2023-05-26 中国药科大学 6-amino-1, 3, 5-triazine compound and synthetic method and application thereof

Citations (70)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3598123A (en) 1969-04-01 1971-08-10 Alza Corp Bandage for administering drugs
US3598122A (en) 1969-04-01 1971-08-10 Alza Corp Bandage for administering drugs
US3710795A (en) 1970-09-29 1973-01-16 Alza Corp Drug-delivery device with stretched, rate-controlling membrane
US3731683A (en) 1971-06-04 1973-05-08 Alza Corp Bandage for the controlled metering of topical drugs to the skin
US3742951A (en) 1971-08-09 1973-07-03 Alza Corp Bandage for controlled release of vasodilators
US3814097A (en) 1972-02-14 1974-06-04 Ici Ltd Dressing
US3921636A (en) 1973-01-15 1975-11-25 Alza Corp Novel drug delivery device
US3972995A (en) 1975-04-14 1976-08-03 American Home Products Corporation Dosage form
US3993073A (en) 1969-04-01 1976-11-23 Alza Corporation Novel drug delivery device
US3993072A (en) 1974-08-28 1976-11-23 Alza Corporation Microporous drug delivery device
US3996934A (en) 1971-08-09 1976-12-14 Alza Corporation Medical bandage
US4031894A (en) 1975-12-08 1977-06-28 Alza Corporation Bandage for transdermally administering scopolamine to prevent nausea
US4060084A (en) 1976-09-07 1977-11-29 Alza Corporation Method and therapeutic system for providing chemotherapy transdermally
US4069307A (en) 1970-10-01 1978-01-17 Alza Corporation Drug-delivery device comprising certain polymeric materials for controlled release of drug
US4077407A (en) 1975-11-24 1978-03-07 Alza Corporation Osmotic devices having composite walls
US4151273A (en) 1974-10-31 1979-04-24 The Regents Of The University Of California Increasing the absorption rate of insoluble drugs
US4201211A (en) 1977-07-12 1980-05-06 Alza Corporation Therapeutic system for administering clonidine transdermally
US4229447A (en) 1979-06-04 1980-10-21 American Home Products Corporation Intraoral methods of using benzodiazepines
US4230105A (en) 1978-11-13 1980-10-28 Merck & Co., Inc. Transdermal delivery of drugs
US4292303A (en) 1979-08-14 1981-09-29 Key Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Polymeric diffusion matrix containing clonidine
US4292299A (en) 1978-11-06 1981-09-29 Teijin Limited Slow-releasing medical preparation to be administered by adhering to a wet mucous surface
US4327725A (en) 1980-11-25 1982-05-04 Alza Corporation Osmotic device with hydrogel driving member
US4343789A (en) 1979-07-05 1982-08-10 Yamanouchi Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Sustained release pharmaceutical composition of solid medical material
US4476116A (en) 1982-12-10 1984-10-09 Syntex (U.S.A.) Inc. Polypeptides/chelating agent nasal compositions having enhanced peptide absorption
US4596795A (en) 1984-04-25 1986-06-24 The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary, Dept. Of Health & Human Services Administration of sex hormones in the form of hydrophilic cyclodextrin derivatives
US4624848A (en) 1984-05-10 1986-11-25 Ciba-Geigy Corporation Active agent containing hydrogel devices wherein the active agent concentration profile contains a sigmoidal concentration gradient for improved constant release, their manufacture and use
US4755386A (en) 1986-01-22 1988-07-05 Schering Corporation Buccal formulation
US4871549A (en) 1985-07-19 1989-10-03 Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Time-controlled explosion systems and processes for preparing the same
US4968509A (en) 1987-07-27 1990-11-06 Mcneilab, Inc. Oral sustained release acetaminophen formulation and process
US5011692A (en) 1985-12-28 1991-04-30 Sumitomo Pharmaceuticals Company, Limited Sustained pulsewise release pharmaceutical preparation
US5017381A (en) 1990-05-02 1991-05-21 Alza Corporation Multi-unit pulsatile delivery system
US5033252A (en) 1987-12-23 1991-07-23 Entravision, Inc. Method of packaging and sterilizing a pharmaceutical product
US5052558A (en) 1987-12-23 1991-10-01 Entravision, Inc. Packaged pharmaceutical product
US5116817A (en) 1982-12-10 1992-05-26 Syntex (U.S.A.) Inc. LHRH preparations for intranasal administration
US5229135A (en) 1991-11-22 1993-07-20 Prographarm Laboratories Sustained release diltiazem formulation
US5260068A (en) 1992-05-04 1993-11-09 Anda Sr Pharmaceuticals Inc. Multiparticulate pulsatile drug delivery system
US5260069A (en) 1992-11-27 1993-11-09 Anda Sr Pharmaceuticals Inc. Pulsatile particles drug delivery system
US5281420A (en) 1992-05-19 1994-01-25 The Procter & Gamble Company Solid dispersion compositions of tebufelone
US5323907A (en) 1992-06-23 1994-06-28 Multi-Comp, Inc. Child resistant package assembly for dispensing pharmaceutical medications
US5336168A (en) 1987-05-28 1994-08-09 Drug Delivery Systems Inc. Pulsating transdermal drug delivery system
US5340591A (en) 1992-01-24 1994-08-23 Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Method of producing a solid dispersion of the sparingly water-soluble drug, nilvadipine
US5456923A (en) 1991-04-16 1995-10-10 Nippon Shinyaku Company, Limited Method of manufacturing solid dispersion
US5461140A (en) 1992-04-30 1995-10-24 Pharmaceutical Delivery Systems Bioerodible polymers for solid controlled release pharmaceutical compositions
US5516527A (en) 1989-01-12 1996-05-14 Pfizer Inc. Dispensing device powered by hydrogel
US5567441A (en) 1995-03-24 1996-10-22 Andrx Pharmaceuticals Inc. Diltiazem controlled release formulation
US5622721A (en) 1991-11-22 1997-04-22 The Procter & Gamble Company Dosage forms of risedronate
US5665378A (en) 1994-09-30 1997-09-09 Davis; Roosevelt Transdermal therapeutic formulation
US5686105A (en) 1993-10-19 1997-11-11 The Procter & Gamble Company Pharmaceutical dosage form with multiple enteric polymer coatings for colonic delivery
US5700485A (en) 1992-09-10 1997-12-23 Children's Medical Center Corporation Prolonged nerve blockade by the combination of local anesthetic and glucocorticoid
US5700410A (en) 1992-10-16 1997-12-23 Nippon Shinyaku Co., Ltd. Method of manufacturing wax matrices
US5723269A (en) 1992-07-24 1998-03-03 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Microparticle preparation and production thereof
US5739136A (en) 1989-10-17 1998-04-14 Ellinwood, Jr.; Everett H. Intraoral dosing method of administering medicaments
US5837280A (en) 1990-11-28 1998-11-17 Sano Corporation Transdermal administration of azapirones
US5837284A (en) 1995-12-04 1998-11-17 Mehta; Atul M. Delivery of multiple doses of medications
US5840329A (en) 1997-05-15 1998-11-24 Bioadvances Llc Pulsatile drug delivery system
US5858401A (en) 1996-01-22 1999-01-12 Sidmak Laboratories, Inc. Pharmaceutical composition for cyclosporines
US5869090A (en) 1998-01-20 1999-02-09 Rosenbaum; Jerry Transdermal delivery of dehydroepiandrosterone
US5977175A (en) 1995-05-17 1999-11-02 Cedars-Sinai Medical Center Methods and compositions for improving digestion and absorption in the small intestine
US6083518A (en) 1995-06-20 2000-07-04 Bioglan Ab Composition comprising an active agent dissolved in a glass-forming carrier and a process for the preparation thereof
WO2001019829A2 (en) 1999-09-17 2001-03-22 Basf Aktiengesellschaft Pyrazolopyrimidines as therapeutic agents
US6326469B1 (en) 1994-04-22 2001-12-04 Sugen, Inc. Megakaryocytic protein tyrosine kinases
US6391452B1 (en) 1997-07-18 2002-05-21 Bayer Corporation Compositions for nasal drug delivery, methods of making same, and methods of removing residual solvent from pharmaceutical preparations
US6465014B1 (en) 2001-03-21 2002-10-15 Isp Investments Inc. pH-dependent sustained release, drug-delivery composition
US6667048B1 (en) 1997-01-07 2003-12-23 Sonus Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Emulsion vehicle for poorly soluble drugs
US20040013734A1 (en) 1999-02-10 2004-01-22 Pfizer Inc. Pharmaceutical solid dispersions
US6923983B2 (en) 1996-02-19 2005-08-02 Acrux Dds Pty Ltd Transdermal delivery of hormones
US6929801B2 (en) 1996-02-19 2005-08-16 Acrux Dds Pty Ltd Transdermal delivery of antiparkinson agents
US6932983B1 (en) 1999-05-27 2005-08-23 Acusphere, Inc. Porous drug matrices and methods of manufacture thereof
US6946144B1 (en) 1998-07-08 2005-09-20 Oryxe Transdermal delivery system
US6960563B2 (en) 2001-08-31 2005-11-01 Morton Grove Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Spontaneous emulsions containing cyclosporine

Family Cites Families (90)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH01167840A (en) 1987-12-24 1989-07-03 Konica Corp Novel photographic cyan coupler
TW370529B (en) * 1992-12-17 1999-09-21 Pfizer Pyrazolopyrimidines
GB9226855D0 (en) 1992-12-23 1993-02-17 Erba Carlo Spa Vinylene-azaindole derivatives and process for their preparation
US5530012A (en) 1994-12-22 1996-06-25 Bristol-Myers Squibb Co. 3-alkoxybenzylpiperidine derivatives as melatonergic agents
US5593997A (en) 1995-05-23 1997-01-14 Pfizer Inc. 4-aminopyrazolo(3-,4-D)pyrimidine and 4-aminopyrazolo-(3,4-D)pyridine tyrosine kinase inhibitors
CH690773A5 (en) 1996-02-01 2001-01-15 Novartis Ag Pyrrolo (2,3-d) pyrimides and their use.
CN1134439C (en) 1997-03-19 2004-01-14 艾博特股份有限两合公司 Pyrrolo [2,3D] pyrimidines and their use as tyrosine kinase inhibitors
DE69918089T2 (en) * 1998-04-17 2005-07-14 Parker Hughes Institute, St. Paul BTK INHIBITORS AND METHODS OF IDENTIFICATION AND USE
US6303652B1 (en) 1998-08-21 2001-10-16 Hughes Institute BTK inhibitors and methods for their identification and use
US20050287596A9 (en) 1998-06-26 2005-12-29 Braisted Andrew C Novel ligands and libraries of ligands
US6998233B2 (en) 1998-06-26 2006-02-14 Sunesis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for ligand discovery
US6335155B1 (en) 1998-06-26 2002-01-01 Sunesis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for rapidly identifying small organic molecule ligands for binding to biological target molecules
US6306897B1 (en) 1999-03-19 2001-10-23 Parker Hughes Institute Calanolides for inhibiting BTK
US6600744B1 (en) * 1999-03-23 2003-07-29 Alcatel Canada Inc. Method and apparatus for packet classification in a data communication system
US6921763B2 (en) 1999-09-17 2005-07-26 Abbott Laboratories Pyrazolopyrimidines as therapeutic agents
US6506769B2 (en) 1999-10-06 2003-01-14 Boehringer Ingelheim Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds useful as inhibitors of tyrosine kinases
WO2001025238A2 (en) 1999-10-06 2001-04-12 Boehringer Ingelheim Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds useful as inhibitors of tyrosine kinases
CA2390857A1 (en) 1999-11-30 2001-06-14 Fatih M. Uckun Inhibitors of collagen-induced platelet aggregation
EP1246829A1 (en) 1999-12-17 2002-10-09 Ariad Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Novel heterocycles
GB0005345D0 (en) 2000-03-06 2000-04-26 Mathilda & Terence Kennedy Ins Methods of treating sepsis septic shock and inflammation
CA2426508A1 (en) 2000-10-23 2002-05-16 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Modulators of bruton's tyrosine kinase and bruton's tyrosine kinase intermediates and methods for their identification and use in the treatment and prevention of osteoporosis and related disease states
WO2002045684A2 (en) 2000-12-06 2002-06-13 Pharmacia Corporation Rapidly dispersing pharmaceutical composition comprising effervescent agents
MXPA03008560A (en) * 2001-03-22 2004-06-30 Abbot Gmbh & Co Kg Single-stage pfc + ballast control circuit/general purpose power converter.
US8306897B2 (en) 2001-05-04 2012-11-06 Stockshield, Inc. Method and system for insuring against investment loss
ITMI20010995A1 (en) * 2001-05-15 2002-11-15 Getters Spa CESIUM DISPENSERS AND PROCESS FOR THEIR USE
FI20011237A0 (en) * 2001-06-12 2001-06-12 Nokia Corp Data communication method and apparatus
WO2003000187A2 (en) 2001-06-21 2003-01-03 Ariad Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Novel pyrazolo-and pyrrolo-pyrimidines and uses thereof
EP2258371A1 (en) 2001-08-10 2010-12-08 Novartis AG Use of c-Src inhibitors alone or in combination with STI571 for the treatment of leukaemia
WO2003016338A1 (en) 2001-08-15 2003-02-27 Parker Hughes Institute Crystal structure of the btk kinase domain
MXPA04004814A (en) 2001-11-21 2004-08-11 Sunesis Pharmaceuticals Inc Methods for ligand discovery.
US6961787B2 (en) * 2002-01-07 2005-11-01 Intel Corporation Method and apparatus for updating task files
US20050084905A1 (en) 2002-03-21 2005-04-21 Prescott John C. Identification of kinase inhibitors
GB2388594A (en) 2002-05-16 2003-11-19 Bayer Ag Imidazo-triazine PDE 4 inhibitors
JP2005536533A (en) 2002-08-08 2005-12-02 ベーリンガー インゲルハイム ファーマシューティカルズ インコーポレイテッド Substituted benzimidazole compounds
GB0303910D0 (en) 2003-02-20 2003-03-26 Merck Sharp & Dohme Therapeutic agents
US7687506B2 (en) 2003-04-11 2010-03-30 The Regents Of The University Of California Selective serine/threonine kinase inhibitors
US20050008640A1 (en) 2003-04-23 2005-01-13 Wendy Waegell Method of treating transplant rejection
EP1473039A1 (en) 2003-05-02 2004-11-03 Centre National De La Recherche Scientifique (Cnrs) Use of inhibitors and antisense oligonucleotides of BTK for the treatment of proliferative mastocytosis
US7405295B2 (en) 2003-06-04 2008-07-29 Cgi Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Certain imidazo[1,2-a]pyrazin-8-ylamines and method of inhibition of Bruton's tyrosine kinase by such compounds
WO2005005429A1 (en) 2003-06-30 2005-01-20 Cellular Genomics, Inc. Certain heterocyclic substituted imidazo[1,2-a]pyrazin-8-ylamines and methods of inhibition of bruton’s tyrosine kinase by such compounds
US8131475B2 (en) 2003-09-03 2012-03-06 The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary, Department Of Health And Human Services Methods for identifying, diagnosing, and predicting survival of lymphomas
CN1897950A (en) 2003-10-14 2007-01-17 惠氏公司 Fused-aryl and heteroaryl derivatives and methods of their use
AU2003297904A1 (en) 2003-12-12 2005-07-14 University Of Maryland, Baltimore Immunomodulatory compounds that target and inhibit the py+3 binding site of tyrosene kinase p56 lck sh2 domain
US20070281907A1 (en) 2003-12-22 2007-12-06 Watkins William J Kinase Inhibitor Phosphonate Conjugates
US7855214B2 (en) 2004-01-26 2010-12-21 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Fused cyclic systems useful as inhibitors of TEC family protein kinases
EP1730148A4 (en) 2004-02-03 2009-08-19 Abbott Lab Aminobenzoxazoles as therapeutic agents
ITMI20041314A1 (en) 2004-06-30 2004-09-30 Nuvera Fuel Cells Europ Srl COOLING DEVICE FOR MEMBRANE FUEL CELLS
WO2006036941A2 (en) 2004-09-27 2006-04-06 Kosan Biosciences Incorporated Specific kinase inhibitors
CA2582225A1 (en) 2004-09-28 2006-04-06 Mingde Xia Substituted dipiperdine ccr2 antagonists
WO2006053121A2 (en) * 2004-11-10 2006-05-18 Cgi Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Imidazo[1 , 2-a] pyrazin-8-ylamines useful as modulators of kinase activity
GB0425035D0 (en) * 2004-11-12 2004-12-15 Novartis Ag Organic compounds
KR101357524B1 (en) * 2005-03-10 2014-02-03 질레드 코네티컷 인코포레이티드 Certain Substituted Amides, Method of Making, And Method of Use Thereof
CN101175753B (en) 2005-05-13 2011-03-23 Irm责任有限公司 Compounds and compositions as protein kinase inhibitors
AU2006261993B2 (en) 2005-06-22 2011-11-17 Plexxikon, Inc. Pyrrolo (2, 3-B) pyridine derivatives as protein kinase inhibitors
US20070065449A1 (en) 2005-09-16 2007-03-22 Claire Verschraegen Method of treating cancer, especially soft tissue sarcoma utilizing gemcitabine in combination with docetaxel and anti-VEGF therapy (bevacizumab)
WO2007058832A2 (en) 2005-11-12 2007-05-24 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Pyrrolo (2, 3-b) pyridine derivatives useful as tec kinase inhibitors
CN101421269A (en) 2006-01-13 2009-04-29 环状药物公司 Inhibitors of tyrosine kinases and uses thereof
US20090317836A1 (en) 2006-01-30 2009-12-24 The Scripps Research Institute Methods for Detection of Circulating Tumor Cells and Methods of Diagnosis of Cancer in Mammalian Subject
GB2453058A (en) * 2006-04-04 2009-03-25 Univ California Kinase antagonists
US8604031B2 (en) 2006-05-18 2013-12-10 Mannkind Corporation Intracellular kinase inhibitors
EP2532235A1 (en) 2006-09-22 2012-12-12 Pharmacyclics, Inc. Inhibitors of bruton's tyrosine kinase
ES2403546T3 (en) 2006-11-03 2013-05-20 Pharmacyclics, Inc. Bruton tyrosine kinase activity probe and method of use
NL2000640C2 (en) 2007-03-05 2008-09-08 Stichting Wetsus Ct Of Excelle Method and system for purifying a liquid.
US8809273B2 (en) 2007-03-28 2014-08-19 Pharmacyclics, Inc. Inhibitors of Bruton's tyrosine kinase
CA2681756C (en) 2007-03-28 2015-02-24 Pharmacyclics, Inc. Inhibitors of bruton's tyrosine kinase
US20120065201A1 (en) 2007-03-28 2012-03-15 Pharmacyclics, Inc. Inhibitors of bruton's tyrosine kinase
US20090010911A1 (en) 2007-04-06 2009-01-08 Iowa State University Research Foundation, Inc. Methods and compositions for affecting cyclophilin a regulation of kinases in modulating cellular activities
US7989465B2 (en) 2007-10-19 2011-08-02 Avila Therapeutics, Inc. 4,6-disubstituted pyrimidines useful as kinase inhibitors
TWI552752B (en) 2007-10-19 2016-10-11 賽基艾維洛米斯研究股份有限公司 Heteroaryl compounds and uses thereof
ES2444144T3 (en) 2007-10-23 2014-02-24 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag New kinase inhibitors
US8426441B2 (en) 2007-12-14 2013-04-23 Roche Palo Alto Llc Inhibitors of bruton's tyrosine kinase
US20150152115A1 (en) 2007-12-27 2015-06-04 Pharmacyclics, Inc. Inhibitors of bruton's tyrosine kinase
JP2011526299A (en) 2008-06-27 2011-10-06 アビラ セラピューティクス, インコーポレイテッド Heteroaryl compounds and their use
MX2011000661A (en) 2008-07-16 2011-05-25 Pharmacyclics Inc Inhibitors of bruton's tyrosine kinase for the treatment of solid tumors.
JP5656976B2 (en) 2009-04-29 2015-01-21 ローカス ファーマシューティカルズ インコーポレイテッド Pyrrolotriazine compounds
TWI380514B (en) * 2009-07-09 2012-12-21 Hon Hai Prec Ind Co Ltd Electronic connector and electronic device using the same
WO2011034907A2 (en) 2009-09-16 2011-03-24 Avila Therapeutics, Inc. Protein kinase conjugates and inhibitors
US7718662B1 (en) 2009-10-12 2010-05-18 Pharmacyclics, Inc. Pyrazolo-pyrimidine inhibitors of bruton's tyrosine kinase
US20120071497A1 (en) 2010-06-03 2012-03-22 Pharmacyclics, Inc. Methods of treating abc-dlbcl using inhibitors of bruton's tyrosine kinase
CA3240281A1 (en) 2010-06-03 2011-12-08 Pharmacyclics Llc Use of inhibitors of bruton's tyrosine kinase (btk) in the treatment of follicular lymphoma
LT2975042T (en) 2010-06-23 2019-01-25 Hanmi Science Co., Ltd. Novel fused pyrimidine derivatives for inhibition of tyrosine kinase activity
AU2011289604C1 (en) 2010-08-10 2016-04-21 Celgene Avilomics Research, Inc. Besylate salt of a BTK inhibitor
US8377946B1 (en) 2011-12-30 2013-02-19 Pharmacyclics, Inc. Pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidine and pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine compounds as kinase inhibitors
US8501724B1 (en) 2012-01-31 2013-08-06 Pharmacyclics, Inc. Purinone compounds as kinase inhibitors
CN104736178A (en) 2012-06-04 2015-06-24 药品循环公司 Crystalline forms of a Bruton's tyrosine kinase inhibitor
EP2877598A1 (en) 2012-07-24 2015-06-03 Pharmacyclics, Inc. Mutations associated with resistance to inhibitors of bruton's tyrosine kinase (btk)
US20140377258A1 (en) 2013-05-30 2014-12-25 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Treatment Of Cancers Using PI3 Kinase Isoform Modulators
TWI649081B (en) 2013-08-02 2019-02-01 製藥公司 Method for treating solid tumors
AU2014339816B2 (en) 2013-10-25 2020-05-28 Pharmacyclics Llc Treatment using Bruton's tyrosine kinase inhibitors and immunotherapy
CN105949197A (en) 2014-01-29 2016-09-21 苏州晶云药物科技有限公司 Novel crystal forms of Ibrutinib and preparation method of novel crystal forms

Patent Citations (73)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3598122A (en) 1969-04-01 1971-08-10 Alza Corp Bandage for administering drugs
US3598122B1 (en) 1969-04-01 1982-11-23
US3598123A (en) 1969-04-01 1971-08-10 Alza Corp Bandage for administering drugs
US3993073A (en) 1969-04-01 1976-11-23 Alza Corporation Novel drug delivery device
US3710795A (en) 1970-09-29 1973-01-16 Alza Corp Drug-delivery device with stretched, rate-controlling membrane
US4069307A (en) 1970-10-01 1978-01-17 Alza Corporation Drug-delivery device comprising certain polymeric materials for controlled release of drug
US3731683A (en) 1971-06-04 1973-05-08 Alza Corp Bandage for the controlled metering of topical drugs to the skin
US3996934A (en) 1971-08-09 1976-12-14 Alza Corporation Medical bandage
US3742951A (en) 1971-08-09 1973-07-03 Alza Corp Bandage for controlled release of vasodilators
US3742951B1 (en) 1971-08-09 1982-11-23
US3814097A (en) 1972-02-14 1974-06-04 Ici Ltd Dressing
US3921636A (en) 1973-01-15 1975-11-25 Alza Corp Novel drug delivery device
US3993072A (en) 1974-08-28 1976-11-23 Alza Corporation Microporous drug delivery device
US4151273A (en) 1974-10-31 1979-04-24 The Regents Of The University Of California Increasing the absorption rate of insoluble drugs
US3972995A (en) 1975-04-14 1976-08-03 American Home Products Corporation Dosage form
US4077407A (en) 1975-11-24 1978-03-07 Alza Corporation Osmotic devices having composite walls
US4031894A (en) 1975-12-08 1977-06-28 Alza Corporation Bandage for transdermally administering scopolamine to prevent nausea
US4060084A (en) 1976-09-07 1977-11-29 Alza Corporation Method and therapeutic system for providing chemotherapy transdermally
US4201211A (en) 1977-07-12 1980-05-06 Alza Corporation Therapeutic system for administering clonidine transdermally
US4292299A (en) 1978-11-06 1981-09-29 Teijin Limited Slow-releasing medical preparation to be administered by adhering to a wet mucous surface
US4230105A (en) 1978-11-13 1980-10-28 Merck & Co., Inc. Transdermal delivery of drugs
US4229447A (en) 1979-06-04 1980-10-21 American Home Products Corporation Intraoral methods of using benzodiazepines
US4343789A (en) 1979-07-05 1982-08-10 Yamanouchi Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Sustained release pharmaceutical composition of solid medical material
US4292303A (en) 1979-08-14 1981-09-29 Key Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Polymeric diffusion matrix containing clonidine
US4327725A (en) 1980-11-25 1982-05-04 Alza Corporation Osmotic device with hydrogel driving member
US4476116A (en) 1982-12-10 1984-10-09 Syntex (U.S.A.) Inc. Polypeptides/chelating agent nasal compositions having enhanced peptide absorption
US5116817A (en) 1982-12-10 1992-05-26 Syntex (U.S.A.) Inc. LHRH preparations for intranasal administration
US4596795A (en) 1984-04-25 1986-06-24 The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary, Dept. Of Health & Human Services Administration of sex hormones in the form of hydrophilic cyclodextrin derivatives
US4624848A (en) 1984-05-10 1986-11-25 Ciba-Geigy Corporation Active agent containing hydrogel devices wherein the active agent concentration profile contains a sigmoidal concentration gradient for improved constant release, their manufacture and use
US4871549A (en) 1985-07-19 1989-10-03 Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Time-controlled explosion systems and processes for preparing the same
US5011692A (en) 1985-12-28 1991-04-30 Sumitomo Pharmaceuticals Company, Limited Sustained pulsewise release pharmaceutical preparation
US4755386A (en) 1986-01-22 1988-07-05 Schering Corporation Buccal formulation
US5336168A (en) 1987-05-28 1994-08-09 Drug Delivery Systems Inc. Pulsating transdermal drug delivery system
US4968509A (en) 1987-07-27 1990-11-06 Mcneilab, Inc. Oral sustained release acetaminophen formulation and process
US5033252A (en) 1987-12-23 1991-07-23 Entravision, Inc. Method of packaging and sterilizing a pharmaceutical product
US5052558A (en) 1987-12-23 1991-10-01 Entravision, Inc. Packaged pharmaceutical product
US5516527A (en) 1989-01-12 1996-05-14 Pfizer Inc. Dispensing device powered by hydrogel
US5739136A (en) 1989-10-17 1998-04-14 Ellinwood, Jr.; Everett H. Intraoral dosing method of administering medicaments
US5017381A (en) 1990-05-02 1991-05-21 Alza Corporation Multi-unit pulsatile delivery system
US5837280A (en) 1990-11-28 1998-11-17 Sano Corporation Transdermal administration of azapirones
US5456923A (en) 1991-04-16 1995-10-10 Nippon Shinyaku Company, Limited Method of manufacturing solid dispersion
US5622721A (en) 1991-11-22 1997-04-22 The Procter & Gamble Company Dosage forms of risedronate
US5229135A (en) 1991-11-22 1993-07-20 Prographarm Laboratories Sustained release diltiazem formulation
US5340591A (en) 1992-01-24 1994-08-23 Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Method of producing a solid dispersion of the sparingly water-soluble drug, nilvadipine
US5461140A (en) 1992-04-30 1995-10-24 Pharmaceutical Delivery Systems Bioerodible polymers for solid controlled release pharmaceutical compositions
US5508040A (en) 1992-05-04 1996-04-16 Andrx Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Multiparticulate pulsatile drug delivery system
US5260068A (en) 1992-05-04 1993-11-09 Anda Sr Pharmaceuticals Inc. Multiparticulate pulsatile drug delivery system
US5281420A (en) 1992-05-19 1994-01-25 The Procter & Gamble Company Solid dispersion compositions of tebufelone
US5323907A (en) 1992-06-23 1994-06-28 Multi-Comp, Inc. Child resistant package assembly for dispensing pharmaceutical medications
US5723269A (en) 1992-07-24 1998-03-03 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Microparticle preparation and production thereof
US5700485A (en) 1992-09-10 1997-12-23 Children's Medical Center Corporation Prolonged nerve blockade by the combination of local anesthetic and glucocorticoid
US5700410A (en) 1992-10-16 1997-12-23 Nippon Shinyaku Co., Ltd. Method of manufacturing wax matrices
US5260069A (en) 1992-11-27 1993-11-09 Anda Sr Pharmaceuticals Inc. Pulsatile particles drug delivery system
US5686105A (en) 1993-10-19 1997-11-11 The Procter & Gamble Company Pharmaceutical dosage form with multiple enteric polymer coatings for colonic delivery
US6326469B1 (en) 1994-04-22 2001-12-04 Sugen, Inc. Megakaryocytic protein tyrosine kinases
US5665378A (en) 1994-09-30 1997-09-09 Davis; Roosevelt Transdermal therapeutic formulation
US5567441A (en) 1995-03-24 1996-10-22 Andrx Pharmaceuticals Inc. Diltiazem controlled release formulation
US5977175A (en) 1995-05-17 1999-11-02 Cedars-Sinai Medical Center Methods and compositions for improving digestion and absorption in the small intestine
US6083518A (en) 1995-06-20 2000-07-04 Bioglan Ab Composition comprising an active agent dissolved in a glass-forming carrier and a process for the preparation thereof
US5837284A (en) 1995-12-04 1998-11-17 Mehta; Atul M. Delivery of multiple doses of medications
US5858401A (en) 1996-01-22 1999-01-12 Sidmak Laboratories, Inc. Pharmaceutical composition for cyclosporines
US6923983B2 (en) 1996-02-19 2005-08-02 Acrux Dds Pty Ltd Transdermal delivery of hormones
US6929801B2 (en) 1996-02-19 2005-08-16 Acrux Dds Pty Ltd Transdermal delivery of antiparkinson agents
US6667048B1 (en) 1997-01-07 2003-12-23 Sonus Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Emulsion vehicle for poorly soluble drugs
US5840329A (en) 1997-05-15 1998-11-24 Bioadvances Llc Pulsatile drug delivery system
US6391452B1 (en) 1997-07-18 2002-05-21 Bayer Corporation Compositions for nasal drug delivery, methods of making same, and methods of removing residual solvent from pharmaceutical preparations
US5869090A (en) 1998-01-20 1999-02-09 Rosenbaum; Jerry Transdermal delivery of dehydroepiandrosterone
US6946144B1 (en) 1998-07-08 2005-09-20 Oryxe Transdermal delivery system
US20040013734A1 (en) 1999-02-10 2004-01-22 Pfizer Inc. Pharmaceutical solid dispersions
US6932983B1 (en) 1999-05-27 2005-08-23 Acusphere, Inc. Porous drug matrices and methods of manufacture thereof
WO2001019829A2 (en) 1999-09-17 2001-03-22 Basf Aktiengesellschaft Pyrazolopyrimidines as therapeutic agents
US6465014B1 (en) 2001-03-21 2002-10-15 Isp Investments Inc. pH-dependent sustained release, drug-delivery composition
US6960563B2 (en) 2001-08-31 2005-11-01 Morton Grove Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Spontaneous emulsions containing cyclosporine

Non-Patent Citations (52)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
"ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY", vol. B, 2001, PLENUM PRESS
"Harrison's Principles o/1mernal Medici e", 2004, THE MCGRAW-HILL COMPANIES, INC.
"Larock's Comprehensive Organic Transformations", 1989, VCH PUBLISHERS INC.
"Organic Reactions", vol. 1-40, 1991, JOHN WILEY AND SONS
"Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms and Drug Delivery Systems", 1999, LIPPINCOTT WILLIAMS & WILKINS
"Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms", 1980, MARCEL DECKER
"Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy", 1995, MACK PUBLISHING COMPANY
"REMINGTON: THE SCIENCE AND PRACTICE OF PHARMACY", 2005
"Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences", 2000
"Rodd's Chemistry of Carbon Compounds", vol. 1-5, 1989, ELSEVIER SCIENCE PUBLISHERS
"The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics", 1996, MCGRAW-HILL
ANSEL, H. C. ET AL.: "Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms and Drug Delivery Systems"
ARNOLD ET AL., BIOORGANIC & MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY LETTERS, vol. 10, 2000, pages 2167 - 2170
BURCHAT ET AL., BIOORGANIC & MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY LETTERS, vol. 12, 2002, pages 1687 - 1690
C. A. JEFFRIES ET AL., JOURNAL OFBIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY, vol. 278, 2003, pages 26258 - 26264
CAREY; SUNDBERG: "ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY", vol. A, 2000
CAREY; SUNDBERG: "ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY", vol. A, B, 2000, PLENUM
DEY ET AL., CYTOJOURNAL, vol. 3, no. 24, 2006
EDWARD B. ROCHE: "Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design", 1987, AMERICAN PHARMACEUTICAL ASSOCIATION AND PERGAMON PRESS
FEDORAK ET AL., AM. J PHYSIOL., vol. 269, 1995, pages G210 - 218
FIESER; FIESER'S: "Reagents for Organic Synthesis", vol. 1-17, 1991, JOHN WILEY AND SONS
GREEN; WUTS: "PROTECTIVE GROUPS IN ORGANIC SYNTHESIS", 1999, WILEY
GREENE; WUTS: "Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis", 1999, JOHN WILEY & SONS
HOCHHAUS ET AL., BIOMED. CHROM., vol. 6, 1992, pages 283 - 286
HOOVER, JOHN E.: "Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences", 1975, MACK PUBLISHING CO.
IWAKI ET AL., JOURNAL OFBIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY, vol. 280, no. 48, 2005, pages 40261 - 40270
J. B. SMAILL ET AL., J MED. CHEM, vol. 42, no. 10, 1999, pages 1803 - 1815
J. B. SMAILL ET AL., J MED. CHEM., vol. 42, 1999, pages 1803
J. LARSEN ET AL., INT. J PHARMACEUTICS, vol. 47, 1988, pages 103
J. LARSEN; H. BUNDGAARD, INT. J PHARMACEUTICS, vol. 37, 1987, pages 87
KOCIENSKI: "Protective Groups", 1994, THIEME VERLAG
KUROSAKI, CURR OP IMM, 2000, pages 276 - 281
KUZMIC ET AL., ANAL. BIOCHEM., vol. 286, 2000, pages 45 - 50
LACHMAN ET AL., THE THEORY AND PRACTICE O/1NDUSTRIAL PHARMACY, 1986
LIBERMAN ET AL.: "Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms", vol. 1, 1990, pages: 209 - 214
MARCH: "ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY", 1992, WILEY
MCLOED ET AL., GASTROENTEROL, vol. 106, 1994, pages 405 - 413
N. J. HORWOOD ET AL., THE JOURNAL OF EXPERIMENTAL MEDICINE, vol. 197, 2003, pages 1603 - 1611
NANDAKUMAR ET AL., AM. J PATHOL, vol. 163, 2003, pages 1827 - 1837
NANDAKUMAR ET AL., AM. J PATHOL., vol. 163, 2003, pages 1827 - 1837
NISITANI ET AL., PROC. A . ACAD. SCI, USA, vol. 96, 1999, pages 2221 - 2226
NOGRADY: "Medicinal Chemistry A Biochemical Approach", 1985, OXFORD UNIVERSITY PRESS, pages: 388 - 392
PAGEL ET AL., CLIN CANCER RES, vol. 11, no. 13, 2005, pages 4857 - 4866
QUEK ET AL., CURRENT BIOLOGY, vol. 8, no. 20, 1998, pages 1137 - 1140
SAULNIER ET AL., BIOORGANIC AND MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY LETTERS, vol. 4, 1994, pages 1985
SCHAEFFER; SCHWARTZBERG, CURR OP IMM, 2000, pages 282 - 288
SILVERMAN: "The Organic Chemistry of Drug Design and Drug Action", 1992, ACADEMIC PRESS, INC., pages: 352 - 401
SINGH ET AL.: "Encyclopedia of Pharmaceutical Technology", 2002, pages: 751 - 753
SINGH ET AL.: "Encyclopedia ofPharmaceutical Technology", 2002, pages: 754 - 757
SINKULA ET AL., J PHARM. SCI., vol. 64, 1975, pages 181 - 210
T. HIGUCHI; V. STELLA: "Prodrugs as Novel Delivery Systems", vol. 14, A.C.S. SYMPOSIUM SERIES
VASSILEV ET AL., JOURNAL OF BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY, vol. 274, no. 3, 1999, pages 1646 - 1656

Cited By (553)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8883435B2 (en) 2006-09-22 2014-11-11 Pharmacyclics, Inc. Inhibitors of Bruton's tyrosine kinase
US9409911B2 (en) 2006-09-22 2016-08-09 Pharmacyclics Llc Inhibitors of bruton's tyrosine kinase
US8158786B2 (en) 2006-09-22 2012-04-17 Pharmacyclics, Inc. Inhibitors of Bruton's tyrosine kinase
US9266893B2 (en) 2006-09-22 2016-02-23 Pharmacyclics Llc Inhibitors of Bruton's tyrosine kinase
US8957079B2 (en) 2006-09-22 2015-02-17 Pharmacyclics, Inc. Inhibitors of Bruton's tyrosine kinase
US9127012B2 (en) 2006-09-22 2015-09-08 Pharmacyclics, Inc. Inhibitors of bruton's tyrosine kinase
US8952015B2 (en) 2006-09-22 2015-02-10 Pharmacyclics, Inc. Inhibitors of Bruton's tyrosine kinase
US9133201B2 (en) 2006-09-22 2015-09-15 Pharmacyclics, Inc. Inhibitors of Bruton's tyrosine kinase
US9133198B2 (en) 2006-09-22 2015-09-15 Pharmacyclics Llc Inhibitors of bruton'S tyrosine kinase
US8232280B2 (en) 2006-09-22 2012-07-31 Pharmacyclics, Inc. Inhibitors of bruton'S tyrosine kinase
US8975266B2 (en) 2006-09-22 2015-03-10 Pharmacyclics, Inc. Inhibitors of Bruton's tyrosine kinase
US8399470B2 (en) 2006-09-22 2013-03-19 Pharmacyclics, Inc. Inhibitors of bruton's tyrosine kinase
US9133202B2 (en) 2006-09-22 2015-09-15 Pharmacyclics, Inc. Inhibitors of Bruton's tyrosine kinase
US8236812B2 (en) 2006-09-22 2012-08-07 Pharmacyclics, Inc. Inhibitors of bruton's tyrosine kinase
US9181257B2 (en) 2006-09-22 2015-11-10 Pharmacyclics Llc Inhibitors of Bruton's tyrosine kinase
US8759516B2 (en) 2006-09-22 2014-06-24 Pharmacyclics, Inc. Inhibitors of Bruton's tyrosine kinase
US9193735B2 (en) 2006-09-22 2015-11-24 Pharmacyclics Llc Inhibitors of Bruton's tyrosine kinase
US9206189B2 (en) 2006-09-22 2015-12-08 Pharmacyclics Llc Inhibitors of bruton's tyrosine kinase
US9212185B2 (en) 2006-09-22 2015-12-15 Pharmacyclics Llc Inhibitors of Bruton's tyrosine kinase
US8691546B2 (en) 2006-09-22 2014-04-08 Pharmacyclics, Inc. Inhibitors of Bruton's tyrosine kinase
US8987233B2 (en) 2006-11-03 2015-03-24 Pharmacyclics, Inc. Bruton's tyrosine kinase activity probe and method of using
EP2089391A4 (en) * 2006-11-03 2010-03-17 Pharmacyclics Inc Bruton's tyrosine kinase activity probe and method of using
EP2089391A2 (en) * 2006-11-03 2009-08-19 Pharmacyclics, Inc. Bruton's tyrosine kinase activity probe and method of using
EP2548558A1 (en) 2007-03-28 2013-01-23 Pharmacyclics, Inc. Nitrogen-containing condensed heterocyclic as inhibitors of bruton's tyrosine kinase
US9181263B2 (en) 2007-03-28 2015-11-10 Pharmacyclics Llc Inhibitors of bruton's tyrosine kinase
US9556182B2 (en) 2007-03-28 2017-01-31 Pharmacylics LLC Inhibitors of Bruton's tyrosine kinase
EP2139487A2 (en) * 2007-03-28 2010-01-06 Pharmacyclics, Inc. Inhibitors of bruton's tyrosine kinase
AU2008232762B2 (en) * 2007-03-28 2013-09-19 Pharmacyclics Llc Inhibitors of Bruton's tyrosine kinase
US9079908B2 (en) 2007-03-28 2015-07-14 Pharmacyclics, Inc. Inhibitors of Bruton'S tyrosine kinase
EP2139487A4 (en) * 2007-03-28 2010-04-21 Pharmacyclics Inc Inhibitors of bruton's tyrosine kinase
EP2543375A1 (en) * 2007-03-28 2013-01-09 Pharmacyclics, Inc. Pyrrolo-pyrimidine analogues as inhibitors of bruton's tyrosine kinase
US8940750B2 (en) 2007-03-28 2015-01-27 Pharmacyclics, Inc. Inhibitors of bruton's tyrosine kinase
US9139591B2 (en) 2007-03-28 2015-09-22 Pharmacyclics Llc Inhibitors of bruton's tyrosine kinase
CN102066370B (en) * 2008-07-15 2014-05-14 霍夫曼-拉罗奇有限公司 Phenyl-imidazopyridines and pyridazines
US8324211B2 (en) 2008-07-15 2012-12-04 Roche Palo Alto Llc Inhibitors of bruton's tyrosine kinase
CN102066370A (en) * 2008-07-15 2011-05-18 霍夫曼-拉罗奇有限公司 Novel phenyl-imidazopyridines and pyridazines
WO2010006947A1 (en) 2008-07-15 2010-01-21 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Novel phenyl-imidazopyridines and pyridazines
US8883803B2 (en) 2008-07-16 2014-11-11 Pharmacyclics, Inc. Inhibitors of Bruton's tyrosine kinase for the treatment of solid tumors
JP2014012719A (en) * 2008-07-16 2014-01-23 Pharma Cyclics Inc Inhibitor of bruton's tyrosine kinase for treatment of solid tumor
EP2307025A2 (en) 2008-07-16 2011-04-13 Pharmacyclics, Inc. Inhibitors of bruton's tyrosine kinase for the treatment of solid tumors
EP3311818A3 (en) * 2008-07-16 2018-07-18 Pharmacyclics, LLC Inhibitors of bruton's tyrosine kinase for the treatment of solid tumors
JP2011528376A (en) * 2008-07-16 2011-11-17 ファーマサイクリックス,インク. Inhibitors of Bruton's tyrosine kinase for the treatment of solid tumors
EP2307025A4 (en) * 2008-07-16 2011-11-30 Pharmacyclics Inc Inhibitors of bruton's tyrosine kinase for the treatment of solid tumors
US9278100B2 (en) 2008-07-16 2016-03-08 Pharmacyclics Llc Inhibitors of bruton's tyrosine kinase for the treatment of solid tumors
US9107924B2 (en) 2008-07-16 2015-08-18 Pharmacyclics, Inc. Inhibitors of Bruton'S tyrosine kinase for the treatment of solid tumors
CN105362277A (en) * 2008-07-16 2016-03-02 药品循环有限公司 Inhibitors of bruton's tyrosine kinase for the treatment of solid tumors
AU2013245503B2 (en) * 2008-07-16 2015-09-24 Pharmacyclics Llc Inhibitors of Bruton's tyrosine kinase for the treatment of solid tumors
US9795605B2 (en) 2008-07-16 2017-10-24 Pharmacyclics Llc Inhibitors of Bruton's tyrosine kinase for the treatment of solid tumors
AU2009270856B2 (en) * 2008-07-16 2013-07-25 Pharmacyclics Llc Inhibitors of Bruton's tyrosine kinase for the treatment of solid tumors
WO2010043633A1 (en) * 2008-10-15 2010-04-22 Palau Pharma, S. A. 2h-pyrazolo [4,3-d]pyrimidin-5-amine derivatives as h4 histamine receptor antagonists for the treatment of allergic, immunological and inflammatory diseases
JP2012525400A (en) * 2009-04-29 2012-10-22 ローカス ファーマシューティカルズ インコーポレイテッド Pyrrolotriazine compounds
US8765754B2 (en) 2009-04-29 2014-07-01 Locus Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Pyrrolotriazine compounds
US10577374B2 (en) 2009-09-04 2020-03-03 Sunesis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Bruton's tyrosine kinase inhibitors
JP2019013227A (en) * 2009-09-16 2019-01-31 セルジーン シーエーアール エルエルシー Protein kinase conjugates and inhibitors
US9556426B2 (en) 2009-09-16 2017-01-31 Celgene Avilomics Research, Inc. Protein kinase conjugates and inhibitors
US10662195B2 (en) 2009-09-16 2020-05-26 Celgene Car Llc Protein kinase conjugates and inhibitors
JP2016028580A (en) * 2009-09-16 2016-03-03 セルジーン アビロミクス リサーチ, インコーポレイテッド Protein kinase conjugates and inhibitors
JP2015134802A (en) * 2009-10-12 2015-07-27 ファーマサイクリクス,インコーポレイテッド Inhibitor for bruton's tyrosine kinase
US11542492B2 (en) 2009-12-30 2023-01-03 Celgene Car Llc Ligand-directed covalent modification of protein
RU2575340C2 (en) * 2010-05-31 2016-02-20 Оно Фармасьютикал Ко., Лтд. Purinone derivative
US10004746B2 (en) 2010-06-03 2018-06-26 Pharmacyclics Llc Use of inhibitors of Bruton's tyrosine kinase (Btk)
US9125889B2 (en) 2010-06-03 2015-09-08 Pharmacyclics, Inc. Use of inhibitors of Bruton's tyrosine kinase (Btk)
US11672803B2 (en) 2010-06-03 2023-06-13 Pharmacyclics Llc Use of inhibitors of Brutons tyrosine kinase (Btk)
US10004745B2 (en) 2010-06-03 2018-06-26 Pharmacyclics Llc Use of inhibitors of Bruton'S tyrosine kinase (Btk)
US10478439B2 (en) 2010-06-03 2019-11-19 Pharmacyclics Llc Use of inhibitors of bruton's tyrosine kinase (Btk)
US10653696B2 (en) 2010-06-03 2020-05-19 Pharmacyclics Llc Use of inhibitors of bruton's tyrosine kinase (BTK)
US10016435B2 (en) 2010-06-03 2018-07-10 Pharmacyclics Llc Use of inhibitors of Bruton's tyrosine kinase (Btk)
US9801883B2 (en) 2010-06-03 2017-10-31 Pharmacyclics Llc Use of inhibitors of bruton's tyrosine kinase (Btk)
US8999999B2 (en) 2010-06-03 2015-04-07 Pharmacyclics, Inc. Use of inhibitors of Bruton's tyrosine kinase (Btk)
US10751342B2 (en) 2010-06-03 2020-08-25 Pharmacyclics Llc Use of inhibitors of Bruton's tyrosine kinase (Btk)
US9814721B2 (en) 2010-06-03 2017-11-14 Pharmacyclics Llc Use of inhibitors of bruton'S tyrosine kinase (BTK)
US9801881B2 (en) 2010-06-03 2017-10-31 Pharmacyclics Llc Use of inhibitors of bruton's tyrosine kinase (BTK)
US8962830B2 (en) 2010-07-09 2015-02-24 The Walter And Eliza Hall Institute Of Medical Research Protein kinase inhibitors and methods of treatment
WO2012003544A1 (en) 2010-07-09 2012-01-12 The Walter And Eliza Hall Institute Of Medical Research Protein kinase inhibitors and methods of treatment
AU2011276955B2 (en) * 2010-07-09 2014-11-06 The Walter And Eliza Hall Institute Of Medical Research Protein kinase inhibitors and methods of treatment
JP2013529649A (en) * 2010-07-09 2013-07-22 ザ・ウォルター・アンド・エリザ・ホール・インスティテュート・オブ・メディカル・リサーチ Protein kinase inhibitors and methods of treatment
CN103534258B (en) * 2011-05-17 2016-09-14 普林斯匹亚生物制药公司 Tyrosine kinase inhibitor
US9580427B2 (en) 2011-05-17 2017-02-28 The Regents Of The University Of California Kinase inhibitors
CN103534258A (en) * 2011-05-17 2014-01-22 普林斯匹亚生物制药公司 Tyrosine kinase inhibitors
KR102052670B1 (en) 2011-05-17 2019-12-06 더 리젠츠 오브 더 유니버시티 오브 캘리포니아 Kinase inhibitors
WO2012158764A1 (en) * 2011-05-17 2012-11-22 Principia Biopharma Inc. Tyrosine kinase inhibitors
KR20140059169A (en) * 2011-05-17 2014-05-15 더 리젠츠 오브 더 유니버시티 오브 캘리포니아 Kinase inhibitors
AU2015243110B2 (en) * 2011-05-17 2018-05-24 Principia Biopharma Inc. Tyrosine kinase inhibitors
US8962831B2 (en) 2011-05-17 2015-02-24 Principia Biopharma Inc. Tyrosine kinase inhibitors
US9376438B2 (en) 2011-05-17 2016-06-28 Principia Biopharma, Inc. Pyrazolopyrimidine derivatives as tyrosine kinase inhibitors
WO2012158843A3 (en) * 2011-05-17 2013-04-11 The Regents Of The University Of California Kinase inhibitors
AU2012255860B2 (en) * 2011-05-17 2015-07-23 Principia Biopharma Inc. Tyrosine kinase inhibitors
JP2014517838A (en) * 2011-05-17 2014-07-24 プリンシピア バイオファーマ インコーポレイテッド Tyrosine kinase inhibitor
EA025496B1 (en) * 2011-05-17 2016-12-30 Принсипиа Биофарма Инк. Tyrosine kinase inhibitors
US9233111B2 (en) 2011-07-08 2016-01-12 Novartis Ag Pyrrolo pyrimidine derivatives
US9862722B2 (en) 2011-07-13 2018-01-09 Pharmacyclics Llc Inhibitors of Bruton's tyrosine kinase
US9718828B2 (en) 2011-07-19 2017-08-01 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. BTK Inhibitors
US10875864B2 (en) 2011-07-21 2020-12-29 Sumitomo Dainippon Pharma Oncology, Inc. Substituted imidazo[1,2-B]pyridazines as protein kinase inhibitors
JP2014532715A (en) * 2011-11-03 2014-12-08 エフ・ホフマン−ラ・ロシュ・アクチェンゲゼルシャフト Bicyclic piperazine compounds
TWI561525B (en) * 2011-11-29 2016-12-11 Ono Pharmaceutical Co
US9546172B2 (en) 2011-12-30 2017-01-17 Pharmacyclics Llc Pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidine and pyrazolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine compounds as kinase inhibitors
WO2013102059A1 (en) * 2011-12-30 2013-07-04 Pharmacyclics, Inc. Pyrazolo [3, 4-d] pyrimidine and pyrrolo [2, 3-d] pyrimidine compounds as kinase inhibitors
US9273051B2 (en) 2011-12-30 2016-03-01 Pharmacyclics Llc Pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidine and pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine compounds as kinase inhibitors
US8377946B1 (en) 2011-12-30 2013-02-19 Pharmacyclics, Inc. Pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidine and pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine compounds as kinase inhibitors
RU2655388C2 (en) * 2012-01-31 2018-05-28 Фармасайкликс Элэлси Purinone compounds as kinase inhibitors
WO2013118817A1 (en) * 2012-02-07 2013-08-15 大鵬薬品工業株式会社 Quinolyl pyrrolopyrimidine compound or salt thereof
US8889666B2 (en) 2012-02-23 2014-11-18 Taiho Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Quinolyl pyrrolo pyrimidyl condensed-ring compound and salt thereof
WO2013125709A1 (en) * 2012-02-23 2013-08-29 大鵬薬品工業株式会社 Quinolylpyrrolopyrimidyl fused-ring compound or salt thereof
WO2013148603A1 (en) 2012-03-27 2013-10-03 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Cinnoline derivatives as as btk inhibitors
EP2855484A4 (en) * 2012-05-31 2015-12-16 Pharmascience Inc Protein kinase inhibitors
US9713617B2 (en) 2012-06-04 2017-07-25 Pharmacyclics Llc Crystalline forms of a Bruton's tyrosine kinase inhibitor
US9725455B1 (en) 2012-06-04 2017-08-08 Pharmacyclics Llc Crystalline forms of a bruton's tyrosine kinase inhibitor
US9296753B2 (en) 2012-06-04 2016-03-29 Pharmacyclics Llc Crystalline forms of a Bruton's tyrosine kinase inhibitor
US9828383B1 (en) 2012-06-04 2017-11-28 Pharmacyclic s LLC Crystalline forms of a bruton's tyrosine kinase inhibitor
US10961251B1 (en) 2012-06-04 2021-03-30 Pharmacyclics Llc Crystalline forms of a Bruton's tyrosine kinase inhibitor
US10294232B2 (en) 2012-06-04 2019-05-21 Pharmacyclics Llc Crystalline forms of a Bruton's tyrosine kinase inhibitor
US10294231B2 (en) 2012-06-04 2019-05-21 Pharmacyclics Llc Crystalline forms of a Bruton's tyrosine kinase inhibitor
US10125140B1 (en) 2012-06-04 2018-11-13 Pharmacyclics Llc Crystalline forms of a bruton's tyrosine kinase inhibitor
US10106548B2 (en) 2012-06-04 2018-10-23 Pharmacyclics Llc Crystalline forms of a Bruton's tyrosine kinase inhibitor
US10065968B2 (en) 2012-06-04 2018-09-04 Pharmacyclics Llc Crystalline forms of a bruton's tyrosine kinase inhibitor
US10752634B2 (en) 2012-06-04 2020-08-25 Pharmacyclics Llc Crystalline forms of a brutons tyrosine kinase inhibitor
US10266540B2 (en) 2012-06-04 2019-04-23 Pharmacyclics Llc Crystalline forms of a Bruton's tyrosine kinase inhibitor
US9540382B2 (en) 2012-06-04 2017-01-10 Pharmacyclics Llc Crystalline forms of a Bruton's tyrosine kinase inhibitor
US10618887B2 (en) 2012-06-08 2020-04-14 Sunesis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Pyrimidinyl tyrosine kinase inhibitors
US9394277B2 (en) 2012-06-08 2016-07-19 Biogen Ma Inc. Pyrimidinyl tyrosine kinase inhibitors
US9944622B2 (en) 2012-06-08 2018-04-17 Biogen Ma Inc. Pyrimidinyl tyrosine kinase inhibitors
KR20150023752A (en) * 2012-06-18 2015-03-05 프린시피아 바이오파마, 인코퍼레이티드 Reversible covalent pyrrolo- or pyrazolopyrimidines useful for the treatment cancer and autoimmune diseases
WO2013191965A1 (en) * 2012-06-18 2013-12-27 Principia Biopharma Inc. Reversible covalent pyrrolo- or pyrazolopyrimidines useful for the treatment cancer and autoimmune diseases
US10954567B2 (en) 2012-07-24 2021-03-23 Pharmacyclics Llc Mutations associated with resistance to inhibitors of Bruton's Tyrosine Kinase (BTK)
US9422295B2 (en) 2012-07-30 2016-08-23 Concert Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Deuterated ibrutinib
US9777009B2 (en) 2012-07-30 2017-10-03 Concert Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Deuterated ibrutinib
AU2013296627C9 (en) * 2012-07-30 2018-03-22 Concert Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Deuterated ibrutinib
AU2013296627A1 (en) * 2012-07-30 2015-02-05 Concert Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Deuterated ibrutinib
WO2014022390A1 (en) * 2012-07-30 2014-02-06 Concert Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Deuterated ibrutinib
AU2013296627C1 (en) * 2012-07-30 2016-12-15 Concert Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Deuterated ibrutinib
WO2014022569A1 (en) * 2012-08-03 2014-02-06 Principia Biopharma Inc. Treatment of dry eye
US9572811B2 (en) 2012-08-03 2017-02-21 Principia Biopharma Inc. Treatment of dry eye
US10138229B2 (en) 2012-08-10 2018-11-27 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Heteroaromatic compounds as BTK inhibitors
US10875852B2 (en) 2012-08-10 2020-12-29 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Heteroaromatic compounds as BTK inhibitors
US9573958B2 (en) 2012-08-31 2017-02-21 Principia Biopharma, Inc. Benzimidazole derivatives as ITK inhibitors
US10533013B2 (en) 2012-09-10 2020-01-14 Principia Biopharma Inc. Substituted pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidines as kinase inhibitors
WO2014039899A1 (en) * 2012-09-10 2014-03-13 Principia Biopharma Inc. Pyrazolopyrimidine compounds as kinase inhibitors
US8940744B2 (en) 2012-09-10 2015-01-27 Principia Biopharma Inc. Pyrazolopyrimidine compounds as kinase inhibitors
AU2013312296B2 (en) * 2012-09-10 2017-06-22 Principia Biopharma Inc. Pyrazolopyrimidine compounds as kinase inhibitors
EA027213B1 (en) * 2012-09-10 2017-06-30 Принсипиа Биофарма Инк. Pyrazolopyrimidine compounds as kinase inhibitors
KR102203990B1 (en) 2012-09-10 2021-01-18 프린시피아 바이오파마, 인코퍼레이티드 Pyrazolopyrimidine compounds as kinase inhibitors
US9266895B2 (en) 2012-09-10 2016-02-23 Principia Biopharma Inc. Substituted pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidines as kinase inhibitors
EP3181567A1 (en) * 2012-09-10 2017-06-21 Principia Biopharma, Inc. Pyrazolopyrimidine compounds as kinase inhibitors
KR20150053965A (en) * 2012-09-10 2015-05-19 프린시피아 바이오파마, 인코퍼레이티드 Pyrazolopyrimidine compounds as kinase inhibitors
US9994576B2 (en) 2012-09-10 2018-06-12 Principia Biopharma Inc. Substituted pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidines as kinase inhibitors
US11040980B2 (en) 2012-09-10 2021-06-22 Principia Biopharma Inc. Substituted pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidines as kinase inhibitors
US10266513B2 (en) 2012-11-02 2019-04-23 Pfizer Inc. Bruton's tyrosine kinase inhibitors
US10815213B2 (en) 2012-11-02 2020-10-27 Pfizer Inc. Bruton's tyrosine kinase inhibitors
WO2014078578A1 (en) * 2012-11-15 2014-05-22 Pharmacyclics, Inc. Pyrrolopyrimidine compounds as kinase inhibitors
US9540385B2 (en) 2012-11-15 2017-01-10 Pharmacyclics Llc Pyrrolopyrimidine compounds as kinase inhibitors
US9096604B2 (en) 2012-11-15 2015-08-04 Pharmacyclics, Inc. Pyrrolopyrimidine compounds as kinase inhibitors
US9926299B2 (en) 2012-11-30 2018-03-27 Centaurus Biopharma Co., Ltd. Inhibitors of bruton's tyrosine kinase
WO2014082598A1 (en) * 2012-11-30 2014-06-05 Centaurus Biopharma Co., Ltd. Inhibitors of bruton's tyrosine kinase
US9845329B2 (en) 2013-02-22 2017-12-19 Taiho Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Method for producing a substituted 6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrimido[5,4-b]indolizine, substituted 7,8,9,10-tetrahydro-6H-pyrimido[5′,4′:4,5]pyrrolo[1,2-a]azepine and substituted 6,7,8,9,10,11-hexahydropyrimido[5′,4′:4,5]pyrrolo[1,2-a]azocine
US10307414B2 (en) 2013-03-11 2019-06-04 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Pyridinyl and fused pyridinyl triazolone derivatives
WO2014164558A1 (en) 2013-03-11 2014-10-09 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Pyridinyl and fused pyridinyl triazolone derivatives
US9801872B2 (en) 2013-03-11 2017-10-31 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Pyridinyl and fused pyridinyl triazolone derivatives
EP3235814A1 (en) 2013-03-11 2017-10-25 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Pyridinyl and fused pyridinyl triazolone derivatives
US9402841B2 (en) 2013-03-11 2016-08-02 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Pyridinyl and fused pyridinyl triazolone derivatives
US10752594B2 (en) 2013-03-14 2020-08-25 Sumitomo Dainippon Pharma Oncology, Inc. JAK1 and ALK2 inhibitors and methods for their use
WO2014139970A1 (en) 2013-03-15 2014-09-18 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Processes and intermediates for preparing a medicament
US9156847B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2015-10-13 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Processes and intermediates for preparing a medicament
EP2970291B1 (en) * 2013-03-15 2022-05-11 Janssen Pharmaceutica, N.V. Processes and intermediates for preparing a medicament
EP2970291A1 (en) * 2013-03-15 2016-01-20 Janssen Pharmaceutica, N.V. Processes and intermediates for preparing a medicament
US10927184B2 (en) 2013-03-16 2021-02-23 Novartis Ag Treatment of cancer using humanized anti-CD19 chimeric antigen receptor
US8759358B1 (en) 2013-04-09 2014-06-24 Principia Biopharma Inc. Tyrosine kinase inhibitors
US8962635B2 (en) 2013-04-09 2015-02-24 Principia Biopharma Inc. Tyrosine kinase inhibitors
US8673925B1 (en) 2013-04-09 2014-03-18 Principia Biopharma Inc. Tyrosine kinase inhibitors
US9090621B2 (en) 2013-04-09 2015-07-28 Principia Biopharma Inc. Tyrosine kinase inhibitors
US8946241B2 (en) 2013-04-09 2015-02-03 Principia Biopharma Inc. Tyrosine kinase inhibitors
US8957080B2 (en) 2013-04-09 2015-02-17 Principia Biopharma Inc. Tyrosine kinase inhibitors
US11142528B2 (en) 2013-04-25 2021-10-12 Beigene Switzerland Gmbh Substituted pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidines as Bruton's tyrosine kinase modulators
US10570139B2 (en) 2013-04-25 2020-02-25 Beigene Switzerland Gmbh Substituted pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidines as Bruton's tyrosine kinase modulators
EP3016953A4 (en) * 2013-07-02 2017-03-01 Pharmacyclics, LLC Purinone compounds as kinase inhibitors
US9637487B2 (en) 2013-07-02 2017-05-02 Pharmacyclics Llc Purinone compounds as kinase inhibitors
EP2832358A1 (en) 2013-08-02 2015-02-04 Bionsil S.r.l. Pharmaceutical kit for use in the treatment of colon and colorectal cancer
WO2015015013A1 (en) 2013-08-02 2015-02-05 Bionsil S.R.L. In Liquidazione Combinations of a btk inhibitor and fluorouracil for treating cancers
US9724349B2 (en) 2013-08-12 2017-08-08 Pharmacyclics Llc Methods for the treatment of HER2 amplified cancer
US10016434B2 (en) 2013-08-12 2018-07-10 Pharmacyclics Llc Methods for the treatment of HER2 amplified cancer
US9415050B2 (en) 2013-08-12 2016-08-16 Pharmacyclics Llc Methods for the treatment of HER2 amplified cancer
US11673951B2 (en) 2013-09-13 2023-06-13 Beigene Switzerland Gmbh Anti-PD1 antibodies and their use as therapeutics and diagnostics
US11186637B2 (en) 2013-09-13 2021-11-30 Beigene Switzerland Gmbh Anti-PD1 antibodies and their use as therapeutics and diagnostics
US9624224B2 (en) 2013-09-30 2017-04-18 Pharmacyclics Llc Inhibitors of Bruton's tyrosine kinase
US9951056B2 (en) 2013-09-30 2018-04-24 Beijing Innocare Pharma Tech Co., Ltd. Substituted nicotinamide inhibitors of BTK and their preparation and use in the treatment of cancer, inflammation and autoimmune disease
WO2015048689A1 (en) * 2013-09-30 2015-04-02 Pharmacyclics, Inc. Inhibitors of bruton's tyrosine kinase
US10301297B2 (en) 2013-09-30 2019-05-28 Guangzhou Innocare Pharma Tech Co., Ltd. Substituted nicotinimide inhibitors of BTK and their preparation and use in the treatment of cancer, inflammation and autoimmune disease
US11345695B2 (en) 2013-09-30 2022-05-31 Guangzhou Innocare Pharma Tech Co., Ltd. Substituted nicotinimide inhibitors of BTK and their preparation and use in the treatment of cancer, inflammation and autoimmune disease
US11840513B2 (en) 2013-09-30 2023-12-12 Guangzhou Innocare Pharma Tech Co., Ltd Substituted nicotinimide inhibitors of BTK for treating cancer
WO2015069441A1 (en) * 2013-10-18 2015-05-14 Medivation Technologies, Inc. Pyrazolo-, imidazolo- and pyrrolo-pyridine or -pyrimidine derivatives as inhibitors o brutons kinase (btk)
US10463668B2 (en) 2013-10-25 2019-11-05 Pharmacyclics Llc Methods of treating and preventing graft versus host disease
US20240293408A1 (en) * 2013-10-25 2024-09-05 Pharmacyclics Llc Methods of treating and preventing graft versus host disease
US10695350B2 (en) 2013-10-25 2020-06-30 Pharmacyclics Llc Methods of treating and preventing graft versus host disease
WO2015071432A1 (en) 2013-11-14 2015-05-21 Sandoz Ag Pharmaceutical compositions of ibrutinib
US10457647B2 (en) 2013-11-29 2019-10-29 Novartis Ag Amino pyrimidine derivatives
US11673868B2 (en) 2013-11-29 2023-06-13 Novartis Ag Amino pyrimidine derivatives
US9512084B2 (en) 2013-11-29 2016-12-06 Novartis Ag Amino pyrimidine derivatives
US11180460B2 (en) 2013-11-29 2021-11-23 Novartis Ag Amino pyrimidine derivatives
USRE50030E1 (en) 2013-12-13 2024-07-02 Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. Methods to treat lymphoplasmacytic lymphoma
US10633348B2 (en) 2013-12-13 2020-04-28 Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. Methods to treat lymphoplasmacytic lymphoma
EP3079682A4 (en) * 2013-12-13 2017-08-30 Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. Methods to treat lymphoplasmacytic lymphoma
US9828364B2 (en) 2014-01-29 2017-11-28 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Pyrazole compounds as BTK inhibitors
US10828307B2 (en) 2014-02-21 2020-11-10 Principia Biopharma Inc. Salts and solid form of a BTK inhibitor
US10456403B2 (en) 2014-02-21 2019-10-29 Principia Biopharma Inc. Salts and solid form of a BTK inhibitor
US11369613B2 (en) 2014-02-21 2022-06-28 Principia Biopharma Inc. Salts and solid form of a BTK inhibitor
US10092569B2 (en) 2014-02-21 2018-10-09 Principia Biopharma Inc. Salts and solid form of a BTK inhibitor
EP4019518A1 (en) 2014-02-28 2022-06-29 Nimbus Lakshmi, Inc. Tyk2 inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2015131080A1 (en) 2014-02-28 2015-09-03 Nimbus Lakshmi, Inc. Tyk2 inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2015140566A1 (en) * 2014-03-20 2015-09-24 Redx Pharma Plc Pyrazolo-pyrimidines as inhibitors of btk
US9885086B2 (en) 2014-03-20 2018-02-06 Pharmacyclics Llc Phospholipase C gamma 2 and resistance associated mutations
EP3122753A4 (en) * 2014-03-27 2017-11-29 Perrigo Api Ltd. Ibrutinib solid forms and production process therefor
WO2015151006A1 (en) * 2014-03-29 2015-10-08 Lupin Limited Substituted purine compounds as btk inhibitors
WO2015185998A3 (en) * 2014-04-11 2016-04-07 Acerta Pharma B.V. Methods of blocking the cxcr-4/sdf-1 signaling pathway with inhibitors of bone marrow x kinase
CN106061976A (en) * 2014-04-29 2016-10-26 浙江导明医药科技有限公司 Polyfluorinated compounds acting as bruton's tyrosine kinase inhibitors
US9861636B2 (en) 2014-04-29 2018-01-09 Zhejiang DTRM Biopharma Co. Ltd. Polyfluorinated compounds acting as bruton tyrosine kinase inhibitors
US10300066B2 (en) 2014-04-29 2019-05-28 Zhejiang DTRM Biopharma Co. Ltd. Polyfluorinated compounds acting as bruton tyrosine kinase inhibitors
US10112922B2 (en) 2014-05-07 2018-10-30 Centaurus Biopharma Co., Ltd. Inhibitor of bruton's tyrosine kinase
EP3141546A4 (en) * 2014-05-07 2018-01-10 Centaurus Biopharma Co., Ltd. Inhibitor of bruton's tyrosine kinase
WO2015189620A1 (en) * 2014-06-11 2015-12-17 Redx Pharma Plc Pyrazolopyrimidine derivatives useful as inhibitors of bruton's tyrosine kinase
CN106661035A (en) * 2014-06-11 2017-05-10 莱德克斯制药公共有限公司 Pyrazolopyrimidine derivatives useful as inhibitors of bruton's tyrosine kinase
US9975897B2 (en) 2014-06-11 2018-05-22 Loxo Oncology, Inc. Pyrazolopyrimidine derivatives useful as inhibitors of Bruton's tyrosine kinase
US10538524B2 (en) 2014-06-11 2020-01-21 Loxo Oncology Inc. Pyrazolopyrimidine derivatives useful as inhibitors of Bruton's tyrosine kinase
US11512132B2 (en) 2014-07-03 2022-11-29 Beigene, Ltd. Anti-PD-L1 antibodies and their use as therapeutics and diagnostics
US9951077B2 (en) 2014-07-07 2018-04-24 Jiangsu Hengrui Medicine Co., Ltd. Aminopyridazinone compounds as protein kinase inhibitors
AU2014400628B2 (en) * 2014-07-07 2019-05-02 Jiangsu Hengrui Medicine Co., Ltd. Aminopyridazinone compounds as protein kinase inhibitors
US10323037B2 (en) 2014-07-07 2019-06-18 Jiangsu Hengrui Medicine Co., Ltd. Aminopyridazinone compounds as protein kinase inhibitors
RU2674701C2 (en) * 2014-07-07 2018-12-12 Цзянсу Хэнжуй Медицин Ко., Лтд. Aminopiridazinove compounds as proteinkinase inhibitors
EP3166608A4 (en) * 2014-07-07 2017-11-22 Eternity Bioscience Inc. Aminopyridazinone compounds as protein kinase inhibitors
US9533991B2 (en) 2014-08-01 2017-01-03 Pharmacyclics Llc Inhibitors of Bruton's tyrosine kinase
US9545407B2 (en) 2014-08-07 2017-01-17 Pharmacyclics Llc Formulations of a bruton's tyrosine kinase inhibitor
US20180028537A1 (en) 2014-08-07 2018-02-01 Pharmacyclics Llc Novel Formulations of a Bruton's Tyrosine Kinase Inhibitor
US9730938B2 (en) 2014-08-08 2017-08-15 Pharmacyclics Llc Bruton's tyrosine kinase inhibitor combinations and uses thereof
US11311512B2 (en) 2014-08-12 2022-04-26 Monash University Lymph directing prodrugs
US10112957B2 (en) 2014-10-22 2018-10-30 Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. Thiazolyl-containing compounds for treating proliferative diseases
US10464949B2 (en) 2014-10-22 2019-11-05 Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. Thiazolyl-containing compounds for treating proliferative diseases
US10844077B2 (en) 2014-10-22 2020-11-24 Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. Thiazolyl-containing compounds for treating proliferative diseases
WO2016066673A1 (en) * 2014-10-30 2016-05-06 Sandoz Ag Synthesis of substituted 1h-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidines
WO2016079216A1 (en) 2014-11-20 2016-05-26 Sandoz Ag Physical forms of ibrutinib, a bruton's kinase inhibitor
WO2016088074A1 (en) * 2014-12-03 2016-06-09 Dr. Reddy’S Laboratories Limited Process for the preparation of amorphous ibrutinib
CN106999482A (en) * 2014-12-03 2017-08-01 药品循环有限责任公司 The method for treating fibrosis
US10226466B2 (en) 2014-12-03 2019-03-12 Pharmacyclics Llc Methods of treating fibrosis
EP3226864A4 (en) * 2014-12-03 2018-04-04 Pharmacyclics LLC Methods of treating fibrosis
US9844552B2 (en) 2014-12-03 2017-12-19 Pharmacyclics Llc Methods of treating fibrosis
US10485797B2 (en) 2014-12-18 2019-11-26 Principia Biopharma Inc. Treatment of pemphigus
US10946008B2 (en) 2014-12-18 2021-03-16 Principia Biopharma Inc. Treatment of pemphigus
US10266535B2 (en) 2015-01-21 2019-04-23 Hefei Institutes Of Physical Science, Chinese Academy Of Sciences Inhibitor of FLT3 kinase and use thereof
EP3248979A4 (en) * 2015-01-21 2018-09-12 Hefei Institutes of Physical Sicence, Chinese Academy of Sciences Novel inhibitor of flt3 kinase and use thereof
WO2016127960A1 (en) 2015-02-09 2016-08-18 Zentiva, K.S. Ibrutinib sulphate salt
WO2016132383A1 (en) * 2015-02-18 2016-08-25 Mylan Laboratories Limited Process for the preparation of ibrutinib
WO2016138352A1 (en) 2015-02-27 2016-09-01 Nimbus Lakshmi, Inc. Tyk2 inhibitors and uses thereof
US10968236B2 (en) 2015-02-27 2021-04-06 Nimbus Lakshmi, Inc. TYK2 inhibitors and uses thereof
US10253046B2 (en) 2015-02-27 2019-04-09 Nimbus Lakshmi TYK2 inhibitors and uses thereof
US10828259B2 (en) 2015-03-03 2020-11-10 Pharmacyclics Llc Pharmaceutical formulations of a Bruton's tyrosine kinase inhibitor
US10010507B1 (en) 2015-03-03 2018-07-03 Pharmacyclics Llc Pharmaceutical formulations of a bruton's tyrosine kinase inhibitor
US9655857B2 (en) 2015-03-03 2017-05-23 Pharmacyclics Llc Pharmaceutical formulations of a Bruton's tyrosine kinase inhibitor
US10213386B2 (en) 2015-03-03 2019-02-26 Pharmacyclics Llc Pharmaceutical formulations of a Bruton's tyrosine kinase inhibitor
US10596183B2 (en) 2015-03-19 2020-03-24 Zhejiang DTRM Biopharma Co. Ltd. Pharmaceutical compositions and their use for treatment of cancer and autoimmune diseases
US10098900B2 (en) 2015-03-19 2018-10-16 Zhejiang DTRM Biopharma Co. Ltd. Pharmaceutical compositions and their use for treatment of cancer and autoimmune diseases
US10537587B2 (en) 2015-03-19 2020-01-21 Zhejiang DTRM Biopharma Co. Ltd. Pharmaceutical compositions and their use for treatment of cancer and autoimmune diseases
CN107873029B (en) * 2015-04-02 2020-09-01 拉蒂奥法姆有限责任公司 Co-crystals of ibrutinib and carboxylic acids
WO2016156127A1 (en) 2015-04-02 2016-10-06 Ratiopharm Gmbh Co-crystals of ibrutinib with carboxylic acids
CN107873029A (en) * 2015-04-02 2018-04-03 拉蒂奥法姆有限责任公司 According to Shandong for Buddhist nun and the eutectic of carboxylic acid
US10669275B2 (en) 2015-04-02 2020-06-02 Ratiopharm Gmbh Methods of preparing co-crystals of ibrutinib with carboxylic acids
US10377758B2 (en) 2015-04-02 2019-08-13 Ratiopharm Gmbh Co-crystals of ibrutinib with carboxylic acids
EP3524606A1 (en) 2015-04-02 2019-08-14 ratiopharm GmbH Co-crystals of ibrutinib with carboxylic acids
US11149076B2 (en) 2015-04-08 2021-10-19 Novartis Ag CD20 therapies, CD22 therapies, and combination therapies with a CD19 chimeric antigen receptor (CAR)-expressing cell
US10485794B2 (en) 2015-04-13 2019-11-26 Daiichi Sankyo Company, Limited Treatment method by combined use of MDM2 inhibitor and BTK inhibitor
WO2016170545A1 (en) * 2015-04-22 2016-10-27 Msn Laboratories Private Limited Process for the preparation of 1-[(3r)-3-[4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenvl)-1h- pvrazolo[3,4-d]pyriniidin-1-y1]-1-piperidinvl]-2-propen-1-one and its polymorphs thereof
US9688676B2 (en) 2015-06-03 2017-06-27 Principia Biopharma Inc. Tyrosine kinase inhibitors
US11512087B2 (en) 2015-06-22 2022-11-29 Ono Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. BRK inhibitory compound
US11155544B2 (en) 2015-06-24 2021-10-26 Principia Biopharma Inc. Heterocycle comprising tyrosine kinase inhibitors
WO2016206662A1 (en) * 2015-06-26 2016-12-29 Zentiva, K.S. Ibrutinib hemisulphate
WO2017004134A1 (en) 2015-06-29 2017-01-05 Nimbus Iris, Inc. Irak inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2017017619A1 (en) * 2015-07-29 2017-02-02 Olon S.P.A. Process for the preparation of ibrutinib and new synthesis intermediate
ITUB20152576A1 (en) * 2015-07-29 2017-01-29 Laboratorio Chimico Int S P A Procedure for the preparation of ibrutinib and a new synthetic intermediate.
US10781204B2 (en) 2015-09-02 2020-09-22 Nimbus Lakshmi, Inc. TYK2 inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2017040757A1 (en) 2015-09-02 2017-03-09 Nimbus Lakshmi, Inc. Tyk2 inhibitors and uses thereof
US10023571B2 (en) 2015-09-02 2018-07-17 Nimbus Lakshimi, Inc. TYK2 inhibitors and uses thereof
US11434240B2 (en) 2015-09-02 2022-09-06 Nimbus Lakshmi, Inc. TYK2 inhibitors and uses thereof
US11738087B2 (en) 2015-09-08 2023-08-29 Monash University Lymph directing prodrugs
WO2017041180A1 (en) * 2015-09-11 2017-03-16 Pharmascience Inc. Heterocyclic tec-family kinase inhibitors
US10683308B2 (en) 2015-09-11 2020-06-16 Navitor Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Rapamycin analogs and uses thereof
US10611766B2 (en) 2015-09-16 2020-04-07 Loxo Oncology Inc. Pyrazolopyrimidine derivatives as BTK inhibitors for the treatment of cancer
US10399990B2 (en) 2015-09-16 2019-09-03 Loxo Oncology, Inc. Pyrazolopyrimidine derivatives as BTK inhibitors for the treatment of cancer
US10399989B2 (en) 2015-09-16 2019-09-03 Loxo Oncology, Inc. Pyrazolopyrimidine derivatives as BTK inhibitors for the treatment of cancer
WO2017070518A1 (en) 2015-10-23 2017-04-27 Navitor Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulators of sestrin-gator2 interaction and uses thereof
US10414782B2 (en) 2015-10-23 2019-09-17 Navitor Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulators of sestrin-GATOR2 interaction and uses thereof
US10100066B2 (en) 2015-10-23 2018-10-16 Navitor Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulators of sestrin-GATOR2 interaction and uses thereof
US11325924B2 (en) 2015-10-23 2022-05-10 Navitor Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulators of Sestrin-GATOR2 interaction and uses thereof
US10752644B2 (en) 2015-10-23 2020-08-25 Navitor Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulators of Sestrin-GATOR2 interaction and uses thereof
EP4112611A2 (en) 2015-10-23 2023-01-04 Navitor Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulators of sestrin-gator2 interaction and uses thereof
US10716788B2 (en) 2015-11-17 2020-07-21 Merck Patent Gmbh Methods for treating MS using pyrimidine and pyridine compounds with BTK inhibitory activity
WO2017087445A1 (en) * 2015-11-17 2017-05-26 Merck Patent Gmbh Methods for treating multiple sclerosis using pyrimidine and pyridine compounds with btk inhibitory activity
AU2016357735B2 (en) * 2015-11-17 2021-01-14 Merck Patent Gmbh Methods for treating multiple sclerosis using pyrimidine and pyridine compounds with BTK inhibitory activity
EP4295910A3 (en) * 2015-11-17 2024-03-20 Merck Patent GmbH Methods for treating multiple sclerosis using pyrimidine and pyridine compounds with btk inhibitory activity
US11370792B2 (en) 2015-12-14 2022-06-28 Raze Therapeutics, Inc. Caffeine inhibitors of MTHFD2 and uses thereof
WO2017106352A1 (en) 2015-12-14 2017-06-22 Raze Therapeutics, Inc. Caffeine inhibitors of mthfd2 and uses thereof
US10464905B2 (en) 2015-12-16 2019-11-05 Loxo Oncology Inc. Compounds useful as kinase inhibitors
US10342780B2 (en) 2015-12-16 2019-07-09 Loxo Oncology, Inc. Compounds useful as kinase inhibitors
US11471441B2 (en) 2015-12-16 2022-10-18 Loxo Oncology Inc. Compounds useful as kinase inhibitors
US9975882B2 (en) 2015-12-16 2018-05-22 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Heteroaromatic compounds as BTK inhibitors
US10695323B2 (en) 2015-12-16 2020-06-30 Loxo Oncology, Inc. Compounds useful as kinase inhibitors
US10918622B2 (en) 2015-12-16 2021-02-16 Loxo Oncology, Inc. Compounds useful as kinase inhibitors
US11826351B2 (en) 2015-12-16 2023-11-28 Loxo Oncology Inc. Compounds useful as kinase inhibitors
US10570118B2 (en) 2016-01-13 2020-02-25 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Isoquinolones as BTK inhibitors
WO2017125423A1 (en) 2016-01-19 2017-07-27 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Formulations/compositions comprising a btk inhibitor
WO2017125424A1 (en) 2016-01-19 2017-07-27 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Formulations/compositions comprising a btk inhibitor
AU2017208998B2 (en) * 2016-01-21 2021-07-15 Shanghai Institute Of Materia Medica, Chinese Academy Of Sciences Bruton's tyrosine kinase inhibitors
KR20180135885A (en) * 2016-01-21 2018-12-21 즈보 바이오폴라 창쉥 파마수티컬 컴퍼니 리미티드 Bruton tyrosine kinase inhibitor
EP3405192A4 (en) * 2016-01-21 2019-07-03 Zibo Biopolar Changsheng Pharmaceutical Co. Ltd. Bruton's tyrosine kinase inhibitors
US10793566B2 (en) 2016-01-21 2020-10-06 Zibo Biopolar Changsheng Pharmaceutical Co. Ltd. Bruton's tyrosine kinase inhibitors
US10662187B2 (en) 2016-01-21 2020-05-26 Zibo Biopolar Changsheng Pharmaceutical Co. Ltd. Bruton's tyrosine kinase inhibitors
KR102699906B1 (en) 2016-01-21 2024-08-29 즈보 바이오폴라 창쉥 파마수티컬 컴퍼니 리미티드 Bruton's tyrosine kinase inhibitor
IL260691B (en) * 2016-01-21 2022-07-01 Zibo Biopolar Changsheng Pharmaceutical Co Ltd Bruton's tyrosine kinase inhibitors
WO2017127371A1 (en) 2016-01-21 2017-07-27 Sunnylife Pharma Inc. Bruton's tyrosine kinase inhibitors
WO2017134685A3 (en) * 2016-02-02 2018-06-28 Sun Pharma Advanced Research Company Limited Novel hydrazino compounds as btk inhibitors
WO2017137446A1 (en) * 2016-02-09 2017-08-17 Azad Pharmaceutical Ingredients Ag Process for the synthesis of stable amorphous ibrutinib
US20190040070A1 (en) * 2016-02-09 2019-02-07 Azad Pharmaceutical Ingredients Ag Process for the synthesis of stable amorphous ibrutinib
EP4234552A2 (en) 2016-03-09 2023-08-30 Raze Therapeutics, Inc. 3-phosphoglycerate dehydrogenase inhibitors and uses thereof
US11535593B2 (en) 2016-03-09 2022-12-27 Raze Therapeutics, Inc. 3-phosphoglycerate dehydrogenase inhibitors and uses thereof
US11634412B2 (en) 2016-03-09 2023-04-25 Raze Therapeutics, Inc. 3-phosphoglycerate dehydrogenase inhibitors and uses thereof
US20190071400A1 (en) * 2016-03-09 2019-03-07 Raze Therapeutics, Inc. 3-phosphoglycerate dehydrogenase inhibitors and uses thereof
US10954220B2 (en) 2016-03-09 2021-03-23 Raze Therapeutics, Inc. 3-phosphoglycerate dehydrogenase inhibitors and uses thereof
US11014882B2 (en) 2016-03-09 2021-05-25 Raze Therapeutics, Inc. 3-phosphoglycerate dehydrogenase inhibitors and uses thereof
EP3884939A1 (en) 2016-03-09 2021-09-29 Raze Therapeutics, Inc. 3-phosphoglycerate dehydrogenase inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2017156179A1 (en) 2016-03-09 2017-09-14 Raze Therapeutics, Inc. 3-phosphoglycerate dehydrogenase inhibitors and uses thereof
US11306099B1 (en) 2016-03-11 2022-04-19 Angel Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Compounds and methods for modulating Bruton's Tyrosine Kinase
WO2017173111A1 (en) 2016-03-31 2017-10-05 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Isoquinolinyl triazolone complexes
WO2017174044A1 (en) 2016-04-06 2017-10-12 Zentiva, K.S. Solid forms of ibrutinib
US11337969B2 (en) 2016-04-08 2022-05-24 X4 Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for treating cancer
EP3243824A1 (en) 2016-05-11 2017-11-15 Zentiva K.S. Solid forms of ibrutinib free base
US10988465B2 (en) 2016-06-21 2021-04-27 X4 Pharmaceuticals, Inc. CXCR4 inhibitors and uses thereof
US11780837B2 (en) 2016-06-21 2023-10-10 X4 Pharmaceuticals, Inc. CXCR4 inhibitors and uses thereof
US11332470B2 (en) 2016-06-21 2022-05-17 X4 Pharmaceuticals, Inc. CXCR4 inhibitors and uses thereof
US11306088B2 (en) 2016-06-21 2022-04-19 X4 Pharmaceuticals, Inc. CXCR4 inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2017223239A1 (en) 2016-06-21 2017-12-28 X4 Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Cxcr4 inhibitors and uses thereof
EP3808748A1 (en) 2016-06-21 2021-04-21 X4 Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Substituted piperidines as cxcr4-inhibitors
US11872229B2 (en) 2016-06-29 2024-01-16 Principia Biopharma Inc. Modified release formulations of 2-[3-[4-amino-3-(2-fluoro-4-phenoxy-phenyl)pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-yl]piperidine-1-carbonyl]-4-methyl-4-[4-(oxetan-3-yl)piperazin-1-yl]pent-2-enenitrile
US10961247B2 (en) 2016-06-30 2021-03-30 Daewoong Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Pyrazolopyrimidine derivatives as kinase inhibitor
US11534431B2 (en) 2016-07-05 2022-12-27 Beigene Switzerland Gmbh Combination of a PD-1 antagonist and a RAF inhibitor for treating cancer
US10399988B2 (en) 2016-07-07 2019-09-03 Daewoong Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. 4-aminopyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidinylazabicyclo derivatives and pharmaceutical composition comprising the same
WO2018009017A1 (en) 2016-07-07 2018-01-11 Daewoong Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. NOVEL 4-AMINOPYRAZOLO[3,4-d]PYRIMIDINYLAZABICYCLO DERIVATIVES AND PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION COMPRISING THE SAME
US11174243B2 (en) 2016-07-21 2021-11-16 Sunesis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Succinate forms and compositions of Bruton's tyrosine kinase inhibitors
US11851437B2 (en) 2016-08-16 2023-12-26 Beigene Switzerland Gmbh Crystalline form of (S)-7-(1-acryloylpiperidin-4-yl)-2-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-4,5,6,7-tetra-hydropyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidine-3-carboxamide, preparation, and uses thereof
US11814389B2 (en) 2016-08-16 2023-11-14 Beigene Switzerland Gmbh Crystalline form of (S)-7-(1-acryloylpiperidin-4-yl)-2-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-4,5,6,7-tetra-hydropyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidine-3-carboxamide, preparation, and uses thereof
US11970500B1 (en) 2016-08-16 2024-04-30 Beigene Switzerland Gmbh Crystalline form of (s)-7-(1-acryloylpiperidin-4-yl)- 2-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-4,5,6,7-tetra- hydropyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidine-3-carboxamide, preparation, and uses thereof
US12103931B2 (en) 2016-08-16 2024-10-01 Beigene Switzerland Gmbh Crystalline form of (S)-7-(1-acryloylpiperidin-4-yl)-2-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-4,5,6,7-tetra-hydropyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidine-3-carboxamide, preparation, and uses thereof
US11999743B2 (en) 2016-08-16 2024-06-04 Beigene Switzerland Gmbh Crystalline form of (S)-7-(1-acryloylpiperidin-4-yl)-2-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-4,5,6,7-tetra-hydropyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidine-3-carboxamide, preparation, and uses thereof
US10927117B2 (en) 2016-08-16 2021-02-23 Beigene Switzerland Gmbh Crystalline form of (S)-7-(1-acryloylpiperidin-4-yl)-2-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-4,5,6,7-tetra-hydropyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidine-3-carboxamide, preparation, and uses thereof
US11591340B2 (en) 2016-08-16 2023-02-28 Beigene Switzerland Gmbh Crystalline form of (S)-7-(1-acryloylpiperidin-4-yl)-2-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-4,5,6,7-tetra- hydropyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidine-3-carboxamide, preparation, and uses thereof
US11884674B2 (en) 2016-08-16 2024-01-30 Beigene Switzerland Gmbh Crystalline form of (S)-7-(1-acryloylpiperidin-4-yl)-2-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-4,5,6,7-tetra- hydropyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidine-3-carboxamide, preparation, and uses thereof
US11701357B2 (en) 2016-08-19 2023-07-18 Beigene Switzerland Gmbh Treatment of B cell cancers using a combination comprising Btk inhibitors
WO2018065504A1 (en) 2016-10-06 2018-04-12 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Processes and intermediates for preparing a btk inhibitor
US10793574B2 (en) 2016-10-14 2020-10-06 Nimbus Lakshmi, Inc. TYK2 inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2018071794A1 (en) 2016-10-14 2018-04-19 Nimbus Lakshmi, Inc. Tyk2 inhibitors and uses thereof
US11220508B2 (en) 2016-10-14 2022-01-11 Nimbus Lakshmi, Inc. TYK2 inhibitors and uses thereof
EP3848370A2 (en) 2016-10-14 2021-07-14 Nimbus Lakshmi, Inc. Tyk2 inhibitors and uses thereof
US10323036B2 (en) 2016-10-14 2019-06-18 Nimbus Lakshmi, Inc. TYK2 inhibitors and uses thereof
KR20190068544A (en) 2016-10-17 2019-06-18 다이이찌 산쿄 가부시키가이샤 Combination treatment of MDM2 inhibitor with DNA methyltransferase inhibitor
WO2018074387A1 (en) 2016-10-17 2018-04-26 第一三共株式会社 Combination therapy method using mdm2 inhibitor and dna methyltransferase inhibitor
US10647713B2 (en) 2016-10-21 2020-05-12 Nimbus Lakshmi, Inc. TYK2 inhibitors and uses thereof
US11396508B2 (en) 2016-10-21 2022-07-26 Nimbus Lakshmi, Inc. TYK2 inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2018075937A1 (en) 2016-10-21 2018-04-26 Nimbus Lakshmi, Inc. Tyk2 inhibitors and uses thereof
US10844013B2 (en) 2016-11-08 2020-11-24 Navitor Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Phenyl amino piperidine mTORC inhibitors and uses thereof
US10414727B2 (en) 2016-11-08 2019-09-17 Navitor Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Phenyl amino piperidine mTORC inhibitors and uses thereof
EP3546460A4 (en) * 2016-11-24 2019-12-18 Shanghai Institute of Materia Medica, Chinese Academy of Sciences Pyrimido[5,4-b]indolizine or pyrimido[5,4-b]pyrrolizine compound, preparation method and use thereof
KR102359993B1 (en) 2016-11-24 2022-02-07 상하이 인스티튜트 오브 마테리아 메디카 차이니즈 아카데미 오브 싸이언시즈 Pyrimido [5,4-b] indolizine or pyrimido [5,4-b] pyrrolizine compound, preparation method and use thereof
AU2017366529B2 (en) * 2016-11-24 2021-08-19 Shanghai Institute Of Materia Medica, Chinese Academy Of Sciences Pyrimido(5,4-b)indolizine or pyrimido(5,4-b)pyrrolizine compound, preparation method and use thereof
KR20190080951A (en) * 2016-11-24 2019-07-08 상하이 인스티튜트 오브 마테리아 메디카 차이니즈 아카데미 오브 싸이언시즈 Pyrimido [5,4-b] indolizine or pyrimido [5,4-b] pyrrolizine compounds, their preparation methods and uses
EP4035659A1 (en) 2016-11-29 2022-08-03 PureTech LYT, Inc. Exosomes for delivery of therapeutic agents
US10183024B2 (en) 2016-12-02 2019-01-22 Apotex Inc. Crystalline forms of ibrutinib
US11590167B2 (en) 2016-12-03 2023-02-28 Juno Therapeutic, Inc. Methods and compositions for use of therapeutic T cells in combination with kinase inhibitors
US11091451B2 (en) 2016-12-05 2021-08-17 Raze Therapeutics, Inc. SHMT inhibitors and uses thereof
AU2017383236B2 (en) * 2016-12-21 2022-02-10 Acerta Pharma B.V. Imidazopyrazine inhibitors of Bruton's tyrosine kinase
WO2018116259A1 (en) * 2016-12-21 2018-06-28 Acerta Pharma B.V. Imidazopyrazine inhibitors of bruton's tyrosine kinase
US10858364B2 (en) 2016-12-21 2020-12-08 Acerta Pharma B.V. Imidazopyrazine inhibitors of Bruton's tyrosine kinase
US11730819B2 (en) 2016-12-23 2023-08-22 Bicycletx Limited Peptide derivatives having novel linkage structures
WO2018127699A1 (en) 2017-01-06 2018-07-12 Bicyclerd Limited Compounds for treating cancer
US10624968B2 (en) 2017-01-06 2020-04-21 Bicyclerd Limited Compounds for treating cancer
US11433137B2 (en) 2017-01-06 2022-09-06 Bicyclerd Limited Compounds for treating cancer
US11555038B2 (en) 2017-01-25 2023-01-17 Beigene, Ltd. Crystalline forms of (S)-7-(1-(but-2-ynoyl)piperidin-4-yl)-2-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-4,5,6,7-tetrahydropyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidine-3-carboxamide, preparation, and uses thereof
WO2018165240A1 (en) 2017-03-08 2018-09-13 Nimbus Lakshmi, Inc. Tyk2 inhibitors, uses, and methods for production thereof
US10336752B2 (en) 2017-03-08 2019-07-02 Nimbus Lakshmi, Inc. TYK2 inhibitors, uses, and methods for production thereof
EP4338802A2 (en) 2017-03-08 2024-03-20 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Tyk2 inhibitors, uses, and methods for production thereof
US11040967B2 (en) 2017-03-08 2021-06-22 Nimbus Lakshmi, Inc. TYK2 inhibitors, uses, and methods for production thereof
US11505526B2 (en) 2017-03-14 2022-11-22 Artax Biopharma Inc. Aryl-piperidine derivatives
US11434239B2 (en) 2017-03-14 2022-09-06 Artax Biopharma Inc. Aza-dihydro-acridone derivatives
US11339144B2 (en) 2017-04-10 2022-05-24 Navitor Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heteroaryl Rheb inhibitors and uses thereof
US11679090B2 (en) 2017-04-26 2023-06-20 Navitor Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulators of Sestrin-GATOR2 interaction and uses thereof
WO2018197893A1 (en) 2017-04-27 2018-11-01 Bicycletx Limited Bicyclic peptide ligands and uses thereof
US10857196B2 (en) 2017-04-27 2020-12-08 Bicycletx Limited Bicyclic peptide ligands and uses thereof
US11241473B2 (en) 2017-04-27 2022-02-08 Bicycletx Limited Bicyclic peptide ligands and uses thereof
EP3643716A4 (en) * 2017-06-22 2021-03-31 Shanghai Dude Medical Technology Co., Ltd Heteroaryl compound having pharmaceutical activity
WO2019002842A1 (en) 2017-06-26 2019-01-03 Bicyclerd Limited Bicyclic peptide ligands with detectable moieties and uses thereof
US11746126B2 (en) 2017-06-26 2023-09-05 Bicyclerd Limited Bicyclic peptide ligands with detectable moieties and uses thereof
US11597768B2 (en) 2017-06-26 2023-03-07 Beigene, Ltd. Immunotherapy for hepatocellular carcinoma
US10899798B2 (en) 2017-06-26 2021-01-26 Bicyclerd Limited Bicyclic peptide ligands with detectable moieties and uses thereof
WO2019013562A1 (en) 2017-07-12 2019-01-17 주식회사 대웅제약 Novel 1h-pyrazolopyridine derivative and pharmaceutical composition containing same
JP7061663B2 (en) 2017-07-12 2022-04-28 デウン ファーマシューティカル カンパニー リミテッド A novel 1H-pyrazolopyridine derivative and a pharmaceutical composition containing the same.
US11180496B2 (en) 2017-07-12 2021-11-23 Daewoong Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. 1H-pyrazolopyridine derivative and pharmaceutical composition comprising the same
EP3653626A4 (en) * 2017-07-12 2021-03-31 Daewoong Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Novel 1h-pyrazolopyridine derivative and pharmaceutical composition containing same
JP2020526545A (en) * 2017-07-12 2020-08-31 デウン ファーマシューティカル カンパニー リミテッド A novel 1H-pyrazolopyridine derivative and a pharmaceutical composition containing the same.
US10562906B2 (en) 2017-07-28 2020-02-18 Nimbus Lakshimi, Inc. TYK2 inhibitors and uses thereof
US10570145B2 (en) 2017-07-28 2020-02-25 Nimbus Lakshimi, Inc. TYK2 inhibitors and uses thereof
US11046698B2 (en) 2017-07-28 2021-06-29 Nimbus Lakshmi, Inc. TYK2 inhibitors and uses thereof
US10508120B2 (en) 2017-07-28 2019-12-17 Nimbus Lakshimi, Inc. TYK2 inhibitors and uses thereof
US10562907B2 (en) 2017-07-28 2020-02-18 Nimbus Lakshimi, Inc. TYK2 inhibitors and uses thereof
US10577373B2 (en) 2017-07-28 2020-03-03 Nimbus Lakshimi, Inc. TYK2 inhibitors and uses thereof
US12049520B2 (en) 2017-08-04 2024-07-30 Bicycletx Limited Bicyclic peptide ligands specific for CD137
US11377449B2 (en) 2017-08-12 2022-07-05 Beigene, Ltd. BTK inhibitors with improved dual selectivity
WO2019034868A1 (en) 2017-08-14 2019-02-21 Bicyclerd Limited Bicyclic peptide ligand prr-a conjugates and uses thereof
WO2019034866A1 (en) 2017-08-14 2019-02-21 Bicyclerd Limited Bicyclic peptide ligand sting conjugates and uses thereof
WO2019046491A1 (en) 2017-08-29 2019-03-07 Ariya Therapeutics, Inc. Lymphatic system-directing lipid prodrugs
US11883497B2 (en) 2017-08-29 2024-01-30 Puretech Lyt, Inc. Lymphatic system-directing lipid prodrugs
US11623932B2 (en) 2017-09-22 2023-04-11 Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. Protein degraders and uses thereof
US11358948B2 (en) 2017-09-22 2022-06-14 Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. CRBN ligands and uses thereof
EA037031B1 (en) * 2017-10-06 2021-01-28 Асерта Фарма Б.В. Imidazopyrazine inhibitors of bruton's tyrosine kinase
RU2748945C1 (en) * 2017-10-11 2021-06-02 Даевунг Фармасьютикал Ко., Лтд. New phenylpyridine derivative and pharmaceutical composition containing the derivative
US11149019B2 (en) 2017-10-11 2021-10-19 Daewoong Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Phenylpyridine derivative and pharmaceutical composition comprising the same
JP2020536093A (en) * 2017-10-11 2020-12-10 デウン ファーマシューティカル カンパニー リミテッド A novel phenylpyridine derivative and a pharmaceutical composition containing the same.
WO2019074275A1 (en) 2017-10-11 2019-04-18 주식회사 대웅제약 Novel phenylpyridine derivative and pharmaceutical composition containing same
US11786529B2 (en) 2017-11-29 2023-10-17 Beigene Switzerland Gmbh Treatment of indolent or aggressive B-cell lymphomas using a combination comprising BTK inhibitors
EP3501609A1 (en) 2017-12-08 2019-06-26 Zentiva K.S. Pharmaceutical compositions comprising ibrutinib
US11833211B2 (en) 2017-12-19 2023-12-05 Bicycletx Limited Methods of suppression and treatment of disease comprising administering bicycle peptide ligands specific for EphA2
US11623012B2 (en) 2017-12-19 2023-04-11 Bicyclerd Limited Bicyclic peptide ligands specific for EphA2
US11608345B1 (en) 2017-12-19 2023-03-21 Puretech Lyt, Inc. Lipid prodrugs of rapamycin and its analogs and uses thereof
US11938137B2 (en) 2017-12-19 2024-03-26 Puretech Lyt, Inc. Lipid prodrugs of mycophenolic acid and uses thereof
WO2019126378A1 (en) 2017-12-19 2019-06-27 Ariya Therapeutics, Inc. Lipid prodrugs of mycophenolic acid and uses thereof
US11304954B2 (en) 2017-12-19 2022-04-19 Puretech Lyt, Inc. Lipid prodrugs of mycophenolic acid and uses thereof
US11723980B2 (en) 2017-12-26 2023-08-15 Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. IRAK degraders and uses thereof
US10874743B2 (en) 2017-12-26 2020-12-29 Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. IRAK degraders and uses thereof
US11318205B1 (en) 2017-12-26 2022-05-03 Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. IRAK degraders and uses thereof
US11485743B2 (en) 2018-01-12 2022-11-01 Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. Protein degraders and uses thereof
US12006329B2 (en) 2018-01-12 2024-06-11 Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. Protein degraders and uses thereof
US11932635B2 (en) 2018-01-12 2024-03-19 Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. CRBN ligands and uses thereof
US11512080B2 (en) 2018-01-12 2022-11-29 Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. CRBN ligands and uses thereof
WO2019148132A1 (en) 2018-01-29 2019-08-01 Merck Patent Gmbh Gcn2 inhibitors and uses thereof
US12084438B2 (en) 2018-01-29 2024-09-10 Merck Patent Gmbh GCN2 inhibitors and uses thereof
US10988477B2 (en) 2018-01-29 2021-04-27 Merck Patent Gmbh GCN2 inhibitors and uses thereof
US10793563B2 (en) 2018-01-29 2020-10-06 Merck Patent Gmbh GCN2 inhibitors and uses thereof
US10696663B2 (en) 2018-02-27 2020-06-30 Artax Biopharma Inc. Chromene derivatives as inhibitors of TCR-NCK interaction
WO2019169001A1 (en) 2018-02-27 2019-09-06 Artax Biopharma Inc. Chromene derivatives as inhibitors of tcr-nck interaction
US11008310B2 (en) 2018-02-27 2021-05-18 Artax Biopharma Inc. Chromene derivatives as inhibitors of TCR-Nck interaction
US11807633B2 (en) 2018-02-27 2023-11-07 Artax Biopharma Inc. Chromene derivatives as inhibitors of TCR-Nck interaction
WO2019200254A1 (en) 2018-04-13 2019-10-17 Tolero Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Pim kinase inhibitors for treatment of myeloproliferative neoplasms and fibrosis associated with cancer
WO2019209759A1 (en) 2018-04-24 2019-10-31 Merck Patent Gmbh Antiproliferation compounds and uses thereof
WO2019209757A1 (en) 2018-04-24 2019-10-31 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Pteridinone compounds and uses thereof
EP4043460A1 (en) 2018-04-24 2022-08-17 Merck Patent GmbH Antiproliferation compounds and uses thereof
WO2019208805A1 (en) 2018-04-27 2019-10-31 小野薬品工業株式会社 PREVENTIVE AND/OR THERAPEUTIC AGENT FOR AUTOIMMUNE DISEASE COMPRISING COMPOUND HAVING Btk INHIBITORY ACTIVITY AS ACTIVE INGREDIENT
EP3575300A1 (en) 2018-05-31 2019-12-04 Apotex Inc. Novel crystalline forms of ibrutinib
US11944605B2 (en) 2018-06-15 2024-04-02 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Rapamycin analogs and uses thereof
EP4302827A2 (en) 2018-06-15 2024-01-10 JANSSEN Pharmaceutica NV Rapamycin analogs and uses thereof
WO2019238904A1 (en) 2018-06-15 2019-12-19 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Formulations/compositions comprising ibrutinib
WO2019241789A1 (en) 2018-06-15 2019-12-19 Navitor Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Rapamycin analogs and uses thereof
US10980784B2 (en) 2018-06-15 2021-04-20 Navitor Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Rapamycin analogs and uses thereof
US11453702B2 (en) 2018-06-22 2022-09-27 Bicycletx Limited Bicyclic peptide ligands specific for Nectin-4
WO2019243832A1 (en) 2018-06-22 2019-12-26 Bicycletx Limited Bicyclic peptide ligands specific for nectin-4
US11912792B2 (en) 2018-06-22 2024-02-27 Bicycletx Limited Bicyclic peptide ligands specific for nectin-4
WO2019243833A1 (en) 2018-06-22 2019-12-26 Bicycletx Limited Bicyclic peptide ligands specific for nectin-4
US11814447B2 (en) 2018-06-22 2023-11-14 Bicyclerd Limited Peptide ligands for binding to EphA2
US11180531B2 (en) 2018-06-22 2021-11-23 Bicycletx Limited Bicyclic peptide ligands specific for Nectin-4
US11897882B2 (en) 2018-07-06 2024-02-13 Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. Tricyclic crbn ligands and uses thereof
US11292792B2 (en) 2018-07-06 2022-04-05 Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. Tricyclic CRBN ligands and uses thereof
WO2020010177A1 (en) 2018-07-06 2020-01-09 Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. Tricyclic crbn ligands and uses thereof
US11040038B2 (en) 2018-07-26 2021-06-22 Sumitomo Dainippon Pharma Oncology, Inc. Methods for treating diseases associated with abnormal ACVR1 expression and ACVR1 inhibitors for use in the same
WO2020045941A1 (en) 2018-08-27 2020-03-05 주식회사 대웅제약 Novel heterocyclic amine derivative and pharmaceutical composition comprising same
US12115156B2 (en) 2018-08-31 2024-10-15 X4 Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions of CXCR4 inhibitors and methods of preparation and use
US11045461B2 (en) 2018-08-31 2021-06-29 X4 Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions of CXCR4 inhibitors and methods of preparation and use
WO2020043321A1 (en) * 2018-08-31 2020-03-05 Stichting Katholieke Universiteit Synergistic combinations of amino acid depletion agent sensitizers (aadas) and amino acid depletion agents (aada), and therapeutic methods of use thereof
WO2020051424A1 (en) 2018-09-07 2020-03-12 Pic Therapeutics Eif4e inhibitors and uses thereof
US11414431B2 (en) 2018-10-15 2022-08-16 Nimbus Lakshmi, Inc. Substituted pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidines as TYK2 inhibitors
US11396530B2 (en) 2018-10-23 2022-07-26 Bicycletx Limited Bicyclic peptide ligands and uses thereof
WO2020084305A1 (en) 2018-10-23 2020-04-30 Bicycletx Limited Bicyclic peptide ligands and uses thereof
US10919937B2 (en) 2018-10-23 2021-02-16 Bicycletx Limited Bicyclic peptide ligands and uses thereof
US11697633B2 (en) 2018-10-24 2023-07-11 Navitor Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Polymorphic compounds and uses thereof
US11345654B2 (en) 2018-10-24 2022-05-31 Navitor Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Polymorphic compounds and uses thereof
US11053241B2 (en) 2018-11-30 2021-07-06 Nimbus Lakshmi, Inc. TYK2 inhibitors and uses thereof
US11807636B2 (en) 2018-11-30 2023-11-07 Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. IRAK degraders and uses thereof
US11117889B1 (en) 2018-11-30 2021-09-14 Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. IRAK degraders and uses thereof
WO2020112937A1 (en) 2018-11-30 2020-06-04 Nimbus Lakshmi, Inc. Tyk2 inhibitors and uses thereof
US11834449B2 (en) 2018-11-30 2023-12-05 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited TYK2 inhibitors and uses thereof
US11352350B2 (en) 2018-11-30 2022-06-07 Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. IRAK degraders and uses thereof
EP3670659A1 (en) 2018-12-20 2020-06-24 Abivax Biomarkers, and uses in treatment of viral infections, inflammations, or cancer
WO2020127853A1 (en) 2018-12-20 2020-06-25 Abivax Biomarkers, and uses in treatment of viral infections, inflammations, or cancer
WO2020127912A1 (en) 2018-12-21 2020-06-25 Synthon B.V. Pharmaceutical composition comprising ibrutinib
EP3669867A1 (en) 2018-12-21 2020-06-24 Synthon B.V. Pharmaceutical composition comprising ibrutinib
US10688050B1 (en) 2018-12-21 2020-06-23 Synthon B.V. Pharmaceutical composition comprising ibrutinib
US11174264B2 (en) 2019-01-23 2021-11-16 Nimbus Lakshmi, Inc. TYK2 inhibitors and uses thereof
US11471456B2 (en) 2019-02-12 2022-10-18 Sumitomo Pharma Oncology, Inc. Formulations comprising heterocyclic protein kinase inhibitors
WO2020165600A1 (en) 2019-02-14 2020-08-20 Bicycletx Limited Bicyclic peptide ligand sting conjugates and uses thereof
WO2020170270A1 (en) * 2019-02-19 2020-08-27 Msn Laboratories Private Limited, R&D Center Novel crystalline polymorphs of 1-[(3r)-3-[4-amino-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1h-pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-yl]-1-piperidinyl]-2-propen-1-one and process for preparation thereof
WO2020188015A1 (en) 2019-03-21 2020-09-24 Onxeo A dbait molecule in combination with kinase inhibitor for the treatment of cancer
WO2020201753A1 (en) 2019-04-02 2020-10-08 Bicycletx Limited Bicycle toxin conjugates and uses thereof
US11746120B2 (en) 2019-04-05 2023-09-05 Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. Stat degraders and uses thereof
US12077555B2 (en) 2019-04-05 2024-09-03 Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. STAT degraders and uses thereof
US11485750B1 (en) 2019-04-05 2022-11-01 Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. STAT degraders and uses thereof
WO2020234379A1 (en) 2019-05-21 2020-11-26 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Processes and intermediates for preparing a btk inhibitor
RU2818458C2 (en) * 2019-05-21 2024-05-02 Янссен Фармацевтика Нв Methods and intermediate compounds for producing btk inhibitor
WO2020234381A1 (en) 2019-05-21 2020-11-26 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Processes and intermediates for preparing a btk inhibitor
WO2020243423A1 (en) 2019-05-31 2020-12-03 Ikena Oncology, Inc. Tead inhibitors and uses thereof
US11970553B2 (en) 2019-07-30 2024-04-30 Bicycletx Limited Heterotandem bicyclic peptide complex
US11845724B2 (en) 2019-09-11 2023-12-19 Vincere Biosciences, Inc. USP30 inhibitors and uses thereof
US11028085B2 (en) 2019-09-13 2021-06-08 Nimbus Saturn, Inc. Substituted isoindolin-1-ones and 2,3-dihydro-1h-pyrrolo[3,4-c]pyridin-1-ones as hpk1 antagonists
US11034694B2 (en) 2019-09-13 2021-06-15 Nimbus Saturn, Inc. Substituted isoindolin-1-ones and 2,3-dihydro-1H-pyrrolo[3,4-c]pyridin-1-ones as HPK1 antagonists
US11548890B1 (en) 2019-09-13 2023-01-10 Nimbus Saturn, Inc. HPK1 antagonists and uses thereof
US11021481B2 (en) 2019-09-13 2021-06-01 Nimbus Saturn, Inc. Substituted isoindolin-1-ones and 2,3-dihydro-1h-pyrrolo[3,4-c]pyridin-1-ones as HPK1 antagonists
US11078201B2 (en) 2019-09-13 2021-08-03 Nimbus Saturn, Inc. Substituted isoindolin-1-ones and 2,3-dihydro-1H-pyrrol[3,4-c]pyridin-1-ones as HPK1 antagonists
US11723890B2 (en) 2019-11-01 2023-08-15 Navitor Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods of treatment using an mTORC1 modulator
WO2021089791A1 (en) 2019-11-08 2021-05-14 INSERM (Institut National de la Santé et de la Recherche Médicale) Methods for the treatment of cancers that have acquired resistance to kinase inhibitors
US11819476B2 (en) 2019-12-05 2023-11-21 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Rapamycin analogs and uses thereof
US11591332B2 (en) 2019-12-17 2023-02-28 Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. IRAK degraders and uses thereof
US11779578B2 (en) 2019-12-17 2023-10-10 Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. IRAK degraders and uses thereof
US11707457B2 (en) 2019-12-17 2023-07-25 Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. IRAK degraders and uses thereof
US11679109B2 (en) 2019-12-23 2023-06-20 Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. SMARCA degraders and uses thereof
US11969418B2 (en) 2020-01-20 2024-04-30 Genzyme Corporation Therapeutic tyrosine kinase inhibitors for relapsing multiple sclerosis (RMS)
WO2021148581A1 (en) 2020-01-22 2021-07-29 Onxeo Novel dbait molecule and its use
US11975073B2 (en) 2020-02-05 2024-05-07 Puretech Lyt, Inc. Lipid prodrugs of neurosteroids
WO2021172922A1 (en) 2020-02-26 2021-09-02 주식회사 대웅제약 Method for preparation of heterocyclicamine derivatives
WO2021178488A1 (en) 2020-03-03 2021-09-10 PIC Therapeutics, Inc. Eif4e inhibitors and uses thereof
US11932624B2 (en) 2020-03-19 2024-03-19 Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. MDM2 degraders and uses thereof
US11685750B2 (en) 2020-06-03 2023-06-27 Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. Crystalline forms of IRAK degraders
WO2022038158A1 (en) 2020-08-17 2022-02-24 Bicycletx Limited Bicycle conjugates specific for nectin-4 and uses thereof
WO2022043251A1 (en) 2020-08-28 2022-03-03 Synthon B.V. Pharmaceutical composition comprising ibrutinib
WO2022120354A1 (en) 2020-12-02 2022-06-09 Ikena Oncology, Inc. Tead inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2022120353A1 (en) 2020-12-02 2022-06-09 Ikena Oncology, Inc. Tead inhibitors and uses thereof
US12049463B2 (en) 2020-12-10 2024-07-30 Genzyme Corporation Crystalline form of Tolebrutinib
EP4116302A4 (en) * 2020-12-16 2023-10-11 Tianjin Jikun Medical Technology Co., Ltd. Compound and preparation method thereof and application thereof in preparation of therapeutic anti-cancer drug
WO2022157250A1 (en) 2021-01-21 2022-07-28 Synthon B.V. Process for making ibrutinib
WO2022167457A1 (en) 2021-02-02 2022-08-11 Liminal Biosciences Limited Gpr84 antagonists and uses thereof
WO2022167445A1 (en) 2021-02-02 2022-08-11 Liminal Biosciences Limited Gpr84 antagonists and uses thereof
US11773103B2 (en) 2021-02-15 2023-10-03 Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. IRAK4 degraders and uses thereof
US11926625B2 (en) 2021-03-05 2024-03-12 Nimbus Saturn, Inc. HPK1 antagonists and uses thereof
US12071442B2 (en) 2021-03-29 2024-08-27 Nimbus Saturn, Inc. Substituted pyrrolo[3,4-c]pyridines as HPK1 antagonists
WO2022221866A1 (en) 2021-04-16 2022-10-20 Ikena Oncology, Inc. Mek inhibitors and uses thereof
US12097261B2 (en) 2021-05-07 2024-09-24 Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. CDK2 degraders and uses thereof
WO2023028235A1 (en) 2021-08-25 2023-03-02 PIC Therapeutics, Inc. Eif4e inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2023028238A1 (en) 2021-08-25 2023-03-02 PIC Therapeutics, Inc. Eif4e inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2023104808A1 (en) 2021-12-10 2023-06-15 Synthon B.V. Pharmaceutical composition comprising ibrutinib
WO2023114984A1 (en) 2021-12-17 2023-06-22 Ikena Oncology, Inc. Tead inhibitors and uses thereof
US12091411B2 (en) 2022-01-31 2024-09-17 Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. IRAK degraders and uses thereof
WO2023173057A1 (en) 2022-03-10 2023-09-14 Ikena Oncology, Inc. Mek inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2023173053A1 (en) 2022-03-10 2023-09-14 Ikena Oncology, Inc. Mek inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2023211889A1 (en) 2022-04-25 2023-11-02 Ikena Oncology, Inc. Polymorphic compounds and uses thereof
WO2023230205A1 (en) 2022-05-25 2023-11-30 Ikena Oncology, Inc. Mek inhibitors and uses thereof
US11786531B1 (en) 2022-06-08 2023-10-17 Beigene Switzerland Gmbh Methods of treating B-cell proliferative disorder
US11896596B2 (en) 2022-06-08 2024-02-13 Beigene Switzerland Gmbh Methods of treating B-cell proliferative disorder
US11911386B2 (en) 2022-06-08 2024-02-27 Beigene Switzerland Gmbh Methods of treating B-cell proliferative disorder
WO2023242384A1 (en) 2022-06-17 2023-12-21 Krka, D.D., Novo Mesto Crystalline form of ibrutinib
WO2023249980A1 (en) * 2022-06-22 2023-12-28 Genzyme Corporation Methods of making modified btk inhibitors
WO2024028363A1 (en) 2022-08-02 2024-02-08 Liminal Biosciences Limited Heteroaryl carboxamide and related gpr84 antagonists and uses thereof
WO2024028365A1 (en) 2022-08-02 2024-02-08 Liminal Biosciences Limited Substituted pyridone gpr84 antagonists and uses thereof
WO2024028364A1 (en) 2022-08-02 2024-02-08 Liminal Biosciences Limited Aryl-triazolyl and related gpr84 antagonists and uses thereof
WO2024097653A1 (en) 2022-10-31 2024-05-10 Sumitomo Pharma America, Inc. Pim1 inhibitor for treating myeloproliferative neoplasms
WO2024112894A1 (en) 2022-11-22 2024-05-30 PIC Therapeutics, Inc. Eif4e inhibitors and uses thereof

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US8697711B2 (en) 2014-04-15
LTPA2016034I1 (en) 2016-12-27
NZ575650A (en) 2011-10-28
US20140039186A1 (en) 2014-02-06
US20110008257A1 (en) 2011-01-13
US9212185B2 (en) 2015-12-15
EA200900351A1 (en) 2009-10-30
US20100041677A1 (en) 2010-02-18
EP2529622B1 (en) 2018-01-17
US8754091B2 (en) 2014-06-17
EA020001B1 (en) 2014-07-30
HUE036897T2 (en) 2018-08-28
US20140128413A1 (en) 2014-05-08
EP2526771B1 (en) 2016-11-30
AU2010201052B2 (en) 2012-03-15
EP2526934B1 (en) 2015-12-09
KR20100051863A (en) 2010-05-18
DK2526934T3 (en) 2016-03-07
US20140142123A1 (en) 2014-05-22
AU2006348662B2 (en) 2012-04-19
US8497277B2 (en) 2013-07-30
PL2081435T3 (en) 2016-11-30
BRPI0622054B8 (en) 2021-05-25
EP2201840B1 (en) 2011-11-02
US8563563B2 (en) 2013-10-22
AU2006348662B8 (en) 2014-05-29
PT2201840E (en) 2012-02-14
US20110039868A1 (en) 2011-02-17
US20140275125A1 (en) 2014-09-18
ES2585902T3 (en) 2016-10-10
CY2016041I2 (en) 2017-03-15
CA3180977A1 (en) 2008-04-03
ES2584331T3 (en) 2016-09-27
US20100004270A1 (en) 2010-01-07
AU2006348662A1 (en) 2008-04-03
US20100324050A1 (en) 2010-12-23
EP2529621B1 (en) 2016-10-05
LTC2201840I2 (en) 2016-12-27
EA024255B1 (en) 2016-08-31
EP2532234A1 (en) 2012-12-12
US20140163046A1 (en) 2014-06-12
CY2017012I1 (en) 2017-11-14
EA201000599A1 (en) 2011-02-28
US8952015B2 (en) 2015-02-10
US20120252822A1 (en) 2012-10-04
US20110257203A1 (en) 2011-10-20
US20110281322A1 (en) 2011-11-17
CN102887900B (en) 2015-04-29
CN102887900A (en) 2013-01-23
JP5718890B2 (en) 2015-05-13
EP2526934A3 (en) 2012-12-05
US20200108072A1 (en) 2020-04-09
HUS1700012I1 (en) 2017-05-29
US7732454B2 (en) 2010-06-08
US20140187564A1 (en) 2014-07-03
KR101315610B1 (en) 2013-10-10
US7825118B2 (en) 2010-11-02
US20180085372A1 (en) 2018-03-29
LUC00011I2 (en) 2017-05-30
US9181257B2 (en) 2015-11-10
DK2526771T3 (en) 2017-02-27
US8748439B2 (en) 2014-06-10
US20120129873A1 (en) 2012-05-24
US20140243355A1 (en) 2014-08-28
EP2532235A1 (en) 2012-12-12
EP2443929A1 (en) 2012-04-25
ES2616789T3 (en) 2017-06-14
US20080139582A1 (en) 2008-06-12
HUE033182T2 (en) 2017-11-28
LTPA2017009I1 (en) 2017-04-25
US9206189B2 (en) 2015-12-08
US20120283277A1 (en) 2012-11-08
EP2529621A1 (en) 2012-12-05
PL2526934T4 (en) 2016-09-30
US20100254905A1 (en) 2010-10-07
US8741908B2 (en) 2014-06-03
JP2010235628A (en) 2010-10-21
US20140135347A1 (en) 2014-05-15
US20140336206A1 (en) 2014-11-13
CA2663116C (en) 2014-06-10
AU2010201052A1 (en) 2010-04-08
US8658653B2 (en) 2014-02-25
PL2529621T3 (en) 2017-06-30
HUS1500018I1 (en) 2017-10-30
SI2201840T1 (en) 2012-06-29
US20080108636A1 (en) 2008-05-08
FR15C0029I2 (en) 2015-11-13
PT2526933E (en) 2015-06-23
US8883435B2 (en) 2014-11-11
KR101464424B1 (en) 2014-11-27
JP5635544B2 (en) 2014-12-03
US20120088912A1 (en) 2012-04-12
SI2530083T1 (en) 2016-09-30
US20150306103A1 (en) 2015-10-29
ZA201100893B (en) 2013-03-27
EP2526933A3 (en) 2012-12-05
US8088781B2 (en) 2012-01-03
US20140187565A1 (en) 2014-07-03
US20140212485A1 (en) 2014-07-31
EP2529622A1 (en) 2012-12-05
CN101805341B (en) 2013-07-24
EA018573B1 (en) 2013-09-30
EP2081435B1 (en) 2016-05-04
US20090181987A1 (en) 2009-07-16
US8552010B2 (en) 2013-10-08
US8158786B2 (en) 2012-04-17
CY2017012I2 (en) 2017-11-14
BRPI0622277A2 (en) 2011-08-09
NL300728I1 (en) 2016-01-26
ZA201007561B (en) 2012-09-26
WO2008039218A3 (en) 2008-05-29
CN102746305A (en) 2012-10-24
US20120122894A1 (en) 2012-05-17
HK1129274A1 (en) 2009-11-27
ES2564647T3 (en) 2016-03-28
ES2617150T3 (en) 2017-06-15
JP2010504324A (en) 2010-02-12
EP2526934A2 (en) 2012-11-28
SI2526934T1 (en) 2016-04-29
US20100331350A1 (en) 2010-12-30
EP2201840A1 (en) 2010-06-30
US9193735B2 (en) 2015-11-24
CY2016041I1 (en) 2017-03-15
US20120129821A1 (en) 2012-05-24
US7514444B2 (en) 2009-04-07
PT2530083T (en) 2016-08-01
JP2012105681A (en) 2012-06-07
MX2009003122A (en) 2009-08-07
CY1117840T1 (en) 2017-05-17
US20140171453A1 (en) 2014-06-19
US20120277254A1 (en) 2012-11-01
US8703780B2 (en) 2014-04-22
SI2529622T1 (en) 2018-06-29
CA2663116A1 (en) 2008-04-03
PL2530083T3 (en) 2016-11-30
CY1116295T1 (en) 2017-02-08
NZ601278A (en) 2013-09-27
CY1117587T1 (en) 2017-03-15
PT2529621T (en) 2016-12-23
CN101610676A (en) 2009-12-23
HUE031334T2 (en) 2017-07-28
KR20140022112A (en) 2014-02-21
US20120252821A1 (en) 2012-10-04
US8957079B2 (en) 2015-02-17
EP2081435A2 (en) 2009-07-29
LU92692I2 (en) 2015-11-24
US20120108612A1 (en) 2012-05-03
US9409911B2 (en) 2016-08-09
ZA201207075B (en) 2013-06-26
PT2526771T (en) 2017-02-27
US9127012B2 (en) 2015-09-08
KR20090091115A (en) 2009-08-26
MX347525B (en) 2017-04-27
DK2529622T3 (en) 2018-05-07
IL197550A0 (en) 2009-12-24
ES2673973T3 (en) 2018-06-26
SI2529621T1 (en) 2017-04-26
HK1178144A1 (en) 2013-09-06
HUE028086T2 (en) 2016-11-28
PT2081435T (en) 2016-08-04
SI2526771T1 (en) 2017-06-30
US20120115889A1 (en) 2012-05-10
US20170007611A1 (en) 2017-01-12
NL300728I2 (en) 2016-01-26
US8691546B2 (en) 2014-04-08
US20120135944A1 (en) 2012-05-31
US8501751B2 (en) 2013-08-06
MX2019012657A (en) 2019-12-11
PL2526933T3 (en) 2015-08-31
FR15C0029I1 (en) 2015-05-15
HUE029095T2 (en) 2017-02-28
LT2529622T (en) 2018-05-10
DK2526933T3 (en) 2015-05-18
LT2526771T (en) 2017-06-12
EP2526933A2 (en) 2012-11-28
US20120214826A1 (en) 2012-08-23
US8735404B2 (en) 2014-05-27
US8975266B2 (en) 2015-03-10
US20100022561A1 (en) 2010-01-28
EP2526933B1 (en) 2015-02-25
US8008309B2 (en) 2011-08-30
US9266893B2 (en) 2016-02-23
KR101479913B1 (en) 2015-01-08
EA201300246A1 (en) 2014-01-30
LU93321I2 (en) 2017-01-30
HK1140107A1 (en) 2010-10-08
CY1118666T1 (en) 2017-07-12
CY1120135T1 (en) 2018-12-12
EP2530083A1 (en) 2012-12-05
CN101610676B (en) 2013-03-27
NZ595230A (en) 2013-02-22
US7960396B2 (en) 2011-06-14
EP2526771A1 (en) 2012-11-28
CY1117897T1 (en) 2017-05-17
US20110184001A1 (en) 2011-07-28
LUC00011I1 (en) 2017-04-06
JP2013060466A (en) 2013-04-04
CY1119209T1 (en) 2017-11-14
DK2081435T3 (en) 2016-08-15
CY1112513T1 (en) 2015-12-09
US20120283276A1 (en) 2012-11-08
CN101805341A (en) 2010-08-18
PL2529622T3 (en) 2018-07-31
US8748438B2 (en) 2014-06-10
CN102746305B (en) 2015-02-11
CA2847852A1 (en) 2008-04-03
US8232280B2 (en) 2012-07-31
PL2526771T3 (en) 2017-06-30
JP4934197B2 (en) 2012-05-16
PT2529622T (en) 2018-04-24
ZA200901784B (en) 2011-01-26
US20080076921A1 (en) 2008-03-27
US20130005745A1 (en) 2013-01-03
SI2081435T1 (en) 2016-10-28
HUS1600049I1 (en) 2017-01-30
ES2537399T3 (en) 2015-06-08
EP2530083B1 (en) 2016-04-27
US8735403B2 (en) 2014-05-27
US9133202B2 (en) 2015-09-15
SI2526933T1 (en) 2015-07-31
LT2529621T (en) 2017-01-10
BRPI0622054A2 (en) 2010-11-09
SG10201503235VA (en) 2015-06-29
DK2201840T3 (en) 2012-02-20
HUE028712T2 (en) 2016-12-28
US8759516B2 (en) 2014-06-24
ES2376424T3 (en) 2012-03-13
ATE531263T1 (en) 2011-11-15
PL2201840T3 (en) 2012-03-30
US9133201B2 (en) 2015-09-15
US20140128414A1 (en) 2014-05-08
ES2616789T8 (en) 2020-12-09
CY2015016I1 (en) 2016-04-13
HUE025459T2 (en) 2016-05-30
US9133198B2 (en) 2015-09-15
US8399470B2 (en) 2013-03-19
JP5193256B2 (en) 2013-05-08
BRPI0622054B1 (en) 2018-02-06
SG166093A1 (en) 2010-11-29
US8236812B2 (en) 2012-08-07
KR20130027536A (en) 2013-03-15
LT2530083T (en) 2016-09-26
DK2529621T3 (en) 2017-01-16
CY2015016I2 (en) 2018-01-10
EP2081435A4 (en) 2010-03-17
US20220008424A1 (en) 2022-01-13
US8476284B2 (en) 2013-07-02
US20120095026A1 (en) 2012-04-19
PL2526934T3 (en) 2016-06-30

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20220008424A1 (en) Inhibitors of bruton&#39;s tyrosine kinase

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 200680056438.5

Country of ref document: CN

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 06850039

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A2

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2663116

Country of ref document: CA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 1642/DELNP/2009

Country of ref document: IN

Ref document number: 2006850039

Country of ref document: EP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2006348662

Country of ref document: AU

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 575650

Country of ref document: NZ

Ref document number: MX/A/2009/003122

Country of ref document: MX

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2009529166

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 200900351

Country of ref document: EA

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2006348662

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20061228

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 1020097008224

Country of ref document: KR

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 1020107006332

Country of ref document: KR

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 204702

Country of ref document: IL

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: PI0622054

Country of ref document: BR

Kind code of ref document: A2

Effective date: 20090320

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 1020127034005

Country of ref document: KR